0% found this document useful (0 votes)

875 views562 pages

HUS Command Line Interface Reference Guide DF82764

HUS Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Uploaded by

asiemon1

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

875 views562 pages

HUS Command Line Interface Reference Guide DF82764

HUS Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Uploaded by

asiemon1

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 562

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface

Reference Guide

FASTFIND LINKS
Document revision level
Product version
Getting help
Contents

MK-91DF8276-04

2012 Hitachi, Ltd. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or stored in a database or retrieval system for any
purpose without the express written permission of Hitachi, Ltd. and Hitachi Data Systems Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as Hitachi).
Hitachi, Ltd. and Hitachi Data Systems reserve the right to make changes to this document at any time
without notice and assume no responsibility for its use. Hitachi, Ltd. and Hitachi Data Systems products
and services can only be ordered under the terms and conditions of Hitachi Data Systems' applicable
agreements.
All of the features described in this document may not be currently available. Refer to the most recent
product announcement or contact your local Hitachi Data Systems sales office for information on feature
and product availability.
Notice: Hitachi Data Systems products and services can be ordered only under the terms and conditions
of Hitachi Data Systems applicable agreements. The use of Hitachi Data Systems products is governed
by the terms of your agreements with Hitachi Data Systems.
Hitachi is a registered trademark of Hitachi, Ltd. in the United States and other countries. Hitachi Data
Systems is a registered trademark and service mark of Hitachi in the United States and other countries.
All other trademarks, service marks, and company names are properties of their respective owners.

France Import pending completion of registration formalities

Hong Kong Import pending completion of registration formalities

Israel Import pending completion of registration formalities

Russia Import pending completion of notification formalities

Distribution Centers IDC, EDC and ADC cleared for exports

ii
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Contents
1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Overview of Storage Navigator Modular 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Software applications and HSNM2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Navigator 2 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Connecting Navigator 2 to the host . . . .
System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solaris (SPARC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solaris (x86, 32 bits OS). . . . . . .
HP-UX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IRIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPv6 supported platforms . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing Storage Navigator Modular 2 .
Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solaris (SPARC and x86 32 Bits OS).
Red Hat Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Linux Kernel Parameters .
HP-UX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IRIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating Storage Navigator Modular 2 .
Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solaris (SPARC and x86 32 Bits OS).
Red Hat Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP-UX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. 2-2
. 2-2
. 2-2
. 2-3
. 2-3
. 2-3
. 2-3
. 2-4
. 2-4
. 2-5
. 2-6
. 2-6
. 2-6
. 2-7
. 2-8
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13

iii

IRIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uninstalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solaris, IRIX, HP-UX, AIX, and Red Hat Linux

.
.
.
.

. 2-14
. 2-14
. 2-14
. 2-14

CLI command list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples of output for selected commands. . . . . . . . . . .
Example of auiscsi output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example of audrive output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes at the time of functional operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logical units formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logical units creation (format is specified). . . . . . . . . .
Logical units format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logical units expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing the constitute information. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapping Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command format and command types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying command syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the TCP/IP port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commands for registering an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the registration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic registering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing registration information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. .3-2
. 3-10
. 3-10
. 3-11
. 3-16
. 3-17
. 3-18
. 3-18
. 3-18
. 3-18
. 3-18
. 3-19
. 3-19
. 3-19
. 3-19
. 3-20
. 3-21
. 3-22
. 3-23
. 3-24
. 3-24
. 3-24
. 3-24
. 3-24
. 3-25
. 3-25
. 3-25
. 3-25
. 3-26
. 3-26
. 3-26
. 3-27
. 3-27
. 3-27
. 3-29
. 3-29
. 3-29
. 3-29

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting the registration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying array status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying a firmware revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying drive configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the cache configuration information . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the status of power supply/fan/battery/loop/ENC
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the status of component parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing the parts options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the current IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3-29
.3-30
.3-30
.3-30
.3-31
.3-31
.3-31
.3-31
.3-32
.3-33
.3-33
.3-33
.3-33
.3-33
.3-33
.3-34
.3-34
.3-34
.3-35
.3-36
.3-36
.3-36
.3-36
.3-36
.3-36
.3-37
.3-37
.3-37
.3-37
.3-38
.3-39
.3-39
.3-39
.3-39
.3-39
.3-39
.3-45
.3-45
.3-45
.3-46
.3-46
.3-46
.3-47
.3-47

Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the information messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the equipment ID or controller ID . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the equipment information. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RAID/volume commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing a RAID Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up a RAID Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expanding a RAID Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting the RAID Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. 3-47
. 3-47
. 3-47
. 3-48
. 3-48
. 3-48
. 3-48
. 3-48
. 3-48
. 3-49
. 3-49
. 3-49
. 3-49
. 3-49
. 3-50
. 3-50
. 3-50
. 3-50
. 3-50
. 3-50
. 3-50
. 3-52
. 3-53
. 3-53
. 3-53
. 3-53
. 3-53
. 3-53
. 3-55
. 3-55
. 3-55
. 3-56
. 3-57
. 3-57
. 3-58
. 3-58
. 3-58
. 3-58
. 3-58
. 3-59
. 3-60
. 3-60
. 3-60

Description . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . .
Referencing a volume .
Command name . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . .
Setting up a volume . .
Command name . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . .
Formatting the volume
Command name . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . .
Displaying the progress
Command name . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the
Command name . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . .
Expanding a volume . .
Command name . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . .
Deleting the volume . .
Command name . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . .

................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
of volume formatting
................
................
................
................
................
quick format option. .
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3-60
.3-60
.3-61
.3-62
.3-62
.3-62
.3-62
.3-62
.3-63
.3-64
.3-64
.3-64
.3-65
.3-66
.3-67
.3-68
.3-68
.3-68
.3-68
.3-68
.3-69
.3-70
.3-70
.3-70
.3-70
.3-70
.3-70
.3-71
.3-71
.3-71
.3-71
.3-71
.3-71
.3-73
.3-73
.3-73
.3-73
.3-73
.3-73
.3-73
.3-73
.3-74
.3-74

vii

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the default controller of a volume . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing the unified volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unifying volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Separating volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invalidating a volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassigning a volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring a volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

viii

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. 3-74
. 3-75
. 3-76
. 3-76
. 3-76
. 3-76
. 3-76
. 3-76
. 3-77
. 3-77
. 3-77
. 3-77
. 3-77
. 3-77
. 3-78
. 3-78
. 3-78
. 3-78
. 3-78
. 3-78
. 3-78
. 3-78
. 3-79
. 3-79
. 3-79
. 3-79
. 3-80
. 3-80
. 3-80
. 3-80
. 3-80
. 3-80
. 3-81
. 3-81
. 3-81
. 3-81
. 3-81
. 3-81
. 3-82
. 3-82
. 3-82
. 3-82
. 3-82

Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/starting/skipping/canceling parity correction online
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the mapping guard information . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting volume cache partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the volume size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting system parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting system parameters online . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting system parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. .3-82
. .3-83
. .3-83
. .3-83
. .3-83
. .3-83
. .3-84
. .3-84
. .3-84
. .3-85
. .3-85
. .3-85
. .3-86
. .3-86
. .3-86
. .3-86
. .3-86
. .3-86
. .3-87
. .3-88
. .3-88
. .3-88
. .3-88
. .3-88
. .3-88
. .3-90
. .3-91
. .3-91
. .3-91
. .3-91
. .3-91
. .3-93
. .3-94
. .3-94
. .3-94
. .3-94
. .3-94
. .3-97
. .3-97
. .3-97
. .3-97
. .3-98
.3-100

Referencing/setting the RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting LAN information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the port option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the boot option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the time zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the IP address of the maintenance port .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting LAN information online . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. 3-102
. 3-102
. 3-102
. 3-102
. 3-102
. 3-103
. 3-104
. 3-104
. 3-104
. 3-104
. 3-104
. 3-105
. 3-106
. 3-106
. 3-106
. 3-106
. 3-106
. 3-107
. 3-109
. 3-109
. 3-109
. 3-109
. 3-109
. 3-110
. 3-111
. 3-111
. 3-111
. 3-111
. 3-111
. 3-111
. 3-112
. 3-112
. 3-113
. 3-113
. 3-113
. 3-113
. 3-116
. 3-116
. 3-116
. 3-116
. 3-116
. 3-118
. 3-120

Referencing/setting the Fibre Channel information . . . . . . . .

Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the spare HDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the fee-basis option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the drive restoration control information.
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the online verify information . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the command device information . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rebooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting volume pre-fetch information . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3-122
.3-122
.3-122
.3-122
.3-122
.3-123
.3-124
.3-124
.3-124
.3-124
.3-124
.3-125
.3-126
.3-126
.3-126
.3-126
.3-126
.3-127
.3-128
.3-128
.3-128
.3-128
.3-128
.3-129
.3-131
.3-131
.3-131
.3-131
.3-131
.3-132
.3-133
.3-133
.3-133
.3-133
.3-133
.3-134
.3-135
.3-135
.3-135
.3-135
.3-135
.3-135
.3-137

Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/splitting the Hi-Copy Pair information . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the DMLU information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the iSCSI port information . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the iSNS information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the CHAP user information . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/sending a ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the backend diagnosis information . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the SNMP environment information and outputting its file

xii

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. . . 3-137
. . . 3-137
. . . 3-137
. . . 3-137
. . . 3-137
. . . 3-138
. . . 3-138
. . . 3-138
. . . 3-138
. . . 3-138
. . . 3-138
. . . 3-140
. . . 3-140
. . . 3-140
. . . 3-140
. . . 3-140
. . . 3-140
. . . 3-141
. . . 3-141
. . . 3-141
. . . 3-141
. . . 3-142
. . . 3-142
. . . 3-145
. . . 3-146
. . . 3-146
. . . 3-146
. . . 3-146
. . . 3-146
. . . 3-148
. . . 3-149
. . . 3-149
. . . 3-149
. . . 3-149
. . . 3-149
. . . 3-149
. . . 3-150
. . . 3-150
. . . 3-150
. . . 3-150
. . . 3-150
. . . 3-150
. . . 3-151

Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting e-Mail alert information. . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the LED information . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/Starting additional unit information. . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting LAN port information . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the SSL option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the UPS information . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the host response . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the SSD Endurance information . . .
Adding/Removing the I/F Module/Interface Board . . . .
File output of configuration and configuration setting by file
File output of system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3-151
.3-151
.3-151
.3-151
.3-151
.3-152
.3-152
.3-152
.3-152
.3-152
.3-153
.3-154
.3-154
.3-154
.3-154
.3-154
.3-155
.3-156
.3-156
.3-156
.3-156
.3-156
.3-156
.3-156
.3-156
.3-157
.3-157
.3-157
.3-158
.3-159
.3-159
.3-159
.3-159
.3-159
.3-159
.3-159
.3-160
.3-161
.3-161
.3-164
.3-165
.3-165
.3-165
.3-165

xiii

Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-165
Common controller parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-167
Controller parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-170
File output configuration of RAID/volume and status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-171
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-171
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-171
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-171
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-171
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-171
Formatting LU configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-174
Format for drive information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-175
Format for cache information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-176
Format for fan information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-177
Format for battery information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-177
Format for AC power information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-178
Format for battery backup status information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-178
Format for loop information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-179
Format for enclosure information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-179
Changing the Advanced Security Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-180
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-180
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-180
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-180
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-180
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-180
Setting the system parameters with a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-181
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-181
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-181
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-181
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-181
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-182
Setting the RAID/volume definition with a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-183
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-183
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-183
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-183
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-184
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-184
Import/export the system constituent information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-185
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-185
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-185
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-186
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-186
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-188
Outputting the RAID Group/DP Pool/volume information onto a file. . . . . 3-189

xiv

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Host groups information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting host information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting host group options . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting mapping information . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/registration/changing/deleting a host group.
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File output of host group information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the host group information with a file . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Target information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting iSCSI target information . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3-189
.3-189
.3-189
.3-189
.3-190
.3-192
.3-193
.3-193
.3-193
.3-194
.3-194
.3-197
.3-198
.3-198
.3-198
.3-200
.3-200
.3-210
.3-213
.3-213
.3-213
.3-213
.3-213
.3-215
.3-215
.3-215
.3-215
.3-215
.3-215
.3-217
.3-217
.3-217
.3-217
.3-217
.3-217
.3-219
.3-219
.3-220
.3-220
.3-220
.3-220
.3-221
.3-222
.3-222

Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the initiator information . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting iSCSI target options . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting iSCSI target mapping information . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NNC parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting NNC LAN information . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying/setting NAS system volume . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting NAS user volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/shutdown/booting/rebooting NNC . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xvi

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. 3-222
. 3-222
. 3-222
. 3-224
. 3-225
. 3-225
. 3-225
. 3-225
. 3-226
. 3-227
. 3-228
. 3-228
. 3-228
. 3-230
. 3-230
. 3-238
. 3-240
. 3-240
. 3-240
. 3-240
. 3-240
. 3-243
. 3-243
. 3-244
. 3-244
. 3-244
. 3-244
. 3-244
. 3-244
. 3-246
. 3-246
. 3-246
. 3-246
. 3-246
. 3-248
. 3-249
. 3-249
. 3-249
. 3-249
. 3-251
. 3-251
. 3-251
. 3-251

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the starting of the application . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting the monitoring error options . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tuning parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting system tuning parameters. . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting volume tuning parameters . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting prefetch tuning parameters . . . .
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting multi-stream tuning parameters.
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3-251
.3-252
.3-254
.3-255
.3-255
.3-255
.3-255
.3-255
.3-255
.3-256
.3-256
.3-256
.3-256
.3-256
.3-257
.3-263
.3-263
.3-263
.3-263
.3-264
.3-266
.3-267
.3-267
.3-267
.3-267
.3-267
.3-269
.3-270
.3-270
.3-270
.3-270
.3-270
.3-270
.3-271
.3-271
.3-271
.3-271
.3-271
.3-272
.3-273
.3-273
.3-273
.3-273
.3-273

xvii

Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-274
Referencing/setting volume ownership tuning parameters . . . . . . . . . . . 3-275
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-275
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-275
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-275
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-275
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-275
Setting/deleting the account information for scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-276
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-276
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-276
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-276
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-276
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-277
Miscellaneous commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-278
Setting a password in administration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-279
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-279
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-279
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-279
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-279
Displaying statistical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-280
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-280
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-280
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-280
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-280
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-281
Outputting performance information file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-281
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-281
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-281
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-283
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-288
Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-292
Referencing/setting the collection state of performance statistics . . . . . . 3-304
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-304
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-304
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-304
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-304
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-305
Downloading/updating firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-307
Command name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-307
Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-307
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-307
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-307
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-308

xviii

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples of using commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CLI Commands for Local Replication . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display pair and pool information . . . . . . . . . . .
Display volumes available for use in pairs . . . . .
Display or define the SnapShot volume (V-VOL)
Display or set up the data pool . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resynchronize pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor pair statusevent wait . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLI, CCI commands for local-replication . . . . . .
CLI Commands for Remote Replication . . . . . . . . . .
Display pair and pool information . . . . . . . . . . .
Display volumes available for use in pairs . . . . .
Remote pathdisplay, define, delete, repair . . .
Display remote path information . . . . . . . . . . .
Define the remote path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete remote path target (CHAP secret) . . . . .
Reconstruct the remote path . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete the remote path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display or define TrueCopy options. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display TrueCopy options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resynchronize pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swap pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor pair statussynchronous wait . . . . . . .
Referencing/setting TrueCopy option . . . . . . . .
Referencing the TrueCopy option . . . . . . . . .
Setting the TrueCopy option . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLI, CCI commands for remote-replication . . . . . . .
......................................

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.3-310
.3-311
.3-311
.3-314
.3-315
.3-317
.3-318
.3-321
.3-323
.3-324
.3-326
.3-327
.3-329
.3-335
.3-335
.3-336
.3-339
.3-340
.3-340
.3-343
.3-346
.3-347
.3-348
.3-350
.3-350
.3-352
.3-355
.3-357
.3-359
.3-360
.3-362
.3-364
.3-367
.3-367
.3-367
.3-368
.3-370

HDP CLI operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1

Installing Dynamic Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing Dynamic Provisioning without rebooting . . . . . .
Installing Dynamic Provisioning and rebooting the array . .
Uninstalling Dynamic Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uninstalling without rebooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uninstalling and rebooting the array . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

.
.
.
.
.
.

4-2
4-2
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-6

xix

Enabling or disabling Dynamic Provisioning . . .

Managing DP pools from the command line. . . . . .
Creating a new DP pool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing DP pool thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting a DP pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinitializing a DP pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding DP pool capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing DP-VOLs from the command line. . . . . .
Creating a DP-VOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting a DP-VOL from a DP pool . . . . . . . . .
Changing DP-VOL capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing DP pool information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing DP pool trend information . . . . . . . . .
Saving DP pool trend information to a file . . . .
Optimizing DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optimizing the DP pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceling DP optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the progress of DP optimization . . . .
Changing optimization priority . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing provisioning attributes . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. .4-7
. .4-9
. .4-9
. 4-10
. 4-11
. 4-12
. 4-13
. 4-14
. 4-14
. 4-14
. 4-15
. 4-16
. 4-16
. 4-17
. 4-18
. 4-18
. 4-19
. 4-19
. 4-19
. 4-20

Appendix A CLI-based storage feature tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1

Glossary
Index

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Contents
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Preface
Welcome to the Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface
Reference Guide.
This document describes how to use the Hitachi Unified Storage
command line interface software.
Please read this document carefully to understand how to use this
product, and maintain a copy for reference purposes.
This preface includes the following information:

Intended audience
Product version
Document revision level
Changes in this revision
Related documents
Document conventions
Convention for storage capacity values
Accessing product documentation
Getting help
Comments

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

xxi

Intended audience
This document is intended for system administrators, Hitachi Data Systems
representatives, and authorized service providers who install, configure,
and operate Hitachi Unified Storage systems.
This document assumes the following:

The user has a background in data processing and understands storage

systems and their basic functions.

The user has a background in data processing and understands

Microsoft Windows and their basic functions.

The user has a background in data processing and understands Web

browsers and their basic functions.

Product version
This document applies to Hitachi Unified Storage firmware version
0925/A and to HSNM2 version 22.50 or later.

Document revision level

Revision

Date

Description

MK-91DF8276-00

March 2012

Initial release

MK-91DF8276-01

April 2012

Supersedes and replaces revision 00.

MK-91DF8276-02

May 2012

Supersedes and replaces revision 01.

MK-91DF8276-03

August 2012

Supersedes and replaces revision 02.

MK-91DF8276-04

October 2012

Supersedes and replaces revision 03.

Changes in this revision

xxii

Under System requirements (page 2-2), new disk capacity figures for
Windows, Solaris SPARC, Solaris x 86, HP-UX, IBM AIX, and Red Hat
Linux platforms listed.

Under Overview (page 3-2), several command tables reference the

aupartinterface command for adding and removing the I/F module/
interface board.

Under Adding/Removing the I/F Module/Interface Board (page 3-162),

new detail on the aupartinterface command with syntax, description,
and examples.

Under Outputting performance information file (page 3-282), new

required disk capacity for the HUS 150, HUS 130, and HUS 110.

Under Examples of output for selected commands (page 3-10) new

entries for the auhgdef and aupartinterface commands have been
added to several tables, including the Master List of Storage Navigator
Modular 2 Commands for the HUS table.

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Document Organization
Thumbnail descriptions of the chapters are provided in the following table.
Click the chapter title in the first column to go to that chapter. The first page
of every chapter or appendix contains links to the contents.

Chapter/Appendix
Title

Description

Chapter 1, Introduction

Describes the general features, functions, and benefits of

using Hitachi CLI.

Chapter 2, Navigator 2
installation

Describes the process of installing Navigator 2 so the CLI

is active.

Chapter 3, Command
List

Describes each command in the full Navigator 2 command

set.

Chapter 4, HDP CLI

operations

Describes each command for the Hitachi Dynamic

Provisioning CLI.

Appendix A, CLI-based
storage feature tasks

Describes CLI-based storage feature tasks.

HSNM2 also provides a graphical user interface that lets you perform
operations by typing commands from a command line. For information
about using the Dynamic Provisioning command line, refer to the Hitachi
Unified Storage Operations Guide.

Related documents
This documentation set consists of the following documents.
Hitachi Unified Storage Firmware Release Notes, RN-91DF8304
Contains late-breaking information about the storage system firmware.
Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 Release Notes, RN-91DF8305
Contains late-breaking information about the Navigator 2 software.
Read the release notes before installing and using this product. They
may contain requirements and restrictions not fully described in this
document, along with updates and corrections to this document.
Hitachi Unified Storage Getting Started Guide, MK-91DF8303
Describes how to get Hitachi Unified Storage systems up and running in
the shortest period of time. For detailed installation and configuration
information, refer to the Hitachi Unified Storage Hardware Installation
and Configuration Guide.
Hitachi Unified Storage Hardware Installation and Configuration
Guide, MK-91DF8273
Contains initial site planning and pre-installation information, along with
step-by-step procedures for installing and configuring Hitachi Unified
Storage systems.

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

xxiii

Hitachi Unified Storage Hardware Service Guide, MK-91DF8302

Provides removal and replacement procedures for the components in
Hitachi Unified Storage systems.
Hitachi Unified Storage Operations Guide, MK-91DF8275
Describes the following topics:
-

Adopting virtualization with Hitachi Unified Storage systems

Enforcing security with Account Authentication and Audit Logging.

Creating DP-VOLs, standard VOLs, Host Groups, provisioning

storage, and utilizing spares

Tuning storage systems by monitoring performance and using

cache partitioning

Monitoring storage systems using email notifications and Hi-Track

Using SNMP Agent and advanced functions such as data retention

and power savings

Using functions such as data migration, VOL Expansion and VOL

Shrink, RAID Group expansion, DP pool expansion, and Mega VOLs

Hitachi Unified Storage Replication User Guide, MK-91DF8274

Describes how to use the four types of Hitachi replication software to
meet your needs for data recovery:
-

ShadowImage In-system Replication

Copy-on-Write SnapShot

TrueCopy Remote Replication

TrueCopy Extended Distance

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Control Interface Installation and

Configuration Guide, MK-91DF8306
Describes Command Control Interface installation, operation, and
troubleshooting.
Hitachi Unified Storage Dynamic Provisioning Configuration Guide,
MK-91DF8277
Describes how to use virtual storage capabilities to simplify storage
additions and administration.
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide,
MK-91DF8276
Describes how to perform management and replication activities from a
command line. this document

Document conventions
The following typographic conventions are used in this document.

xxiv

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Convention

Description

Bold

Indicates text on a window, other than the window title, including

menus, menu options, buttons, fields, and labels. Example: Click OK.

Italic

Indicates a variable, which is a placeholder for actual text provided by

you or the system. Example: copy source-file target-file
Angled brackets (< >) are also used to indicate variables.

screen or
code

Indicates text that is displayed on screen or entered by you. Example:

< > angled

brackets

Indicates a variable, which is a placeholder for actual text provided by

you or the system. Example: # pairdisplay -g <group>

# pairdisplay -g oradb

Italic font is also used to indicate variables.

[ ] square
brackets

Indicates optional values.

Example: [ a | b ] indicates that you can choose a, b, or nothing.

{ } braces

Indicates required or expected values. Example: { a | b } indicates that

you must choose either a or b.

| vertical bar Indicates that you have a choice between two or more options or
arguments. Examples:
[ a | b ] indicates that you can choose a, b, or nothing.
{ a | b } indicates that you must choose either a or b.
Indicates the default value. Example: [ a | b ]

underline

This document uses the following symbols to draw attention to important

safety and operational information.
Symbol

Meaning

Description

Tip

Tips provide helpful information, guidelines, or suggestions for

performing tasks more effectively.

Note

Notes emphasize or supplement important points of the main

text.

Caution

Cautions indicate that failure to take a specified action could

result in damage to the software or hardware.

The following abbreviations for Hitachi Program Products are used in this
document.
Abbreviation

Description

ShadowImage

ShadowImage In-system Replication

SnapShot

Copy-on-Write SnapShot

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

xxv

Abbreviation
TrueCopy

Description
A term used when the following terms do not need to be
distinguished:

True Copy

True Copy Extended Distance

True Copy remote replication

TCE

TrueCopy Extended Distance

Volume Migration

Modular Volume Migration

Navigator 2

Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2

HSNM2

Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2

Convention for storage capacity values

Physical storage capacity values (for example, disk drive capacity) are
calculated based on the following values:
Physical capacity unit

Value

1 KB

1,000 bytes

1 MB

1,000 KB or 1,0002 bytes

1 GB

1,000 MB or 1,0003 bytes

1 TB

1,000 GB or 1,0004 bytes

1 PB

1,000 TB or 1,0005 bytes

1 EB

1,000 PB or 1,0006 bytes

Logical storage capacity values (for example, logical device capacity) are
calculated based on the following values:
Logical capacity unit

Value

1 block

512 bytes

1 KB

1,024 (210) bytes

1 MB

1,024 KB or 10242 bytes

1 GB

1,024 MB or 10243 bytes

1 TB

1,024 GB or 10244 bytes

1 PB

1,024 TB or 10245 bytes

1 EB

1,024 PB or 10246 bytes

Accessing product documentation

The Hitachi Unified Storage user documentation is available on the HDS
Support Portal: https://portal.hds.com. Please check this site for the most
current documentation, including important updates that may have been
made after the release of the product.

xxvi

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Getting help
The Hitachi Data Systems customer support staff is available 24 hours a
day, seven days a week. If you need technical support, please log on to the
HDS Support Portal for contact information: https://portal.hds.com

Comments
Please send us your comments on this document:doc.comments@hds.com.
Include the document title, number, and revision, and refer to specific
sections and paragraphs whenever possible.
Thank you!

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

xxvii

xxviii

Preface
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

1
Introduction
This chapter provides information on the supported AMS 2000
Family and SMS 100 storage features available from Hitachi
Storage Navigator Modular 2 Graphical User Interface (GUI) and
covers the following topics:

Overview of Storage Navigator Modular 2

Features
Software applications and HSNM2 features

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Overview of Storage Navigator Modular 2

Storage Navigator Modular 2 is a multi-featured scalable storage
management application that is used to configure and manage the storage
functions on the Hitachi Simple Modular Storage 100 and other Hitachi
arrays. Storage Navigator Modular 2 can be accessed by its graphical user
interface (GUI) or by the command line interface (CLI) that this manual
describes.
Storage Navigator Modular 2 has two operating modes:

Management Mode contains the user-level storage management

functions. This mode is intended only for maintenance technicians or
qualified users.

Administration Mode is used to manage user accounts and

passwords on older AMS 200/500/1000 systems and not the current
HUS systems. This operating mode is accessible only to users with
administrator permissions.

Features
Table 1-1 describes the Storage Navigator Modular 2 features.

Table 1-1: Storage Navigator Modular 2 features

Function Name

Description

Component status Displays the status of a component. For example, a drive or a fan.
display
Property display

Displays the status of arrays. For example, a RAID or logical unit.

Create RAID
Groups

Used to add a RAID group. You can set a new RAID group by
specifying its disk number, RAID level, and group range for the
RAID group to be created.
Note that creating a RAID group on a Simple Modular Storage
system invalidates your Hitachi warranty and support.

Delete RAID
groups

Deletes a defined RAID group or a specified RAID group. User data

is deleted.
Deleting a RAID group on a Simple Modular Storage system
invalidates your Hitachi warranty and support.

Create Logical
Units

Used to add a logical unit. A new logical unit is added by specifying

its capacity.

Delete Logical
Units

Deletes the defined logical unit. User data is deleted.

Format Logical
Units

Required to make a defined logical unit (LU) accessible by the host.

Writes null data to the specified logical unit, and deletes user data.

Parity Correction

Restores the logical unit in which a parity error has occurred.

Volume Expansion Unified volumes.

Setting up a Spare Sets up spare disk drives.
Disk drive

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 1-1: Storage Navigator Modular 2 features (Continued)

Function Name

Description

Differential
Management LU

Sets up the differential management logical unit. This is only used

for replication purposes.
Note: Modifying the differential management logical unit on the
Simple Modular Storage system invalidates your Hitachi warranty
and support.

Command Device

Sets up the command devices. This is only used for replication

purposes.

Setup and Display

Optional Features

Installs/uninstalls the priced optional features key and sets and

displays the enable/disable condition.

Setting the Boot

Option

Sets up the boot option. The array must be restarted to implement

the setting.

Setup and Display

of the iSCSI
Information

Sets and displays IP addresses and security information, etc.

System
Parameters

Sets up the system parameters.

Port option

Configures the options on each port used by the array.

Setting the Drive

Restoration
Option

Sets automatic or non-automatic start for the following:

Drive restoration mode
Start of copy-back
Start of correction copy
Time interval restoring processing unit size
Dynamic sparing mode
Note: The default modes are set for best system
performance. Hitachi recommends using other modes only when
necessary.

On-line Verify
Setting

Displays the status of the online verification setting (On/Off) and

sets the interval. Note that this function can degrade performance
when used.
Note that modifying the online verification information on the
Simple Modular Storage system invalidates your Hitachi warranty
and support.

LAN Configuration
Information
Setting

Sets the IP address, subnet mask, default gateway address, and

the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) mode.

Setup and Display

of RTC (real-time
clock)

Sets and displays the date and time.

Configuration
information file
output and its
setup by use of a
file.

Outputs system parameters and RAID group/logical unit

configuration information to a file individually. Sets system
parameters and RAID group/logical unit configuration information
using a file. The array must be restarted to implement the settings.
Deletes user data.

Microcode
(firmware)
updating

Downloads and updates the array microcode (firmware). You must

reboot the array to implement the settings

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 1-1: Storage Navigator Modular 2 features (Continued)

Function Name

Description

Command
Operation Status
Display

Outputs the command operation status during a certain period, or

a specified period in the text file.

Report when a
failure occurs and
controller status
display

Checks the array and displays the status. If an error is detected, it

is logged and sent by e-mail. A specified application is also started.

Software applications and HSNM2 features

The following table lists the software and storage features that are already
installed on the Simple Modular Storage system and is ready for use, and
software that is installed but must be enabled with a license key. Contact
HDS Technical Support to obtain licenses for the optional software. Some
features described in this section may not be available with your product.
Contact your sales representative if you have questions on the features your
system supports.

Table 1-2: Software applications and storage features

Functions

Type

Default State
at startup

Installed Software Licensed and Ready to Use (first release)

Audit Logging

Bundled

Disabled

Copy-on-write Snapshot (dual controller

only)

Bundled

Disabled

LUN Manager

Bundled

Enabled

Performance Monitor

Bundled

Disabled

SNMP Support Agent

Bundled

Disabled

Optional Software Requires License Key

ShadowImage (dual controller only)

Optional

Disabled

TrueCopy Extended Distance (SimpleDR)

(dual controller only)

Optional

Disabled

Features Not Currently Supported on Simple Modular Storage System

Cache Partition Manager
Cache Residency Manager
Data Retention Utility
Modular Volume Migration
Power Saving
TrueCopy remote replication (Sync.)

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

NOTE: Functions listed as management mode are intended

only for maintenance technicians or qualified users.
The following table lists the available functions for Storage Navigator
Modular 2. The functions that are available are determined by whether you
are in normal mode or management mode. Normal mode is the default, but
you can change it in the startup window before you connect to the array.
Except for error monitoring, do not operate Storage Navigator Modular 2
while you are online, or your connection may time out.
NOTE: Some features described in this guide may either require
an additional license purchase or may not be available for your
system. Contact your sales representative to confirm the storage
features that are available with the system version you purchased.

Table 1-3: Storage Navigator Modular 2 Functions

Category
Configuration
display

RAID group
definition

Function
Name

Description

Usability
During
Operations

Normal
Mode

Component
Displays the status of a Yes
status display component. For
example, a drive or fan.

Yes

Property
display

Displays the status of

array system
components. For
example, RAIDs or
logical units.

Yes

RAID group
creation

Used to add a RAID

group. You can set a
new RAID group by
specifying its disk
number, RAID level, and
group range for the
RAID group to be
created.

Yes

RAID group
deletion

Deletes a defined RAID

or a specified RAID
group. User data is also
deleted.

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 1-3: Storage Navigator Modular 2 Functions (Continued)

Category
Volume
definition

Setting the
selection

Function
Name

Description

Usability
During
Operations

Normal
Mode

Volume
creation

Used to add a volume.

A new volume is added
by specifying its
capacity.

Yes

Volume
deletion

Deletes the defined

volume. User data is
also deleted.

Volume
formatting

Required to make a
defined volume
accessible by the host.
Writes null data to the
specified volume, and
deletes user data.

No /Yes

Parity
correction

Restores the volume

where the parity error
occurred.

Yes

Setting up
spare disk
drive

Sets up spare disk

drives.

Yes

Differential
management
LU

Sets up the differential

management logical
unit.

Yes

Command
device

Sets up the command

devices.

Yes

Setup and
display of the
priced
optional
features

Installs/uninstalls the
priced optional features
key and sets and
displays the enable/
disable condition.

Yes

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 1-3: Storage Navigator Modular 2 Functions (Continued)

Category
Configuration
setting

Function
Name

Description

Usability
During
Operations

Normal
Mode

Setting the
boot option

Sets up the boot option.

The array must be
restarted to implement
the setting.

Setting and
display of the
fibre channel
information

Sets and displays port

addresses and security
information, etc.

System
parameter

Sets up system
parameters.

Yes

Port Option

Sets up port options.

Yes

Setting the
drive
restoration
option

Use the default mode

No
(unless it is necessary to
use another mode)
because you could affect
performance. Sets
automatic or nonautomatic start for the
following:
Drive restoration mode
Start of copy-back
Start of correction copy
Time interval restoring
processing unit size
Dynamic sparing mode

On-line verify
setting

Determines whether the

online verify setting is
on or off, and sets the
interval. Use caution,
because performance
could be affected.

Yes

LAN
configuration
information
setting

Sets the IP address,

subnet mask, default
gateway address, and
the DHCP mode.

Yes

Setup and
display of
RTC

Sets and displays the

date and time.

Yes

Configuration
information
file output
and its setup
by use of a
file.

Outputs system
parameters and RAID
group/logical unit
configuration
information to a file
individually. Sets
system parameters and
RAID group/logical unit
configuration
information using a file.
The array must be
restarted to implement
the settings. Deletes
user data.

Yes

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 1-3: Storage Navigator Modular 2 Functions (Continued)

Polls the array and

Yes
displays the status. If an
error is detected, it is
logged and sent by email. A specified
application is started.

Yes

Introduction
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

2
Navigator 2 installation
This chapter provides information for installing Navigator 2 and
the supported storage features available from Hitachi Storage
Navigator Modular 2 on an HUS 100 series storage system. The
chapter covers the following topics:

Connecting Navigator 2 to the host

System requirements
IPv6 supported platforms
Installing Storage Navigator Modular 2
Updating Storage Navigator Modular 2

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Connecting Navigator 2 to the host

You can connect Storage Navigator Modular 2 to a host through a LAN with
or without a hub.
Hub

LAN

Array Unit
(single
system)

Host

LAN

CTL1 LAN
CTL0 LAN
Array Unit
(dual system)

System requirements
This section describes system requirements for your environment.

Windows
Windows XP (with SP2 or SP3), Windows Server 2003 (with SP1 or
SP2), Windows Server 2003 (R2) (with or without SP2), Windows
Server 2003 R2 (x64) (with or without SP2), Windows Vista (with SP1
or SP2), or Windows Server 2008 (x86, x64). The 64-bit Windows is not
supported except Windows Server 2003 R2 (x64), Windows Server
2008 (x64), or Windows 7 (X86, X64) (with or without SP1). Intel
Itanium is not supported.
CPU: Pentium
Memory: 256 MB minimum
Disk capacity: 60 MB minimum
Network adapter
Virtual memory: 128 MB
Host Operating System
VMware ESX Server 3.x

Guest Operating System

Windows XP
Windows Server 2003 R2

VMWare 4.1

Windows Server 2008 SP2 (x64)

Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Host Operating System

Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64) (Hyper-V2)

Guest Operating System

Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)

Solaris (SPARC)
Solaris 8, 9, 10
CPU: UltraSPARC or higher
Memory: 256 MB minimum
Disk capacity: 100 MB minimum
Network adapter

Solaris (x86, 32 bits OS)

Solaris 10
CPU: Pentium
Memory: 256 MB minimum
Disk capacity: product version 100 MB maximum
Network adapter

HP-UX
HP-UX 11.0, 11i, 11i v2.0, 11i v3.0
CPU: PA8000 or higher (HP-UX 11i v2.0 operates in Itanium 2
environment)
Memory: 256 MB minimum
Disk capacity: 110 MB minimum
Network adapter

AIX
AIX 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, or 7.1
CPU: PowerPC/RS64 II or higher
Memory: 256 MB minimum
Disk capacity: 90 MB minimum
Network adapter
Remise program: install the patch of IY33524 if needed after VisualAge
C++ Runtime 6.0.0.0. Download from the IBM Web site.

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Linux

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 (excluding SELinux)

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6, (x86, x64, exclusing SELinux)

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 (x86) (excluding SELinux)

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 (x64) (excluding SELinux). Premise patch:
glibc-2.12-1.25.el6.i686.rpm or its inheritor nss-softokn-freebi-3.12.93.el6.i686.rpm or its inheritor

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 (x86) (excluding SELinux). Premise patch:
glibc-2.12-1.47.el6.i686.rpm or its inheritor nss-softokn-freebi-3.12.911.el6.i686.rpm or its inheritor
libgcc-4.4.6-3.el6.i686.rpm
libstdc++-4.4.6-3.el6.i686.rpm
CPU: Pentium-II, III, IV (233 MHz minimum)
Memory: 256 MB
Disk capacity: 120 MB minimum
Network adapter

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

IPv6 supported platforms

Table 2-1 shows the IPv6 supported platforms.

Table 2-1: IPv6 Supported Platforms

Vendor

SUN

Microsoft

Red Hat

Operating System

IPv6 Supported

Name

Service
Pack

Solaris 8 (SPARC)

Supported

Solaris 9 (SPARC)

Supported

Solaris 10 (SPARC)

Supported

Solaris 10 (x86)

Supported

Solaris 10 (x64)

Supported

Windows Server 2003 (x86)

SP1

Supported

Windows Server 2003 (x86)

SP2

Supported

Windows Server 2003 R2 (x86)

Without SP,
With SP2

Supported

Windows Server 2003 R2 (x64)

Without SP

Supported

Windows Vista (x86)

SP1

Supported

Windows Server 2008 (x86)

SP1, SP2

Supported

Windows Server 2008 (x64)

SP1, SP2

Supported

Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)

SP, With
SP1

Supported

Windows 7 (x86)

Without SP,
With SP1

Supported

Windows 7 (x64)

Without SP,
With SP1

Supported

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.0

Update1

Address searching
function is not
supported on the
server.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.0

Update5

Address searching
function is not
supported on the
server.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3

Supported

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.4

Supported

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5

Supported

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 (x86)

Supported

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 (x64)

Supported

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 (x86)

Supported

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 (x64)

Supported

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Installing Storage Navigator Modular 2

This section provides instructions for installing Storage Navigator Modular 2
in Windows, Solaris, Red Hat Linux, HP-UX, AIX, IRIX and how to change
the registration information on the array. After Storage Navigator Modular
2 registers the array, the registration information cannot be overridden.
To update Storage Navigator Modular 2, you must remove it and install a
new version. When you install a new version of Storage Navigator Modular
2, you must specify the error monitoring options again.
When registering an array into Storage Navigator Modular 2, use the
auunitadd command to specify the unit name. Specify only the unit name
with this command.

Windows
Run HSNM2-xxxx-W-CLI.exe in the hsnm_win directory of the DVD-R that
was provided. By default, the files are installed in \Program Files\Storage
Navigator Modular 2 CLI\.
Run startsnmen.bat. This is a Windows batch file used to start Storage
Navigator Modular 2. The following environment parameters must be set
correctly in startsnmen.bat:
set STONAVM_HOME=.
set LANG=en

Use the set command to verify the correct setting of the environment
parameters on the workstation.
A prompt window appears and Storage Navigator Modular 2 commands can
be executed from this window.
NOTE: If you do not use the default path when executing
commands, you must setup an environment variable for the path
you are using. STONAVM_HOME points to the home directory of
your installation so it can find the bin directory and the command
files. Make sure this variable is set correctly in the startup file
(startsnmen.bat). If you do not set the LANG variable in the
startsnmen.bat file, then the CLI commands use English as the
default language.
For example, if Storage Navigator Modular 2 has been installed in
C:\Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI:
set STONAVM_HOME=C:\Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI
set LANG=en
command.com

Solaris (SPARC and x86 32 Bits OS)

1. Start the SUN server/workstation.
2. Create a new directory (e.g., /usr/stonavm).

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-S-CLI.tar file (for SPARC) or the HSNM2-xxxx-SP-CLI.tar file (for x86 32 bits OS) from the snm_sol_CLI directory in
the DVD-R, to the directory created in the hard disk.
4. The HSNM2-xxxx-S-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it (if the directory described below is present, create another directory).
For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-S-CLI.tar

When setting /usr/stonavm in the installation directory, the following file

structure is developed.
/usr/stonavm/

: Command and message files of Storage Navigator Modular 2

/lib/

: Common library used when running Storage Navigator Modular 2

5. Add a path in the common library with the LD_LIBRARY_PATH

environment variable. For example, when setting DFHOME as the
installation directory:
If the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable is not defined (using C
shell commands):
% setenv

LD_LIBRARY_PATH

${DFHOME}/lib

If the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable is defined (using C shell

commands):
% setenv

LD_LIBRARY_PATH

$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:${DFHOME}/lib

6. In the STONAVM_HOME environment variable, set up a path to the

directory where Storage Navigator Modular 2 is installed. For example,
when setting DFHOME as the installation directory (using C shell
commands):
% setenv STONAVM_HOME ${DFHOME}

7. Define statements 5 and 6 in the initial setting file (for C shell: .login) of
the login shell.
8. Log in again.

Red Hat Linux

1. Create a new directory (e.g., /usr/stonavm).
2. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-L-CLI.tar file from the snm_linux directory in the
DVD-R, to the directory created in the hard disk.
3. The HSNM2-xxxx-L-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it (if the directory described below is present, create another directory).
For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-L-CLI.tar

When setting /usr/stonavm as the installation directory, the following file

structure is developed.

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

: Command and message files of Storage Navigator Modular 2

/usr/stonavm/

/lib/

: Common library used when running Storage Navigator Modular 2

4. Add a path in the common library to the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment

variable.
If the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable is not defined (using C
shell commands):
% setenv

LD_LIBRARY_PATH

${DFHOME}/lib

If the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable is defined (this example uses C shell commands):
% setenv

LD_LIBRARY_PATH

$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:${DFHOME}/lib

5. In the STONAVM_HOME environment variable, set up a path to the

directory where Storage Navigator Modular 2 is installed. For example,
when setting DFHOME as the installation directory (using C shell
commands):
% setenv STONAVM_HOME ${DFHOME}

6. Define statements 4 and 5 in the initial setting file (for C shell: .login) of
the login shell.
Log in again.

Setting Linux Kernel Parameters

When installing Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 to Linux, you must set
the Linux kernel parameters to required values. If you do not set the Linux
kernel parameters, the HSNM2 installer terminates abnormally. When the
application has already been installed and used in an environment that
contains the Hitachi Storage Command Suite Common Component, you do
not need to set the Linux kernel parameters.
To set the Linux kernel parameters:
1. Back up the existing kernel parameters setting files
/etc/sysctl.conf
/etc/security/limits.conf
2. Open the kernel parameters setting file (/etc/sysctl.conf) with a text
editor and change the contents referring to the following conventions,
requirements, and methods.

The parameters are specified using the syntax:

[name_of_parameter]=[value]

Four values, each separated by a space are specified in the file

kernel.sem.

The parameter must not exceed the maximum value that the
operating system specifies.

You can check the value by issuing the following command:

cat /proc/sys/kernel/shmmax

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

This commands checks the values contained in the

kernel.shmmax file.

The following table details recommended values and calculation

methods for each parameter.
Table 2-2: Linux Kernel Recommended Values and Calculation
Methods
Parameter Name

Recommended Value

Calculation Method

Navigator 2 Database
kernel.shmmax

11666432

200000000

The maximum value in

current and two
recommended value.

kernel.shmall

26214400

The total value of the

current value and the
recommended value.

kernel.shmmni

2000

The larger value in

following:
The total value of the
current and
Navigator 2
recommended value.
The database
recommended value.

kernel.threads-max

184

576

kernel.msgmni

kernel.sem(Second
parameters)

7200

kernel.sem (Fourth
parameters)

1024

fs.file-max

53898

3. Using a standard text editor, open the kernel parameters setting file:

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x and 6.x: /etc/security/

limits.conf

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x: /etc/security/limits.d/90nproc.conf for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x.

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x: the nofile and nproc
parameters are in the limits.conf file. The nproc parameters are
in the 90-nproc.conf file.

The parameters are specified using the following syntax:

[domain][type][parameter_name][value]
The domains are specified for *. The types are specified for both soft
and hard values. The soft value must exceed the hard value. Then, the
parameter must not exceed the maximum value the operating system
specifies.
Parameter Name

Recommended Value

Calculation Method

Navigator 2 Database

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Parameter Name

Recommended Value

nofile

572

1344

nproc

165

512

Calculation Method
The larger value in the
following:
The total value of the
current and
Navigator 2
recommended
values.
The database
recommended value.

HP-UX
1. Start the HP server/workstation.
2. Create a new directory (e.g., /usr/stonavm).
3. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-H-CLI.tar file from the snm_hpux directory in the
DVD-R, to the directory created in the hard disk.
4. The HSNM2-xxxx-H-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it (if the directory described below is present, create another directory).
For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-H-CLI.tar

5. When setting /usr/stonavm as the installation directory, the following

file structure is developed.
: Command and message files of Storage Navigator Modular 2

/usr/stonavm/

/lib/

: Common library used when running Storage Navigator Modular 2

6. Add a path in the common library to the SHLIB_PATH environment

variable. For example, when setting DFHOME as the installation
directory:
If the SHLIB_PATH environment variable is not defined (using C shell
commands):
% setenv

SHLIB_PATH

${DFHOME}/lib

If the SHLIB_PATH environment variable is defined (using C shell

commands):
% setenv

SHLIB_PATH

$SHLIB_PATH:${DFHOME}/lib

7. In the STONAVM_HOME environment variable, set up a path to the

directory where Storage Navigator Modular 2 is installed, For example,
when setting DFHOME as the installation directory (using C shell
commands):
% setenv STONAVM_HOME ${DFHOME}

210

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

8. Define statements 5 and 6 in the initial setting file (for C shell: .login) of
the login shell.
9. Log in again.

AIX
1. Start the IBM server/workstation.
2. Create a new directory (e.g., /usr/stonavm).
3. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-A-CLI.tar file from the snm_aix directory in the
DVD-R, to the directory created in the hard disk.
4. The HSNM2-xxxx-A-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it (if the directory described below is present, create another directory).
For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-A-CLI.tar

When setting /usr/stonavm as the installation directory, the following file

structure is developed.
/usr/stonavm/

: Command and message files of Storage Navigator Modular 2

/lib/

: Common library used when running Storage Navigator Modular 2

5. Add a path in the common library to the LIBPATH environment variable.

For example, when setting DFHOME as the installation directory:
If the LIBPATH environment variable is not defined (using C shell
commands):
% setenv LIBPATH ${DFHOME}/lib

If the LIBPATH environment variable is defined (using C shell

commands):
% setenv LIBPATH $LIBPATH:${DFHOME}/lib

6. In the STONAVM_HOME environment variable, set up a path to the

7. Define statements 5 and 6 in the initial setting file (for C shell: .login) of
the login shell.
8. Log in again.

IRIX
1. Start the SGI server/workstation.
2. Create a new directory (e.g., /usr/stonavm).

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

211

3. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-I-CLI.tar file from the snm_irix directory in the

DVD-R, to the directory created in the hard disk.
4. The HSNM2-xxxx-I-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it (if the directory described below is present, create another directory).
For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-I-CLI.tar

When setting /usr/stonavm as the installation directory, the following file

structure is developed.
/usr/stonavm/

: Command and message files of Storage Navigator Modular 2

/lib/

: Common library used when running Storage Navigator Modular 2

5. Add a path in the common library to the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment

variable.
If the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable is not defined (using C
shell commands):
% setenv

LD_LIBRARY_PATH

${DFHOME}/lib

If the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable is defined (using C shell

commands):
% setenv

LD_LIBRARY_PATH

$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:${DFHOME}/lib

6. In the STONAVM_HOME environment variable, set up a path to the

directory where Storage Navigator ModularStorage Navigator Modular 2
is installed. For example, when setting DFHOME as the installation
directory (using C shell commands):
% setenv STONAVM_HOME ${DFHOME}
Define statements 5 and 6 in the initial setting file (for C shell: .login) of
the login shell.
7. Log in again.

Updating Storage Navigator Modular 2

This section provides instructions for updating Storage Navigator Modular
on the following systems:

Windows

Solaris

Red Hat Linux

HP-UX

AIX

IRIX

NOTE: After updating Storage Navigator ModularStorage Navigator

Modular 2, close it and then restart it.

212

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Windows
Run HSNM2-xxxx-W-CLI.exe in the snm_win_CLI directory of the DVD-R that
was provided.

Solaris (SPARC and x86 32 Bits OS)

1. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-S-CLI.tar file or the HSNM2-xxxx-S-P-CL.tar file
(for x86 32 bits OS) from the snm_sol_CLI directory in the DVD-R, to
the directory created in the hard disk.
2. The HSNM2-xxxx-S-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it. For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-S-CLI.tar

Red Hat Linux

1. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-L-CLI.tar file from the snm_linux_CLI directory
in the DVD-R, to directory created in the hard disk.
2. The HSNM2-xxxx-L-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it. For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-L-CLI.tar

HP-UX
1. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-H-CLI.tar file from the snm_hpux_CLI directory in
the DVD-R, to directory created in the hard disk.
2. The HSNM2-xxxx-H-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it. For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-H-CLI.tar

AIX
1. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-A-CLI.tar file from the snm_aix_CLI directory in
the DVD-R, to directory created in the hard disk.
2. Run the slibclean command. If you do not have root permission for this
command, delete the library file libdau.a.
3. The HSNM2-xxxx-A-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it. For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-A-CLI.tar

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

213

IRIX
1. Copy the HSNM2-xxxx-I-CLI.tar file from the snm_irix_CLI directory in
the DVD-R, to directory created in the hard disk.
2. The HSNM2-xxxx-I-CLI.tar file is a Tar format file, and you must expand
it. For example:
tar xvf HSNM2-xxxx-I-CLI.tar

Uninstalling
This section provides instructions for uninstalling Storage Navigator
ModularStorage Navigator Modular 2 on the following systems: Windows,
Solaris, IRIX, HP-UX, AIX, and Red Hat Linux.

Windows
1. Delete the Storage Navigator ModularStorage Navigator Modular 2
program using the Add and Delete Application icon in the Control Panel.
Because the folders created by the installation are deleted, move the
necessary files before uninstalling.

Solaris, IRIX, HP-UX, AIX, and Red Hat Linux

1. Delete the directory and all the files that were created in the hard disk
for when Storage Navigator ModularStorage Navigator Modular 2 was
installed.
2. Delete the statement path to the common library, from the contents of
the environment variable.
3. Delete the reference to the STONAVM_HOME environment variable.

NOTE: Functions listed as management mode are intended

only for maintenance technicians or qualified users.

214

Navigator 2 installation
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3
CLI command list
This chapter lists the supported CLI commands and covers the
following topics:

Overview
Notes at the time of functional operation
Command format and command types
Commands for registering an array
Setting a password in administration mode
Displaying array status
RAID/volume commands
System parameters
Setting up configuration
File output of configuration and configuration setting by file
Host groups information
Target information
NNC parameters
Monitoring errors
Tuning parameters
Miscellaneous commands

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Overview
This chapter describes the Storage Navigator Modular 2 commands.
All commands can be used as the standard commands.
When using an administration command, a password must be
specified. This password is for the workstation where the commands
are executed, and is stored in a password file on this workstation.
The administration commands that require passwords have an {
under the Password column, and are optional. The commands that
can be used online have an { under the Online use column.
Additionally, when the optional Password Protection function is
installed on the array, some commands require a user ID and
password. The commands that require a login have an { under the
Login column.
NOTE: Unless you are monitoring errors, do not work online, because
your connection may time out.

CAUTION! The Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI is intended for

users who have significant storage management expertise and
previous experience using a CLI to manage storage. Improper CLI
use can damage the software installed on the Simple Modular
Storage 100 (SMS) or Adaptable Modular Storage (AMS) systems
and will void the Hitachi warranty and support. Do not create,
delete or modify and RAID Group settings, and do not modify the
existing Differential Management Logical Unit on the Simple
Modular Storage 100 system. Please consult your reseller before
using the CLI.

3-2

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands

Classification

Function

Command

Online Pass
Use
word

Array
registration

Displaying the Registration

Information

auunitref

Automatic Registering

auunitaddauto

Registering

auunitadd

Changing Registration
Information

auunitchg

Deleting the Registration

Information

auunitdel

Setting a Password in
Administration Mode

aupasswd

Setting user ID

auuidadd

Changing user ID

auuidchg

Deleting user ID

auuiddel

Changing password

aupwdchg

Logging into array unit

aulogin

Logging out from array unit

aulogout

Checking login

auchkuid

Array
management
by user ID
(Password
Protection
Feature)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-3

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands (Continued)

Classification

Function

Command

Online Pass
Use
word

Array status

Displaying a Firmware Revision

aurev

Displaying Drive Configuration

Information

audrive

See section Displaying the

aucache
cache configuration
information on page 3-36for

Displaying the Status of Power

Supply/Fan/Battery/Loop/ENC
(See Note 2.)

Displaying the Status of

auparts
Controller/Cache/Power Supply/
Fan/Battery/Loop/ENC/NNC
Parts
(See Note 2.)

Referencing Parts Options

aupartsopt

Displaying the Current IP

Address

aucrlan

Displaying the Information

Messages

auinfomsg

Referencing/Setting the
Equipment ID or Controller ID

auunitid

Displaying the Equipment

Information

auunitinfo

an example of displayed output

for the drive information of an
array unit df850xs.
Example
% audrive -unit df85xs - vendor
Unit HDU Capacity Drive Type
Rotational Speed Vendor ID
Product ID Revision Serial No.
0
0
Displaying the Cache
Configuration Information (See
Note 2.)
SAS (SFF)
10000rpm SEAGATE DKS5CJ600SS 5C00 6WN01SLP
0
1
600GB
SAS(SFF)
10000rpm SEAGATE DKS5CJ600SS 5C00 6WN02TK4
:
:
%

3-4

ausupply

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands (Continued)

Classification

Function

Command

Online Pass
Use
word

RAID/Logical
Unit

Referencing a RAID Group

aurgref

Setting Up a RAID Group

aurgadd

Expanding a RAID Group

aurgexp

Deleting the RAID Group

aurgdel

Referencing a Logical Unit

auluref

Setting Up a Logical Unit

auluadd

Formatting the logical unit

auformat

Displaying the Progress of

Logical Unit Formatting

auformatst

Referencing/Setting the Quick

Format Option

auquickfmtopt

Expanding a logical unit

auluexp

Deleting the logical unit

auludel

Changing the Default Controller

auluchg

Referencing the Unified

aumluref

Unifying Logical Units

aulumrg

Separating LUs

auludiv

Invalidating a logical unit

auluinvalidate

Reassigning a Logical Unit

aulureallocate

Restoring a Logical Unit

aulurestoration

Referencing/Starting/Skipping/
Canceling the Parity Correction
Online

aulucorrect

Referencing/Setting the
Mapping Guard Information

aumapguard

Referencing/Setting LU Cache
Partition

aulucachept

Changing the LU Size

auluchgsize

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-5

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands (Continued)

3-6

Classification

Function

Command

System
parameters

Referencing/Setting System
Parameters

ausystemparam O

Referencing/Setting System
Parameters Online

auonsysprm

Referencing/Setting System
Parameters

ausysparam

Referencing/Setting the RTC

aurtc

Referencing/Setting LAN
Information
(See Note 1.)

aulan

Referencing/Setting the Port

Option

auportop

Referencing/Setting the Boot

Option
(See Note 1.)

aubootopt

Referencing/Setting Time Zone

autimezone

Referencing/Setting the IP
Address of Maintenance Port

aumaintelan

Referencing/Setting LAN
Information Online

auonlan

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Online Pass
Use
word

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands (Continued)

Classification

Function

Command

Online Pass
Use
word

Setting up
configuration

Referencing/Setting the Fibre

Channel Information

aufibre1

Referencing/Setting the Spare

HDU

auspare

Referencing/Setting the FeeBasis Option

(See Note 4.)

auopt

Referencing/Setting the Drive

audrecopt
Restoration Control Information

Referencing/Setting the Online

Verify Information

auonlineverify

Referencing/Setting the
Command Device Information.

aucmddev

Rebooting

aureboot

Referencing/Setting LU Prefetch Information

aulupre

Referencing/Splitting the HiCopy Pair Information

auhicopy

Referencing/Setting the DM-LU

Information

audmlu

Referencing/Setting the iSCSI

Port Information

auiscsi

Referencing/Setting the iSNS

Information. See example
below.

auisns

Referencing/Setting the CHAP

User Information

auchapuser

Referencing/Sending Ping

auping

Referencing/Setting the
Backend Diagnosis Information

aubackenddiag

Setting the SNMP Environment

Information and Outputting Its
File

ausnmp

Referencing/Setting E-Mail Alert

Information

auemailalert

Referencing/Setting the LED

Information

aulocatled

Referencing/Addition Start of
Additional Unit Information

auadditionalunit O

Refercing/Setting LAN Port

information

aulanport

Setting the SSL Option

ausslopt

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-7

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands (Continued)

Classification

Save
configuration
information in
file and setup
configuration
information
from file

Function

Command

Online Pass
Use
word

Referencing /Setting the UPS

Information

auups

Referencing/Setting the Host

Response

auhostresp

Referencing/Setting the SSD

Endurance Information

aussdendurance O

Adding/Removing the I/F

Modular/Interface Board

aupartinterface

File Output of the System

Parameters

ausyspout

File Output of the Configuration

of RAID/LU and Status of
Constituent Parts

auconfigout

Setting the System Parameters

with a File

ausyspset

Setting the RAID/LU Definition

with a File

auconfigset

Import/Export the System

Constituent Information (See
Note 3.)

auconstitute

Referencing/Setting Host
Information

auhgwwn

Referencing/Setting Host Group

Options

auhgopt

Referencing/Setting Mapping
Information

auhgmap

Referencing/Registration/
Changing/Deleting Host Group

auhgdef

File Output of the Host Group

Information

auhgout

Setting the Host Group

Information with a File

auhgset

Referencing/Setting iSCSI
Target Information

autargetdef

Referencing/Setting the Initiator autargetini

Information

Referencing/Setting iSCSI
Target Options

autargetopt

Referencing/Setting iSCSI
Target Mapping Information

autargetmap

Outputting the RAID Group/LU

Informtion to File
Host groups
information

Target
information

3-8

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands (Continued)

Classification

Function

Microprogram
(firmware)
updating
NNC
parameters

Obtaining
performance
information

Monitoring
errors

Tuning
parameters

Account
authentication

Command

Online Pass
Use
word

Downloading/Updating firmware aumicro

Referencing/Setting NNC LAN

Information

aunnclan

Displaying/Setting NAS System

aunassyslu

Referencing/Setting NAS User

aunasuserlu

Referencing/Shutdown/Booting/ aunnc
Rebooting NNC

Displaying Statistical
Information

austatistics

Outputting Performance
Information File

auperform

Referencing/Setting the
Collection State of Performance
Statistics Information

aupfmstatiscfg

Referencing the DP Pool Trend/

Outputting its File

audptrend

Setting the Starting of

Application

auextprog

Monitoring Errors

auerroralert

Referencing/Setting the
Monitoring Error Options

auerralertopt

Referencing/Setting System
Tuning Parameters (See Note
1.)

ausystuning

Referencing/Setting LU Tuning
Parameters

aulutuning

Referencing/Setting Prefetch
Tuning Parameters

autuningprefetc
h

Referencing/Setting Multi
Stream Tuning Parameters

autuningmultist
ream

Referencing/Setting LU
Ownership Tuning Parameters

autuningluown

Setting/Deleting the Account

Information For Script

auaccountenv

Referencing/Setting the Account auaccountopt

Options

Starting/Finishing the Account

Script

auaccountscript

Referencing/Setting the Account auaccount

Information

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-9

Table 3-1: Storage Navigator 2 CLI commands (Continued)

Classification

Help

Function

Command

Online Pass
Use
word

Referencing/Refreshing/Backing auencrypt
up/Restoring the key
information of the self
encryption drive

Displaying command help

auman

NOTE: Changed settings do not become effective until the array is restarted.
However, when connecting the AMS200/500/1000, SMS100, or, AMS2100/
2300/2500restarting is not required.
The auparts command includes the function of the aucache and ausupply
commands. The aucache and ausupply commands cannot be used by the
9580V, SMS100, AMS2100/2300/2500.
Importing the boot options is not effective until the array is restarted.
Some free-basis options do not function until the array is restarted.
Set items do not become effective until the array unit is restarted. However,
when connecting the 9500V, SMS100, AMS2100/2300/2500, restarting is not
necessary.
If the reference (-refer) is specified by the option, the commands
can be executed without logging in.

Examples of output for selected commands

This section contains output for selected commands. Output sections
will be selectively added upon each new revision of HSNM2.

Example of auiscsi output

The following example displays the iSCSI port information by issuing
the auiscsi command of an array unit hus110a1.
% auiscsi -unit hus110a1 refer
Port 0A
Port Number
: 3260
Keep Alive Timer[sec.] : 60
MTU
: 1500
Transfer Rate
: 1Gbps
Link Status
: Link Up
Ether Address
: 00:01:02:03:04:05
IPv4
IPv4 Address
: 100.101.102.103
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
IPv4 Default Gateway
: 150.151.152.153
IPv6 Status
: Enable
IPv6
Link Local IP Address
Address Type
: Manual
IP Address
: fe80::2022
Address Status
: --Global IP Address
Address Type
: Manual
IP Address 1
IP Address
: 2080::2022
Address Status
: ---

3-10

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

IP Address 2
:
IP Addreess
: 2081::2022
Address Status : -Subnet Prefix Length : 22
Default Gateway
IP Address
Current
: 3034::2022
Setting
: 3033::2022
Address Status : Unconfigured
Link MTU
: 1500
Connecting Hosts
: 10000
Result
:
Setting
VLAN Status
:
Enable
VLAN ID
:
22
Header Digest
:
Enable
Data Digest
:
Enable
Port 0B
:
%

Example of audrive output

The following example displays the drive information of an array unit
df850xs.
% audrive -unit df850xs -vendor
Unit No HDU Capacity Drive Type Rotational Speed Vendor ID Product ID Revision Serial No.
0
0 600GB SAS (SFF) 1000rpm
Seagate DKS5C-J600SS 5C00 6WN01SLP
0
1
600GB SAS(SFF) 1000rpm SEAGATE DKS5C-J600SS 5C00 6WN02TK4
:
:
%

The following table details all Storage Navigator Modular 2

commands by equipment type for all platforms (the 9500V, AMS/
WMS, SMS, AMS 2000, and the DF850).

Table 3-2: Storage Navigator Modular 2 commands per equipment type

(all platforms)
Command

9500V AMS/
WMS

SMS

AMS
2000

DF850 Command

9500V AMS/
WMS

auunitref

aurtc

auunitaddauto

aulan

auunitadd

auportop

auunitchg

aubootopt

auunitdel

autimezone

aupasswd

aumaintelan

auonlan

aurev

audrive
x

auspare

ausupply

auopt

auparts
aucrlan
auinfomsg

AMS
2000

DF850

aufibre1

aucache

aupartsopt

SMS

audrecopt
x

auonlineverify
x

aucmddev
aureboot

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-11

Table 3-2: Storage Navigator Modular 2 commands per equipment type

(all platforms)
Command

9500V AMS/
WMS

auunitid
auunitinfo

SMS

AMS
2000

DF850 Command

aurgref

9500V AMS/
WMS

SMS

AMS
2000

DF850

aulupre

auhicopy

audmlu

auiscsi

auisns

auchapuser

auluref

auping

auluadd

aubackenddiag

auformat

ausnmp

auformatst

auemailalert

auquickfmtopt

aulocatled

auadditionalunit x

aulanport

ausslopt

aurgadd
aurgexp

aurgdel

auluexp

auludel
auluchg

aumluref

ausyspout

aulumrg

auconfigout

auludiv

ausyspset

auluinvalidate

auconfigset

aulureallocate

auconstitute

aulurestoration

auconfigreport

aulucorrect

auhgwwn

aumapguard

auhgopt

aulucachept

auhgmap

auluchgsize

auhgdef

ausystemparam x

auhgout

auonsysprm

auhgset

ausysparam

autargetdef

autargetini

auextprog

autargetopt

auerroralert

autargetmap

auerralertopt

aumicro

ausystuning

aunnclan

aulutuning

aunassyslu

autuningprefetc x
h

aunasuserlu

aunnc

autuningmultist x
ream
autuningluown

3-12

austatistics

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-2: Storage Navigator Modular 2 commands per equipment type

(all platforms)
Command

9500V AMS/
WMS

auaccountenv

SMS

AMS
2000

DF850 Command

SMS

AMS
2000

aupfmstatiscfg

auman

audptrend
x

auups

aussdenduranc x
e

auhostresp

aupatinterface

DF850

auperform

auaccountscript x
auencrypt

9500V AMS/
WMS

Table 3-3 contains a list of Storage Navigator Modular 2 commands

for the Hitachi DF850.

Table 3-3: Master list of Storage Navigator Modular 2

commands for the HUS
Command

Function

General
auunitref

Displaying the Registration Information

auunitaddauto

Automatic Registering

auunitadd

Registering

auunitchg

Changing Registration Information

auunitdel

Deleting the Registration Information

audrive

Displaying Drive Configuration Information

auparts

Displaying the Status of Controller/Cache/

Power

Supply/Fan/Battery
/Loop/ENC/NNC Parts
auformat

Formatting the LU

auformatst

Displaying the Progress of LU Formatting

auquickfmtopt

Referencing/Setting the Quick Format Option

auluchgsize

Changing the LU Size

auludel

Deleting the LU

auinfomsg

Displaying the Information Messages

auunitinfo

Displaying the Equipment Information

aurgref

Referencing a RAID Group

aurgadd

Setting Up a RAID Group

aupartsopt

Referencing the parts option.

aurgexp

Expanding a RAID Group

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-13

Command

Function

aurgdel

Deleting the RAID Group

auluref

Referencing an LU

auluadd

Setting Up an LU

aulucorrect

Referencing/Starting/Skipping/Canceling the
Parity Correction Online

aumapguard

Referencing/Setting the Mapping Guard

Information

aulucachept

Referencing/Setting LU Cache Partition

ausystemparam

Referencing/Setting System Parameters

aurtc

Referencing/Setting the RTC

auportop

Referencing/Setting the Port Option and

Controller Identifier

aubootopt

Referencing/Setting the Boot Option

autimezone

Referencing/Setting Time Zone

aumaintelan

Referencing/Setting the IP Address of

Maintenance Port

auonlan

Referencing/Setting LAN Information Online

aufibre1

Referencing/Setting the Fibre Channel

Information

auspare

Referencing/Setting the Spare HDU

auopt

Referencing/Setting the Fee-Basis Option

audrecopt

Referencing/Setting the Drive Restoration

Control

Information

3-14

auonlineverify

Referencing/Setting the Online Verify

Information

aucmddev

Referencing/Setting the Command Device

Information

aureboot

Rebooting

audmlu

Referencing/Setting the DM-LU Information

auiscsi

Referencing/Setting the iSCSI Port

Information

auisns

Referencing/Setting the iSNS Information

auchapuser

Referencing/Setting the CHAP User

Information

auping

Referencing/Sending Ping

auconstitute

Import/Export the System Constituent

Information

aupowersave

Referencing the Power Saving Information/

Spinning down/Spinning up

auadditionalunit

Referencing/Addition Start of Additional Unit

aulocateled

Referencing/Setting the LED Information

auemailalert

Referencing/Setting E-Mail Alert Information

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Command

Function

aulanport

Referencing/Setting LAN Port Information

ausslopt

Setting the SSL Option

auloginfo

Referencing/Setting/Resetting the Log

Information

auups

Referencing/Setting the UPS Information

auhostresp

Referencing/Setting the Host Response

ausdendurance

Referencing/Setting the SSD Endurance

Information

auconfigreport

Outputting the RAID group/LU Information to

File

aupartinterface

Adding/Removeing the I/F Module/Interface

Board

auhgwwn

Referencing/Setting Host Information

auhgopt

Referencing/Setting Host Group Options

auhgmap

Referencing/Setting Mapping Information

auhgdef

Referencing/Registration/Changing/Deleting
Host Group

autargetdef

Referencing/Setting iSCSI Target Information

autargetini

Referencing/Setting the Initiator Information

autargetopt

Referencing/Setting iSCSI Target Options

autargetmap

Referencing/Setting iSCSI Target Mapping

Information

aumicro

Downloading/Updating Firmware

auperform

Outputting Performance Information File

aupfmstatiscfg

Referencing/Setting the Collection State of

Performance Statistics Information

Information
auextprog

Setting the Starting of Application

auerroralert

Monitoring Errors

auerralertopt

Referencing/Setting the Monitoring Error

Options

ausystuning

Referencing/Setting System Tuning

Parameters

autuningmultistream

Referencing/Setting Multi Stream Tuning

Parameters

autuningluown

Referencing/Setting LU Ownership Tuning

Parameters

auman

Referencing the Manual of CLI Commands

auuidadd

Setting the User ID

auuidchg

Changing the User ID

auuiddel

Deleting the User ID

aupwdchg

Changing the Password

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-15

Command

Function

aulogin

Logging In and Forcibly Logging In to the Array

Unit

aulogout

Logging Out from the Array Unit

auchkuid

Confirming the Login

ausnmp

Setting the SNMP Environment Information

and Outputting Its File

aumluref

Referencing the Unified LU

aulumrg

Unifying LUs

aumludiv

Separating LU

aucachept

Referencing/Setting Cache Partition

auturbolu

Setting the Cache Residency LU

auluguard

Referencing/Setting the access level of LU and

expiration lock

aureplicationvvol

Referencing/Setting SnapShot Logical Unit

aurmtpath

Referencing/Setting the Remote Path

Information

autruecopyopt

Referencing/Setting TrueCopy Option

aureplicationlocal

Local Pair Operation

aureplicationremote

Remote Pair Operation

aureplicationmon

Pair Status Monitoring

auauditlog

Referencing/Setting the Audit Log Information

and Export/Initialize the Internal Log

aumvolmigration

Referencing/Setting the Reserve LU

Information and Referencing/Creating/
Changing/Canceling/Splitting the Volume
Migration Pair

auaccount

Referencing/Setting the Account Information

auaccountenv

Setting/Deleting the Account Information For

Script

auaccountopt

Referencing/Setting the Account Options

auaccountscript

Starting/Finishing the Account Script

audppool

Referencing/Setting the DP Pool Information

audptrend

Referencing the DP Pool Trend/Outputting its

File

audpoptimize

Referencing/Starting/Canceling/Changing the
DP Optimization

auenvinfo

Referencing the Environment Information

Notes at the time of functional operation

The following sections describe aspects of operation with logical
units.

3-16

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Logical units formatting

Restrictions apply to the total size of logical units that can be
formatted at the same time. If the possible formatting size is
exceeded, the storage system firmware does not execute the
formatting and error messages display. Also, if the logical units
expand, the xpanded logical unit size automatically formats and
becomes the restriction target of the size that can be formatted at
the same time.
The possible formatting size differs, depending on the storage
system type. Format the total size of the logical units by the
recommended batch formatting size or less as shown in the table
below.

AMS

Recommended Batch Formatting Size

2500

359 TB (449 GB x 800)

308 TB (193 GB x 1,600) 208 TB (65 GB x 3,200)

2300

287 TB (449 GB x 640)

247 TB (193 GB x 1,280) 166 TB (65 GB x 2,560)

2100

179 TB (449 GB x 400)

154 TB (193 GB x 800)

104 TB (65 GB x 1,600)

The formatting executes in the following three operations. However,

it has no effect on the DP volumes using the Dynamic Provisioning
function.

Operation

Formatting Capacity

Logical units creation (format is specified).

Size of logical units to create.

Logical units format

Size of logical units to format.

Logical units expansion.

Size of logical units to expand.

The restrictions of the possible formatting size become the size of

totaling three operations. Perform it so that the total of each
operation becomes the recommended batch formatting size or less.
When the above-mentioned operation executes and the restrictions
of the possible formatting size are exceeded, the following messages
display:

Operation

Formatting Capacity

Logical units creation (format is specified).

Logical units format

DMED100005: The quick format size

is over maximum value. Please retry
after that specified quick format size
is decreased or that the current
executed the quick format is finished.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-17

Operation
Logical units expansion.

Formatting Capacity
DMED0E0023: The quick format size
is over maximum value. Please retry
after that specified quick format size
is descreased or the current exeucted
quick format is finished.

Logical units creation (format is specified)

If the logical units creation (format is specified) becomes an error,
the logical units are created, but the formatting is not expected and
the Status that displaying the auluref command executing becomes
Unformat. After checking that the Status of logical units which are
already executing the other formatting or expansion of the other
logical units becomes Normal, execute only the formatting for the
logical units which performed the creation of logical units.

Logical units format

If the formatting of logical units becomes an error, the formattign is
not executed and the Status that dsiplays the uluref command
exucuting is still kept as before the execution. After checking that the
Status of logical units which are already executing the other
formatting or expansion, the other logical units become Normal,
execute the formatting again.

Logical units expansion

If the expansion of logical units becomes an error, the expansion is
not executed and the Status that displays the auluref command
executing remains in the same state that it did before the execution.
After checking that the Status of logical units which are already
executing the other formatting or expansion, and the other logical
units go into a Normal state, execute the expansion again.

Importing the constitute information

When importing the constitute information (auconstitute command)
of DP pools or logical units, even if the Full Capacity Mode is set to
Enabled, it is crated as if the Full Capacity Mode is in a Disabled state.
Set the Full Capacity Mode to Enabled again after the DP pool with
the relevant DP-VOLs has completed.

Mapping Mode
If you change the mapping mode from Enabled to Disabled, all the
configured mapping information is initialized. If you wanto set the
mode to Enabled, set the mapping information again.

3-18

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Command specifications
When changing the TCP/IP port number of the array unit when the
SMS 100, AMS200/500/1000, WMS100, AMS 2100/2300/2500,
array unit with the firmware version of 0726/E or later (9500V with
firmware version x65B/H or later) is connected from a LAN, register
the changed port number as df-damp-snm port number/TCP in
the services file of the OS on which Storage Navigator Modular 2 is
installed before starting Storage Navigator Modular. If it is not
registered, the array unit may not be able to be connected to the
LAN.

Command format and command types

The command format of Storage Navigator Modular is specified with
a command name and succeeding options as shown below. When
specifying multiple options, the order in which options are specified
does not matter. In addition, options may be omitted depending the
type of commands. The following example details Storage Navigator
Modular 2 CLI command format.
Command Option1 Option2 Option3 ....

Storage Navigator Modular 2 commands are classified mainly into

standard and administrator commands. The following describes
specifications of each type of command. When operating the SMS100
or AMS2000 (DF800), the setting of the management commands is
not required because all commands can be used as the standard
commands.

Standard commands
The standard commands are used for displaying information. The
following syntax example shows the Standard Command Format in
instances of a normal termination.
% Command Option1 Option2 Option3
Result
%

The following syntax example shows the Standard Command Format

in instances where an error is detected.
% Command Option1 Option2 Option3
Error message
%

Administration commands
The administration commands are used when operating the 9500V
and AMS200/500/1000, WMS100 and setting up a configuration for
the array. Taking into consideration the integrity and security of data,
this command prompts you to enter a password and is executed if

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-19

the password is authenticated. When the option -refer is specified

(for example, in the command aufibre1), a password is not
required.
Command Option1 Option2 Option3 .... Password: (Enter an alreadyset password) %5-4 an%Command Option1 Option2 Option3 ....
Password: (Enter an already-set password) Are you executing? (y/n
[n]) %d 5-5 show the formats for the administration command.
When performing operations associated with data configurations,
such as the deletion of a RAID or logical unit, these commands
prompt you to confirm whether or not to execute the function after
entering a password (se%Command Option1 Option2 Option3 ....
Password: (Enter an already-set password) Are you executing? (y/n
[n]) %e 5-5).
The following example shows format 1 of an administration
command.
Command Option1 Option2 Option3 ....
Password: (Enter an already-set password)
%

The following example shows format 2 of an administration

command.
%Command Option1 Option2 Option3 ....
Password: (Enter an already-set password)
Are you executing? (y/n [n])
%

Displaying command syntax

When you want to reference the syntax of a command, specify the help option in the command. The Usage information appears, as
shown in the example.
The descriptions that appear under Usage are the same as those
described in the Format of each command. The following example
displays command syntax command list.
% auunitadd help
Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2
Version xx.xx
Copyright (C) 2005, 2011, Hitachi, Ltd.
Usage:
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, df850
Single system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -RS232C | -LAN ]
-ctl0 device | address [ -ignore ]
[ -communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority ]
Dual system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]

3-20

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

To view the entire list of supported commands by storage system

type, execute the auhelp.bat file.

Command help
When using the auman command, commentaries of each command
described in this manual display.
The auman format is shown in the following example:

Command name
auman

Referencing the CLI Commands

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, df850
auman [ -en | -jp ] command_name

Description
This command references the CLI commands.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-21

Options
-en | -jp
Specify the locale for displaying the manual.
-en: Displays the manual in English.
-jp: Displays the manual in Japanese.
command_name
Specify the command name that the manual will be displayed.
This is an example for the auunitref command help.
% auman en auunitref
Copyright (C) 2005, 2011, Hitachi, Ltd.
Command name
auunitref Displaying the Registration Information
Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, df850
auunitref [ -unit unit_name ]
Description
This command displays the registration information of an array unit that
is registered in the Navigator.
Omitting the array unit name displays a list of information registered
in the Navigator.
Specifying an array unit name displays information about the specified
array unit.
Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit whose registration
information is to be referred.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric characters, special symbols "-(minus)",
"_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or " (space)".
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
%

To view the entire list of supported commands by storage system

type, execute the auhelp.bat file.

Setting the TCP/IP port number

This example is used for editing the services file in Windows 2000.
1. Set the port number between 1024 and 49151.
NOTE: When the TCP/IP port number is set out of a range of 1024 to
49151 and the number is already used in the management ports, it may be
forcibly changed to 1024 in some cases.

3-22

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

2. Add the port number to be used by Storage Navigator Modular 2.

Refer to the following example, and then overwrite and save it.
When adding the port number to the last line, start a new line.
# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Microsoft Corp.
#
# This file contains port numbers for well-known services defined by IANA
#
# Format:
#
# <service name> <port number>/<protocol> [aliases...] [#<comment>]
#
echo
7/tcp
echo
7/udp
:
:
knetd
2053/tcp
man
9535/tcp
df-damp-snm
23456/tcp

#Kerberos de-multiplexor
#Remote Man Server

Commands for registering an array

This section covers the following commands related to registering
arrays:

Displaying the registration information on page 3-24

Automatic registering on page 3-25

Registering on page 3-26

Changing registration information on page 3-29

Deleting the registration information on page 3-30

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-23

Displaying the registration information

Command name
auunitref

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, df850
auunitref [ -unit unit_name ]

Description
This command displays the registration information of an array that
is registered in Storage Navigator Modular 2. Omitting the array
name displays a list of information registered in Storage Navigator
Modular 2. Specifying an array name displays information about the
specified array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array whose registration information is to be referred.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or
" (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.

This example displays all the registered information.

% auunitref
Name
Type

Group
Construction Connection Type Error Monitoring Communication Type IP Ad

dress/Host Name/Device Name

sms100
SMS100 Dual
192.168.3.101

TCP/IP(LAN)

Enable

Non-secure

192.168.3.100

Non-secure

192.168.3.102

ams500
AMS500 Dual
TCP/IP(LAN) Enable
192.168.3.103
AMS2300_85000045_IPv6
AMS2300 Single
TCP/IP(LAN) Enable
:020a:e4ff:ff67:6ee8
%

3-24

Non-secure

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

fe80:

This example displays the registration information for a specified

array.
% auunitref -unit sms100
Name
Type

Group
Construction Connection Type Error Monitoring Communication Type IP Ad

dress/Host Name/Device Name

sms100
SMS100 Dual

TCP/IP(LAN)

Enable

Non-secure

192.1

68.3.100 192.168.3.101
%

Automatic registering
Command name
auunitaddauto

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
When searching the disk array units of IPv4.
auunitaddauto -ip from_address to_address
[ -communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority ]
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
When searching the disk array units of IPv6.
auunitaddauto -ipv6
[ -communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority ]
When searching the disk array units of IPv4 and IPv6.
auunitaddauto -ip from_address to_address -ipv6
[ -communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority ]

Description
This command searches for arrays connected via the TCP/IP, within
the specified IP address, and registers the ones that are found. When
the search is completed, select the arrays that you want to register
by specifying their numbers from the list. When you specify more
than one number, insert a space between the numbers. When you
specify a range of numbers, insert a hyphen between the numbers.
4096 array units can be registered at maximum.
The name to be registered is given as the array model name_serial
number (for example, if an SMS array model name is SMS100 and
the serial number is 81010123, the name will be registered is
SMS100_81010123.)
The name to be registered IPv6 address is given as the unit model
name_serial number. (For example, when the unit type is AMS2300,
the serial number is 85010123 and IPv6, the name to be registered
is AMS2300_85010123_IPv6.)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-25

Options
-ip from_address to_address
Specify an IPv4 address of the disk array unit to be searched.
from_address: Start IPv4 address
to_address : End IPv4 address
Only an address of the fourth byte is effective.
Specify addresses of the first to third bytes as
the same ones as the beginning address.
-communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority
Specify the communication type.

-ipv6

nonsecure : Searches disk array units using non-secure port.

secure
: Searches disk array units using secure port.
securepriority: Searches disk array units using secure port or
non-secure port in secure port priority.
Search array unit of IPv6.

This example is for registered arrays whose IP addresses are

between 192.168.1.1 and 192.168.1.255.
% auunitaddauto ip 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.255
Searching... 192.168.1.255
Detected Count : 2
The subsystem of the following was discovered.
No. Name
Type Construction Serial No. Communication Type
1 AMS500_75001000

AMS500 Dual

75001000

Non-secure

81001000

Non-secure

IP Address(CTL0) : 192.168.1.250
IP Address(CTL1) : 192.168.1.251
2 SMS100_81001000

SMS100 Single

IP Address(CTL0) : 192.168.1.252
When you register the two or more numbers, partition the numbers, which are give
n in the list, with the space(s). When you register all subsystems, input 'all'.
Input 'q', then break.
The number of the subsystem to register. (number/all/q [all]): 1 2
AMS500_75001000 has been registered.
SMS100_81001000 has been registered.
The subsystems have been registered successfully.
%

This example is for registered arrays whose IP addresses are IPv6.

% auunitaddauto ipv6
Searching... (1/1) fe80::20a:e4ff:fe67:6ee8
Detected Count : 1
The subsystem of the following was discovered.
No. Name
Type Construction Serial No. Communication Type
1 AMS500_85000045_IPv6 AMS500 Single
85000045 Non-secure
IP Address(CTL0) : fe80::20a:e4ff:fe67:6ee8
IP Address(CTL1) :
Please specify the number of the subsystem to register.
When you register the two or more numbers, partition the numbers, which are give
n in the list, with the space(s). When you register all subsystems, input 'all'.
Input 'q', then break.
The number of the subsystem to register. (number/all/q [all]): 1
AMS500_85000045_IPv6 has been registered.
The subsystems have been registered successfully.
%

Registering
Command name
auunitadd

3-26

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format
9500V
Single system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -RS232C | -LAN ]
-ctl0 device | address [ -ignore ]
Dual system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -RS232C | -LAN ]
[ -ctl0 device | address ] [ -ctl1 device | address ]
[ -ignore ]
AMS, WMS
Single system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -LAN ]
-ctl0 address
[ -ignore ]
Dual system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -LAN ]
[ -ctl0 address ] [ -ctl1 address ]
[ -ignore ]
SMS, AMS2000, df850
Single system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -LAN ]
-ctl0 address [ -ignore ]
[ -communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority ]
Dual system
auunitadd [ -unit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -LAN ]
[ -ctl0 address ] [ -ctl1 address ]
[ -ignore ]
[ -communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority ]

Description
This command registers an array with Storage Navigator Modular 2.
4096 array units can be registered at maximum. Registration
information consists of an array name, a group name, a connection
interface, and a communication type.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit whose registration information to set up.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed. Cannot specify spaces only. If omitted this option, the name to be
registered is given as "an array unit model name_serial number".
(For example, AMS2300_85010123)
-group group_name
Specify the name of a group in which multiple array units are managed all
together. If this option is omitted, array units are not managed in a group all
together. The maximum number of groups registered is 200.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 16 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", or "_ (underline)".
-RS232C | -LAN
Specify the connection interface (RS232C or LAN) to an array unit. If omitted
this option, the connection interface to be registered is given as LAN.
-ctl0 device | address
Specify the device or address used to connect to Controller 0.
If "LAN" is selected, specify an "IP address" or "host name".

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-27

If "RS232C", specify a "device name".

Specify a host name with up to 15 one-byte coded characters.
Specify a device name with a RS232C port name or a device file name.
(Example: Windows - COM1, Solaris - /dev/ttya)

-ctl1 device | address

Specify the device or address used to connect to Controller 1.
If "LAN" is selected, specify an "IP address" or "host name".
If "RS232C", specify a "device name".
Specify a host name with up to 15 one-byte coded characters.
Specify a device name with a RS232C port name or a device file
name.
(Example: Windows - COM1, Solaris - /dev/ttya)
-ignore
An array unit is not monitored for errors. If omitted this option,
an array unit registered is monitored for errors.
-communicationtype nonsecure | secure | securepriority
Specify the communication type. If omitted this option, nonsecure port is used.
nonsecure
: Non-secure port.
secure
: Secure port.
securepriority: Secure port.
When the secure port can not be used, the nonsecure port is used.

NOTE: For the dual system disk array unit, only one controller can be used
in the LAN connection mode. Specify Controller 0 IP Address/Host Name/
Device Name or Controller 1 IP Address/Host Name/Device Name. When
registering the array unit in the dual system, verify that you have selected
the correct controller for the connection before specifying Controller 0 IP
Address/Host Name/Device Name and Controller 1 IP Address/Host Name/
Device Name. If you specify the wrong controller, depending on the
specified contents, the controller configuration can be set to the opposite
controller side.
This example registers a SMS100 with a dual system configuration
and a LAN connection interface with an array name of sms100a1.
% auunitadd -unit sms100a1 -LAN -ctl0 192.168.1.102 ctl1 192.168.1.103
Unit sms100a1 has been registered.
%

This example registers an AMS2300 with an IPv6 configuration and

a LAN connection interface with an array name of ams2300a1.
% auunitadd -unit ams2300a1 -LAN -ctl0 fe80::20a:e4ff:fe67:6ee8
Unit ams2300a1 has been registered.
%

3-28

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Changing registration information

Command name
auunitchg

Format
9500V
auunitchg

-unit unit_name
[ -newunit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -RS232C | -LAN ]
[ -ctl0 device | address ] [ -ctl1 device | address ]
[ -watch | -ignore ]
[ -f ]

AMS, WMS
auunitchg -unit unit_name
[ -newunit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -LAN ]
[ -ctl0 address ] [ -ctl1 address ]
[ -watch | -ignore ]
[ -f ]
SMS, AMS2000, df850
auunitchg -unit unit_name
[ -newunit unit_name ] [ -group group_name ]
[ -LAN ]
[ -ctl0 address ] [ -ctl1 address ]
[ -watch | -ignore ]
[ -communicationtype nonsecure | secure ]
[ -f ]

Description
This command changes the registration information (array name,
group name, connection interface, and communication type) of a
registered array.
However, omitted items will not be changed.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of a registered array unit.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or
" (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
-newunit unit_name
Specify the array unit name to change.
Specify a new array unit name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)",
". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the
character string is removed. Cannot specify spaces only.
-group group_name
Specify the group name to change.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 16 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", or "_ (underline)".
-RS232C | -LAN
Specify the connection interface (RS232C or LAN) of an array unit to change.
-ctl0 device | address
Specify the device or address to change, which address is used to connect to
Controller 0.
If "LAN" is selected, specify an "IP address" or "host name".
If "RS232C", specify a "device name".
Specify a host name with up to 15 one-byte coded characters.
Specify a device name with a RS232C port name or a device file name.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-29

(Example: Windows - COM1, Solaris - /dev/ttya)

-ctl1 device | address
Specify the device or address to change, which address is used to connect to
Controller 1. Specify in the same way as for Controller 0.
-watch
Specify that an array unit is monitored for errors.
-ignore
Specify that an array unit is not monitored for errors.
-communicationtype nonsecure | secure
Specify the communication type.
nonsecure : Non-secure port.
secure
: Secure port.
-f

The confirmation message at command execution is omitted.

Examples
The following example shows the procedure for changing registration
information. The user executes the reference command to display
the registration information of an array sms100a1, then executes the
auunitchg command to change the information. After changing the
information, the user executes the reference command again to
check whether the changes have been made.
% auunitref -unit sms100a1
Name
Group
Type Construction Connection Type Error Monitoring Communication Type IP Ad
dress/Host Name/Device Name
sms100a1
hsp
SMS100 Dual
TCP/IP(LAN) Enable
Non-secure
192.1
68.3.100 192.168.3.102
%
% auunitchg -unit sms100a1 -LAN -ctl0 192.168.1.101
Are you sure you want to update the unit information?
(y/n [n]): y
Unit information is updated.
%
% auunitref -unit sms100a1
Name
Group
Type Construction Connection Type Error Monitoring Communication Type IP Address/Host
Name/Device Name
sms100a1
hsp
SMS100 Dual
TCP/IP(LAN) Enable
Non-secure
192.1
68.3.101 192.168.3.102
%

If a specified array is not yet registered, the following message is

displayed.
% auunitchg -unit 9500b1
DMEA001003: The specified subsystem name is not registered.
%

Deleting the registration information

Command name
auunitdel

3-30

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000
auunitdel -unit unit_name ... [ -f ]

Description
This command deletes the registration information of a registered
array.

Options
-unit unit_name ...
Specify the name of the registered array unit whose registration information is
to be deleted. Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)",
". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the
character string is emoved. Cannot specify spaces only. Single or multiple
array unit names can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single array unit name.
Example: -unit ams2000a1
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple array unit names.
Example: -unit ams2000a1 ams2000
-f

Omits the confirmation message when the command is executed.

Examples
The following example deletes registration information of registered
array 9500a1.
% auunitdel -unit 9500a1
Are you sure you want to delete the specified subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
The 9500a1 has been deleted.
The subsystems have been deleted successfully.
%

The following example checks the information registered about an

array that has been deleted.
% auunitdel -unit 9500a1
DMEA001003: The specified subsystem name is not registered.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-31

Displaying array status

This section covers the following commands related to array status:

3-32

Displaying a firmware revision on page 3-33

Displaying drive configuration information on page 3-34

Displaying the cache configuration information on page 3-36

Displaying the status of power supply/fan/battery/loop/ENC on

page 3-37

Displaying the status of component parts on page 3-39

Referencing the parts options on page 3-45

Displaying the current IP address on page 3-47

Displaying the information messages on page 3-48

Referencing/setting the equipment ID or controller ID on page

3-49

Displaying the equipment information on page 3-50

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Displaying a firmware revision

Command name
aurev

Format
9500V
aurev

-unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the firmware revision of a specified unit.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to display its firmware revision.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or
" (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.

Example
The following example displays the firmware revision of an array
9500a1.
% aurev -unit 9500a1
Serial Number : nnnnnnnn
Firmware Revision : 0650nn (CTL0)
0650nn (CTL1)
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-33

Displaying drive configuration information

Command name
audrive

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, df850
audrive -unit unit_name -status [ -uno unit_no -hno hdu_no ]
audrive

-unit

unit_name

-vender

Description
This command displays the status and type of drives in a
specified array.
If a hard disk on which data restoration is in progress is
specified, the process of restoring is displayed.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit which its drive
configuration information is to be displayed. Specify
the
name in less than or equal to 64 characters
using
alphanumeric characters, special symbols "(minus)", "_
(underline)", ". (period)", "@", or "
(space)". Space in
front and in the rear of the
character string is removed.
-status | -vendor
The drive information is displayed.
-status: The drive condition is displayed.
When recovery is in progress, "(nn%)" is
displayed
to indicate the progress rate of
recovery. When no
recovery is performed,
"(0%)" is displayed. When
recovery
terminates normally or recovery is
terminated forcibly, "(100%)" or "Normal"
is
displayed. When recovery terminates
abnormally,
"(nn% Aborted)" is displayed
to indicate the
progress rate of the
recovery already processed
until an
abnormal termination and the resulting
abnormal termination.
-vendor: The vendor ID, product ID, the storage
capacity of
drives, revision of the
mounted drive, serial
number of drives and
drive type are displayed.
-uno unit_no
-hno hdu_no
Displays the operating status of the
drive at
a specified position.

3-34

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples
The following example displays the status of drives in an array
9500a1.
% audrive -unit 9500a1 -status Unit No. HDU No. Type
0
0 Data
Mounted Normal
0
1 Data
Mounted Normal
:
:
0
13 Spare
Mounted Standby
1
0 Undefined Mounted Out of RG
1
1 Undefined Mounted Out of RG
:
:
1
14 Undefined Mounted Out of RG
:
:
%

Physics Status

The following example displays the drive information of an array

9500a1.
% audrive -unit 9500a1 -vendor
Unit No. HDU No. Vendor Product
Revision Capacity Serial No. Type
0
0 HITACHI DK32DJ-72FC K5K5
72GB
30xxxxxx FC
0
1 HITACHI DK32DJ-72FC K5K5
72GB
30xxxxxx FC
:
:
0
13 HITACHI DK32DJ-72FC K5K5
72GB
30xxxxxx FC:
1
0 HITACHI HDS722525VLSA80 xxxx 250GB C6Cxxxxxx SATA
1
1 HITACHI HDS722525VLSA80 xxxx 250GB C6Cxxxxxx SATA

The following example displays the drive information of an array

ams500a1.
% audrive -unit ams500a1 -vendor
Unit HDU Capacity Drive Type Vendor ID Product ID
Revision Serial No.
0 0 146GB FC
SEAGATE DKS2C-J146FC 4Cxx 3Hyxxxxx
0 1 146GB FC
SEAGATE DKS2C-J146FC 4Cxx 3Hyxxxxx
::
:
1 0 HITACHI HDS722525VLSA80 xxxx 250GB A60A C6Cxxxxxx SATA
1 1 HITACHI HDS722525VLSA80 xxxx 250GB A60A C6Cxxxxxx SATA
%

The following example displays the drive information of an array

sms100a1.
% audrive -unit sms100a1 -vendor
Unit HDU Capacity Drive Type Rotational Speed Vendor ID Product ID
Revision Serial No.
0 0 146GB SAS
15000rpm HITACHI HUS151414VL
S300 4444 HGST140A
0 1 146GB SAS
15000rpm HITACHI HUS151414VL
S300 4444 HGST140B
:
:
%

The following example displays the drive information of an array unit

df850xs.
% audrive -unit df850xs -vendor
Unit HDU Capacity Drive Type Rotational Speed Vendor ID Product ID Revision Serial
No.
0 0 600GB SAS(SFF)
10000rpm SEAGATE DKS5C-J600SS 5C00

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-35

6WN01SLP
0 1 600GB
6WN02TK4
:
:
%

SAS(SFF)

10000rpm SEAGATE

DKS5C-J600SS 5C00

Displaying the cache configuration information

Command name
aucache

Format
9500V
aucache

-unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the status and the capacity of cache memory.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to display cache configuration
information. Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)",
". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the
character string is removed.

Example
The following example displays the cache memory configuration
information of an array 9500a1:
% aucache -unit 9500a1
CTL Slot Status
Size(MB)
0
0 Normal
512
0
1 Normal
512
1
0 Normal
512
1
1 Normal
512
%

3-36

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Displaying the status of power supply/fan/battery/loop/ENC

Command name
ausupply

Format
9500V
ausupply

-unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the status of AC power supplies, fans,
batteries, battery backup circuits, loop, and ENC. Please use the
auparts command, when you display the status of Power Supply/Fan/
Battery/Loop/ENC to 9500V(9580V)/AMS/WMS/AMS2000/DF850.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to display the information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-37

Example
This example displays the status of power supplies, batteries, fans,
backup circuits, loop, and ENC of an array 9500a1.
% ausupply -unit 9500a1
AC PS Information
Unit AC Status
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
:
:
13 1 Nothing
FAN Information
Unit FAN Status
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
:
:
13 1 Nothing
Battery Information
No. Status
0
Normal
Battery Backup Information
No. Status
0
Normal
1
Normal
Loop Information
Path Loop Status
0
0 Normal
:
1
1 Normal
ENC Information
Unit ENC Status
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
:
:
13 1 Nothing
%

3-38

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Displaying the status of component parts

Command name
auparts

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000
auparts

-unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the status of the controller, cache, AC power
supplies, fans, batteries, battery backup circuits, loop, ENC, interface
board, host connectors, and unit type. When NNC is connected, the
status of the NNC components (NNC, NNC Base, DIMM, PS, fan,
Extension Slot and host connector) are also displayed.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to display information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.

Examples
This example displays the status of controller, cache, AC power
supplies, fans, batteries, battery backup circuits, loop, and ENC of a
9500h array.
% auparts -unit 9500h
Controller Information
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Cache Information
CTL Slot Status
0
0 Normal
:

Size(MB)
1024

AC PS Information
Unit AC Status
CTU 0 Normal
CTU 1 Normal
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
:
FAN Information
Unit FAN Status
CTU 0 Normal
CTU 1 Normal
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
:
Battery Information
No. Status
0 Normal
1 Normal

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-39

Battery Backup Information

No. Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Loop Information
Path Loop Status
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
:
ENC Information
Unit ENC Type Status
0 0 SENC Normal
0 1 SENC Normal
:
Unit Information
Unit Type
0 FC
1 AT
:
%

This example displays the status of controller, cache, AC power

supplies, fans, batteries, battery backup circuits, loop, ENC, and NNC
type1 components of an array ams500 individually.
% auparts -unit ams500
Controller
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Cache
CTL
0
0
1
1

Slot Capacity(MB) Status

0
1024 Normal
1
--- Nothing
0
1024 Normal
1
--- Nothing

Battery Backup
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Battery
Battery Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Fan
Unit
0
0

Fan Status
0 Normal
1 Normal

AC
Unit AC Status
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
ENC
Unit ENC Type Status
Loop
Path
0
0
1
1

Loop Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
0 Normal
1 Normal

Unit
Unit Type
0 FC
NNC
NNC Status

3-40

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

0 Normal
2 Normal

NNC0
DIMM
B0
A0
B1
A1
PS
Fan
Host Connector

Status

NNC2
DIMM
B0
A0
B1
A1
PS
Fan
Host Connector
%

Status

Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal

This example displays the status of controller, cache, AC power

supplies, fans, batteries, battery backup circuits, loop, ENC, and NNC
type2 components of an array ams500m.
% auparts -unit ams500m
Controller
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Cache
CTL
0
0
1
1

Slot Capacity(MB) Status

0
1024 Normal
1
--- Nothing
0
1024 Normal
1
--- Nothing

Battery Backup
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Battery
Battery Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Fan
Unit
0
0

Fan Status
0 Normal
1 Normal

AC
Unit AC Status
0 0 Normal
0 1 Normal
ENC
Unit ENC Type Status

Loop
Path
0
0
1
1
Unit
Unit

Loop
0
1
0
1

Status
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal

Type

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-41

0
NNC
NNC
0
2

FC
Status
Normal
Normal

NNC0
NNC Base
DIMM
A0
B0
C0
D0
PS
0
Fan
0
1
2
Extension Slot
3
NNC2
NNC Base
DIMM
A0
B0
C0
D0
PS
0
1
Fan
0
1
2
Extension Slot
3

Status
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Status
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal

Extension Card
NNC
Extension Slot
0
3
2
3

Extension Card
PCI-Express Card
PCI-Express Card

This example displays the status of an array sms100.

% auparts -unit sms100
Original Array
Status
: Warning
Repair Slot 1 : Empty
Repair Slot 2 : Empty
%

3-42

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Status
Normal
Normal

This example displays the status of an array ams2300m.

% auparts -unit ams2300m
Controller
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Cache
CTL
0
0
1
1

Slot Capacity(MB) Status

0
2048 Normal
1
2048 Normal
0
2048 Normal
1
2048 Normal

Interface Board
CTL
Interface Board Type
Status
0
0 Fibre Channel Normal
1
0 Fibre Channel Normal
Battery
Battery Status
0 Normal
Additional Battery
Battery Status
Host Connector
Port Status
0A Normal
0B Normal
0C Normal
0A Normal
1A Normal
1B Normal
1C Normal
1D Normal
Fan
Unit
AC
Unit
0
0
1
1

Fan Status
AC Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
0 Normal
1 Normal

ENC
Unit ENC Type Status
1 0 ENC Normal
1 1 ENC Normal
Unit
Unit Type
0 Standard
1 Standard

Serial Number
85010053
00000101

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-43

This example displays the status of an array ams2500h.

% auparts -unit ams2500h
Controller
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Cache
CTL
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

Slot Capacity(MB) Status

0
4096 Normal
1
2048 Normal
2
2048 Normal
3
2048 Normal
0
4096 Normal
1
2048 Normal
2
2048 Normal
3
2048 Normal

Interface Board
CTL
Interface Board Type
0
0 Fibre Channel
0
1 Fibre Channel
1
0 Fibre Channel
1
1 Fibre Channel

Status
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal

Battery
Battery Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
2 Normal
3 Normal
Additional Battery
Battery Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Host Connector
Port Status
0A Normal
0B Normal
:
:
1A Normal
1B Normal
:
:
Fan
Unit Fan Status
CTU
0 Normal
CTU
1 Normal
CTU
2 Normal
CTU
3 Normal
0
0 Normal
0
1 Normal
:
:
AC
Unit AC
Status
CTU
0
Normal
CTU
1
Normal
0
0
Normal
0
1
Normal
:
:
ENC
Unit
1
1
:
:
Unit
Unit
CTU
0
1

3-44

ENC
0
1

Type
ENC
ENC

Type
--Standard
Standard

Status
Normal
Normal

Serial Number
87000045
00000101
00000102

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

:
:
4
5
:
:

Dense(0-A)
Dense(0-B)

00000401
00000501

This example displays the status of parts of an array unit df850xs

individually.
% auparts -unit df850xs
Controller
CTL Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Cache
CTL
0
1

Slot Capacity(MB) Status

0
4096 Normal
0
4096 Normal

Interface Board
CTL
Interface Board Type
Status
0
0 Fibre Channel Normal
1
0 Fibre Channel Normal
Battery
Battery Status
0 Normal
1 Normal
Host Connector
Port Status
0A Normal
0B Normal
:
Fan
Unit Fan Status
0
0 Normal
0
1 Normal
:
AC PS
Unit AC PS Status
0
0 Normal
0
1 Normal
:
ENC
Unit ENC Type Status
0 0 ENC Normal
0 1 ENC Normal
:
Unit
Unit Type
Serial Number
0 StandardS 90000026
1 StandardS 00000101

Referencing the parts options

Command name
aupartsopt

Format
AMS2000, DF850
aupartsopt -unit unit_name -refer

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-45

Description
This command references the parts options.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to reference the parts options.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the parts options.

Example
The following example displays the parts options of an array
ams2300.
% aupartsopt -unit ams2300 refer
Air Filters
Air Filter Timer
: Disable
Expiration Time(hours) : 8800
Running Time(hours)
: 100
%

3-46

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Displaying the current IP address

Command name
aucrlan

Format
9500V
aucrlan

-unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the enabled LAN information of the array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to display the LAN information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.

Example

The following example displays the enabled LAN information of an

array 9500a1.
% aucrlan -unit 9500a1
CTL IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway
0 125.0.9.98 255.255.255.0 125.0.9.5
1 125.0.9.99 255.255.255.0 125.0.9.5
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-47

Displaying the information messages

Command name
auinfomsg

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auinfomsg -unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the Information Messages of the specified
array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit in which the Information Messages are to be
displayed.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.

Example
The following example obtains and displays the information
messages on an array 9500a1.
% auinfomsg -unit 9500a1
Controller 0/1 Common
06/27/2001 21:18:37 C0 I12203
06/27/2001 21:18:36 C0 I12204
06/27/2001 21:18:36 C0 I12201
06/27/2001 21:18:35 C0 I12202
06/27/2001 21:18:37 C0 I12200
06/27/2001 21:17:34 C0 I12404
06/27/2001 21:17:34 C0 I12403
06/27/2001 21:17:33 C0 I12402
06/27/2001 21:17:33 C0 I12401
06/27/2001 21:17:33 C0 I12400
06/27/2001 21:15:30 C0 I11000
06/27/2001 21:13:17 C0 I12100
06/27/2001 21:12:57 C0 I12100
06/27/2001 21:12:16 C0 I12100
06/27/2001 21:11:20 C0 I12100
06/27/2001 21:10:45 C0 I12100
06/27/2001 21:10:04 C0 I12100
06/27/2001 21:06:02 C0 I10000

LU format completed(LU-03)
LU format completed(LU-04)
LU format completed(LU-01)
LU format completed(LU-02)
LU format completed(LU-00)
LU format start(LU-00)
LU format start(LU-03)
LU format start(LU-02)
LU format start(LU-01)
LU format start(LU-00)
All RAID group initialized
LU deleted(LU-00)
LU deleted(LU-00)
LU deleted(LU-00)
LU deleted(LU-00)
LU deleted(LU-00)
LU deleted(LU-00)
Subsystem is ready

Controller 0
06/27/2001 21:03:55 C0 RBE301 Flash program update end
06/27/2001 21:03:55 C0 RBE300 Flash program update start
Controller 1
%

When there is no information, only the header will be displayed.

3-48

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the equipment ID or controller ID

Command name
auunitid

Format
9500V
auunitid
auunitid

-unit unit_name refer

-unit unit_name -set
[ -EquipmentID string ]
[ -ControllerIDFlag ctl_no enable | disable ]
[ -ControllerID ctl_no string ]

Description
This command references or sets the equipment or controller ID.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to reference and set
the equipment
ID or the controller ID.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character
string is
removed.
-refer
References the equipment ID or the controller ID.
-set
Sets the equipment ID or the controller ID.
-EquipmentID string
Sets the equipment ID.
string: The equipment ID (up to four numerals)
-ControllerIDFlag ctl_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the controller ID flag effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
enable : Enables the controller ID.
disable: Disables the controller ID.
-ControllerID ctl_no string
Specify the controller ID.
ctl_no: Controller number (0, 1)
string: Controller ID (up to eight characters) If you want
to enter NULL
characters, enter "".

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-49

Example
The following example displays the controller ID flag and controller
ID of an array 9500a1.
% auunitid -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
Equipment ID
nnnn
CTL0
ControllerIdentifier = disable(DF600-00 C0)
CTL1
ControllerIdentifier = disable(DF600-00 C1)
%

Displaying the equipment information

Command name
auunitinfo

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auunitinfo -unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the equipment type, serial number, firmware
revision, and LAN information of the array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to display the
equipment
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character
string is
removed.

Examples
The following example displays the equipment information of an
array ams500a1.
% auunitinfo -unit ams500a1
Array Unit Type : AMS500
Construction
: Dual
Serial Number : 75010026
Firmware Revision : 0771/A-M
CTL IP Address
Subnet Mask
0 192.168.0.1
255.255.255.0
1 192.168.0.2
255.255.255.0
%

3-50

Default Gateway
192.168.0.100
192.168.0.100

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following example displays the equipment information of an

array sms100.
% auunitinfo -unit sms100
Array Unit Type
: 0100
Construction
: Dual
Serial Number
: 81012345
Array ID
: 81012345
Firmware Revision(CTL0) : 1860/A-A
Firmware Revision(CTL1) : 1860/A-A
CTL0
IPv4
IPv4 Address
: 172.16.11.230
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
IPv4 Default Gateway : 172.16.11.1
IPv6
IPv6 Address
: fe80::200:87ff:fec6:46e7
Subnet Prefix Length : 64
IPv6 Default Gateway : fe80::20
CTL1
IPv4
IPv4 Address
: 172.16.11.231
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
IPv4 Default Gateway : 172.16.11.1
IPv6
IPv6 Address
: fe80::200:87ff:fec6:46e9
Subnet Prefix Length : 64
IPv6 Default Gateway : fe80::20
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-51

RAID/volume commands
This section covers the following commands related to RAID groups
and logical units:

3-52

Referencing a RAID Group on page 3-53

Setting up a RAID Group on page 3-55

Expanding a RAID Group on page 3-58

Deleting the RAID Group on page 3-60

Referencing a volume on page 3-62

Setting up a volume on page 3-64

Formatting the volume on page 3-68

Displaying the progress of volume formatting on page 3-70

Referencing/setting the quick format option on page 3-71

Expanding a volume on page 3-73

Deleting the volume on page 3-73

Changing the default controller of a volume on page 3-76

Referencing the unified volume on page 3-77

Unifying volumes on page 3-78

Separating volumes on page 3-78

Invalidating a volume on page 3-80

Reassigning a volume on page 3-81

Restoring a volume on page 3-82

Referencing/starting/skipping/canceling parity correction online

on page 3-83

Referencing/setting the mapping guard information on page 384

Referencing/setting volume cache partition on page 3-86

Changing the volume size on page 3-88

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing a RAID Group

Command name
aurgref

Format
9500
aurgref

-unit unit_name [ -m | -g ]

AMS, WMS
aurgref

-unit unit_name [ -m | -g ] [ -detail rg_no ]

SMS, AMS2000, DF850

aurgref -unit unit_name [ -m | -g | -t | -auto ] [ -detail rg_no ]

Description
This command displays a list of definition of the RAID groups set to
the array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit which references the definition of
the RAID group.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)",
". (period)", "@" or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the
character string is removed.
-m | -g | -t | -auto
Expresses the residual capacity unit. When the specification is omitted,
the capacity is expressed in blocks.
-m
: MB
-g
: GB
-t
: TB
-auto: If the capacity is 1 TB or more, it is displayed in TB. If 1 GB or
more and less than 1 TB, it is displayed in GB. If less than 1 GB, it
is displayed in GB.
-detail rg_no
Specify the RAID group number to be detail displayed.

Examples
The following example displays the definition of the RAID group of an
array 9500a1.
% aurgref -unit 9500a1 -g
RAID RAID Start Location Number of HDU Number of Free Capacity
Group Level [Unit No. HDU No.] in parity group parity group
[Gbyte] Type
0
5
0
5
5
1
214.6 FC
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-53

The following example displays the definition of the RAID group of an

array ams500a1.
% aurgref -unit ams500a1 -g
RAID RAID
Parity
Total Capacity
Free Capacity
Group Level
Groups Type
[Gbyte]
[Gbyte]
7 5( 3D+1P)
1 FC
400.3
400.3(100.0%)
10 0( 4D)
1 FC
533.8
533.8(100.0%)
20 1+0( 2D+2D)
1 AT
457.7
457.7(100.0%)
%

The following example displays in detail the definition of the RAID

group 7 of an array ams500a1.
% aurgref -unit ams500a1 -g -detail 7
RAID Group : 7
RAID Level
: 5(3D+1P)
Parity Groups : 1
Type
: FC
Total Capacity : 400.3 Gbyte
Free Capacity : 400.3 Gbyte (100.0%)
Drive Configuration
Parity Group Unit HDU Capacity
0 0 0 146GB
0 0 1 146GB
0 0 2 146GB
0 0 3 146GB
Assignment Information
No. Capacity[Gbyte] Assignment Status
0
0.0 LUN0
1
0.0 LUN1
2
0.0 LUN2
3
0.0 LUN3
4
0.0 LUN4
5
400.3 Free
%

The following example displays the definition of the RAID group of an

array sms100.
% aurgref -unit sms100 t
RAID RAID
Parity
Group Level
Groups Type Total Capacity
Priority
Status
0 6( 9D+2P)
1 SAS
1.3 TB
)
Host Access
Normal
%

Free Capacity
Reconstruction Progress
1.3 TB (100.0%

The following example displays in detail the definition of the RAID

group 1 of an array ams2300a1.
% aurgref -unit ams2300a1 -g -detail 1
RAID Group
:
1
RAID Level
:
5(3D+1P)
Parity Groups
:
1
Type
:
SAS
Total Capacity
:
400.3 GB
Free Capacity
:
400.3 GB (100.0%)
Priority
:
RAID Group Expansion
Status
:
Waiting Expansion(75)(94%)
Reconstruction Progress :
N/A
Defined LU Count
: 10
Drive Configuration
Parity Group Unit HDU Capacity
0 0 0 146GB
0 0 1 146GB
0 0 2 146GB
0 0 3 146GB
Assignment Information
No.
Capacity
Assignment Status
5
400.3 GB
Free
%

3-54

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Setting up a RAID Group

CAUTION! Creating RAID groups on the Simple Modular Storage

100 system invalidates your Hitachi warranty and support. Please
consult your reseller before using the CLI.

Command name
aurgadd

Format
9500V
aurgadd -unit unit_name -rg rg_no
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10
-uno unit_no -hno hdu_no -hnum hdu_num -pnum pty_num
AMS, WMS
aurgadd -unit unit_name -rg rg_no
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10 | -RAID6
-drive auto
-hnum hdu_num
-pnum pty_num
-drvcapa 36 | 72 | 146 | 250 | 300 | 400 | 500 | 750 | 1000
aurgadd -unit unit_name -rg rg_no
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10 | -RAID6
-drive unit_no.hdu_no ...
-pnum pty_num
aurgadd -unit unit_name -availablelist -type FC | SATA
AMS2000
aurgadd -unit unit_name -rg rg_no
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10 | -RAID6
-drive auto
-hnum hdu_num
-pnum pty_num
-drvcapa 100 | 146 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 600 | 750 | 1000 | 2000 | 3000
-type SAS | SSD | SAS7K | SAS_SED | SAS_SFF
aurgadd -unit unit_name -rg rg_no
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10 | -RAID6
-drive unit_no.hdu_no ...
-pnum pty_num
aurgadd -unit unit_name -availablelist -type SAS | SSD | SAS7K | SAS_SED | SAS_SFF
[ -drvcapa 100 | 146 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 600 | 750 | 1000 | 2000 | 3000 ]
HUS100
aurgadd -unit unit_name -rg rg_no
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10 | -RAID6
-drive auto
-hnum hdu_num
-pnum pty_num
-drvcapa 200 | 300 | 400 | 900 | 2000 | 3000
-type SAS | SAS7K | SSD
aurgadd -unit unit_name -rg rg_no
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10 | -RAID6
-drive unit_no.hdu_no ...
-pnum pty_num
aurgadd -unit unit_name -availablelist
-type SAS | SAS7K | SSD
[ -drvcapa 200 | 300 | 400 | 600 | 900 | 2000 | 3000 ]

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-55

Description
This command sets up a RAID in a specified array.

3-56

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which to set up a RAID group.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-rg rg_no
Specify the RAID group number.
-RAID0 | -RAID1 | -RAID5 | -RAID10 | -RAID6
Specify the RAID level.
-hnum hdu_num
Specify the number of HDUs in the parity group of the RAID group.
-pnum pty_num
Specify the number of parity groups of the RAID group.
-uno unit_no
Specify the Unit number of the top drive in a RAID group.
-hno hdu_no
Specify the HDU number of the top drive in a RAID group.
-drive auto | unit_no.hdu_no ...
Specify the drives that compose the RAID group.
auto
: The Unit number and HDU numbers are set automatically.
unit_no.hdu_no: Specify the Unit number and HDU number punctuating them
with a period. When doing that, enter the Unit number and
HDU number using numerals or hyphen(s) (-).
Example: -drive 0.1 2.3 3.1
Example: -drive 1.0-2.2 2.8
-type FC | SATA
-type SAS | SATA | SSD | SAS7K | SAD_SED | SAS_SFF
When setting the RAID group:
Specify the drives type that compose the RAID group. Specify this option only
when setting the drives automatically.
When a list of the usable drives is displayed:
Specify the drives type to be displayed in the list of the usable drives.
-drvcapa 36 | 72 | 146 | 250 | 300 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 750 | 1000

-drvcapa 100 | 146 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 600 | 750 | 1000 | 2000 | 3000
Specify the drive capacity that compose the RAID group. Specify this option
only when setting the drives automatically.
-availablelist
The drives list in which the RAID group can be set is displayed.

Examples
The following example sets up a RAID of an array ams500a1. Set a
RAID number to 10, RAID level to RAID 5, number of hard disk units
(HDUs) in the parity group to 5, number of parity groups to 1, drive
capacity to 146 GB, drive type to FC, and drive selection to auto.
% aurgadd -unit ams500a1 -rg 10 -RAID5 -hnum 5 -pnum 1 -drvcapa 146 -type FC
-drive auto
Password:
The drive will be selected automatically.
Are you sure you want to add a RAID group? (y/n [n]): y
The RAID Group has been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-57

The following example sets up a RAID group of an array ams500a1.

Set a RAID group number to 11, RAID level to RAID 5, number of
parity groups to 1, and drive type to FC. The drive to be used displays
the drive list that can be used.
% aurgadd -unit ams500a1 -availablelist -type FC
Password:
Available Drives
Drive Type : FC
Unit HDU Capacity
0 7 146GB
0 8 146GB
0 9 146GB
1 0 146GB
1 1 146GB
1 2 146GB
1 3 146GB
1 4 146GB
%
% aurgadd -unit ams500a1 -rg 11 -RAID5 -pnum 1 -drive 0.7 0.8 0.9
Password:
Are you sure you want to add a RAID group? (y/n [n]): y
The RAID Group has been set successfully.
%

Expanding a RAID Group

Command name
aurgexp

Format
9500V
aurgexp

-unit unit_name

-rg rg_no

-pnum pty_num

AMS2000, DF850
aurgexp -unit unit_name

-rg rg_no

-drive unit_no.hdu_no ...

aurgexp

-unit unit_name

-chg -priority host | expansion

aurgexp

-unit unit_name

-cancel -rg rg_no

aurgexp

-unit unit_name

-availablelist -rg rg_no

Description
This command expands the defined size of a RAID.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which a RAID group whose
size to expand
has been defined.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character
string is
removed.
-rg rg_no
Specify the RAID group number of a RAID group which is to be
expanded.
-pnum pty_num
Specify the number of parity groups after expansion.

3-58

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-drive unit_no.hdu_no ...

Specify the Unit number and HDU number punctuating them with a
period to be
expanded. Single or multiple drive numbers can be specified.
unit_no: Unit number
hdu_no : HDU number
Single specification:

Specifying a single drive number.

Example: -drive 1.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple drives numbers.
Example: -drive 1.0 2.3 3.1
-drive 1.0-2.2 2.8

-chg
-cancel

Changes the priority of RAID group expansion.

Cancels the RAID group expansion.

-availablelist
A list of drives, each of which is eligible for a expanding HDU
is displayed.
-priority host | expansion
Specify the priority. The default value is Host access.
host
: Host access
expansion: RAID group expansion

Examples
The following example expands the number of parity groups of RAID
0 (from 1 to 3), whose number has been set in an array 9500a1.
% aurgref -unit 9500a1
RAID RAID Start Location Number of HDU Number of Free Capacity
Group Level [Unit No. HDU No.] in parity group parity group
[block]
0 5
0
5
5
1
10000000
%
% aurgexp -unit 9500a1 -rg 0 -pnum 3
Password:
%
% aurgref -unit 9500a1
RAID RAID Start Location Number of HDU Number of Free Capacity
Group Level [Unit No. HDU No.] in parity group parity group
[block]
0 5
0
5
5
3
30000000
%

The following example expands the RAID group 1 adding two drives
which number has been set in an array ams2300a1. The drive to be
used displays the drive list that can be used and chooses it from
them.
% aurgexp -unit ams2300a1 -availablelist -rg 1
Available Drives
Unit HDU Capacity Drive Type Rotational Speed Status
1 12 146GB SAS
15000rpm Out of RG
1 13 146GB SAS
15000rpm Out of RG
%
% aurgexp -unit ams2300a1 -rg 1 drive 1.12 1.13
Are you sure you want to expand the RAID group?
(y/n [n]): y
The capacity of the expanded RAID group will be 876.0GB.
Are you sure you want to expand the RAID group? (y/n [n]): y
The host access will be decreased while expanding the RAID group.
Are you sure you want to expand the RAID group? (y/n [n]): y
The RAID group expanding has been started.
%

The following example changes the priority mode to an array unit

ams2300a1.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-59

% aurgexp -unit ams2300a1 -chg priority expansion

Are you sure you want to change the priority of the RAID group expansion?
[(y/n [n]): y
If you change the priority to the RAID group expansion, the host access will be decreased.
The access processing performance from the host deteriorates while changing the
RAID group expansion.
Are you sure you want to change the priority of the RAID group expansion? (y/n [
n]): y
The priority of the RAID group expansion has been changed successfully.
%

Deleting the RAID Group

CAUTION! Deleting RAID groups on the Simple Modular Storage 100

system invalidates your Hitachi warranty and support. Please consult
your reseller before using the CLI.

Command name
aurgdel

Format
9500V
aurgdel

-unit unit_name

AMS, WMS, AMS2000, DF850

aurgdel -unit unit_name

-rg rg_no [ -f ]
-rg rg_no ... [ -f ]

9500V, AMS, WMS, AMS2000, DF850

aurgdel -unit unit_name -ALL [ -f ]

Description
This command deletes the specified RAID group or deletes all RAID
groups in an array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the RAID group to be
deleted is
defined.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character
string is
removed.
-rg rg_no ...
Specify the RAID group number of a RAID group which is to be
deleted.
For AMS, WMS, SMS and AMS2000, multiple RAID group number can
be specified.
The RAID groups are deleted in order that you specify them.
-ALL
Deletes all RAID groups.
-f
Omits the confirmation message when the command is executed.

3-60

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example
The following shows an example of deleting RAID groups 1, 2, and 5
that are defined in an array ams500a1.
% aurgdel -unit ams500a1 -rg 1 2 5
Password:
The specified RAID group(s) will be deleted.
Logical units exit in the RAID group. This operation will destroy RAID groups,
logical units, and the data in those logical units.
Are you sure you want to delete the RAID group(s)? (y/n [n]): y
If you delete the RAID groups, logical units will be deleted. You will not be
able to recover your data. Please make sure to perform backup of all important
data before this RAID group delete operation.
When you delete your RAID group, the data becomes unusable. Systems or
applications that use this subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please make sure
to stop host access to the subsystem before performing this RAID group delete
operation. Are you sure you want to delete the RAID group(s)? (y/n [n]): y
The specified RAID group(s) will be deleted.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The RAID group 1 has been deleted.
The RAID group 2 has been deleted.
The RAID group 5 has been deleted.
The RAID group(s) have been deleted successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-61

Referencing a volume
Command name
auluref

Format
9500V
auluref

-unit unit_name [ -m | -g ] [ -last | -lu lun ... ]

AMS, WMS
auluref

-unit unit_name [ -m | -g ] [ -lu lun ... ]

SMS, AMS2000, DF850

When referencing LU information
auluref -unit unit_name [ -m | -g ] [ -lu lun ... ]
[ -nosublu ] [ -totalsize ]
When referencing path information of LU
auluref -unit unit_name -pathinfo [ -lu lun ... ]

Description
This command displays already-defined LU information (capacity,
RAID group No. of a RAID group or DP pool No. to which it belongs,
its RAID level, status, and number of paths).

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit which you want to reference the LU
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)",
". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the
character string is removed.
-m | -g | -t | -auto
Expresses the LU capacity unit. When the specification is omitted,
the capacity
is expressed in blocks.
-m
: MB
-g
: GB
-t
: TB
-auto: If the capacity is 1 TB or more, it is displayed in
TB. If 1 GB or
more and less than 1 TB, it is displayed in GB. If
less than 1 GB,
it is displayed in GB.
-last
References the last defined LU.
-lu lun ...
Specify an LU number to reference the LU information. If omitted, all
LU information that is already defined will be displayed. Single or
multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Single specification

: Specifying a single LU number.

Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8

-nosublu
Specify this option when not referencing the Sub LU.

-totalsize
Specify this option when referencing the total capacity of unified Main

3-62

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

LU.

-pathinfo
Specify this option when referencing path information of LU

Examples
The following example displays information about logical unit 0 in an
array 9500a1.
% auluref -unit 9500a1 -lu 0 m
Capacity
RAID RAID
LU [Mbyte] C-CTL D-CTL Group Level Type Status
0
35.0 0 0 0 5 FC Normal
%

The following example displays information about all logical units in

an array ams500a1.
% auluref -unit ams500a1 m
Capacity
RAID RAID
LU [Mbyte] C-CTL D-CTL Group Level
Type Status
0
35.0 0 0 0 5( 3D+1P) FC Normal
1
35.0 0 0 1 5( 3D+1P) FC Normal
%

The following example displays information about all logical units in

an array sms100a1.
% auluref -unit sms100a1 m
Stripe RAID DP RAID
LU
Capacity
Size Group Pool Level
Type Status
0
31.9 MB
256KB
0 N/A 6( 9D+2P) SAS Normal
1
31.9 MB
256KB
0 N/A 6( 9D+2P) SAS Normal
%

The following example displays information about all logical units in

an array ams2300a1.
% auluref -unit ams2300a1 g
Stripe RAID DP RAID
Number
LU
Capacity
Size Group Pool Level
Type of Paths
0
100.0MB
256KB
0 N/A 6( 9D+2P) SAS 1
1
100.0MB
256KB
0 N/A 6( 9D+2P) SAS 0
%

Status
Normal
Normal

The following example displays information about all logical units in

an array ams2300a1.
% auluref -unit ams2300a pathinfo -lu 0
LUN : 0
Paths : 1
H-LUN
Port Host
GROUP/iSCSI
0
0E 001:T001
%

Target

Port
iscsi

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Type

3-63

Setting up a volume
Command name
auluadd

Format
9500V
Dual System
auluadd -unit unit_name [ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g ] | rest
-ctl0 | -ctl1
Single System
auluadd -unit unit_name [ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g ] | rest
AMS, WMS
Dual System
auluadd -unit unit_name [ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g ] | rest
-ctl0 | -ctl1
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
[ -createarea area_no ]
Single System
auluadd -unit unit_name [ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g ] | rest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -createarea area_no ]
SMS
When the area is selected automatically.
When creating the logical unit in the maximum free area.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g | t ] | rest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit using the free area in ascending order.
auluadd -unit unit_name head
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g | t ]
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -arealu lun ]
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit in the first free area.
auluadd -unit unit_name head
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size rest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -noluformat ]
When the area is selected manually.
When creating the logical unit in one free area.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g | t ] | rest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
-createarea area_no
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit in two or more free areas.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g | t ]
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
-createarea area_no ...
[ -arealu lun ]
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit using all free areas of RAID Group.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size rgrest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -arealu lun ]
[ -noluformat ]
AMS2000, DF850
When the area is selected automatically.
When creating the logical unit in the maximum free area.

3-64

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

auluadd -unit unit_name

[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no
-size num[ m | g | t ] | rest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit using the free area in ascending order.
auluadd -unit unit_name head
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g | t ]
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
[ -arealu lun ]
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit in the first free area.
auluadd -unit unit_name head
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size rest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
[ -noluformat ]
When the area is selected manually.
When creating the logical unit in one free area.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g | t ] | rest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
-createarea area_no
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit in two or more free areas.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size num[ m | g | t ]
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
-createarea area_no ...
[ -arealu lun ]
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit using all free areas of RAID Group.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -rg rg_no -size rgrest
[ -stripesize 64 | 256 | 512 ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
[ -arealu lun ]
[ -noluformat ]
When creating the logical unit in DP pool.
auluadd -unit unit_name
[ -lu lun ] -dppoolno pool_no -size num[ m | g | t ]
[ -cachept pt_no ]
[ -paircachept pt_no | auto ]
[ -widestriping enable | disable ]
[ -fullcapacity enable | disable ]
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auluadd -unit unit_name availablelist rg rg_no

Description
This command sets up a logical unit.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-65

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit which an LU is to be added.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu lun
Specify the LU number of an LU to be added. If omitted, the Navigator will
automatically apply an LU number.
-rg rg_no
Specify the RAID group number of a RAID group which an LU is to be added.
-size num[ m | g | t ] | rest
Specify the capacity (number of blocks) of an LU. When specifying the capacity
in MB, add "m" or "M" to the command option. When specifying the capacity in GB,
add "g" or "G" to the command option. When specifying the capacity in TB, add
"t" or "T" to the command option. If "rest" is specified for the capacity, all
specified area or all max free area will be assigned. If "rgrest" is specified
for the capacity, all remaining capacity of the RAID group will be assigned.
-ctl0 | -ctl1
Specify the default controller number of an LU. Specify this option when the
array unit is a dual system.
-stripesize 64 | 256 | 512
If you do not specify -stripesize, it uses 256K as a default size for the AMS2000
If you specify -stripesize, but leave out a value, the storage system rejects the request.
-cachept pt_no
Specify the cache partition. If omitted this option, the Navigator will
automatically assign the partition 0 or 1.
pt_no: Partition number
-paircachept pt_no | auto
Specify the pair cache partition. If omitted this option, the array unit makes
the decision automatically.
pt_no: Pair cache partition number
auto : The array unit makes the decision automatically.
-createarea area_no ...
Specify the free area number of the RAID group in which the LU is to be set.
Specify the number of the list displayed by the availablelis option for the
area number. Single or multiple free area numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single free area number.
Example: -createarea 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple free area numbers.
Example: -createarea 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-createarea 0-5 8
-head
Specify this option when creating LU from the top free area.
-arealu
Specify the max LU number of the free area. If omitted, the Navigator will
automatically apply an LU number.
-noluformat
Specify this option when creating LU without formatting.
-availablelist
The free area of the RAID group in which the LU is to be set is displayed.
-dppoolno pool_no
Specify the DP pool number of a DP pool which an LU is to be added.
-widestriping enable | disable
Specify whether to set the full capacity mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the wide striping mode
disable : Disables the wide striping mode
-fullcapacity enable | disable
Specify whether to set the full capacity mode effective or ineffective.

3-66

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

enable : Enables the full capacity mode

disable : Disables the full capacity mode

Examples
The following example adds logical unit 100 to RAID 10 in an array
with a dual system configuration, whose name is ams500a1. The
capacity is 80 GB, the default controller is 0, and the cache partition
is partition 0. The domain number of the RAID to be set logical unit
displays the free domain number of the RAID list that can be used.
% auluadd -unit ams500a1 -availablelist -rg 10
Password:
Available Areas
RAID Group : 10
No. Capacity
0
400.3 GByte
1
300.0 GByte
2
100.0 Gbyte
%
% auluadd -unit ams500a1 -lu 100 -size 80g -ctl0 -rg 10 -cachept 0 -createarea 1
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been set successfully.
%

The following example adds logical unit 200 to RAID 0 in an array

with a dual system configuration, whose name is sms100a1. The
capacity is 80 GB.
% auluadd -unit sms100a1 lu 200 rg 0 size 80g
Are you sure you want to set the logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been set successfully.
The format was started.
%

The following example adds logical unit 15 to RAID group 1 in an

array with a dual system configuration, whose name is ams2300a1.
The capacity is 5 TB. The domain number of the RAID group to be set
logical unit displays the free domain number of the RAID group list
that can be used and chooses it from them.
% auluadd -unit ams2300a1 -availablelist -rg 1
Available Areas
RAID Group : 1
No. Capacity
0 128.0 TB
%
% auluadd -unit ams2300a1 -lu 15 -size 5t -rg 1 -createarea 0
Are you sure you want to set the logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been set successfully.
The format was started.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-67

Formatting the volume

Command name
auformat

Format
9500V
auformat -unit unit_name -online | -offline | -N | -I | -Im | -quick
-lu lun ... [ -f ]
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auformat -unit unit_name -lu lun ... [ -f ]

Description
This command formats a specified logical unit. If multiple logical
units are specified, logical units are formatted in the ascending order
of LUNs.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which an LU is to be formatted is defined.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-online | -offline | -N | -I | -Im | -quick
Specify the formatting method.
-N

: Formats in Normal mode per LU.

Formatting is executed from the current controller which
controls the LU. When registering the unit information, the
current controller of which controls the LU that is to be
formatted must be registered.
-online | -I : Formats in Immediate mode per LU.
Formatting is executed from the current controller which
controls the LU. It can format during the read/write
command execution from a host. When registering the unit
information, the current controller that controls the LU to
be formatted must be registered.
-offline | -Im: Formats up to six LUs concurrently in the Immediate mode.
If this mode is specified, LUs are formatted from a
controller that are connected regardless of the current
controller that controls the LUs. When two or more logical
units are chosen, the commands from a host is rejected
during the format execution. Generally, the format with
this option takes shorter time than the format with
'-online' or '-I' option.
-quick
: Formats up to six LUs concurrently in the quick mode. The
read/write commands from a host are accepted during the
format execution. The command execution from a host is
lower than the format with '-offline' or '-Im option.
When formatting in quick mode, set the priority mode by
auquickfmtopt command.

-lu lun ...

Specify the LU number, which is to be formatted. Single or
multiple LU numbers
can be specified.
Single specification

: Specifying a single LU number.

Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8

3-68

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-f

Omits the confirmation message when the command is executed.

Examples
This example formats logical unit 0 to 10 in an array is 9500a1 in
quick mode.
% auformat -unit 9500a1 -quick -lu 0-10
Password:
The logical unit(s) will be formatted.
The logical unit(s) have already been formatted.
Are you sure you want to format the logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
If you format the logical unit(s), you will not be able to recover your data. Pl
ease make sure to perform backup of all important data before this operation.
When you format your logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applica
tions that use this subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to sto
p host access to the subsystem before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to format the logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
The logical unit(s) will be formatted.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The format was started.
%

This example formats logical unit 255 in an array ams500a1.

% auformat -unit ams500a1 -lu 255
Password:
Are you sure you want to format the logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
The format was started.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-69

Displaying the progress of volume formatting

Command name
auformatst

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auformatst -unit unit_name -lu lun

Description
This command displays the progress of formatting logical units which
was specified to format in immediate and quick mode.
When a specified logical unit is formatting, the progress of formatting
is displayed in percentage. When the logical unit is not formatting,
such as immediately after a logical unit has been setup or its size has
been expanded, or when the formatting has been completed, the
following progress is displayed:
100% when the logical unit is in normal status.
0% when the logical unit is in a status other than above.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the LUs are defined.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu lun
Specify the LU number, which its progress is to be checked.

Example
The following example confirms the progress after specifying to
format logical unit 4 in an array 9500a1 in immediate mode.
% auformat -unit 9500a1 -lu 4 -I -f
Password:
LU4format start
LU4format end: Completed Successfully
%
% auformatst -unit 9500a1 -lu 4
9500a1 LU 4 17 %
% auformatst -unit 9500a1 -lu 4
9500a1 LU 4 50 %
% auformatst -unit 9500a1 -lu 4
9500a1 LU 4 81 %
% auformatst -unit 9500a1 -lu 4
9500a1 LU 4 94 %
% auformatst -unit 9500a1 -lu 4
9500a1 LU 4 100 %
%

3-70

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the quick format option

Command name
auquickfmtopt

Description
This command references or sets the quick format option.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the quick
format option.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the quick format option.
-set
Sets the quick format option.
-priority normal | host | format
Specify a priority mode.
normal: normal mode
host : host priority mode
format: format priority mode
-formatdata default | 0
Specify a format data.
default: default data
0 : 0 data

Examples
The following example displays the quick format option of an array
9500a1.
% auquickfmtopt -unit 9500a1 -refer
Priority Mode
: Normal
Format Data
: Default
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-71

The following example sets the quick format option to an array

9500a1, then displays the information.
% auquickfmtopt -unit 9500a1 set priority host
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the quick format option?
(y/n [n]): y
The quick format option has been set successfully.
%
% auquickfmtopt -unit 9500a1 refer
Priority Mode
: Host
Format Data
: Default
%

The following example sets the quick format data to an array

9500a1.
% auquickfmtopt -unit 9500a1 set formatdata 0
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the quick format option?
(y/n [n]): y
The quick format option has been set successfully.
%

The following example sets the quick format priority mode and quick
format data to an array 9500a1.
% auquickfmtopt -unit 9500a1 set priority host formatdata 0
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the quick format option?
(y/n [n]): y
The quick format option has been set successfully.
%

The following example sets the quick format option to an array

ams500a1.
% auquickfmtopt -unit ams500a1 -set priority format
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the format option?
(y/n [n]): y
This setting of the format priority mode may affect the host access. In some cas
es, performance deterioration or time-out occurs.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The format option has been set successfully.
%

The following example sets the quick format option to an array

ams500a1.
% auquickfmtopt -unit ams500a1 -set priority host
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the format option?
(y/n [n]): y
The format option has been set successfully.
%

The following example sets the quick format option to an array

hus110a1.
% auquickfmtopt -unit hus110a1 -refer
Priority Mode
: Normal
Format Data
: Non-Zero Data
%

3-72

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Expanding a volume
Command name
auluexp

Format
9500V
auluexp

-unit unit_name -lu lun -incr num[ m | g ] | rest

Description
This command expands the size of a logical unit. Note that only the
last logical unit in each RAID can be expanded.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the LU whose size is
to be expanded
is defined.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character
string is
removed.
-lu lun
Specify the LU number of an LU which its size is to be expanded.
-incr num[ m | g ] | rest
Specify the increment (in the number of blocks) of the size to
expand.
When specifying it in MB, add "m" or "M" to the command option.
When specifying it in GB, add "g" or "G" to the command option.
If "rest" is specified for the increment, all remaining capacity
of the RAID
group to which LU belongs is assigned.

Examples
The following example expands the capacity of logical unit 3 in an
array 9500a1 by an increment of 3,072 blocks.
% auluexp -unit 9500a1 -lu 3 -incr 3072
Password:
%

The following example assigns to logical unit 3 in an array 9500a1,

all the remaining capacity of the RAID to which this logical unit
belongs.
% auluexp -unit 9500a1 -lu 3 -incr rest
Password:
%

Deleting the volume

Command name
auludel

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-73

Format
9500V
auludel

-unit unit_name -last [ -f ]

AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850

auludel -unit unit_name -lu lun ... [ -f ]

Description
This command deletes the specified logical unit.
For 9500V, deletes the last defined logical unit.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the LUs are defined.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-last
Specify this option when referencing the last defined LU.
-lu lun ...
Specify the LU number which is to be deleted. The LUs are deleted in order that
you specify them. Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.

-f

3-74

Single specification : Specifying a single LU number.

Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8
Omits the confirmation message when the command is executed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples
The following example deletes the last logical unit in an array
9500a1.
% auludel -unit 9500a1 -last
Password:
The last defined logical unit xxx will be deleted.
The last defined logical unit xxx has been formatted.
Are you sure you want to delete logical unit xxx? (y/n [n]): y
If you delete the logical unit, you will not be able to recover your data, Pleas
e make sure to perform backup of all important data before this operation.
When you delete your logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applica
tions that use this subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to sto
p host access to the subsystem before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to delete the logical unit? (y/n [n]): y
The last defined logical unit xxx will be deleted.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The last defined logical unit xxx has been deleted.
%

The following example deletes the logical unit 10, 11, and 12 in an
array ams500a1.
% auludel -unit ams500a1 -lu 10 11 12
Password:
The specified logical unit(s) will be deleted.
The specified logical unit(s) have already been formatted.
Are you sure you want to delete the specified logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
If you delete the logical unit(s), you will not be able to recover your data, Pl
ease make sure to perform backup of all important data before this operation.
When you delete your logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applica
tions that use this subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to sto
p host access to the subsystem before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to delete the specified logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
The specified logical unit(s) will be deleted.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The logical unit 10 has been deleted.
The logical unit 11 has been deleted.
The logical unit 12 has been deleted.
The logical unit(s) have been deleted successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-75

Changing the default controller of a volume

Command name
auluchg

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS
auluchg -unit unit_name -lu lun

Description
This command changes the default controller of a connected logical
unit to another controller.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which LUs have been defined.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu lun
Specify the LU number of an LU whose default controller is to be changed.

Example
The following example changes the default controller connected to
logical unit 2 in an array 9500a1.
% auluchg -unit 9500a1 -lu 2
Password:
Are you sure you want to change the default controller in charge of LU? (y/n [n]
): y
The default controller in charge of LU has been set successfully.
%

3-76

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing the unified volume

Command name
aumluref

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS
aumluref -unit unit_name [ -m | -g ]
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aumluref -unit unit_name [ -m | -g | -t | -auto ]

Description
This command refers the status of the unified LU.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit which contains the unified LU to be referred.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-m | -g | -t | -auto
Expresses the LU capacity unit.
When the specification is omitted, the capacity is expressed in blocks.
-m : MB
-g : GB
-t : TB
-auto: If the capacity is 1 TB or more, it is displayed in TB. If 1 GB or
more and less than 1 TB, it is displayed in GB. If less than 1 GB,
it is displayed in GB.

Example
In the following example, the unified LU is LU 1, the SubLU is LU 3,
and the capacity is shown in the unit of MB in an array sms100a1.
% aumluref unit sms100a1 -m
LU
Capacity
Status
1
1057.0 MB Normal
Sub LU
3
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-77

Unifying volumes
Command name
aulumrg

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000 DF850
aulumrg -unit unit_name -lu main_lu sub_lu
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aulumrg -unit unit_name -availablelist [ -lu main_lu ]

Description
This command unifies the logical units.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the subsystem whose LUs are to be unified.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu main_lu sub_lu
Specify the LU numbers to be unified.
-availablelist
A list of LU numbers, each of which is eligible for the unifying LU is
displayed. When -lu option is specified, the Sub LU list is displayed.
-lu main_lu
Specify the Main LU number.

Example
The following example unifies a logical unit with the logical unit 10.
% aulumrg unit sms100a1 availablelist lu 10
Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity RAID Group RAID Level Type Status
0 100.0 MB
0 6( 9D+2P) SAS Normal
1 100.0 MB
0 6( 9D+2P) SAS Normal
40 100.0 MB
0 6( 9D+2P) SAS Regression
%
% aulumrg unit sms100a1 lu 10 1
The capacity of the unified logical unit will be 15.0GBs.
If the RAID level or the HDU combination of the unifying LUs does not match, the
performance may be degraded.
And the existing user data in the additional LUs will be destroyed.
Are you sure you want to unify the LUs? (y/n [n]): y
The logical units have been unified successfully.
%

Separating volumes
Command name
aumludiv

3-78

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aumludiv -unit unit_name -lu main_lu all | last

Description
This command separates the unified LU.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the subsystem whose LUs are to be separated.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu main_lu all | last
Specify the LU number to be separated.
main_lu: Specify the LU number.
all : Separates all the internal unified LUs.
last : Separates the internal LU which has been unified last.

Example
In the following example, the logical unit 2 separates from the unified
LU.
% aumludiv unit sms100a1 lu 2 last
Are you sure you want to separate the last LU from the unified LU? (y/n [n]): y
The logical units have been separated successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-79

Invalidating a volume
Command name
auluinvalidate

Format
9500V
auluinvalidate -unit unit_name -lu lun

Description
This command invalidates the LU. The invalidated LU cannot be used
by a host. However, its data can be restored through restoration of
the LU, and the invalidated LU can be reused when the LU is
reassigned.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit defined as being correlated with the LU to be
invalidated.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu lun
Specify a number of the LU to be invalidated.

Example
In the following example, the logical unit 2 is invalidated with array
9500.
% auluinvalidate -unit 9500 -lu 2
Password:
This logical unit has already been formatted.
Are you sure you want to invalidate logical unit 2? (y/n [n]): y
The setting ended normally.
%

3-80

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Reassigning a volume
Command name
aulureallocate

Format
9500V
aulureallocate -unit unit_name -lu lun
-size num[ m | g ] | all [ -nlu new_lun ]

Description
This command makes the invalidated LU usable by assigning a part
or all of its area. When a part of the LU is assigned, the rest of the
area is set as a new LU. The new LU is placed in a state in which it is
invalidated. Both logical units are unformatted after the
reassignment is executed.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit defined as being correlated with the LU to be
reassigned.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu lun
Specify a number of the LU to be reassigned.
-size num[ m | g ] | all
Specify a capacity (number of blocks) of the LU to be reassigned.
When specifying it in MB, add "m" or "M" to the command option.
When specifying it in GB, add "g" or "G" to the command option.
When a character string, "all" is specified for the capacity, the whole
capacity of the invalidated LU is assigned.
-nlu new_lun
Specify a number of the LU to be generated through an assignment of the
residual capacity after the reassignment is executed. When the specification of
an LU number is omitted, Navigator determines the number as the least one of
numbers of unused LUs automatically. When the -size is specified as "all",
however, this option cannot be specified.

Example
In the following example, the logical unit 2 is reallocated with array
9500.
% aulureallocate -unit 9500 -lu 2 -size 100m -nlu 10
Password:
Are you sure you want to reallocate logical unit 2?
New logical unit 10 is created in remained area. (y/n [n]): y
After it performs; the reallocated area cannot be brought back to the original l
ogical unit any more.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The setting ended normally.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-81

Restoring a volume
Command name
aulurestoration

Format
9500V
aulurestoration

-unit unit_name -lu lun

Description
This command restores the invalidated LU as it was before.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit defined as being correlated with the LU to be
restored.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-lu lun
Specify a number of the LU to be restored.

Example
In the following example, the invalidated LU 2 is restored with array
9500.
% aulurestoration -unit 9500 -lu 2
Password:
Are you sure you want to restore logical unit 2? (y/n [n]): y
The setting ended normally.
%

3-82

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/starting/skipping/canceling parity correction online

Command name
aulucorrect

Format
9500V
aulucorrect

-unit unit_name refer

[ -status [ uncorrected ] [ aborted ] [ correcting ]
[ waiting ] [ skipped ] ]

AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850

aulucorrect -unit unit_name refer
[ -status [ uncorrected ] [ aborted ] [ correcting ]
[ waiting ] [ skipped ]
[ uncorre_drvdetach ] [ waiting_drvreconst ] ]
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000,
aulucorrect -unit unit_name
aulucorrect -unit unit_name
aulucorrect -unit unit_name
aulucorrect -unit unit_name

DF850
-start [ -luorder lun ... ]
-skip [ -lu lun ... ]
-cancel -lu lun ...
-lucorrectlist

Description
This command refers to a status of LU correction by means of parity,
starts, skips, cancel, or display list for recovery.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which a status of LU correction by means
of parity is to be referred to, or the correction is to be started, skipped, or
aborted.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References a status of the LU correction by means of parity.
-status [ uncorrected ] [ aborted ] [ correcting ] [ waiting ] [ skipped ]
[ uncorre_drvdetach ] [ waiting_drvreconst ]
Specify a status of an LU you want to refer to.
When the specification is omitted, all the statuses are displayed.
One or more of the statuses can be specified.
uncorrected
: Uncorrected
aborted
: Correction Aborted
correcting
: Parity Correcting
waiting
: Waiting Parity Correction
skipped
: Correction Skipped
uncorre_drvdetach : Uncorrected and Drive Detached
waiting_drvreconst: Waiting Drive Recontruction

-start
This option starts correction of the LU(s) by means of parity.
When at least one LU, for which the correction has not been made, exists
besides the specified LU(s), a confirmation message is displayed.
The correction is made for the specified LU(s) in order of the specification,
and then for the remaining LU(s) for which the correction has not been made.
When the specification of LU(s) is omitted, the correction is made for all LUs
for which the correction has not been made.
-skip

This option skips correction of the LU(s) by means of parity.

When at least one LU, for which the correction has not been made, exists
besides the specified LU(s), a confirmation message is displayed.
The correction is made for the specified LU(s), and then for the remaining
LU(s) for which the correction has not been made.
When the specification of LU(s) is omitted, the correction is made for all LUs

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-83

for which the correction has not been made.

-cancel
This option cancels correction of an LU by means of parity.
Execution is impossible when LU for which the correction has not been made
exists.
-luorder lun ...
Specify number(s) of LU(s) for each of which the correction by means of parity
is to be started, in order of making correction.
One or more LU number(s) can be specified.
Single specification : Specify a single LU number.
Example: -luorder 3
Multiple specification: Specify multiple LU numbers.
Example: -luorder 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-luorder 0-5 8
-lu lun ...
Specify number(s) of LU(s) for which correction by means of parity is to be
skipped or aborted. One or more LU number(s) can be specified.
Single specification : Specify a single LU number.
Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specify multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8
-lucorrectlist
This option displays the list of LU which needs parity correction.
The state of LU which needs parity correction is as follows.
Uncorrected
Uncorrected and Drive Detached

Examples
The following example displays the parity correction statuses of an
array ams500.
% aulucorrect -unit ams500 -refer
Password:
Uncorrected
LUN
1
Correction Aborted
LUN
Correction Skipped
LUN
Parity Correcting
LUN Progress
Waiting Parity Correction
LUN Waiting Order Progress
Waiting Drive Reconstruction
LUN
%

The following example starts the parity correction of an array 9500.

% aulucorrect -unit 9500 -start
Password:
There are no uncorrected logical units.
%

Referencing/setting the mapping guard information

Command name
aumapguard

3-84

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aumapguard -unit unit_name -refer [ -lu lun ... ]
aumapguard -unit unit_name -set -lu lun ... -guard enable | disable

Description
This command references or sets the mapping guard information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the mapping
guard information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the mapping guard information.
-set
Sets the mapping guard information.
-lu lun ...
Specify the LU numbers to reference or set the mapping guard information.
When doing that, enter the LU number using numerals or a hyphen(s) (-).
Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
When the -refer option is specified:
If the specification is omitted, all the mapping guard information is displayed.
Single specification : Specifying a single LU number.
Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8
-guard enable | disable
Specify whether to set the mapping guard effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the mapping guard
disable: Disables the mapping guard

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-85

Examples
The following example displays the mapping guard information of an
array 9500.
% aumapguard -unit 9500 -refer
Password:
LUN Mapping Guard Status
0 Disable
Normal
1 Disable
Unformat
2 Enable
Normal
3 Disable
Undefined
:
%

The following example sets the mapping guard information of LU 100

of an array 9500.
% aumapguard -unit 9500 -set -lu 100 -guard enable
Password:
Are you sure you want to change the mapping guard? (y/n [n]): y
The mapping guard has been successfully changed.
%

Refer to the mapping guard information of ams2300 using Storage

Navigator Modular 2 whose version is 10.00 or more. The defined
LUN or the LUN whose mapping guard is set to enable is displayed.
% aumapguard -unit 9500 -refer
Password:
LUN Mapping Guard Status
0 Disable
Normal
1 Disable
Normal
2 Disaable
Normal
100 Disable
Normal
200 Disable
Normal
300 Disable
Normal
1000 Enable
Undefined
:
%

Referencing/setting volume cache partition

Command name
aulucachept

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aulucachept -unit unit_name -refer [ -lu lun ... ]
AMS, WMS, AMS200, DF850
aulucachept -unit unit_name -set -lu lun ... -pt pt_no
aulucachept -unit unit_name -set -lu lun ... -pairpt pt_no | auto

Description
This command references or sets the LU cache partition.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the LU cache
partition.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,

3-86

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and
in the rear of the character string is removed.
-refer
Displays the LU cache partition.
-set
Sets the LU cache partition.
-pt pt_no
Specify the partition.
pt_no: Partition number
-pairpt pt_no | auto
Specify the pair cache partition.
pt_no: Pair cache partition number
auto : The array unit makes the decision automatically.
-lu lun ...
Specify the LU number, which is to be referenced or to be set.
Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single LU number.
Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8

Example
The following example displays the logical unit cache partition
information of an array ams500a1.
% aulucachept -unit ams500a1 -refer
Cache
Pair Cache
Current Cache
LUN
Partition
Partition
Partition
0
0
0
0
:
:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-87

Changing the volume size

Command name
auluchgsize

Format
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auluchgsize -unit unit_name -lu lun -size num[ m | g | t ]
[ -area area_no ... ] [ -arealu lun ]
auluchgsize -unit unit_name -lu lun -size rest
-area area_no [ -arealu lun ]
auluchgsize -unit unit_name -lu lun -size rgrest
[ -arealu lun ]
AMS2000, DF850
When changing size of the logical unit in DP pool.

Description
This command changes the LU size.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit which the LU size is to be changed.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
-lu lun
Specify the number of logical unit which change the size.
-size num[ m | g | t ] | rest | rgreset
Specify the LU capacity (number of blocks) after it changes.
When specifying the capacity in MB, add "m" or "M" to the command option.
When specifying the capacity in GB, add "g" or "G" to the command option.
When specifying the capacity in TB, add "t" or "T" to the command option.
If "rest" is specified, all capacity of the specified free area will be
assigned. If "rgrest" is specified, all free area of the RAID group will be assigned.
-area area_no
Specify the free area number of the RAID group in which the LU is to be grown.
Specify the number of the list displayed by the availablelist option of
auluadd command for the area number. Single or multiple free area numbers can
be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single free area number.
Example: -area 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple free area numbers.
Example: -area 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-area 0-5 8

-arealu
Specify the max LU number of the free area. If omitted, the Navigator will
automatically apply an LU number.
-doptimize

Specify when executing the DP optimization after changing capacity.

Example
The following example changes the logical unit 0 size of an array
ams2300a1.

3-88

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

% auluchgsize unit ams2300a1 lu 0 size 10g

Are you sure you want to grow the logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been grown successfully.
%
% auluchgsize unit ams2300a1 lu 0 size 100g
Are you sure you want to shrink the logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
If you shrink the logical units, you will not be able to recover your data for the reduction.
Please make sure to perform backup of all important data before this operation.
When you shrink your logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applica
tions that use this array will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to stop th
e host access to the array before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to shrink the logical unit? (y/n [n]): y
The specified logical unit will be shrunk.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been shrunk successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-89

System parameters
This section covers the following commands related to system
parameters:

Referencing/setting system parameters on page 3-91

Referencing/setting system parameters online on page 3-94

Referencing/setting system parameters on page 3-97

Referencing/setting the RTC on page 3-102

Referencing/setting LAN information on page 3-104

Referencing/setting the port option on page 3-106

Referencing/setting the boot option on page 3-109

Referencing/setting the time zone on page 3-111

Referencing/setting the IP address of the maintenance port on

page 3-112

Referencing/setting LAN information online on page 3-116

NOTE: When the AMS/WMS array connects to the NAS, restarting the array
stops the cluster between the NAS units stop along and restartsthe array.
When restarting the array, stop the cluster between the NAS units, and then
restart the array. Thereafter, start the cluster between the NAS units again.

NOTE: If you restart the array after issuing a power down instruction but
before the power down with Power Savings enabled completes, the power
down may fail because the array receives a command from a host
immediately after the array restarts. If power down fails, perform the power
down again. Check that the power down instruction has not been issued or
has been completed (no RAID in the Power Saving Status of Normal
(Command Monitoring) exists) before restarting the array.

3-90

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting system parameters

Command name
ausystemparam

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
ausystemparam -unit unit_name refer
AMS, WMS
ausystemparam -unit unit_name set
[ -LuCacheWarning
enable | disable ]
[ -WriteUniqueResponse enable | disable ]
[ -AutoReconst
enable | disable ]
[ -ForcedWriteThrough enable | disable ]
[ -LUChangeDisable
enable | disable ]
[ -ShadowImageIOSwitch enable | disable ]
[ -SyncCacheExec
enable | disable ]
[ -DriveDetach
enable | disable ]
[ -ProcessorFailures reset | shutdown ]
[ -WebTitle
string ]
[ -WriteVerifyExecution ctl_no on | off ]

SMS, AMS2000, DF850

ausystemparam -unit unit_name set
[ -LuCacheWarning
[ -WriteUniqueResponse
[ -AutoReconst
[ -ForcedWriteThrough
[ -ShadowImageIOSwitch
[ -SyncCacheExec
[ -DriveDetach
[ -LowerDriveDetachThres
[ -ProcessorFailures
[ -WebTitle
[ -WriteVerifyExecution

Description
This command references the contents of system parameters or set
the parameters.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-91

-AutoReconst enable | disable

Specify whether to set the Auto Reconstruction Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Auto Reconstruction Mode.
disable: Disables the Auto Reconstruction Mode.
-ForcedWriteThrough enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Forced Write Through Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Forced Write Through Mode.
disable: Disables the Forced Write Through Mode.
-LUChangeDisable enable | disable
Specify whether to set the LU Ownership Change Disable Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the LU Ownership Change Disable Mode.
disable: Disables the LU Ownership Change Disable Mode.
-ShadowImageIOSwitch enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode.
disable: Disables the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode.
-SyncCacheExec enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Synchronize Cache Execution Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Synchronize Cache Execution Mode.
disable: Disables the Synchronize Cache Execution Mode.

-DriveDetach enable | disable

Specifies whether to set the drive blockage mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the drive blockage mode.
disable: Disables the drive blockage mode.
-ProcessorFailures reset | shutdown
Specify action when a processor failure occurs.
reset
: Resets the failure and restarts the controller.
shutdown: Shuts down the array unit.
-WebTitle string
If the home page of the array unit is displayed with the browser,
this option
specifies a character string displayed on the title bar of the
browser.
Enter up to 32 one-byte coded alphanumeric characters or
characters (except for the ' (single quotation mark), " (double
quotation mark), and \ (backslash)
symbols) other than numeric.
-WriteVerifyExecution ctl_no on | off
Specify the execution of the write & verify operation.
ctl_no: Controller number (0, 1).
on
: Executes write & verify operation.
off
: Does not execute write & verify operation.

3-92

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example
The following example displays the system parameters of an array
ams500a1.
% ausystemparam -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
---- Common Parameter ---Options
Turbo LU Warning = OFF
Write Unique Response Mode = OFF
Auto Reconstruction Mode = OFF
Forced Write Through Mode = OFF
LU Ownership Change Disable Mode = OFF
ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode = OFF
Synchronize Cache Execution Mode = OFF
Drive Detach Mode = OFF
Operation if the Processor failures Occurs = Reset the Fault
Web Title
Web Title =
---- CTL0 Parameter ---Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
---- CTL1 Parameter ---Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
%

The following example displays the system parameters of an array

ams2300a1.
% ausystemparam -unit ams2300a1 -refer
---- Common Parameter ---Options
Turbo LU Warning = OFF
Write Unique Response Mode = OFF
Auto Reconstruction Mode = OFF
Forced Write Through Mode = OFF
ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode = OFF
Synchronize Cache Execution Mode = OFF
Drive Detach Mode = OFF
Lower Drive Detach Threshold Mode = OFF
Operation if the Processor failures Occurs = Reset the Fault
Web Title
Web Title =
---- CTL0 Parameter ---Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
---- CTL1 Parameter ---Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-93

Referencing/setting system parameters online

Command name
auonsysprm

Description
This command references the contents of system parameters or set
the parameters online.

3-94

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-NX enable | disable

Specify whether to set the NX host connection mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the NX host connection mode.
disable: Disables the NX host connection mode.
-AutoReconst enable | disable
Specify whether to set the auto reconstruction mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the auto reconstruction mode.
disable: Disables the auto reconstruction mode.
-ForcedWriteThrough enable | disable
Specify whether to set the forced write through mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the forced write through mode.
disable: Disables the forced write through mode.
-LUChanging1 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Changing Logical Unit Mode 1 effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Changing Logical Unit Mode 1.
disable: Disables the Changing Logical Unit Mode 1.
-MultiStream enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Multiple Stream Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Multiple Stream Mode.
disable: Disables the Multiple Stream Mode.
-MultiStreamWrite enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Multiple Stream Write Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Multiple Stream Write Mode.
disable: Disables the Multiple Stream Write Mode.
-MultiStreamRead enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Multiple Stream Read Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Multiple Stream Read Mode.
disable: Disables the Multiple Stream Read Mode.
-HiSpeedSeqWrite enable | disable
Specify whether to set the High-speed Sequential Write Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the High-speed Sequential Write Mode.
disable: Disables the High-speed Sequential Write Mode.
-ShadowImageIOSwitch enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode.
disable: Disables the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode.
-SyncCacheAllExec enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode.
disable: Disables the Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode.
-SyncCacheInvalid enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode.
disable: Disables the Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode.
-DriveDetach enable | disable
Specifies whether to set the drive blockage mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the drive blockage mode.
disable: Disables the drive blockage mode.
-ProcessorFailures reset | shutdown
Specify action when a processor failure occurs.
reset : Resets the failure and restarts the controller.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-95

shutdown: Shuts down the array unit.

-inquiryCommandQueue on | off
Specify execution of command queuing for INQUIRY response information.
on : Executes command queuing.
off: Suppresses command queuing.
-WebTitle string
If the home page of the array unit is displayed with the browser, this option
specifies a character string displayed on the title bar of the browser.
Enter up to 32 one-byte coded alphanumeric characters or characters (except for
the ' (single quotation mark), " (double quotation mark), and \ (backslash)
symbols) other than numeric.
-Rs232cOutflow ctl_no off | normal | hitrack
Sets the mode of sending out error information onto RS232C.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
off : Does not send out information.
normal : Sends out information.
hitrack: Sends out information in the HITRACK mode.
-WriteVerifyExecution ctl_no on | off
Specify the execution of the write & verify operation.
ctl_no: Controller number (0, 1).
on : Executes write & verify operation.
off : Does not execute write & verify operation.

The following example displays the system parameters of an array

9500a1.
% auonsysprm -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
---- Common Parameter ---Options
PROCOM mode enable = OFF
Report status (normal / warning) = OFF
Turbo LU Warning = OFF
NX Mode = OFF
Auto Reconstruction Mode = OFF
Forced Write Through Mode = OFF
Changing Logical Unit Mode 1 = OFF
Multiple Stream Mode = OFF
Multiple Stream Mode (Write) = OFF
Multiple Stream Mode (Read) = OFF
High-speed Sequential Write Mode = OFF
ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode = OFF
Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode = OFF
Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode = OFF
Drive Detach Mode = OFF
Operation if the Processor failures Occurs = Reset a Fault
INQUIRY Information
Command Queuing = OFF
Web Title
Web Title = ""
---- CTL0 Parameter ---RS232C Error Information Outflow Mode = OFF
Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
---- CTL1 Parameter ---RS232C Error Information Outflow Mode = OFF
Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
%

3-96

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting system parameters

Command name
ausysparam

Format
9500V
ausysparam -unit unit_name refer
ausysparam -unit unit_name set
[ -SystemStartup
Single | DualIDTake | DualNotIDTake |
HotIDTake | HotNotIDTake ]
[ -TakingID
port_no ctl_no ]
[ -DataShare
used | notUsed ]
[ -DelayPlannedShutdown time ]
[ -DriveDetach
enable | disable ]
[ -PROCOM
enable | disable ]
[ -ReportStatus
enable | disable ]
[ -LuCacheWarning
enable | disable ]
[ -NX
enable | disable ]
[ -AutoReconst
enable | disable ]
[ -ForcedWriteThrough
enable | disable ]
[ -LUChanging1
enable | disable ]
[ -MultiStream
enable | disable ]
[ -MultiStreamWrite
enable | disable ]
[ -MultiStreamRead
enable | disable ]
[ -HiSpeedSeqWrite
enable | disable ]
[ -ShadowImageIOSwitch enable | disable ]
[ -SyncCacheAllExec
enable | disable ]
[ -SyncCacheInvalid
enable | disable ]
[ -ProcessorFailures
reset | shutdown ]
[ -inquiryCommandQueue on | off ]
[ -inquiryVendor
string ]
[ -inquiryProduct
string ]
[ -inquiryRomMicro
string ]
[ -inquiryRamMicro
string ]
[ -WebTitle
string ]
[ -Rs232cOutflow
ctl_no off | normal | hitrack ]
[ -WriteVerifyExecution ctl_no on | off ]
[ -dhcp
ctl_no enable | disable ]
[ -IPAddress
ctl_no inet_addr ]
[ -SubnetMask
ctl_no netmask ]
[ -DefaultGateway
ctl_no gateway ]

Description
This command references the contents of system parameters or set
the parameters.

NOTE: If LAN configuration information (such as an IP Address) is modified,

an error message (Interface Error) may be displayed when restarting an
array, without displaying a restart completion message. When modifying LAN
configuration information, restart the array manually.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-97

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the system parameters are to be
referenced or to be set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in
front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
-refer
References the system parameters.
-set
Sets the system parameters.
-SystemStartup Single | DualIDTake | DualNotIDTake | HotIDTake | HotNotIDTake
Specify the configuration of an array unit.
Single : Single
DualIDTake : Dual active (with a taking over SCSI ID).
DualNotIDTake: Dual active (without taking over SCSI ID).
HotIDTake : Hot standby (with taking over SCSI ID).
HotNotIDTake : Hot standby (without taking over SCSI ID).
-TakingID port_no ctl_no
Specify the default controller of each port when a dual active configuration
used the SCSI ID take over.
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D).
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
-DataShare used | notUsed
Specify the data share mode.
used : Uses the data share mode.
notUsed: Does not use the data share mode.
-DelayPlannedShutdown time
Specify the time in minutes to delay the execution of the planned shutdown when the main switch
has turned off. The applicable range is from 0 to 60 minutes in unit of 1 minute. The default value is 0.
-DriveDetach enable | disable
Specify whether to set the drive blockage mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the drive blockage mode.
disable: Disables the drive blockage mode.
-PROCOM enable | disable
Specify whether to set the PROCOM mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the PROCOM mode.
disable: Disables the PROCOM mode.
-ReportStatus enable | disable
Specify whether to set the warning status reporting mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the warning status report.
disable: Disables the warning status report.
-LuCacheWarning enable | disable
Specify whether or not to report a warning when the turbo LU function is set
effective.
enable : Reports warning.
disable: Does not report warning.
-NX enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NX host connection mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the NX host connection mode.
disable: Disables the NX host connection mode.
-AutoReconst enable | disable
Specify whether to set the auto reconstruction mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the auto reconstruction mode.
disable: Disables the auto reconstruction mode.
-ForcedWriteThrough enable | disable
Specify whether to set the forced write through mode effective or ineffective.

3-98

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

enable : Enables the forced write through mode.

disable: Disables the forced write through mode.
-LUChanging1 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Changing Logical Unit Mode 1 effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Changing Logical Unit Mode 1.
disable: Disables the Changing Logical Unit Mode 1.
-MultiStream enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Multiple Stream Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Multiple Stream Mode.
disable: Disables the Multiple Stream Mode.
-MultiStreamWrite enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Multiple Stream Write Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Multiple Stream Write Mode.
disable: Disables the Multiple Stream Write Mode.
-MultiStreamRead enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Multiple Stream Read Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Multiple Stream Read Mode.
disable: Disables the Multiple Stream Read Mode.
-HiSpeedSeqWrite enable | disable
Specify whether to set the High-speed Sequential Write Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the High-speed Sequential Write Mode.
disable: Disables the High-speed Sequential Write Mode.
-ShadowImageIOSwitch enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode.
disable: Disables the ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode.
-SyncCacheAllExec enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode.
disable: Disables the Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode.
-SyncCacheInvalid enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode.
disable: Disables the Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode.
-ProcessorFailures reset | shutdown
Specify the action when a processor failure occurs.
reset : Resets the failure and restarts the controller.
shutdown: Shuts down the array unit.
-inquiryCommandQueue on | off
Specify execution of command queuing for INQUIRY response information.
on : Executes command queuing.
off: Suppresses command queuing.
-inquiryVendor string
Specify the vendor name of Inquiry response information in less than or equal
to 8 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".
-inquiryProduct string
Specify the product type of Inquiry response information in less than or equal
to 16 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".
-inquiryRomMicro string
Specify the ROM microprogram version of Inquiry response information in less
than or equal to 2 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".
-inquiryRamMicro string
Specify the RAM microprogram version of Inquiry response information in less

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-99

than or equal to 2 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".
-WebTitle string
If the home page of the array unit is displayed with the browser, this option
specifies a character string displayed on the title bar of the browser.
Enter up to 32 one-byte coded alphanumeric characters or characters (except for
the ' (single quotation mark), " (double quotation mark), and \ (backslash)
symbols) other than numeric.
-Rs232cOutflow ctl_no off | normal | hitrack
Sets the mode of sending out error information onto RS232C.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
off : Does not send out information.
normal : Sends out information.
hitrack: Sends out information in the HITRACK mode.
-WriteVerifyExecution ctl_no on | off
Specify the execution of the write & verify operation.
ctl_no: Controller number (0, 1).
on : Executes write & verify operation.
off : Does not execute write & verify operation.
-dhcp ctl_no enable | disable
Specify whether the DHCP mode is enable or disable.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
enable : Enables the DHCP mode.
disable: Disables the DHCP mode.
-IPAddress ctl_no inet_addr
Specify the IP address.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
inet_addr: IP address (format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx).
-SubnetMask ctl_no netmask
Specify the subnet mask.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
netmask: Subnet mask (format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx).
-DefaultGateway ctl_no gateway
Specify the default gateway.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
gateway: Default gateway (format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx).

Examples
The following example displays the system parameters of an array
9500a1.
% ausysparam -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
System parameter list.
DF Name : 9500a1
Date : 2004/04/20 13:00:00
Firmware Revision : 0658
Array Unit Type : 9500V
Serial Number : nnnnnnnn
---- Common Parameter ---System Startup Attribute = Dual Active Mode
SCSI ID/Port ID Take-over Mode = --Data Share Mode = Used
Delay Planned Shutdown = 0
Option 1
Drive Detach mode enable = OFF
Option 2
PROCOM mode enable = OFF
Report status (normal / warning) = OFF
Turbo LU Warning = OFF
NX Mode = OFF
Auto Reconstruction Mode = OFF

3-100

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Forced Write Through Mode = OFF

Changing Logical Unit Mode 1 = OFF
Multiple Stream Mode = OFF
Multiple Stream Mode (Write) = OFF
Multiple Stream Mode (Read) = OFF
High-speed Sequential Write Mode = OFF
ShadowImage I/O Switch Mode = OFF
Synchronize Cache All Execution Mode = OFF
Synchronize Cache Invalid Mode = OFF
Operation if the Processor failures Occurs = Reset a Fault
INQUIRY Information
Command Queuing = ON
Vendor ID = HITACHI
Product ID = DF600F
ROM Microprogram Version =
RAM Microprogram Version =
Web Title
Web Title =
---- CTL0 Parameter ---RS232C Error Information Outflow Mode = OFF
Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
LAN Const
DHCP = OFF
IP Address = 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask = 0.0.0.0
Default Gateway = 0.0.0.0
Ether Address = 00:00:87:B4:62:4C
---- CTL1 Parameter ---RS232C Error Information Outflow Mode = OFF
Write & Verify Execution Mode = ON
LAN Const
DHCP = OFF
IP Address = 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask = 0.0.0.0
Default Gateway = 0.0.0.0
Ether Address = 00:00:87:B4:62:1C
%

The following example sets a system parameter, to suppress the

mode that sends error information to RS232C interface, for an array
9500a1.
% ausysparam -unit 9500a1 -set -Rs232cOutflow 0 off
Password:
When executing the command, the subsystem stops accepting access from the host.
Do you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting begins.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 4 - 15min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

NOTE: When setting all the system parameter in Windows, you cannot set
them on a command prompt due to the limitation on the number of
characters. Create the contents of the settings in a bat file, and then execute
the appropriate command. It may take time for an array to respond,
depending on the condition of the array. If the array does not respond after
15 minutes, check the condition of the array.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-101

Referencing/setting the RTC

Command name
aurtc

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aurtc -unit unit_name refer
aurtc -unit unit_name -set -auto [ -f ]
aurtc -unit unit_name -set -manual -date yyyy/mm/dd -time HH:MM:SS [ -f ]

Description
This command references and sets the RTC.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in the RTC is to be referenced or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References RTC.
-set
Sets the RTC.
-auto
Sets the date and time of the machine which the Navigator is running, on RTC.
-manual
Sets the date and time specified by -date and -time options, to RTC.
-date yyyy/mm/dd
Specify the date to be set.
yyyy: in A.D. (2000 to 2099) (For 9500V, 1990 to 2089).
mm : month (01 to 12).
dd : day (01 to 31).
-time HH:MM:SS
Specify the time to be set.

-f

3-102

HH: hour (00 to 23).

MM: minute (00 to 59).
SS: second (00 to 59).
Omits the confirmation message when the command is executed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples
The following example displays the RTC of an array 9500a1.
% aurtc -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
Date 2007/04/28 Time 18:14:28
%

The following example automatically sets the RTC of an array

9500a1.
% aurtc -unit 9500a1 -set -auto
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the RTC? (y/n [n]): y
The RTC has been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-103

Referencing/setting LAN information

Command name
aulan

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS
aulan -unit unit_name refer
9500V
aulan -unit unit_name -set -ctl0 | -ctl1
[ -addr inet_addr ] [ -mask netmask ] [ -gate gateway ]
[ -dhcp enable | disable ]
AMS, WMS
aulan -unit unit_name set
-ctl0 | -ctl1 [ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -mask netmask ]
[ -gate gateway ]
[ -dhcp enable | disable ]
[ -mipchg ]
aulan -unit unit_name set
[ -mipchgmode enable | disable ]
[ -ctl0 | -ctl1 [ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -mask netmask ]
[ -gate gateway ]
[ -nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf ]
[ -dhcp enable | disable ] ]

Description
This command displays and sets LAN information of the array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to reference and set LAN
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References LAN information.
-set
Sets LAN information.
-ctl0 | -ctl1
Specify the controller.
-addr inet_addr
Specify the IP addresses.
-mask netmask
Specify the subnet masks.
-gate gateway
Specify individual default gateways.
-nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf
Specify the negotiations.
auto : The disk array unit makes the decision automatically.
10mh : 10 Mbps/Half
10mf : 10 Mbps/Full
100mh: 100 Mbps/Half
100mf: 100 Mbps/Full
-dhcp enable | disable
Specify whether to set the DHCP mode to enable or disable.

3-104

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-mipchg
Specify this option when changing the IP addresses of maintenance port
automatically.
-mipchgmode enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode to
enable or disable.
enable : Enables the Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode.
disable: Disables the Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode.

Examples
The following example displays the LAN information of an array
9500a1.
% aulan -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
CTL IP Address Subnet mask
Default Gateway Ethernet address DHCP
0 125.0.9.98 255.255.255.0 125.0.9.15
00:00:87:50:78:AF OFF
1 125.0.9.99 255.255.255.0 125.0.9.15
00:00:87:50:78:9F OFF
%

The following example sets LAN information for the Controller 0 side
of an array 9500a1.
% aulan -unit 9500a1 -set -ctl0
-addr 192.168.100.100 -mask 255.255.255.0 -gate 192.168.100.5
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the LAN information? (y/n[n]): y
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the setting will be registered, but it will not become effe
ctive on the subsystem.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting.
Host applications that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop
host access before you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting b
egins
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n[n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 4 - 15min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

NOTE: To validate the LAN information, restart the array. The previous
settings remain valid until restarting. The array cannot access the host until
the reboot is completed and the system restarts. Therefore, verify that the
host has stopped accessing data before beginning the restart process.
If LAN configuration information is modified, an error message (Interface
Error) may appeard without displaying a restart completion message when
restarting is initiated. When an error message is displayed after the LAN
configuration information is modified and a restarting is directed to be done,
execute the auunitchg command. Make a change in the information that has
been registered.
It may take time for an array to respond, depending on the condition of the
array. If the array does not respond after 15 minutes, check the condition of
the array.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-105

Referencing/setting the port option

Command name
auportop

Description
This command references and sets the port option.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the port
option.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the port option.
-set
Sets the port option.
-PortTypeOption ctl_no port_no ResetLipSignal | ResetLipProcess | LipPortAllReset |
ReadFrameMin128 | CrossCtlIO CmdUniqueResponse | PLOGITimeout Prevention |
DisableAutodiscoverNewHG
enable | disable
ctl_no
: Controller number (0, 1).
port_no
: Port number (A, B, C, D).
ResetLipSignal : Sets ResetLip (signal).
ResetLipProcess: Sets ResetLip (processing).
LipPortAllReset: Sets the resetting of all ports by an LIP.

3-106

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

ReadFrameMin128: Sets Read Frame Min 128 Byte Mode.(DF600 only)

CrossCt1IO: Sets CPU Load Reduction for Cross-CTL I/O Mode. I/O Mode. (For SMS and
AMS2000)
CmdUniqueResponse: Sets Command Unique Response Mode. (For SMS and AMS2000)
PLOGITimeoutPrevention: Sets PLOGI Timeout Prevention Mode.
(For SMS and AMS2000)
DisableAudodiscoveryNewHG: Sets Disable Autodiscover New HG Mode.
(For SMS and AMS2000)
enable
: Enables the settings described above.
disable
: Disables the settings described above.

Example
The following example displays the port option of an array 9500a1.
% auportop -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
Port Options
Reset/LIP Mode (Signal)
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Reset/LIP Mode (Process)
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
LIP Port All Reset Mode
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Read Frame Min 128 Byte Mode
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
%

The following example sets the port option of an array 9500a1.

% auportop -unit 9500a1 -set -PortTypeOption 0 A ResetLipSignal enable
Password:
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the port from the host.
Before setting, stop access to the port from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
%

The following example sets the port option of an array ams2300a1.

% auportop -unit 9500a1 -set -PortTypeOption 0 A ResetLipSignal enable
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the port option parameter? (y/n [n]): y
The port option parameter has been set successfully.
%
% auportop -unit ams2300a1 -refer
Port Options
Reset/LIP Mode (Signal)
Port 0A = ON
Port 0B = OFF
Port 0C = OFF
Port 0D = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Port 1C = OFF
Port 1D = OFF
Reset/LIP Mode (Process)
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 0C = OFF
Port 0D = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Port 1C = OFF
Port 1D = OFF

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-107

LIP Port All Reset Mode

Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 0C = OFF
Port 0D = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Port 1C = OFF
Port 1D = OFF
CPU Load Reduction for Cross-CTL I/O Mode
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 0C = OFF
Port 0D = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Port 1C = OFF
Port 1D = OFF
Command Unique Response Mode
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 0C = OFF
Port 0D = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Port 1C = OFF
Port 1D = OFF
PLOGI Timeout Prevention Mode
Port 0A = OFF
Port 0B = OFF
Port 0C = OFF
Port 0D = OFF
Port 1A = OFF
Port 1B = OFF
Port 1C = OFF
Port 1D = OFF
%

3-108

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the boot option

Command name
aubootopt

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aubootopt -unit unit_name refer
AMS, WMS
aubootopt -unit unit_name set
[ -SystemStartup
Single | Dual ]
[ -DelayPlannedShutdown time ]
[ -DriveDetach
enable | disable ]
[ -inquiryVendor
string ]
[ -inquiryProduct
string ]
[ -inquiryRomMicro
string ]
[ -inquiryRamMicro
string ]
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aubootopt -unit unit_name set
[ -SystemStartup
Single | Dual ]
[ -DelayPlannedShutdown time ]
[ -inquiryVendor
string ]
[ -inquiryProduct
string ]
[ -inquiryRomMicro
string ]
[ -inquiryRamMicro
string ]

Description
This command references or sets the boot option of the array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to reference or set the boot option.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the boot option.
-set
Sets the boot option.
-SystemStartup Single | Dual
Specify the configuration of an array unit.
Single: Single
Dual : Dual
-DelayPlannedShutdown time
Specify the time in minutes to delay the execution of the planned shutdown when the main switch has
turned off. The applicable range is from 0 to 60 minutes in unit of 1 minute. The default value is 0.
-DriveDetach enable | disable
Specify whether to set the drive blockage mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the drive blockage mode.
disable: Disables the drive blockage mode.
-inquiryVendor string
Specify the vendor name of Inquiry response information in less than or equal
to 8 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".
-inquiryProduct string
Specify the product type of Inquiry response information in less than or equal
to 16 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".
-inquiryRomMicro string
Specify the ROM microprogram version of Inquiry response information in less

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-109

than or equal to 2 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".
-inquiryRamMicro string
Specify the RAM microprogram version of Inquiry response information in less
than or equal to 2 characters. If you want to enter NULL characters, enter "".

Example
The following example displays the boot option of an array
ams500a1.
% aubootopt -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
System Startup Attribute = Dual Active Mode
Delay Planned Shutdown[min.] = 0
Drive Detach Mode = OFF
Vendor ID = HITACHI
Product ID = DF600F
ROM Microprogram Version =
RAM Microprogram Version =
%

3-110

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the time zone

Command name
autimezone

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
autimezone -unit unit_name refer
autimezone -unit unit_name set
[ -timezone num ] [ -dst used | notused ]
[ -ntp1 address ] [ -ntp2 address ]
autimezone -unit unit_name -availablelist -timezone

Description
This command references or sets the time zone/Network Time
Protocol (NTP) server.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the time
zone/NTP server.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the time zone/NTP server IP address.
-set
Sets the time zone/NTP server IP address.
-availablelist
A list of time zone numbers, each of which is eligible for the time zone is
displayed.
-timezone num
Specify the time zone number by selecting it from the list of time zones that
can be specified.
-dst used | notused
Specify whether to use the daylight saving time or not.
used : Use the daylight saving time.
notused: Do not use the daylight saving time.
-ntp1 address
Specify NTP server1 IP address. To cancel the specification, enter "".
-ntp2 address
Specify NTP server2 IP address. To cancel the specification, enter "".
-timezone
A list of time zone numbers, each of which is eligible for the time zone is
displayed.

NOTE: When the array is used to connect to the NAS, you must reboot the
NNC to update the NNC time zone and set the contents of a NTP server. It is
unnecessary to reboot the array.

Examples
The following example displays the time zone of an array ams500
and NTP server IP address.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-111

% autimezone -unit ams500 -refer

Password:
Time Zone
: (GMT-12:00) International Date Line West
Daylight Saving Time : --NTP Server
Server1 : 125.0.9.98
Server1 : 125.0.9.99
%

The following example sets the NTP server IP address of an array

ams500.
% autimezone -unit ams500 -set -ntp1 192.168.100.100
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the time zone/NTP server? (y/n [n]): y
The time zone/NTP server have been set successfully.
Restart NNC to apply the NNC setting in case that NNC is equipped.
%

The following example displays the eligibility for the time zone of an
array ams500.
% autimezone -unit ams500 -availablelist -timezone
Password:
Available Time Zone
No. DST
Time Zone
1 Disable (GMT-12:00) International Date Line West
2 Disable (GMT-11:00) Midway Island/ Samoa
3 Disable (GMT-10:00) Hawaii
4 Enable (GMT-09:00) Alaska
5 Enable (GMT-08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada); Tijuana
6 Disable (GMT-07:00) Arizona
7 Enable (GMT-07:00) Chihuahua/ La Paz/ Mazatlan
8 Enable (GMT-07:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada)
9 Enable (GMT-06:00) Central Time (US & Canada)
10 Disable (GMT-06:00) Central America
11 Disable (GMT-06:00) Saskatchewan
12 Enable (GMT-06:00) Guadalajara/ Mexico City/ Monterrey
13 Enable (GMT-05:00) Eastern Time (US & Canada)
14 Disable (GMT-05:00) Bogota/ Lima/ Quito
15 Disable (GMT-05:00) Indiana (East)
16 Enable (GMT-04:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)
17 Enable (GMT-04:00) Santiago
18 Disable (GMT-04:00) Caracas/ La Paz
19 Enable (GMT-03:30) Newfoundland
20 Enable (GMT-03:00) Brasilia
21 Disable (GMT-03:00) Buenos Aires/ Georgetown
22 Enable (GMT-03:00) Greenland
23 Enable (GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic
24 Disable (GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Is.
25 Enable (GMT-01:00) Azores
26 Disable (GMT) Casablanca/ Monrovia
27 Enable (GMT) Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin/ Edinburgh/ Lisbon/ London
28 Enable (GMT+01:00) Amsterdam/ Berlin/ Bern/ Rome/ Stockholm/ Vienna
29 Enable (GMT+01:00) Sarajevo/ Skopje/ Warsaw/ Zagreb
30 Enable (GMT+01:00) Brussels/ Copenhagen/ Madrid/ Paris
31 Enable (GMT+01:00) Belgrade/ Bratislava/ Budapest/ Ljubljana/ Prague
32 Disable (GMT+01:00) West Central Africa
:
%

Referencing/setting the IP address of the maintenance port

CAUTION! Modifying the maintenance port IP address on the
Simple Modular Storage 100 system invalidates your Hitachi
warranty and support. Please consult your reseller before using the
CLI.

Command name
aumaintelan

3-112

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aumaintelan -unit unit_name refer
AMS, WMS
aumaintelan -unit unit_name -set -addr ip_addr
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
When setting the IPv4.
aumaintelan -unit unit_name -set -addr ip_addr
When setting the IPv6.
aumaintelan -unit unit_name -set ipv6_addr ipv6_addr
AMS, WMS
aumaintelan -unit unit_name availablelist
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aumaintelan -unit unit_name availablelist [ -ipv4 ] [ -ipv6 ]

Description
This command references or sets the IP address of maintenance
port.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the IP address
of maintenance port.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
-refer
Displays the IP addresses of maintenance port.
-set
Sets the IP address of maintenance port.
-availablelist
Displays a list of IP addresses that can be assigned to the maintenance port of
CTL0.
-addr ip_addr
Specify an IP address of the CTL0.
Specify the same host address as that which has been assigned.
(Host address: YYY of the XXX.XXX.XXX.YYY)
-ipv6_addr ipv6_addr
Specify an IPv6 address of the CTL0.
Specify the same address(YY part of YYYY::YYXX) as that which has been assigned.
-ipv4
Specify this option when referencing the list of IPv4 address.
-ipv6
Specify this option when referencing the list of IPv6 address.

Examples
The following example displays the IP addresses of maintenance port
of an array ams500.
% aumaintelan -unit ams500 -refer
Password:
Maintenance Port Current
Setting
CTL0
10.0.0.16
10.0.0.16
CTL1
10.0.0.17
10.0.0.17
NNC0
10.0.0.10
10.0.0.10
NNC2
10.0.0.12
10.0.0.12
%

Result
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-113

The following example displays the available IP addresses of the

maintenance port of an array ams500.
% aumaintelan -unit ams500 -availablelist
Password:
Available IP Address(CTL0)
10.0.0.16
192.168.0.16
192.168.233.16
172.23.211.16
10.197.181.16
%

The following example sets the IP addresses of the maintenance port

of an array ams500.
% aumaintelan -unit ams500 -set -addr 192.168.233.16
Password:
The IP address of maintenance port is set up.
CTL0 : 192.168.233.16
CTL1 : 192.168.233.17
NNC0 : 192.168.233.10
NNC2 : 192.168.233.12
Are you sure? (y/n [n]): y
The IP address of maintenance port has been set successfully.
%

3-114

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following example displays the IP addresses of maintenance port

of an array ams2300a1.
% aumaintelan -unit ams2300a1 -refer
CTL0
Current
IPv4
Result
: --IPv4 Address
: 10.0.0.16
IPv4 Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
IPv4 Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0
IPv6
Result
: Normal
IPv6 Address
: fe80::1f6
Subnet Prefix Length : 64
IPv6 Default Gateway : fe80::16
Negotiation : Auto
Ether Address : 11:22:33:44:55:66
Setting
IPv4
IPv4 Address
: 10.0.0.16
IPv6
IPv6 Address
: fe80::1f6
CTL1
Current
IPv4
Result
: --IPv4 Address
: 10.0.0.17
IPv4 Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
IPv4 Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0
IPv6
Result
: Normal
IPv6 Address
: fe80::1f7
Subnet Prefix Length : 64
IPv6 Default Gateway : fe80::17
Negotiation : Auto
Ether Address : 66:55:44:33:22:11
Setting
IPv4
IPv4 Address
: 10.0.0.17
IPv6
IPv6 Address
: fe80::1f7%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-115

Referencing/setting LAN information online

Command name
auonlan

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auonlan -unit unit_name refer
AMS, WMS
auonlan -unit unit_name set
[ -ctl0_addr inet_addr ] [ -ctl0_mask netmask ]
[ -ctl0_gate gateway ]
[ -ctl0_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf ]
[ -ctl1_addr inet_addr ] [ -ctl1_mask netmask ]
[ -ctl1_gate gateway ]
[ -ctl1_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf ]
[ -mipchgmode enable | disable ]
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
When setting the IPv4
auonlan -unit unit_name set
[ -mipchgmode enable | disable ]
[ -ctl0_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf | 1000mf ]
[ -ctl1_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf | 1000mf ]
[ -ctl0_dhcp enable | disable ]
[ -ctl0_addr inet_addr ] [ -ctl0_mask netmask ]
[ -ctl0_gate gateway ]
[ -ctl1_dhcp enable | disable ]
[ -ctl1_addr inet_addr ] [ -ctl1_mask netmask ]
[ -ctl1_gate gateway ]
When setting the IPv6
auonlan -unit unit_name set
[ -ctl0_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf | 1000mf ]
[ -ctl1_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf | 1000mf ]
[ -ipv6_ctl0_setting auto | manual ]
[ -ipv6_ctl0_addr ipv6_addr ]
[ -ipv6_ctl0_prefix subnet_prefix ]
[ -ipv6_ctl0_gate ipv6_gateway ]
[ -ipv6_ctl1_setting auto | manual ]
[ -ipv6_ctl1_addr ipv6_addr ]
[ -ipv6_ctl1_prefix subnet_prefix ]
[ -ipv6_ctl1_gate ipv6_gateway ]

Description
This command references and sets LAN information online.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference and set LAN
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References LAN information.
-set
Sets LAN information.
-ctl0_addr inet_addr
Specify the IPv4 address of Controller 0.
inet_addr: IPv4 address
-ctl0_mask netmask
Specify the IPv4 subnet mask of Controller 0.

3-116

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

netmask: IPv4 subnet mask

-ctl0_gate gateway
Specify individual IPv4 default gateway of Controller 0.
gateway: IPv4 default gateway
-ctl0_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf | 1000mf
Specify the negotiations of Controller 0.
auto : The disk array unit makes the decision automatically.
10mh : 10 Mbps/Half
10mf : 10 Mbps/Full
100mh : 100 Mbps/Half
100mf : 100 Mbps/Full
1000mf: 1000 Mbps/Full
-ctl0_dhcp enable | disable
Specify whether to set the DHCP mode of Controller 0 to enable or disable.
enable : Enables the DHCP mode.
disable: Disables the DHCP mode.
-ctl1_addr inet_addr
Specify the IPv4 address of Controller 1.
inet_addr: IPv4 address
-ctl1_mask netmask
Specify the IPv4 subnet mask of Controller 1.
netmask: IPv4 subnet mask
-ctl1_gate gateway
Specify individual IPv4 default gateway of Controller 1.
gateway: IPv4 default gateway
-ctl1_nego auto | 10mh | 10mf | 100mh | 100mf | 1000mf
Specify the negotiations of Controller 1.
auto : The disk array unit makes the decision automatically.
10mh : 10 Mbps/Half
10mf : 10 Mbps/Full
100mh : 100 Mbps/Half
100mf : 100 Mbps/Full
1000mf: 1000 Mbps/Full
-ctl1_dhcp enable | disable
Specify whether to set the DHCP mode of Controller 1 to enable or disable.
enable : Enables the DHCP mode.
disable: Disables the DHCP mode.
-mipchgmode enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode to
enable or disable.
enable : Enables the Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode.
disable: Disables the Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode.
-ipv6_ctl0_setting auto | manual
Specify the IPv6 address setting mode.
auto : The disk array unit decides automatically the IPv6 address, IPv6
subnet prefix length and Pv6 default gateway.
manual: Specify the IPv6 address, IPv6 subnet prefix length and IPv6
default gateway manually.
-ipv6_ctl0_addr ipv6_addr
Specify the IPv6 address of the Controller 0.
ipv6_addr: IPv6 address
-ipv6_ctl0_prefix ipv6_subnet_prefix
Specify the IPv6 subnet prefix length of the Controller 0.
ipv6_subnet_prefix: IPv6 subnet prefix length
-ipv6_ctl0_gate ipv6_gateway

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-117

Specify individual IPv6 default gateway of Controller 0.

ipv6_gateway: IPv6 default gateway
-ipv6_ctl1_setting auto | manual
Specify the IPv6 address setting mode.
auto : The disk array unit decides automatically the IPv6 address, IPv6
subnet prefix length and Pv6 default gateway.
manual: Specify the IPv6 address, IPv6 subnet prefix length and IPv6
default gateway manually.
-ipv6_ctl1_addr ipv6_addr
Specify the IPv6 address of the Controller 1.
ipv6_addr: IPv6 address
-ipv6_ctl1_prefix ipv6_subnet_prefix
Specify the IPv6 subnet prefix length of the Controller 1.
ipv6_subnet_prefix: IPv6 subnet prefix length
-ipv6_ctl1_gate ipv6_gateway
Specify individual IPv6 default gateway of Controller 1.
ipv6_gateway: IPv6 default gateway

Examples
The following example displays the LAN information of an array
ams500.
% auonlan -unit ams500 -refer
Password:
Current
CTL IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway Result
0 125.0.9.98
255.255.255.0 125.0.9.15
Normal
1 125.0.9.99
255.255.255.0 125.0.9.15
Normal
Setting
CTL IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
0 125.0.9.100
255.255.255.0 125.0.9.15
1 125.0.9.101
255.255.255.0 125.0.9.15
Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode : ON
%

The following example sets LAN information for the Controller 0 side
of an array ams500.
% auonlan -unit ams500 -set -ctl0_addr 192.168.100.100 -ctl0_mask 255.255.255.0
-ctl0_gate 192.168.100.5 -mipchgmode enable
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the LAN information?
(y/n [n]): y
Your maintenance LAN port will changed as follows.
CTL0 - IP:10.0.0.16 SM:255.255.255.0 GW:N/A
CTL1 - IP:10.0.0.17 SM:255.255.255.0 GW:N/A
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The LAN information has been set successfully.
The subsystem cannot be connected because LAN information is changed.
When unable to connect, please update the array unit information using auunitchg
command, or confirm the LAN environment.
%

3-118

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following example displays the LAN information of an array

ams2300a1.
% auonlan -unit ams2300a1 -refer
IPv4
Maintenance Port IP Address Automatic Change Mode : OFF
Current
CTL0
IPv4
Result
: --IPv4 Address
: 1.2.3.4
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 11.12.13.14
IPv4 Default Gateway
: 21.22.23.24
IPv6
Result
: Normal
IPv6 Address
: fe80::1
Linklocal IPv6 Address : fe80::3
Subnet Prefix Length
: 64
IPv6 Default Gateway
: fe80::2
Negotiation : 100Mbps/Full
Ether Address : 00:00:00:00:00:00
CTL1
IPv4
Result
: --IPv4 Address
: 101.102.103.104
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 111.112.113.114
IPv4 Default Gateway
: 121.122.123.124
IPv6
Result
: Normal
IPv6 Address
: fe80::11
Linklocal IPv6 Address : fe80::13
Subnet Prefix Length
: 64
IPv6 Default Gateway
: fe80::12
Negotiation : 100Mbps/Half
Ether Address : 00:00:00:00:00:00
Setting
CTL0
IPv4
DHCP
: OFF
IPv4 Address
: 51.52.53.54
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 61.62.63.64
IPv4 Default Gateway
: 71.72.73.74
IPv6
IPv6 Address Setting Mode : MANUAL
IPv6 Address
: fe80::fe01
Subnet Prefix Length
: 64
IPv6 Default Gateway
: fe80::fe02
Negotiation : 100Mbps/Full
CTL1
IPv4
DHCP
: OFF
IPv4 Address
: 151.152.153.154
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 161.162.163.164
IPv4 Default Gateway
: 171.172.173.174
IPv6
IPv6 Address Setting Mode : MANUAL
IPv6 Address
: fe80::fe11
Subnet Prefix Length
: 64
IPv6 Default Gateway
: fe80::fe12
Negotiation : 100Mbps/Full
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-119

Setting up configuration
This section covers the following commands related to configuration:

3-120

Referencing/setting the Fibre Channel information on page 3122

Referencing/setting the spare HDU on page 3-124

Referencing/setting the fee-basis option on page 3-126

Referencing/setting the drive restoration control information on

page 3-128

Referencing/setting the online verify information on page 3-131

Referencing/setting the command device information on page 3133

Rebooting on page 3-135

Referencing/setting volume pre-fetch information on page 3-137

Referencing/splitting the Hi-Copy Pair information on page 3138

Referencing/setting the DMLU information on page 3-140

Referencing/setting the iSCSI port information on page 3-141

Referencing/setting the CHAP user information on page 3-146

Referencing/sending a ping on page 3-149

Referencing/setting the backend diagnosis information on page

3-150

Setting the SNMP environment information and outputting its file

on page 3-151

Referencing/setting e-Mail alert information on page 3-152

Referencing/setting the LED information on page 3-154

Referencing/Starting additional unit information on page 3-156

Referencing/setting LAN port information on page 3-156

Setting the SSL option on page 3-159

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Observe the following guidelines:

When the AMS/WMS array is used to connect to the NAS,

restarting the array stops the cluster between the NAS units and
restarts the array. When restarting the array unfavorably, stop
the cluster between the NAS units and then restart the array.
Thereafter, start the cluster between the NAS units again.

If you restart the array after issuing a power down instruction

but before power down completes twhen the Powers Savings
feature is used, the power down may fail because the array
receives a command from a host immediately after the array
restarts. If the power down fails, perform the power down again.
Check that the power down instruction has not been issued or
has been completed (no RAID in the Power Saving Status of
Normal (Command Monitoring) exists) before restarting the
array.
The following message appears when the LAN information is set.
It accesses the user port and the maintenance port of the
controller to be set with Web:
DMEA0011BD: The process cannot be performed because the User LAN port of array is
being used by other applications. Refer to [netstat.inf] file in the directory where Storage
Navigator Modular 2 is installed, close applications using User LAN port of array, and then try
again.

The usage condition of the LAN port is output to netstat.inf. In

the netstat.inf file,
-

Local address refers to the IP address of the controller.

Foreign Address refers to the IP address of PC connecting

with the array.

State refers to the status of the TCP connection.

Regardless of Status in the netstat.inf file, stop all
applications connecting from Foreign address and execute
it again.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-121

Referencing/setting the Fibre Channel information

Command name
aufibre1

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aufibre1 -unit unit_name refer
9500V
aufibre1 -unit unit_name set
[ -topo
ctl_no port_no loop | ptop ]
[ -rate
ctl_no port_no 1 | 2 | auto ]
[ -portaddr ctl_no port_no port_address ]
AMS, WMS
aufibre1 -unit unit_name set
[ -topo
ctl_no port_no loop | ptop ]
[ -rate
ctl_no port_no 1 | 2 | 4 | auto ]
[ -portaddr ctl_no port_no port_address ]
SMS, AMS2000
aufibre1 -unit unit_name set
[ -topo ctl_no port_no loop | ptop ]
[ -rate ctl_no port_no 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | auto ]
[ -portaddr ctl_no port_no port_address ]
df850
aufibre1 -unit unit_name set
[ -topo ctl_no port_no loop | ptop ]
[ -rate ctl_no port_no 2 | 4 | 8 | auto ]
[ -portaddr ctl_no port_no port_address ]

Description
This command references or sets the fibre channel information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to reference, set, and delete fibre
channel information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays fibre channel information.
-set
Sets fibre channel information.
-topo ctl_no port_no loop | ptop
Specify the topology of the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
loop : Loop
ptop : Point-to-Point
-rate ctl_no port_no 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | auto
Specify the fibre channel transfer rate of the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
1 : 1 (G bps)
2 : 2 (G bps)
4 : 4 (G bps)(AMS, WMS, SMS, and AMS2000)
8 : 8 (G bps)(SMS and AMS2000)
auto : The fibre channel transfer rate will be automatically defined by the array unit.

3-122

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-portaddr ctl_no port_no port-address

Specify the port address of the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
port-address: Port address (6 hexadecimal characters)

Examples
The following example displays the fibre channel information of an
array ams500a1.
% aufibre1 -unit ams500a1 refer
Password:
Port Information
Port Address
CTL Port Node Name
Port Name
Setting Current
0 A 50060E8010200120 50060E8010200120 0000E8 000000
0 B 50060E8010200121 50060E8010200121 0000E8 000000
1 A 50060E8010200122 50060E8010200122 0000E8 000000
1 B 50060E8010200123 50060E8010200123 0000E8 000000
Transfer Rate
CTL Port Setting Current
0 A 2Gbps 2Gbps
0 B 2Gbps 2Gbps
1 A 2Gbps 2Gbps
1 B 2Gbps 2Gbps
Topology Information
CTL Port Topology
0 A Point to Point
0 B Point to Point
1 A Point to Point
1 B Point to Point
Link Status
CTL Port Status
0 A Link Failure
0 B Link Failure
1 A Link Failure
1 B Link Failure
%

The following example sets the topology of Port A of controller 0 of

an array name ams500a1 to loop.
% aufibre1 -unit ams500a1 -set -topo 0 A loop
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the fibre channel information?
(y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the port from the h
ost.
Before setting, stop access to the port from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The fibre channel information has been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-123

Referencing/setting the spare HDU

CAUTION! Modifying the spare HDU on the Simple Modular Storage
100 system invalidates your Hitachi warranty and support. Please
consult your reseller before using the CLI.

Command name
auspare

Format
9500V
auspare -unit unit_name -set -uno unit_no -hno hdu_no
auspare -unit unit_name -rm -uno unit_no -hno hdu_no
AMS, WMS, AMS2000, DF850
auspare -unit unit_name refer
auspare -unit unit_name -set -drive unit_no.hdu_no ...
auspare -unit unit_name -rm -drive unit_no.hdu_no ...
auspare -unit unit_name -availablelist

Description
This command references or sets a spare HDU.
It is necessary to assign a spare drive to the maximum drive capacity
in an array.
HDUs that can be set to a spare drive are data disk drives, for which
a RAID is not yet defined, excluding HDUs 0 to 4 in Unit 0. (9500V).

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit which the spare HDU is to be set or canceled.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the spare HDU.
-set
Sets up the spare HDU.
-rm
Cancels the spare HDU.
-availablelist
A list of drives, each of which is eligible for a spare HDU is displayed.
-uno unit_no
Specify the unit number of the spare HDU.
-hno hdu_no
Specify the HDU number of the spare HDU.

-drive unit_no.hdu_no ...

Specify the Unit number and HDU number punctuating them with a
period to be set
or canceled. Single or multiple drive numbers can be specified.
unit_no: Unit number
hdu_no : HDU number

3-124

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Single specification:

Specifying a single drive number.

Example: -drive 1.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple drives numbers.
Example: -drive 1.0 2.3 3.1
-drive 1.0-2.2 2.8

Examples
The following example lists drives, each of which is eligible for a spare
HDU of an array ams500a1.
% auspare -unit ams500a1 -availablelist
Password:
Available Drives
Unit HDU Capacity Drive Type Status
1 13 146GB FC
Undefined
1 14 146GB FC
Undefined
%

The following example sets the HDU in Unit number 1 position 14 as

the spare HDU of an array ams500a1.
% auspare -unit ams500a1 -set -drive 1.14
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the spare drive? (y/n[n]): y
The drive of the unit number 1 and the HDU number 14 was set as a spare.
The spare drives have been set successfully.
%

The following example displays the setting of the spare HDU in an

array ams500a1 by using the auspare command. Spare HDUs will be
indicated as Spare in Type column.
% auspare -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Unit HDU Type Capacity Drive Type Status
Product
Revision Serial No.
1 14 Spare 146GB FC
Standby
DKS2C-J146FC xxxx 3HYxxxxx
%

Vendor
SEAGATE

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-125

Referencing/setting the fee-basis option

Command name
auopt

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auopt -unit unit_name refer
When locking off the fee-basis option
9500V
auopt -unit unit_name -lock off -keycode key_code
auopt -unit unit_name -lock off -licensefile license_file_path
AMS, WMS
auopt -unit unit_name -lock off -keycode key_code
auopt -unit unit_name -lock off -licensefile license_file_path
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auopt -unit unit_name -lock off -keycode key_code
auopt -unit unit_name -lock off -licensefile license_file_path [ -all ]
When locking on the fee-basis option
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auopt -unit unit_name -lock on -keycode key_code
AMS2000, DF850
auopt -unit unit_name -reconfigurememory start | cancel

Description
This command locks or unlocks the specified fee-basis option.
Unlocking or locking can be carried out by the key code or the license
key file which is attached to the option facility. The fee-basis option
can be enabled or disabled after it is unlocked (installed). This
command starts or cancels the memory reconfiguring of fee-basis
option.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit to setup or reference the fee-basis option.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and
in the rear of the character string is removed.
-refer
Displays an already unlocked (installed) fee-basis option.
-lock off | on
Specify the fee-basis option to be unlocked (installed) or unlocked
(de-installed).
off: Unlocks (installs) the fee-basis option.
on : Locks (de-installs) the fee-basis option.
-keycode key_code
Specify the key code when unlocking or locking the fee-basis option.
-licensefile license_file_path
Specify the path of the license key file when unlocking the fee-basis option.
license_file_path: The path of the license key file.
-all

Specify this option when unlocking (installing) all fee-basis options at

license key file.

-option option-name
Specify the name of the fee-basis option when enabling or
disabling the use of unlocked fee-basis option. For the name of the
option, refer to the manual for each fee-basis option.

3-126

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-st enable | disable

Specify whether to set the fee-basis option effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the use of the fee-basis option.
disable: Disables the use of the fee-basis option.

Examples
The following example displays the status of unlocked (installed) feebasis option of an array ams500a1.
% auopt -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Option Name
Type

Term

Status

Reconfigure Memory Status

SNMP-AGENT
Permanent --N/A
%

Enable

The following example installs the LUN Manager fee-basis option that
does not require rebooting an array ams500a1 by using the license
key file.
% auopt -unit ams500a1 -lock off -licensefile d:\xxxxxxx.xxx
Password:
No. Option Name
1 LUN-MANAGER
Please specify the number of the option to unlock.
When you unlock the two or more options, partition the numbers, which are given
in the list, with the space(s). When you unlock all options, input 'all'. Input
'q', then break.
The number of the option to unlock. (number/all/q[all]): 1
Are you sure you want to unlock the option?
(y/n [n]): y
Option Name
LUN-MANAGER

Result
Unlock

The process was completed.

The following example starts the memory reconfiguring an array unit

ams2300a1.
% auopt -unit ams2300a1 -reconfigurememory start
Are you sure you want to start reconfigure memory? (y/n [n]: y
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array will occur.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
Memory configuring starts successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-127

Referencing/setting the drive restoration control information

CAUTION! Modifying the drive restoration control information on the
Simple Modular Storage 100 system invalidates your Hitachi
warranty and support. Please consult your reseller before using the
CLI.

Command name
audrecopt

Description
This command references and sets the drive restoration control
information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the drive restoration control information is to
be referenced or to be set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
-refer
References the drive restoration control information.
-set
Sets the drive restoration control information.
-restor back | normal | priority
Specify the drive restoration mode.
back : Executes restoration during the interval of the host command process.
normal : Prioritizes the command from the host and executes restoration every certain
interval after the host command terminates.
priority: Executes restoration every certain interval with higher priority than that of the
command from the host.
-auto enable | disable
Specify whether or not to automatically start the copy from the spare drive
(copy-back).
-sparing rwv | rw | not

3-128

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Specify the operating mode of dynamic sparing.

rwv: When the count of either the Read/Write error or the online verify error exceeds
a predetermined threshold value, the dynamic sparing starts.
rw : When the count of Read/Write error exceeds a predetermined threshold
value, the dynamic sparing starts.
not: The dynamic sparing will not start even if the count of Read/Write error or online
verify error exceeded a predetermined threshold value.
-interval interval_time
Specify the interval of executing restoration.
Specify the time using a value from 0 to 255 in units of 10 ms.
The default value is 10, which executes restoration at an nterval of every 100
ms.
-size n
Specify the unit of restored data per single operation in the restoration process. Specify
a value of a multiple of 32 between 32 and 65,504 in units of 512 bytes. The default value is
32, which restores 16 k bytes data in a single operation. However, when the firmware revision
of 9500V is x6x5 or later or AMS or WMS, the value of the range of 128 to 65408 is specified
by the multiple of 128. When specifying 128, which restores 64 k byte data in a single
operation.
-spare variable | fixed
Specify the operating mode of spare drive.
variable: Active spare mode (Non-copyback)
fixed : Fixed spare mode (Copyback)
-allunitnocopyback enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Applying No Copy Back Mode on All the Units effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Applying No Copy Back Mode on All the Units.
disable: Disables the Applying No Copy Back Mode on All the Units.

Examples
The following example displays the drive restoration control
information of an array 9500a1.
% audrecopt -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
Drive Restoration Mode
: Interleave(Normal)
Drive Restoration
: Automatically
Dynamic Sparing
: Executing(Read/Write & Online Verify)
Interval Time [10ms]
:0
Processing Unit Size [blocks] : 128
%

The following example sets the drive restoration control information

for an array 9500a1.
% audrecopt -unit 9500a1 -set -restor normal
Password:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-129

The following example displays the drive restoration control

information of an array ams500a1.
% audrecopt -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Drive Restoration Mode
: Interleave(Normal)
Drive Restoration
: Automatically
Dynamic Sparing
: Executing(Read/Write & Online Verify)
Interval Time [10ms]
:0
Processing Unit Size [blocks] : 128
Spare Drive Operation Mode : Variable
Applying No Copy Back Mode on All the Units : Disable
%

NOTE: Even if the Spare Drive Operation Mode is set to Variable, it becomes
operation of Fixed in SMS100.

3-130

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the online verify information

CAUTION! : Modifying the online verification information on the
Simple Modular Storage 100 system invalidates your Hitachi
warranty and support. Please consult your reseller before using the
CLI.

Command name
auonlineverify

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auonlineverify -unit unit_name refer

Description
This command references and sets the online verify information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit for which to reference and set online verify information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the online verify information.
-set
Sets the online verify information.
-verify enable | disable
Specify whether or not to perform an online verify test.
enable : Executes online verify test.
disable: Does not execute online verify test.
-skipverify on | off
Specify whether to set the skip verify effective or ineffective.
on : Enables the skip verify.
off: Disables the skip verify.
-cacheverify on | off
Specify whether to set the cache verify effective or ineffective.
on : Enables the cache verify.
off: Disables the cache verify.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-131

Examples
The following example displays the online verify information of an
array ams500a1.
% auonlineverify -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Online Verify Test : No
Skip Online Verify : ON
Cache Verify
: ON
%

The following example sets the online verify information to an array

ams500a1, then displays the information.
% auonlineverify -unit ams500a1 -set -verify enable
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the online verify information? (y/n [n]): y
The online verify information has been set successfully.
%
% auonlineverify -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Online Verify Test : Yes
Skip Online Verify : ON
Cache Verify
: ON
%

3-132

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the command device information

Command name
aucmddev

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aucmddev -unit unit_name refer
aucmddev -unit unit_name -set -dev n lu [ enable | disable ]
[ -dev n lu [ enable | disable ] ] ...
aucmddev -unit unit_name -chg -dev n lu enable | disable
[ -dev n lu enable | disable ] ...
aucmddev -unit unit_name -rm -dev n [ -dev n ] ...
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aucmddev -unit unit_name -availablelist

Description
This command references and sets the command device.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the command device information is to
be referenced or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.

-refer
-set
-rm
-chg

References the command device and the serial ID.

Sets the command device and the serial ID.
Deletes the command device.
Changes the protection function of RAID Manager (CCI).

-availablelist
A list of logical unit numbers, each of which is eligible for
the command
device is displayed.
-dev n lu [ enable | disable ]
Specify the parameter of the command device. When the
specification of enable or disable is omitted, the protection function
of RAID Manager (CCI) set
ineffective.

(CCI).
-dev n

n
: Command device number (1 or 2).
lu
: Logical unit number.
enable : Enables the protection function of RAID Manager (CCI).
disable: Disables the protection function of RAID Manager

Specify the command device number to be deleted.

n: Command device number (1 or 2).

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-133

Examples
The following example displays command device set-up information
for an array 9500a1.
% aucmddev -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
Command device LUN RAID Manager Protect
1
1 Disable
2 10 Disable
%

The following example sets up an array 9500a1 as command device

1, with its logical number set to 0.
% aucmddev -unit 9500a1 -set dev 1 0
Password:
%

3-134

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Rebooting
Command name
aureboot

Format
When rebooting after a shutdown.
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, df850
aureboot -unit unit_name
When performing only a shutdown and not rebooting.
SMS, AMS2000, df850
aureboot -unit unit_name -onlyshutdown

Description
This command reboots the array after a shutdown.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit that is to be rebooted.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-onlyshutdown
Only a shutdown is performed. A reboot is not performed.

Examples
The following example reboots an array 9500a1.

% aureboot -unit 9500a1

Password:
Do you want to restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting b
egins.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute?
(y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 4 - 15min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-135

The following example reboots an array 9500a1 whose status is

stopping under pseudo-plan.
% aureboot -unit 9500a1
Password:
The subsystem has stopped under pseudo-plan.
Do you want to restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 4 - 15min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

3-136

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting volume pre-fetch information

Command name
aulupre

Format
9500V
aulupre -unit unit_name refer
aulupre -unit unit_name -lu lun -stag num | default

Description
This command references or sets the logical unit pre-fetch
information.

Options
-unit unit_name

Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the LU
pre-fetch information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the LU pre-fetch information.
-lu lun
Specify the LU number of an LU whose pre-fetch information is to be set.
-stag num | default
Specify the pre-fetch staging size.
num : Specify the number of sub blocks.(1 to 65535)
default: Sets the default size.

Examples
The following example displays the logical unit pre-fetch information
for an array 9500a1.
% aulupre -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
LUN Staging Size
0
512
1
512
%

The following example sets the logical unit 0 pre-fetch information

for an array 9500a1.
% aulupre -unit 9500a1 -lu 0 -stag 512
Password:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-137

Referencing/splitting the Hi-Copy Pair information

Command name
auhicopy

Format
9500V
auhicopy -unit unit_name -refer [ -lu lun ... ]
auhicopy -unit unit_name -split -lu lun

Description
This command references or splits the Hi-Copy pair information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or split the
Hi-Copy pair information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front
and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the Hi-Copy pair information.
-split
Splits the Hi-Copy pair.
-lu lun ...
Specify the LU numbers to reference the Hi-Copy pair information.
When doing that, enter the LU number using numerals or a hyphen(s) (-).
If the specification is omitted, all the pair information is displayed.
Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single LU number.
Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8

-lu lun
Specify the LU number to split the Hi-Copy pair.

Examples
The following example displays the Hi-Copy pair information for an
array 9500a1.
% auhicopy -unit 9500a1 -refer
Pair
Rate of Remote Information
LUN Attribute Status Difference Type
Serial No. LDEV No.
100 S-VOL
RD
--0450
22222222
0001
200 P-VOL
R/W 60%
0450
11111111
021F
300 S-VOL
ERR 30%
0450
01234567
FFFF
%

3-138

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following example releases the Hi-Copy pair with which LU 100
is connected in an array 9500a1.
% auhicopy -unit 9500a1 -split -lu 100
Password:
Are you sure you want to split the pair of logical unit 100?
(y/n [n]): y
If you split the pair, all the area of LU will be copied when you create it again. Do you want to
continue processing?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair of logical unit has been successfully split.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-139

Referencing/setting the DMLU information

CAUTION! Modifying the differential management logical unit
information on the Simple Modular Storage 100 system invalidates your
Hitachi warranty and support. Please consult your reseller before using
the CLI.

Command name
audmlu

Format
AMS, WMS, AMS2000, DF850
audmlu -unit unit_name refer
audmlu -unit unit_name -set -lu lun
audmlu -unit unit_name -rm -lu lun
audmlu -unit unit_name -availablelist

Description
This command references or sets the DM-LU information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the DM-LU
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and
in the rear of the character string is removed.
-refer
Displays the DM-LU information.
-set
Sets the DM-LU information.
-rm
Deletes the DM-LU information.
-availablelist
A list of logical unit numbers, each of which is eligible for the DM-LU is
displayed.
-lu lun
Specify the LU number of an LU whose DM-LU information is to be set or deleted.

Example
The following example displays the DM-LU information for an array
ams500a1.
% audmlu -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
LUN Capacity RAID Group RAID Level D-CTL C-CTL Type Status
0 5.0 Gbyte
0 5(4D+1P) 0
0 FC Normal
%

3-140

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the iSCSI port information

Command name
auiscsi

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, HUS100
auiscsi -unit unit_name refer
AMS, WMS, SMS
auiscsi -unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no
[ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -mask netmask ]
[ -gate gateway ]
[ -portnum port_num ]
[ -timer time ]
AMS2000
auiscsi

HUS 100
auiscsi
disable

-unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no

[ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -mask netmask ]
[ -gate gateway ]
[ -portnum port_num ]
[ -timer time ]
[ -mtu 1500 | 4500 | 9000 ]
[ -headerdigest enable | disable ]
[ -datadigest enable | disable ]
-unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no -ipv6_status enable |

When IPv6 status is set as disable

auiscsi

-unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no

[ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -mask netmask ]
[ -gate gateway ]
[ -portnum port_num ]
[ -timer time ]
[ -mtu 1500 | 4500 | 9000 ]
[ -vlan enable | disable ]
[ -vlanid vlan_id ]
[ -headerdigest enable | disable ]
[ -datadigest enable | disable ]
When IPv6 status is set as enable.
auiscsi -unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no
[ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -mask netmask ]
[ -gate gateway ]
[ -ipv6_link_local_type auto | manual ]
[ -ipv6_link_local_addr ipv6_local_addr ]
[ -ipv6_global_addr_type auto | manual ]
[ -ipv6_global_addr1 ipv6_addr ]
[ -ipv6_global_addr2 ipv6_addr ]
[ -ipv6_gate ipv6_gateway ]
[ -portnum port_num ]
[ -timer time ]
[ -mtu 1500 | 4500 | 9000 ]
[ -vlan enable | disable ]
[ -vlanid vlan_id ]
[ -headerdigest enable | disable ]
[ -datadigest enable | disable ]

Description
This command references or sets the iSCSI port information.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-141

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the iSCSI port
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the iSCSI port information.
-set ctl_no port_no
Sets the iSCSI port information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-addr inet_addr
Specify the IP address.
inet_addr: IP address
-mask netmask
Specify the subnet mask.
netmask: Subnet mask
-gate gateway
Specify individual default gateway.
gateway: Default gateway
-portnum port_num
Specify the port number for TCP/IP communication.
port_num: Port number
-timer time
Specify the Keep Alive Timer.
time: Keep Alive Timer (second)
-mtu 1500 | 4500 | 9000
Specify the MTU.

Examples
The following example displays the iSCSI port information for an
array ams500.
% auiscsi -unit ams500 -refer
Password:
LAN Information
Port 0A
IP Address
: 125.0.9.98
Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway
: 0.0.0.0
Port Number
: 3260
Keep Alive Timer [sec.] : 60
MTU
: 1500
Ethernet Address
: 00:07:E9:E3:DD:CE
Result
: Normal
Port 0B
:
%

The following example sets the iSCSI port information for port 0B of
an array ams500.
% auiscsi -unit ams500 -set 0 B -addr 125.1.9.98
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the iSCSI port information?
(y/n [n]): y
When setting except Keep Alive Timer starts, the subsystem stops access to all p

3-142

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

orts on the controller side with setting port from the host.
Before setting, stop access to all ports on the controller side with setting por
t from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The iSCSI port information has been set successfully.
%

The following example displays the iSCSI port information for an

array ams2300a1.
% auiscsi -unit ams2300a1 -refer
Port 0A
Port Number
:
Keep Alive Timer[sec.] :
MTU
:
Transfer Rate
:
Link Status
:
Ether Address
:
IPv4
IPv4 Address
:
IPv4 Subnet Mask
:
IPv4 Default Gateway :
Connecting Hosts
:
Result
:

3260
60
1500
10bps
Link Up
00:01:02:03:04:05
100.101.102.103
255.255.255.0
150.151.152.153
10000
Setting

Port 0B
:
:
%

The following example displays the iSCSI port information for an

array unit hus110a1.
% auiscsi -unit hus110a1 refer
Port 0A
Port Number
: 3260
Keep Alive Timer[sec.] : 60
MTU
: 1500
Transfer Rate
: 1Gbps
Link Status
: Link Up
Ether Address
: 00:01:02:03:04:05
IPv4
IPv4 Address
: 100.101.102.103
IPv4 Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
IPv4 Default Gateway
: 150.151.152.153
IPv6 Status
: Enable
IPv6
Link Local IP Address
Address Type
: Manual
IP Address
: fe80::2022
Address Status
: --Global IP Address
Address Type
: Manual
IP Address 1
IP Address
: 2080::2022
Address Status
: --IP Address 2
IP Address
: 2081::2022
Address Status
: --Subnet Prefix Length
: 22
Default Gateway
IP Address
Current
: 3034::2022
Setting
: 3033::2022
Address Status
: Unconfigured
Link MTU
: 1500
Connecting Hosts
: 10000
Result
: Setting
VLAN Status
: Enable
VLAN ID
: 22
Header Digest
: Enable
Data Digest
: Enable
Port 0B
:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-143

3-144

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the iSNS information

Command name

auisns
Format

AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850

auisns -unit unit_name refer
auisns

-unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no

[ -server used | notused ]
[ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -portnum port_num ]

Description
This command references or sets the iSNS information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the iSNS
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the iSNS information.
-set ctl_no port_no
Sets the iSNS information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-server used | notused
Specify whether to use the iSNS server or not.
used : Use the iSNS server.
notused: Does not use the iSNS server.
-addr inet_addr
Specify the IP address.
inet_addr: IP address
-portnum port_num
Specify the port number for TCP/IP communication.
port_num: Port number

The following example displays the iSNS information for an array

ams500.
% auisns -unit ams500 -refer
Password:
Port 0A
Server Use: Used
IP Address: 192.168.10.15
Port Number: 3205
Port 0B
:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-145

Referencing/setting the CHAP user information

Command name
auchapuser

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000
auchapuser -unit unit_name refer
[ ctl_no port_no [ -user user_name | -userfile file_name ] ]

auchapuser

-unit unit_name -add ctl_no port_no

-user user_name | -userfile file_name
[ -tno target_no ... | -talias target_alias ... ]

auchapuser

-unit unit_name -chg ctl_no port_no

-user user_name | -userfile file_name
[ -newuser new_user_name | -newuserfile file_name ]
[ -secret ]

auchapuser

-unit unit_name -rm ctl_no port_no

-user user_name | -userfile file_name

auchapuser

-unit unit_name -assign ctl_no port_no

-user user_name | -userfile file_name
-tno target_no ... | -talias target_alias ...

auchapuser

-unit unit_name -release ctl_no port_no

-user user_name | -userfile file_name
-tno target_no ... | -talias target_alias ... | -all

auchapuser

-unit unit_name -availablelist ctl_no port_no

-user user_name | -userfile file_name

Description
This command references or sets CHAP user information.

NOTE: At the Windows 98 MS-DOS prompt, the input buffer is up to 128

characters by default. Use the option userfile or newuserfile when a
long CHAP User name is specified. The first line of the specified file is set
for CHAP User name, and the second line and the following are invalid.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set CHAP user
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer [ ctl_no port_no ]
References CHAP user information.
CHAP user information list is sorted by the CHAP user name.
When the ctl_no port_no is not specified:
CHAP user name of the all ports is displayed.
When the ctl_no port_no is specified:
CHAP user name of the specified port is displayed.
When the -user or -userfile option specified, the target that has been assigned
to the specified CHAP user is also displayed.
-add ctl_no port_no

3-146

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Sets CHAP user information.

ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-chg ctl_no port_no
Changes CHAP user information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-rm ctl_no port_no
Deletes CHAP user information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-assign ctl_no port_no
Assigns CHAP user to the target.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-release ctl_no port_no
Releases the target from CHAP user.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-availablelist ctl_no port_no
A list of targets that can be assigned to the specified controller number, port
number, and CHAP user is displayed.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-user user_name
Specify CHAP user name.
user_name: CHAP user name (See Note 1)
-userfile file_name
Specify the file(path) name when setting the CHAP user name using a file.
file_name: File(path) name
-tno target_no ...
Specify the target number.
Single or multiple target numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single target number.
Example: -tno 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple target numbers.
Example: -tno 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-tno 0-5 8
target_no: Target number
-talias target_alias ...
Specify the target alias.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
Single or multiple target aliases can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single target alias.
Example: -talias solaris
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple target aliases.
Example: -talias irix01 solaris win001
target_alias: Target alias (See Note 2)
-newuser new_user_name
Specify CHAP user name to be changed.
new_user_name: CHAP user name (See Note 1)
-newuserfile file_name
Specify the file(path) name when changing the CHAP user name using a file.
file_name: File(path) name

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-147

-secret
Specify this option when changing Secret. (See Note 3)
-all
Specify this option when releasing all targets that have been assigned to the
specified CHAP user.

Note 1: For CHAP user name, less than or equal to 256 ASCII characters
(alphabetic
characters and the following symbols) can be used. (.,-,+,@,_,=,:,/
,[,],~,(space))
Note 2: For target alias, less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters
(alphabetic
characters, numerals, and the following symbols) can be used.
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))
Note 3: For Secret, 12 to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters and
the following symbols) can be used. (.,-,+,@,_,=,:,/,[,],~,(space))

Example
The following example displays the CHAP information for an array
ams500.
% auchapuser -unit ams500 -refer
Port 0A
User Name
mng001
mainte001
Port 0B
:
%

3-148

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/sending a ping
Command name
auping

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auping -unit unit_name refer
auping -unit unit_name -start ctl_no port_no
-addr inet_addr

Description
This command references the result of Ping execution or send Ping.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference the status or sends
Ping.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the result of Ping execution.
-start ctl_no port_no
Sends Ping from the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-addr inet_addr
Specify the IP address.
inet_addr: IP address

Examples
The following example issues a ping to an array ams500.
% auping -unit ams500 -start 0 A -addr 192.168.15.207
Password:
Are you sure you want to start the ping test?
(y/n [n]): y
When starting the ping test, the access from the host may be delayed or the iSCS
I connection may temporarily be lost to the specified controller.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The ping test has been started.
Please check a result as -refer option.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-149

The following example displays a result of an array ams500.

% auping -unit ams500 -refer
Password:
Port Destination IP Address
0A 192.168.15.207
0B --1A --1B --%

-------

Success Count Status

0/ 5( 0%) Complete
Not Executing
Not Executing
Not Executing

Referencing/setting the backend diagnosis information

Command name
aubackenddiag

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS
aubackenddiag -unit unit_name refer
aubackenddiag -unit unit_name -set -autodiagthres num

Description
This command refers to or sets the backend diagnosis information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference and set the backend
diagnosis information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the backend diagnosis information.
-set
Sets the backend diagnosis information.
-autodiagthres num
Specify the auto diagnosis threshold.

Examples
The following example rdisplays the backend diagnosis information
of an array ams500.
% aubackenddiag -unit ams500 -refer
Password:
Auto Diagnosis Threshold : 10
%

The following example sets the backend diagnosis information of an

array ams500.
% aubackenddiag -unit ams500 -set -autodiagthres 255
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the backend diagnosis information?
(y/n [n]): y
The backend diagnosis information has been set successfully.
%

3-150

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Setting the SNMP environment information and outputting its file

Command name
ausnmp

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
ausnmp -unit unit_name -get [ -config config.txt ] [ -name name.txt ]
ausnmp -unit unit_name -set [ -config config.txt ] [ -name name.txt ]

Description
This command reads and sets up the SNMP environment file.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the SNMP environment information
file is to be read and setup.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-get
Reads the SNMP environment information and outputs it into a specified file.
Specify one or more options from "-config" or "-name".
-set
Sets up the contents of a specified SNMP environment information file in the
array unit. Specify one or more options from "-config" or "-name".
-config config.txt
Specify the file name of environment setting file.
-name name.txt
Specify the file name of array unit name setting file.

Example
The following example sets the SNMP information of an array
ams500a1.
% ausnmp unit ams500 set config config.txt
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the SNMP information to the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
The SNMP information has been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-151

Referencing/setting e-Mail alert information

Command name
auemailalert

Format
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auemailalert -unit unit_name refer
auemailalert

-unit unit_name -testmail -ctl0 | -ctl1

auemailalert

-unit unit_name -mail enable | disable

When the parameter information is not set

auemailalert -unit unit_name set
-domain domain_name
-mailsrvaddr server_address
-fromaddr from_address
-toaddr to_address [ -to | -bcc ]
[ -repaddr reply_address ]
When the parameter information has already been set
auemailalert -unit unit_name set
[ -domain domain_name ]
[ -mailsrvaddr server_address ]
[ -fromaddr from_address ]
[ -toaddr to_address [ -to | -bcc ] ]
[ -repaddr reply_address ]
auemailalert

-unit unit_name chg

-toaddr to_address
[ -newtoaddr new_to_address ]
[ -to | -bcc ]

auemailalert

-unit unit_name rm
-toaddr to_address

auemailalert

-unit unit_name -init

Description
This command references or sets the E-Mail Alert information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the E-Mail
Alert information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the E-Mail Alert information.
-testmail
Sends a test mail.
-mail enable | disable
Specify whether sending a mail or not.
enable : Sends a mail.
disable: Does not send a mail.
-set

Sets the E-Mail Alert information.

-chg
Changes the E-Mail Alert information.
-rm
Deletes the E-Mail Alert information.

3-152

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-init

Initializes the E-Mail Alert information.

-ctl0 | -ctl1
Specify the controller.
-domain domain_name
Specify the domain of the mail server.
Specify the domain in less than or equal to 255 alphanumeric characters or
codes.
domain_name: Domain of the mail server
-mailsrvaddr server_address
Specify the mail server IP address.
server_address: Mail server IP address
-fromaddr from_address
Specify the source mail address. Specify the source mail address in less than
or equal to 63 alphanumeric characters or codes.
from_address: Source mail address
-toaddr to_address
Specify the destination mail address. Specify the destination mail address in
less than or equal to 63 alphanumeric characters or codes.
to_address: Destination mail address
-to | -bcc
When the -set option is specified:
Specify the send type of source mail address.
If omitted send type, To is used.
When the -chg option is specified:
Specify the changed send type.
-repaddr reply_address
Specify the reply mail address. Specify the reply mail address in less than or
equal to 63 alphanumeric characters or codes.
reply_address: Reply mail address
-newtoaddr new_to_address
Specify the changed destination mail address. Specify the destination mail
address in less than or equal to 63 alphanumeric characters or codes.
new_to_address: Destination mail address

Example
The following example displays the E-Mail Alert information of an
array sms100.
% auemailalert -unit sms100 refer
E-mail Error Report : Disable
Parameter Setting
CTL0 : Unfinished
CTL1 : Unfinished
Setting Status
: Normal
Parameter Information
Domain Name
: N/A
Mail Server Address
: N/A
From Address
: N/A
Send To Address1
: To: N/A
Send To Address2
: To: N/A
Send To Address3
: To: N/A
Reply To Address
: N/A
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-153

Referencing/setting the LED information

Command name
aulocateled

Format
AMS2000, DF850
aulocateled -unit unit_name refer
aulocateled -unit unit_name -set [ -uno unit_no ... on | off ]
[ -ctu on | off ]

Description
This command references or sets the LED information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or sets the LED
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the LED information.
-set
Sets the LED information.
-uno unit_no ... on | off
Specify the unit number which instructs turning on or off of the LED.
unit_no: Unit number
Single or multiple unit numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single unit number.
Example: -uno 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple unit numbers.
Example: -uno 1 2 3 4 5 8
-uno 1-5 8
on : Turns on the LED.
off: Turns off the LED.

-ctu on | off
Specify turning on or off of the LED on controller unit.
on : Turns on the LED.
off: Turns off the LED.

3-154

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples
The following example displays the LED information of an array unit
ams2300a1.
% aulocateled unit ams2300a1 refer
Unit LED
0 OFF
1 OFF
2 OFF
:
%

The following example sets the LED information of an array unit

ams2300a1.
% aulocateled unit ams2300a1 set uno 0-1 on
Are you sure you want to set LED information?
(y/n [n]): y
LED information has been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-155

Referencing/Starting additional unit information

Command name
auadditionalunit

Format
AMS2000
auadditionalunit
auadditionalunit

-unit unit_name refer

-unit unit_name -add

Description
This command refers to the additional unit information or starts the
addition.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which refers to the additional unit
information or starts the addition.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the information of adding unit.
-add
Starts the addition of the unit.

Examples
The following example displays the additional unit information of an
array unit ams2300a1.
% auadditionalunit unit ams2300a1 refer
Status
: Normal(No Execute)
Adding Unit No. : --Base Unit No. : --%

The following example starts the additional unit information of an

array unit ams2300a1.
% auadditionalunit unit ams2300a1 add
Are you sure you want to start to add units? (y/n [n]): y
Now adding units. Please do not power off the units and do not pull the cable fr
om the units.
Adding units have been started.
%

Referencing/setting LAN port information

Command name
aulanport

3-156

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
aulanport -unit unit_name refer
When setting the port effective or ineffective.
aulanport -unit unit_name set
-ctl0 | -ctl1 -nonsecureport enable | disable
When setting the port number.
aulanport -unit unit_name set
-ctl0 | -ctl1 [ -nonsecureportnum port_num ]
[ -secureportnum port_num ]

Description
This command references and sets LAN port information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference and set LAN port
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References LAN port information.
-set
Sets LAN port information.
-ctl0 | -ctl1
Specify the controller.
-nonsecureport enable | disable
Specify whether to set the non-secure port to enable or disable.
enable : Enables the non-secure port.
disable: Disables the non-secure port.
-nonsecureportnum port_num
Specify the port number of non-secure port.
port_num: Port number
-secureportnum port_num
Specify the port number of secure port.
port_num: Port number

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-157

Examples
The following example displays the LAN port information of an array
unit ams2300a1.
% aulanport unit ams2300a1 refer
CTL Non-secure Port Non-secure Port Number Secure Port Number
0 Enable
2000
28355
1 Enable
2000
28355
%

The following example sets the non-secure LAN port information of

an array unit ams2300a1.
% aulanport unit ams2300a1 set ctl0 nonsecureportnum 2000
Are you sure you want to set the LAN port information?
(y/n [n]): y
The LAN port information has been set successfully.
Please add df-damp-snm port number/tcp to services file, or change the port nu
mber of df-damp-snm in the file.
%

3-158

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Setting the SSL option

Command name
ausslopt

Format
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
ausslopt -unit unit_name -import -certificate file_name

Description
This command sets the SSL option.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit that sets the SSL option.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-import
Imports the SSL certificate.
-certificate file_name
Specify the name of the file(path) to set the SSL certificate.
file_name: File(path) name

Example
The following example imports the SSL certificate (file name:
xxxxx.xxx) of an array unit ams2300a1.
% ausslopt unit ams2300a1 import certificate xxxxx.xxx
Are you sure you want to import the SSL certificate?
(y/n [n]): y
The SSL certificate has been imported successfully.
%

Referencing/setting the UPS information

Command name
auups

Format
HUS100
auups -unit unit_name refer
auups -unit unit_name set
-info Standard |
UPSInterlock1 | UPSInterlock2 | UPSInterlock3

Description
This command references or sets the UPS information.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-159

Example
The following example displays the UPS information of an HUS 110
storage system.
% auups unit hus110a1 refer
UPS Information
Current : Standard Mode
Setting : Standard Mode
%

The following example sets the UPS information of an HUS 110

storage system.
% auups unit hus110a1 set info UPSInterlock1
Are you sure you want to set the UPS information? (y/n [n]): y
The UPS information set successfully.
In order to enable the set, shutdown the array.
%

Referencing/setting the host response

Command name
auhostresp

Format
HUS100
auhostresp -unit unit_name refer
auhostresp -unit unit_name set
-SystemOption AutoSetSeparating enable | disable

Description
This command references or sets the host response.

NOTE: When the Auto Set Separating Mode setting changes, the
Autodiscover New HG Mode of a port with a VMware host group can
automically change. If you have changed the Autodiscover New HG Mode
setting, confirm the enable/disable state of the mode after the Auto Set
Separating Mode setting has changed.

Example
The following example displays the host response information of an
HUS 110 storage system.
% auhostresp unit hus110a1 refer
Host Response
System
Auto Set Separating Mode = OFF
%

The following example sets the host response information of an HUS

110 storage system.

3-160

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

% auhostresp unit hus110a1 set SystemOption

AutoSetSeparating enable
Are you sure you want to set the host responce? (y/n [n]): y
The host response has been set successfully.
%

Referencing/setting the SSD Endurance information

Command name
aussdendurance

Format
HUS100
aussdendurance -unit unit_name refer
aussdencurance -unit unit_name chg -alertlevelthreshold
num

Description
This command references or sets the SSD Endurance information.

Example
The following example displays the SSD Endurance information of an
array unit hus150a1.
% auups unit hus110a1 refer
UPS Information
Current : Standard Mode
Setting : Standard Mode
%

The following example sets the UPS information of an array unit

hus110a1.

% auups unit hus110a1 set info UPSInterlock1

Are you sure you want to set the UPS information?
(y/n [n]): y
The UPS information set successfully.
In order to enable the set, shutdown the array.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-161

Adding/Removing the I/F Module/Interface Board

Command name
aupartinterface

Format
HUS100
aupartinterface -unit unit name -add
When removing I/F module:
aupartinterface -unit unit_name -rm -ifmodule slot_no
When remmoving interface board.
aupartinterface -unit unit_name -rn -ifboard

Description
This command adds or removes the I/F module or interface board.

Example
Perform the host I/O module addition of Slot 0F/1F of array unit
hus150.
% aupartinterface-unit hus150 add
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The preparation for adding host I/O modules has started.
Make sure to add the same host I/O modules type to the slot
F of controller 0 and controller 1.
10 seconds later, press the return key.
If you press the return key before to add host I/O modules,
the adding host I/O modules is failed and unequipped.
When the slot F of controller 0 and controller 1 already
added to host I/O
odules, press the return key.
Starting the host I/O modules addition could lead to
performance deterioration or host time-outs.
The addition of I/O modules has been started.
%

Try again adding the host I/O module after the addition of the host
I/O module in the array unit hus150.
% aupartinterface-unit hus150 add
The preparation for adding host I/O modules has started.
Make sure to add the same host I/O modules type to the slot
F of controller 0 and controller 1.
10 seconds later, press the return key.
If you press the return key before to add host I/O modules,
the adding host I/O modules is failed and unequipped.
When the slot F of controller 0 and controller 1 already
added to host I/O modules, press the return key.
Starting the host I/O modules addition could lead to
performance deterioration or host time-outs.
The addition of I/O modules has been started.
%

Perform the interface board addition whose array unit hus130.

3-162

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

% aupartinterface-unit hus130 -add

Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The preparation for adding interface boards has been
issued.
Make sure to add the same I/F boards type to controller 0
and controller 1.
10 seconds later, press the return key.
If press the return before to add I/F boards, the adding I/
F boards is failed and unequipped.
When controller 0 and controller 1 already added to I/F
boards, press the return key.
Starting the I/F boards addition could lead to performance
deterioration or host time-outs.
The addition of I/F boards has been started.
%

Try again adding the interface board after the addition of the
interface board in the array unit hus130.
% aupartinterface-unit hus130 -add
The preparation for adding interface boards has been
issued.
Make sure to add the same I/F boards type to controller 0
and controller 1.
10 seconds later, press the return key.
If press the return before to add I/F boards, the adding I/
F boards is failed and unequipped.
When controller 0 and controller 1 already added to I/F
boards, press the return key.
Starting the I/F boards addition could lead to performance
deterioration or host time-outs.
The addition of I/F boards has been started.
%

Perform the starting of the host I/O module removal of Slot 0F/1F
whose array unit hus150.
% aupartinterface-unit hus150 -rm -ifmodule F
Are you sure you want to removed host I/O modules?
Removing these host I/O modules will cause host access to
all logical units via the host I/O modules stop. Please stop
host access before you removing it.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The remove host I/O modules has been issued.
By "auparts" command, verify the status to make sure that
you are able to remove the host I/O modules. Verify that
the STATUS LED is red, then remove the host I/O modules from
controller 0 and controller 1.
%

Perform the starting of the interface board removal whose array unit
hus130.
% aupartinterface-unit hus130 -rm -ifboard
Are you sure you want to removed interface boards?
Removing these interface boards will cause host access to
all logical units via the interface boards to stop. Please
stop host access before you removing it.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The remove interface boards has been issued.
By "auparts" command, verify the status to make sure that
you are able to remove the interface boards. Verify that
the STATUS LED is red, then remove the interface boards from
controller 0 and controller 1.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-163

Perform the preparation of the host I/O module addition of Slot 0F/
1F whose array unit is hus150.
% aupartinterface-unit hus150 - prepareadd
Are you sure you want to start the preparation of adding
host I/O modules? (y/n [n]): y
The preparation for adding host I/O modules has started.
By "auparts" command, verify the status of added host I/O
modules. Make sure to add the same host I/O module type to
the slot E of controller 0 and controller 1. Verify the
status of the host I/O modules and if the status is
"Executing(Awaiting addition command)" then start adding
host I/O modules.
%

3-164

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

File output of configuration and configuration setting by file

This section describes how to save the array configuration
information to a text file, or to set the array configuration using a text
file. The configuration information that is saved to the text file is the
status of the system parameters and the constituent parts of the
RAID/LU and the array. The configuration to be set is the system
parameters and RAID/LU. The status of the constituent parts of the
array cannot be set.
The configuration information is handled with separate text files for
the system parameters and for RAID/LU.
The copying of configuration between arrays can be carried out, by
saving a text file of the configuration from an array, and then by
using the saved text file to set another array.
Editing a text file to set an array can be done, but it is recommended
that this function be used only for the configuration of the same
array. To change the configuration, it is recommended that you use
the configuration procedures.
The topics covered in this section are:

File output of system parameters on page 3-166

Controller parameters on page 3-171

File output configuration of RAID/volume and status on page 3172

Changing the Advanced Security Mode on page 3-181

Setting the system parameters with a file on page 3-182

Setting the RAID/volume definition with a file on page 3-184

Import/export the system constituent information on page 3186

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-165

File output of system parameters

Command name
ausyspout

Format
9500V
ausyspout

-unit unit_name -file file_name

Options

-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit whose system parameters are
to be output into
the file.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character
string is
removed.
-file file_name
Specify the name the file (path) to output the system parameters.

Description
This command outputs the contents of the setting for the system
parameters set in the array in a specified file, in a text format.

Example
The following example outputs the setting information of the system
parameters of an array 9500a1 to file: sysprm.txt to the directory
where Storage Navigator Modular 2 is installed.
% ausyspout -unit 9500a1 -file sysprm.txt
%

The format of the output file consists of the following fields:

File header
Registration name with Navigator 2 of the array
Output time (time of the computer where Navigator 2 is installed)
Firmware revision
Array type
Common controller parameters
Controller parameters

Figure 3-1 on page 3-167 describes the fields of this output.

3-166

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Figure 3-1: Format of System Parameter Output File

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-167

Common controller parameters

The common system parameters of the array are output. An output
example of the system parameters of 9500 is shown in Figure 3-2.

Figure 3-2: Output Example of System Common Parameters

Table 3-4 describes the common controller parameters.

Table 3-4: Common Parameters

No.

Parameter

Option

System Startup Attributes

System Startup

Single Mode

Single

Dual Active Mode

DualIDTake

Hot Standby Mode

DualIDTake

SCSI ID/Port ID Take-over Mode

3-168

Used

HotIDTake

Not Used

HotNotIDTake

Default Controller

TalkingID

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-4: Common Parameters (Continued)

No.

Parameter

Option

Data Share Mode

-DataShare

Delay Planned Shutdown

-DelayPlannedShutdown

Option 1
Drive Detach Mode Enable

-DriveDetach

Option 2
PROCOM Mode Enable

-PROCOM

Report Status (normal/warning)

-ReportStatus

Turbo LU Warning

-LuCacheWarning

NX Mode Enable

-NX

Auto Reconstruction Mode Enable

-AutoReconst

ForcedWriteThrough

-ForcedWriteThrough

Changing Logical Unit Mode 1

-LUChanging1

Multiple Stream Mode

-MultiStream

Multiple Stream Write Mode

-MultiStreamWrite

Multiple Stream Read Mode

-MultiStreamRead

High-Speed Sequential Write Mode

-HiSpeedSeqWrite

ShawdowImage I/O Switch Mode

ShawdowImageIOSwitch

Synchronize Cache All Execution

SyncCacheAllExec

Synchronize Cache Invalid

SyncCacheInvalid

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-169

Table 3-4: Common Parameters (Continued)

No.

Parameter

Option

Operation if the Processor Failures Occur

-ProcessorFailures

INQUIRY Information

-InquiryCommandQueue

Vendor ID

-inquiryVendor

Product ID

-inquiryProduct

ROM Microprogram Version

-inquiryRomMicro

RAM Microprogram Version

-inquiryRammicro

Web Title

-WebTitle

Depending on the array that is connected, there are items that may
not require setting; these items will not be saved in the file. If the
value of an item in the parameters is given as ---, it is an item that
is not supported in the configuration of the array.

3-170

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Controller parameters
The parameters of the controller in the system parameters of the
array are listed.

Figure 3-3: Output Example of System Controller's Parameters

The parameters of controller are the items shown in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5: Controller Parameters

Parameter

Option

RS232C Error Information Outflow Mode

-Rs232cOutflow

Write & Verify Execution Mmode

-WriteVerifyExecution

LAN Const

-dhcp5
-IPAddress
-SubnetMarsk
-DefaultGateway

Depending on the array that is connected, there are items that may
not need to be set; these items will not be saved in the file. If the
value of an item in the parameters is given as ---, it is an item that
is not supported in the configuration of the array.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-171

File output configuration of RAID/volume and status

Command name
auconfigout

Format
9500V
auconfigout -unit unit_name -file file_name

Description
This command outputs the RAID/LU configuration and constituent
parts status already set in an array in specified file in a text format.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit that outputs the RAID/LU configuration and
constituent parts status file.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-file file_name
Specify the name of a file (path) into which to output the configuration
information.

Example
The following example outputs RAID/LU configuration information of
array 9500a1, by the config.txt file, into a directory in which
Storage Navigator Modular 2 has been installed.
% auconfigout -unit 9500a1 -file config.txt
%

3-172

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The format of the output file consists of the following items. The
layout of the output file is shown in Figure 3-4. Figure 3-5 on page 3174 is the layout of the output file for 9500.
File header
Registration name at Navigator 2 of the array
Output time (time of the computer where Navigator 2 is installed)
Firmware revision
Array type
RAID/LU configuration
Status of constituent parts

Figure 3-4: RAID/LU Configuration information output file

format

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-173

Figure 3-5: RAID/volume configuration information output file

format

3-174

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The function outputs the RAID configuration of the array. RAIDs that
have not been created appear as - in the Level column.

Figure 3-6: RAID array configuration

Table 3-6: RAID array configuration information

RAID Array Configuration
Information

Description

RAID Group

RAID group number.

RAID Level

RAID level. If no RAID is set, - appears. No

other information is displayed.

Start Location
Unit No.

Starting unit number of the RAID group.

HDU No.

Starting HDU number of the RAID group.

Number of HDU in parity group

Number of HDUs in the parity group of the

RAID group.

Number of parity group

Number of parity groups in the RAID group.

Free Capacity

Capacity [Block] that can be defined by the

logical unit of the RAID group.

Type

Ddrive interface type is displayed.

Formatting LU configuration information

The LU configuration of the array is listed. Information is displayed
up to the created LU numbers.

Figure 3-7: Volume configuration of the array

Table 3-7: Volume configuration information

LU Configuration Information

Description

LU number.

Capacity

LU capacity (in units of block).

Status

Status of the logical unit.

Normal

Normal status in which the logical unit is

defined and formatted.

Unformat

Status in which the logical unit is defined,

but not formatted.

Detached

Status in which the logical unit is blocked.

Regression

Status in which the logical unit is regressed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-175

Table 3-7: Volume configuration information (Continued)

LU Configuration Information

Description

Invalidated(Normal)

Status in which the logical unit is invalidated

(formatted).

Invalidated(Unformat)

Status in which the logical unit is invalidated

(not formatted)

Invalidated(Regression)

Status in which the logical unit is invalidated

(regression).

Staging Size

Pre-read data amount (in units of block).

C-CTL

number of the controller currently in use.

D-CTL

Default number of the controller controlling

the logical unit.

number of the RAID group that creates the

logical unit.

RAId

RAID level of the RAID group that creates

the logical unit.

Capacity

LU capacity (in units of MB or GB).

Type

drive interface type is displayed.

Format for drive information

The information and status of the drive of the array are listed.
Nothing is shown after Location for the location of a HDU not
installed.

Figure 3-8: Information and status of the drive

Table 3-8: Drive status information
Drive Status Information

3-176

Description

Location

Installation location of the drive.

Vendor ID

Vendor ID of the drive.

Product ID

Product ID of the drive.

Revision

Firmwave revision of the drive

Capacity

Capacity of the drive.

Status

Status of the drive.

Normal

Normal (RAID, LU defined).

Detached

Detached.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-8: Drive status information (Continued)

Drive Status Information
Standby

Description
Normal (LU undefined).

Undefine

Normal (RAID undefined).

Recon

Reconfiguring (copying from collection or

backup).

Serial Number

Serial number of the drive.

Type

Interface type of the drive.

Format for cache information

The configuration information and status of the cache of the array are
listed.

Figure 3-9: Information and status of the array cache

Table 3-9: Cache information
Cache Information

Description

Slot

Installation location of the cache.

Capacity

Capacity (in MB) of the cache of controller.

Status

Status of the cache of controller.

Normal

Normal.

Detached

Detached.

Nothing (---: Slot not supported)

Not installed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-177

Format for fan information

The status of the fan of the array is output.

Table 3-10: Fan Information

Fan Information

Description

Location

Installation location of the fan.

Status

Status of the fan.

Normal

Normal operation.

Alarm

Abnormal condition.

Format for battery information

The status of the battery of the array is output.

Table 3-11: Battery information

Battery Information

3-178

Description

Location

Installation location of the battery.

Status

Status of the battery.

Normal

Normal operation.

Alarm

Abnormal condition.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format for AC power information

The status of the AC power supply of the array is output.

Table 3-12: AC power information

AC Power Information

Description

Location

Installation location of the AC power supply.

Status

Status of the AC power supply.

Normal

Normal operation.

Alarm

Abnormal condition.

Format for battery backup status information

The status of the battery backup circuit of the array is output.

Table 3-13: Battery backup information

Battery Backup Status Information

Description

Location

Installation location of the battery backup

circuit

Status

Status of the battery backup circuit.

Normal

Normal operation.

Alarm

Abnormal condition.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-179

Format for loop information

The status of the loop of the array is output.

Table 3-14: Loop information

Loop Information

Description

Path

Path number.

Loop

Loop number.

Status

Status of the loop.

Normal

Normal operation.

Alarm

Abnormal condition.

Format for enclosure information

The status of the enclosure of the array is output.

Table 3-15: Enclosure information

Enclosure Information

3-180

Description

Location

Installation location of the enclosure.

Status

Status of the enclosure.

Normal

Normal operation.

Alarm

Abnormal condition.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Changing the Advanced Security Mode

Command name
auaccountopt

Format
auaccountopt -unit disk array-name -set -advancedsecuritymode enable

Description
The command sets the account authentication options. One of the
options is the administrative state of the advanced security mode.
This mode can be in either an enabled or disabled state.

Options
Example
% auaccountopt -unit disk array-name -set -advancedsecuritymode enable
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please log in.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to set the account option? (y/n [n]): y
The account option has been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-181

Setting the system parameters with a file

Command name
ausyspset

Format
9500V
ausyspset

-unit unit_name -file file_name

Description
This command sets the contents of the system parameters described
in a file to the array.
If you set the file that was output under the condition in which any
fee-based optional feature is in an unlocked (installed) status, the
setting may terminate abnormally. Use a file that was output under
the condition in which all fee-based optional features are in a locked
(de-installed) status.
The files have a standard format. The format of the files is the same
as those that are output from an array.
In the case of connection with a dual system, setting will not be
carried out if one of the controllers is detached. Please confirm that
the array is not in a warning status before using it.
When executing the command, an array is disabled to execute
commands from both the host and the Storage Navigator Modular 2.
In addition, to make the set system parameters effective, restart an
array. The previous settings remain effective until the unit restarts.
After the setting is finished, restart an array, make sure that the unit
has started, and then connect the unit to the host and the Storage
Navigator Modular 2. When an array is restarted, the unit is not
ready to accept access from the host until restarting is complete.
After making sure that the host has stopped accessing, restart the
unit.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit to be set with the configuration information
for the system parameters.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-file file_name
Specify the name of the file (path) to input the configuration information.

For the file format and the contents of the settings in the files, see
the following individually. When specifying individual items of a file,
enter a blank space after =.

3-182

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

For the file format, see subsection File output of system parameters
System Parameters.
For setting items, see subsection Referencing/setting system
parameters and subsection File output of system parameters System
Parameters.

Example
The following example sets array 9500a1 according to the
configuration system parameters described in sysprm.txt.
% ausyspset -unit 9500a1 -file sysprm.txt
Password:
When executing the command, the subsystem stops accepting access from the host.
Do you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting b
egins.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 4 - 15min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

NOTE: It may take time for an array to respond, depending on the condition of
the array. If the array does not respond after 15 minutes or more, check the
condition of the array.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-183

Setting the RAID/volume definition with a file

Command name
auconfigset

Format
9500V
auconfigset

-unit unit_name -file file_name

Description
This command sets the RAID/LU setting information described in the
file to the array.
When setting the RAID/LU, all the current RAID/LU will be deleted so
that all the user data before the setting will be lost. If the user data
is required, please perform the setting after taking a backup.
The files have a standard format. The format of the files is the same
as those that are output from an array.
For the file format, see the following:

Subsection File Output of the Configuration of RAID/LU

Status of Constituent Parts

The items to be set in the files are the RAID configuration

information, LU configuration information, and the drive
information of the output files. The output files include items about
the status of configuration components, but the items are ignored at
the time of setting. The contents of the set items are described
below.

RAID configuration information: Sets up the RAID

configuration. Specifies the RAID level, RAID number, and the
RAID size. For RAIDs that are not to be setup, enters - for
Level, and does not set other items.

LU configuration information: Sets up an LU configuration.

Specifies the LU number, LU capacity, and the amount of data
pre-read, the number of the current controller controlling an LU,
the number of the default controller controlling an LU, the RAID
number, the RAID level, and the status of an LU.
When formatting, specifies Normal for the LU status. If other
status is specified, formatting is not executed.
If all capacity contained in an RAID is allocated to one LU in
the group, specifies All for Capacity.
Although 0 or 1 is specified for the number of the current
controller controlling an LU, the current controller number is
set to the same as the number of the default controller
controlling an LU.

3-184

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Drive information: Sets up the configuration of HDUs mounted

in the array for which to set the drive information. Specifies the
drive capacity. Do not set other items, but lists the items.

Specifies Nothing for not-mounted HDUs. If a capacity larger

than a total capacity of mounted HDUs is specified, it is handled
as an error, and an HDU configuration is not setup.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit to be set with the RAID/LU configuration.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-file file_name
Specify the name of the file (path) to input the configuration information.

Example
The following example sets array 9500a1 according to the RAID/LU
configuration described in config.txt.
% auconfigset -unit 9500a1 -file config.txt
Password:
The new RAID/LU configuration will be set in the subsystem.
When this process starts, all of the current RAID/LU configuration will be delet
ed.
If you delete the logical unit(s), you will not be able to recover your data. Pl
ease make sure to perform backup of all important data before this operation.
When you delete your logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applica
tions that use this subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to sto
p host access to the subsystem before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to set new RAID/LU configuration? (y/n [n]): y
The new RAID/LU configuration will be set in the subsystem.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The RAID configuration setting has started.
The RAID configuration setting is complete.
The LU configuration setting has started.
The LU configuration setting is complete.
LUx format start
LUy format start
LUx format end:Completed Successfully.
LUz format start
LUy format end:Completed Successfully
:
:
The RAID/LU configuration have been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-185

Import/export the system constituent information

Command name
auconstitute

Format
AMS, WMS
auconstitute

auconstitute

SMS
auconstitute

auconstitute

AMS2000, DF850
auconstitute

auconstitute

3-186

-unit unit_name export

] [ -wwn ] |

] [ -wwn ]
[ -targetmap ]
-isns ] |

-unit unit_name export

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-config

] [ -wwn ]
[ -targetmap ]
-isns ] |

Description
This command outputs the system constituent information of the
array to a specified file, in a text format. This command sets the
system constituent information described in a file to the array.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit that exports or imports the system
constituent information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-export
Exports the system constituent information.
-import
Imports the system constituent information.
-config file_name
Specify the name of a file(path) to output/set the RAID Groups/DP Pools/Logical Units
information.
When specification of input classification (-reglu, -dplu, -rgdplu) is omitted, to output/set
the
configuration information.
-rglu
Specify when outputting/setting up the RAID Groups/Logical Units information.
-dplu
Specify when outputting/setting up the DP Pools/Logical Units information.
-rgdplu
Specify when outputting/setting up the RAID Groups/DP Pools/Logical Units information.
-sysp file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to output/set the system parameters.
-hg file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to output/set the port information.
When specification of input classification (-portop, -opt, -map, -wwn) is omitted,
all the information is set up.
-portop
Specify when setting up the port option of the host group.
-opt
Specify when setting up the host group option.
-map
Specify when setting up the mapping information of the host group.
-wwn
Specify when setting up the host information.
-bootopt file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to output/set the boot option.
-parts file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to output the parts information.
-sysluuserlu file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to output/set the system LU/user LU.
When specifications of input classification (-portop, -opt, -map, -wwn, -iscsiportop,
-targetopt, -targetmap, -initiator, -iscsi, -isns) is omitted, all the information is set up.
-port file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to output/set the port information.
-iscsiportop

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-187

Specify when setting up the port option of the iSCSI port.

-targetopt
Specify when setting up the target option.
-targetmap
Specify when setting up the mapping information of the target.
-initiator
Specify when setting up the initiator information.
-iscsi
Specify when setting up the iSCSI port information.
-isns

Specify when setting up the iSNS information.

-chapuser file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to set CHAP user information.
-lan file_name
Specify the name the file(path) to output/set the LAN information.

The format of the CHAP User information settings file is shown in

Table 3-16 on page 3-188.

Table 3-16: Format of CHAP user information settings file

File Contents

Description

User name, secret, Target No. or

alias

The lines are invalid until <CHAP User> appears.

<CHAP User>,,

The valid lines are from <CHAP User> to <END>

<Port 0A>,,

The line specifies the port. (<Port ALL> specifies

all ports)

hitachi-0,abcdefghij00,alias0

The first column is CHAP User, and the second

column is Secret.

hitachi-1,abcdefghij01,alias1

The third row and the following are aliases of

Target to assign.

#hitachi-1,abcdefghij01,alias1

The line with the first character of # is a

comment line. (Invalid line)

hitachi-2,abcdefghij02,3

The Target number can be specified as the alias

of Target.

<Port 0B>,,
<Add CHAP User>,,

If <Add CHAP User> is specified, CHAP User is

added.

hitachi-0,abcdefghij00,alias0

If nothing is specified, all CHAP Users are

deleted, and then added.

hitachiOne or more Targets can be specified.

1,abcdefghij01,alias0,alias01,alias0
2
<Port 1A>,,
<Port 1B>,,
<END>,,

3-188

The line of <END> and the following are all

invalid lines.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples
The following example outputs RAID/LU constituent information of
array ams500a1, by config.txt file, into the directory in which
Storage Navigator Modular 2 has been installed.
% auconstitute -unit ams500a1 -export -config config.txt
Password:
Are you sure you want to output the RAID/LU configuration to the file?
(y/n [n]): y
The RAID/LU configuration have been outputted to the file.
%The following example sets array ams500a1 according to the RAID/LU constituent
described in the config.txt file.
% auconstitute -unit ams500a1 -import -config config.txt
Password:
The new RAID/LU configuration will be set in the subsystem.
When this process starts, all of the current RAID/LU configuration will be delet
ed.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
If you delete the logical unit(s), you will not be able to recover your data. Pl
ease make sure to perform backup of all important data before this operation.
When you delete your logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applica
tions that use this subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to sto
p host access to the subsystem before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to set new RAID/LU configuration? (y/n [n]): y
The new RAID/LU configuration will be set in the subsystem.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The RAID configuration setting has started.
The RAID configuration setting is complete.
The LU configuration setting has started.
The LU configuration setting is complete.
The LU format setting is complete.
The RAID/LU configuration have been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-189

Outputting the RAID Group/DP Pool/volume information onto a file

Command name
auconfigreport

Format
SMS
auconfigreport -unit unit_name filetype csv
-resource rg
[ -item [ raidlevel ] ] [ paritygroups ] [ type ]
[ totalcapacity ] [ freecapacity ] [ priority
[ status ] [ recoveryinfo ] ]
[ -fmtcapa tb | gb | mb | block ]
-file file_name
AMS2000, DF850
auconfigreport -unit unit_name filetype csv
-resource rg
[ -item [ raidlevel ] ] [ paritygroups ] [ type ]
[ totalcapacity ] [ freecapacity ] [ priority
[ status ] [ recoveryinfo ] ]
[ -fmtcapa tb | gb | mb | block ]
-file file_name
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auconfigreport -unit unit_name -filetype csv
-resource lu
[ -item [ capacity ] [ stripesize ] [ rgnum ] [ dpnum
[ raidlevel ] [ type ] [ pathinfo ][status ]
[ -fmtcapa tb | gb | mb | block ]
[ - nosublu ] [ -totalsize ]
HUS 100
auconfigreport -unit unit_name -filetype csv
-resource dp
[ -item [raidlevel1 ] [ totalcapacity ]
[ consumedcapacity ]
[ type ] [ status ] [ recoveryinfo ]
[ stripesize ] [ needingpreparationcapacity ] ]
[ -fmtcapa tb | gb | mb | block ]
-file file_name

]
]

Description
This command outputs the RAID group, DP pool or LU information to
a specified file.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit which you want to output RAID group or LU information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols - (minus), _(underline) , (period), @, or (space). Space in front
and in
the rear of the character string is removed.
-filetype csv
Specify the file format to output.
csv CSV format
-resource rg | lu
Specify resource to output.
rg: RAID group information
lu: LU information
-item
[ raidlevel ] [ paritygroups ] [ type ] [ totalcapacity ]
[ freecapacity ] [ priority ] [ capacity ] [stipesize ]
[ rgnum ] [ dpnum ] [pathinfo] [status ] [ recoveryinfo ]
Specify the item to output.
When the specification omitted, it outputs all items.
When the -resource rg is specified:
raidlevel
: RAID level
paritygroups
: number of parity groups

3-190

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

type
: drive type
totalcapacity
: total capacity
freecapacity
: free capacity
priority
: priority of DP optimization
status
: status
recoveryinfo
: reconstruction progress
When the -resource lu is specified:
capacity
: capacity
stripesize
: stripesize
rgnum
: RAID group number
dpnum
: DP pool number
raidlevel
: RAID level
type
: drives type
pathinfo
: number of paths
status
: status
-fmt capa tb | gb | mb | block
Expresses the capacity unit.
When the specification is omitted, if the capacity is 1 TB or more, it is displayed in TB.
If 1 GB or more and less than 1 TB, it is displayed in GB.
If less than 1 GB, it is displayed in MB.
tb
gb
mb
block

:
:
:
:

TB
GB
MB
block

-nosblu
Specify when not outputting the Sub LU.
-totalsize
Specify when outputting the total capacity of unified Main LU.
-file file_name
Specify the name of the file (path) to output.

Examples
The following example outputs RAID configuration information of
array ams2300a1, by configrg.csv file, into the directory in which
Storage Navigator Modular 2 has been installed.
% auconfigreport -unit ams2300a1 -filetype csv -resorce rg -file configrg.csv
The RAID group information will be output to the file.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The RAID group information has been outputted to the file.
%

File contents of configrg.csv:

RAID Group,RAID Level,Parity Groups,Type,Total,Capcity, Free Capacity,Priority,Status,Reconstruction
Progress
0, 6( 8D+2P), 1, SAS,1 128.0 GB (100.0%),
RAID Group Expansion, Normal,
N/A
1, 6 (8D+2P), 1, SAS
128.0 GB (100.0%)
RAID Group Expansion, Normal,
N/A

The following example outputs LU information of array ams2300a1,

by configlu.csv file into the directory in which Storage Navigator
Modular 2 has been installed.
% auconfigreport -unit ams2300a1 -filetype csv -resorce lu -file configrg.csv
LU information will be output to the file.
Are you sure you want to continue (y/n[n]): y
LU information has been outputted to the file.
%

File contents of configlu.csv:

LU, Capacity, Stripe,, Size,
Status

RAID Group,

DP Pool

RAID Level,Type,

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Number of Paths,

3-191

0,
50,
1,
50,
1000, 10,
1001, 10,
1022, 200,
2000, 1,
2001, 1,

0 GB, 256KB,
0 GB, 256KB,
0 GB, 256KB,
0 GB, 256KB,
0 GB, 256KB,
0 TB, 256KB,
0 TB, 256KB,

0
0
0
1
1
N/A
N/A

N/A,
N/A,
N/A,
N/A,
N/A
49
49

6( 8D+2P ),SAS,
6( 8D+2P ),SAS,
6( 8D+2P ),SAS,
6( 8D+2P ),SAS,
6( 8D+2P ),SAS,
6( 8D+2P ),SAS,
6( 8D+2P ),SAS,

0Normal
0Normal
0Normal
0Normal
0Normal
0Normal
0Normal

The following example outputs DP pool information of an array

hus110a1, by configDP.csv file, into the directory in which
Navigator 2 has been installed.
% auconfigreport -unit hus110a1 -filetype csv -resorce dp - file configDP.csv -fmtcapa gb
The DP pool information will be output to the file.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The DP pool information has been output to the file.
%

File contents of configDP.csv

% DP Pool,RAID Level,Total Capacity,Consumed Capacity,Type,Status,Reconstruction
Progress,Stripe Size,Needing Preparation Capacity
0,6( 8D + 2P ),3667,0 GB, 916.0 GB,SSD,Normal,N/A,256KB,4.7 GB
%

3-192

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Host groups information

This section covers the following commands related to host groups:

Referencing/setting host information on page 3-194

Referencing/setting host group options on page 3-199

Referencing/setting mapping information on page 3-214

Referencing/registration/changing/deleting a host group on page

3-216

File output of host group information on page 3-218

Setting the host group information with a file on page 3-220

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-193

Referencing/setting host information

Command name
auhgwwn

Format
9500V
When the LUN Management of the fee-basis option is effective.
auhgwwn -unit unit_name refer
[ -login ctl_no port_no ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no -gno group_no | -gname group_name ]
auhgwwn -unit unit_name set
[ -hgs ctl_no port_no on | off ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name [ -wname wwn_name ] ]
When specifying the node name and port name
auhgwwn -unit unit_name assign
-permhg ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
auhgwwn -unit unit_name rm
[ -perm ctl_no port_no node_name port_name ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name ]
auhgwwn -unit unit_name chg
-rename ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-newwname new_wwn_name
When specifying the wwn name.
auhgwwn -unit unit_name assign
-permhg ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
auhgwwn -unit unit_name rm
[ -perm ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name ]
auhgwwn -unit unit_name chg
-rename ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-newwname new_wwn_name
When the LUN Security of the fee-basis option is effective.
auhgwwn -unit unit_name refer
auhgwwn -unit unit_name set
[ -lus
ctl_no port_no on | off ]
[ -luschk ctl_no port_no inqc | allc ]
[ -perm
ctl_no port_no node_name port_name ]
[ -permlu ctl_no port_no node_name port_name lun... ]
[ -permluall ctl_no port_no node_name port_name ]
auhgwwn -unit unit_name rm
[ -perm
ctl_no port_no node_name port_name ]
[ -permlu ctl_no port_no node_name port_name lun... ]
[ -permluall ctl_no port_no node_name port_name ]
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auhgwwn -unit unit_name refer
[ -login ctl_no port_no ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no -gno group_no | -gname group_name ]
auhgwwn -unit unit_name set
[ -hgs ctl_no port_no on | off ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no port_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name [ -wname wwn_name ] ]
When specifying the port name
auhgwwn -unit unit_name assign

3-194

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-permhg ctl_no port_no port_name

-gno group_no | -gname group_name
auhgwwn -unit unit_name rm
[ -perm ctl_no port_no port_name ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no port_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name ]
auhgwwn -unit unit_name chg
-rename ctl_no port_no port_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-newwname new_wwn_name
When specifying the wwn name.
auhgwwn -unit unit_name assign
-permhg ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
auhgwwn -unit unit_name rm
[ -perm ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name ]
[ -permhg ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name ]
auhgwwn -unit unit_name chg
-rename ctl_no port_no -wname wwn_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-newwname new_wwn_name

Description
This command references or sets the host information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference, set, delete, assign,
or change the host information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the host information.
-set
Sets the host information.
-rm
Deletes the host information.
-chg
Changes the host information.
-assign
Assigns the host information to the specified host group.
-login ctl_no port_no
Displays the host information that is logged in on the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-permhg ctl_no port_no
When the -refer option is specified:
Displays the host information that has been and can be assigned
to the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
When the -set option is specified:
Specify the host information to be assigned to the specified host group.
Specification of the -wname option is indispensable.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
When the -assign option is specified:
Specify the host information which can be assigned to the host
group from that logged in on the specified port.
Specification of the -wname option is indispensable.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify the host information to be deleted from that which has
been assigned to the specified host group.
Specification of the -wname option is indispensable.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-195

ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)

port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-hgs ctl_no port_no on | off
Specify whether to validate or invalidate the host group security of the
specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
on : Enables the host group security.
off : Disables the host group security.
-perm ctl_no port_no
Specify the host information to be deleted from that logged in on the specified
port.
Specification of the -wname option is indispensable.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-rename ctl_no port_no
Specify the host information whose WWN name is to be changed from that which
has been assigned to the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
Specification of the -wname and -newwname option is indispensable.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-wname wwn_name
Specify a WWN name of the host. Space in front and in the rear of the character
string is removed. Cannot specify spaces only.
wwn_name: WWN name (See Note 1)
-gno group_no
Specify a host group number.
group_no: Host group number
-gname group_name
Specify a host group name.
group_name: Host group name (See Note 1)
-newwname new_wwn_name
Specify the changed WWN name.
new_wwn_name: WWN name (See Note 1)
Note 1: Less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols) can be used (until AMS or WMS, 16 characters).
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))
9500V only:
-permhg ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
When the -set option is specified:
Specify the host information to be assigned to the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
When the -assign option is specified:
Specify the host information which can be assigned to the host group from that
logged in on the specified port.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify the host information to be deleted from that which hasbeen assigned to
the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D)
node_name: Node name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
-perm ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
Specify the host information to be deleted from that logged in on the specified
port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)

3-196

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D)

node_name: Node name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
-rename ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
Specify the host information whose WWN name is to be changed from that which
has been assigned to the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
Specification of the -newwname option is indispensable.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D)
node_name: Node name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
-lus ctl_no port_no on | off
Specify whether the LUN security of the specified port is enabled or disabled.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D)
on : Enables the LUN Security.
off : Disables the LUN Security.
-luschk ctl_no port_no inqc | allc
Specify the LUN security check level of the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D)
inqc : Check with an INQUIRY SCSI command.
allc : Check with all the SCSI commands.
-perm ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
When the -set option is specified:
Specify host information (node name and port name) that can be accessed by the
specified port.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify the host information to be deleted from the host information (node name
and port name) that can be accessed by the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D)
node_name: Node name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
-permlu ctl_no port_no node_name port_name lun...
When the -set option is specified:
When using the LUN security function at a specified port, specifies LUs, to
which the host is permitted to access, into host information registered with
the -perm option (multiple LUs can be specified).
Host information and LUN security are not allowed to be registered at the same
time.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify the LUNs whose access permission is to be deleted from the LUN security
set by the specified port. (Multiple LUs can be specified.)
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D)
node_name: Node name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
lun... : LU number
-permluall ctl_no port_no node_name port_name
When the -set option is specified:
When using the LUN security function at a specified port, specifies host
information that is already registered with the -perm option, which specifies
permission to access to all LUs.
Host information and LUN security are not allowed to be registered at the same
time.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify the host information whose access permission is to be deleted from the
LUN security set by the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D)
node_name: Node name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
For AMS, WMS, SMS, and AMS2000:

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-197

-permhg ctl_no port_no port_name

When the -set option is specified:
Specify the host information to be assigned to the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
When the -assign option is specified:
Specify the host information which can be assigned to the host group from that
logged in on the specified port.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify the host information to be deleted from that which has been assigned to
the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
-perm ctl_no port_no port_name
Specify the host information to be deleted from that logged in on the specified
port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)
-rename ctl_no port_no port_name
Specify the host information whose WWN name is to be changed from that which
has been assigned to the specified host group.
Specification of the -gno or -gname option is indispensable.
Specification of the -newwname option is indispensable.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
port_name: Port name of the host (16 hexadecimal characters)

Example
The following example displays the host information of an array
ams500 when the LUN Manager is effective.
% auhgwwn -unit ams500 -refer
Port 0A Host Group Security ON
Detected WWN
Name
Port Name
ams500srv
210100E08B3E031F
AMS500SRV
210000E08B8F4CC7
210000E08B1E031F
Assigned WWN
Name
Port Name
Host Group
ams500srv
210100E08B3E031F 000:AMS500srv
AMS500SRV
210000E08B8F4CC7 001:ams500srv-CTL0
Assignable WWN
Name
Port Name
210000E08B1E031F
Port 1A Host Group Security ON
:
%

3-198

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting host group options

Command name
auhgopt

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auhgopt -unit unit_name refer
9500V
When specifying per host group option.
auhgopt -unit unit_name set
[ -HostConnection
ctl_no port_no group_no
standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack ]
[ -SPC2
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -SameNodeName
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -TruCluster
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -pathswAPG
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -pathswAP
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -pathswAA
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -PIDNoRep
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -PIDConv
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -NoRSVConf
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -ftSRV2
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -SRCReadReject
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -UASuppress
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -HISUP
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -CCHS
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -HPUX2
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -ProdidDF400
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -NACA
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -SUNCluster
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -PRSV
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -TargetReset
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -Reserve
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -LUReset
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -TPRLO
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
When specifying per host group.
auhgopt -unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -HostConnection
standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack ]
[ -SPC2
enable | disable ]
[ -SameNodeName
enable | disable ]
[ -TruCluster
enable | disable ]
[ -pathswAPG
enable | disable ]
[ -pathswAP
enable | disable ]
[ -pathswAA
enable | disable ]
[ -PIDNoRep
enable | disable ]
[ -PIDConv
enable | disable ]
[ -NoRSVConf
enable | disable ]
[ -ftSRV2
enable | disable ]
[ -SRCReadReject
enable | disable ]
[ -UASuppress
enable | disable ]
[ -HISUP
enable | disable ]
[ -CCHS
enable | disable ]
[ -HPUX2
enable | disable ]
[ -ProdidDF400
enable | disable ]
[ -NACA
enable | disable ]
[ -SUNCluster
enable | disable ]
[ -PRSV
enable | disable ]
[ -TargetReset
enable | disable ]
[ -Reserve
enable | disable ]
[ -LUReset
enable | disable ]
[ -TPRLO
enable | disable ]
AMS, WMS
When specifying per host group option.
auhgopt -unit unit_name set
[ -HostConnection
ctl_no port_no group_no
standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack ]
[ -HP
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -PSUEReadReject
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]
[ -UASuppress
ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-199

[ -NACA
[ -HISUPOff
[ -ResetPropagation
[ -UniqueReserve1
[ -ASLReportAPG
[ -ASLReportAP
[ -ASLReportAA
[ -PIDNoRep
[ -PIDConv
[ -TruCluster
[ -SerialResponse
[ -SameNodeName
[ -CCHS
[ -SPC2
[ -SvolDisableAdvance

ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable ]

When specifying per host group.

3-200

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

[ -UAChange

enable | disable ]

When specifying simple setting option,

Description
This command references or sets the host group options.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the host group options are to be
referenced or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-201

or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the host group options.
When specifying per option (For 9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, and AMS2000)
-set

Sets the host group options.

-HostConnection ctl_no port_no group_no standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack

Specify the mode to be emulated.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
group_no: Host Group number
standard: Open system emulation mode
OpenVMS : Open VMS mode
TRESPASS: TRESPASS mode
WolfPack: WolfPack mode
-SameNodeName ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Same Node Name mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Same Node Name mode.
disable : Disables the Same Node Name mode.
-TruCluster ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Tru Cluster Connection mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
disable : Disables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
-PIDConv ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID Conversion mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
-CCHS ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the CCHS convert mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the CCHS convert mode.
disable : Disables the CCHS convert mode.
-NACA ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NACA mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the NACA mode.
disable : Disables the NACA mode.
When specifying per option (9500V only)
-pathswAPG ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive Group) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive Group).
disable : Disables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive Group).

3-202

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-pathswAP ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable

Specify whether to set the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive).
disable : Disables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive).
-pathswAA ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Path Switch mode (Active/Active) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Path Switch mode (Active/Active).
disable : Disables the Path Switch mode (Active/Active).
-NoRSVConf ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the No_RSV_Conf mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the No_RSV_Conf mode.
disable : Disables the No_RSV_Conf mode.
-ftSRV2 ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ftServer Connection mode 2 effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the ftServer Connection mode 2.
disable : Disables the ftServer Connection mode 2.
-SRCReadReject ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SRC Read Command Reject mode effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the SRC Read Command Reject mode.
disable : Disables the SRC Read Command Reject mode.
-HISUP ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HISUP mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the HISUP mode.
disable : Disables the HISUP mode.
-HPUX2 ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HP connection mode 2 effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the HP connection mode 2.
disable : Disables the HP connection mode 2.
-ProdidDF400 ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Product ID DF400 mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Product ID DF400 mode.
disable : Disables the Product ID DF400 mode.
-SUNCluster ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SUN Cluster Connection mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-203

group_no: Host Group number.

enable : Enables the SUN Cluster Connection mode.
disable : Disables the SUN Cluster Connection mode.
-PRSV ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Persistent RSV Cluster mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Persistent RSV Cluster mode.
disable : Disables the Persistent RSV Cluster mode.
-TargetReset ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Target reset mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Target reset mode.
disable : Disables the Target reset mode.
-Reserve ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Reserve mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Reserve mode.
disable : Disables the Reserve mode.
-LUReset ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the LU reset mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the LU reset mode.
disable : Disables the LU reset mode.
-TPRLO ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Third Party Process Logout mode effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Third Party Process Logout mode.
disable : Disables the Third Party Process Logout mode.
When specifying per option (For 9500V, AMS and WMS)
-SPC2 ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SPC-2 Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the SPC-2 Mode.
disable : Disables the SPC-2 Mode.
-PIDNoRep ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID No Report mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Port-ID No Report mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID No Report mode.
-UASuppress ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether or not to suppress a unit attention (06/2A00).
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Suppress the unit attention.
disable : Does not suppress the unit attention.
When specifying per option (For AMS and WMS)

3-204

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-HISUPOff ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable

Specify whether to set the HISUP OFF Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the HISUP OFF Mode.
disable : Disables the HISUP OFF Mode.
-ResetPropagation ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Reset Propagation Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Reset Propagation Mode.
disable : Disables the Reset Propagation Mode.
-ASLReportAPG ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
-ASLReportAP ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
-ASLReportAA ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
When specifying per option (For AMS, WMS, SMS, and AMS2000)
-HP ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HP-UX Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the HP-UX Mode.
disable : Disables the HP-UX Mode.
-PSUEReadReject ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the PSUE Read Reject Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
disable : Disables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
-UniqueReserve1 ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Reserve Mode 1 effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
disable : Disables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
-SerialResponse ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Product Serial Response Mode effective or
ineffective.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-205

ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).

port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Product Serial Response Mode.
disable : Disables the Product Serial Response Mode.
-SvolDisableAdvance ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
disable : Disables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
When specifying per option (For SMS and AMS2000)
-ModeParamChanged ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode effective
or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.
disable : Disables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.
-TaskIsolation ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Task Management Isolation Mode effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
disable : Disables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
-InquirySerial ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
disable : Disables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
-NOPInSuppress ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NOP-In Suppress Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
disable : Disables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
-DiscoveryCHAP ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Discovery CHAP Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
group_no: Host Group number.
enable : Enables the Discovery CHAP Mode.
disable : Disables the Discovery CHAP Mode.
-UAChange ccl _no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unit Retention Change Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no
port_no
group_no
enable
disable

:
:
:
:
:

Controller number (0, 1)

Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
Host Group number.
Enables the Unit Attention Change Mode.
Disables the Unit Attention Change Mode.

When specifying per option (For AMS2000)

-UniqueExtendedCopy ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Extended COPY Mode effective or ineffective

3-206

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1),

port_no :Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
group_no : Host Group number
enable : Enables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
disable : Disables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
-UniqueWriteSame ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Write Same Mode effective or ineffective
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1),
port_no :Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
group_no : Host Group number
enable : Enables the Unique Write Same Mode.
disable : Disables the Unique Write Same Mode.
-DPDepletionReply ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the DP Depletion Detail Reply Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1),
port_no :Port number (A, B, E, F)
target_no : Target number
enable : Enables the DP Depletion Detail Reply Mode.
disable : Disables the DP Depletion Detail Reply Mode.
When specifying per host group (For 9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, and AMS2000)
-set ctl_no port_no
Sets the host group options.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
-gno group_no
Specify a host group number.
group_no: Host group number.
-gname group_name
Specify a host group name.
group_name: Host group name
(Less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic
characters, numerals, and the following symbols) can be used
(until AMS or WMS, 16 characters).
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))
-HostConnection standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack
Specify the mode to be emulated.
standard: Open system emulation mode
OpenVMS : Open VMS mode
TRESPASS: TRESPASS mode
WolfPack: WolfPack mode
-SameNodeName enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Same Node Name mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Same Node Name mode.
disable : Disables the Same Node Name mode.
-TruCluster enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Tru Cluster Connection mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
disable : Disables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
-PIDConv enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID Conversion mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
-CCHS enable | disable
Specify whether to set the CCHS convert mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the CCHS convert mode.
disable : Disables the CCHS convert mode.
-NACA enable | disable

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-207

Specify whether to set the NACA mode effective or ineffective.

enable : Enables the NACA mode.
disable : Disables the NACA mode.
When specifying per host group (9500V only)
-pathswAPG enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive Group) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive Group).
disable : Disables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive Group).
-pathswAP enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive).
disable : Disables the Path Switch mode (Active/Passive).
-pathswAA enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Path Switch mode (Active/Active) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Path Switch mode (Active/Active).
disable : Disables the Path Switch mode (Active/Active).
-NoRSVConf enable | disable
Specify whether to set the No_RSV_Conf mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the No_RSV_Conf mode.
disable : Disables the No_RSV_Conf mode.
-ftSRV2 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ftServer Connection mode 2 effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the ftServer Connection mode 2.
disable : Disables the ftServer Connection mode 2.
-SRCReadReject enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SRC Read Command Reject mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the SRC Read Command Reject mode.
disable : Disables the SRC Read Command Reject mode.
-HISUP enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HISUP mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the HISUP mode.
disable : Disables the HISUP mode.
-HPUX2 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HP connection mode 2 effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the HP connection mode 2.
disable : Disables the HP connection mode 2.
-ProdidDF400 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Product ID DF400 mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Product ID DF400 mode.
disable : Disables the Product ID DF400 mode.
-SUNCluster enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SUN Cluster Connection mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the SUN Cluster Connection mode.
disable : Disables the SUN Cluster Connection mode.
-PRSV enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Persistent RSV Cluster mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Persistent RSV Cluster mode.
disable : Disables the Persistent RSV Cluster mode.
-TargetReset enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Target reset mode effective or ineffective.

3-208

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

enable : Enables the Target reset mode.

disable : Disables the Target reset mode.
-Reserve enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Reserve mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Reserve mode.
disable : Disables the Reserve mode.
-LUReset enable | disable
Specify whether to set the LU reset mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the LU reset mode.
disable : Disables the LU reset mode.
-TPRLO enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Third Party Process Logout mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Third Party Process Logout mode.
disable : Disables the Third Party Process Logout mode.
When specifying per host group (For 9500V, AMS and WMS)
-SPC2 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SPC-2 Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the SPC-2 Mode.
disable : Disables the SPC-2 Mode.
-PIDNoRep enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID No Report mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Port-ID No Report mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID No Report mode.
-UASuppress enable | disable
Specify whether or not to suppress a unit attention (06/2A00).
enable : Suppress the unit attention.
disable : Does not suppress the unit attention.
When specifying per host group (For AMS and WMS)
-HISUPOff enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HISUP OFF Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the HISUP OFF Mode.
disable : Disables the HISUP OFF Mode.
-ResetPropagation enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Reset Propagation Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Reset Propagation Mode.
disable : Disables the Reset Propagation Mode.
-ASLReportAPG enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
-ASLReportAP enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
-ASLReportAA enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
When specifying per host group (For AMS, WMS, SMS and AMS2000)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-209

-HP enable | disable

Specify whether to set the HP-UX Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the HP-UX Mode.
disable : Disables the HP-UX Mode.
-PSUEReadReject enable | disable
Specify whether to set the PSUE Read Reject Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
disable : Disables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
-UniqueReserve1 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Reserve Mode 1 effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
disable : Disables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
-SerialResponse enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Product Serial Response Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Product Serial Response Mode.
disable : Disables the Product Serial Response Mode.
-SvolDisableAdvance enable | disable
Specify whether to set the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
disable : Disables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
When specifying per host group (For SMS and AMS2000)
-ModeParamChanged enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode effective
or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.
disable : Disables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.
-TaskIsolation enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Task Management Isolation Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
disable : Disables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
-InquirySerial enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode effective or
ineffectiv
enable : Enables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
disable : Disables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
-NOPInSuppress enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NOP-In Suppress Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
disable : Disables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
-DiscoveryCHAP enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Discovery CHAP Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Discovery CHAP Mode.
disable : Disables the Discovery CHAP Mode.
-UAChange enable | disable
Specifyt whether to set the Unit Attention Change Mode effective or ineffective.
enable
disable

: Enables the Unit Attention Change Mode.

: Disables the Unit Attention Change Mode..

-platform NotSpecified | HP | Solaris | AIX | Linux | Windows | VMware | NetWare

Specify the Platform.
NotSpecified
HP
Solaris
AIX
Linux
Windows

3-210

: not specified
: HP-UX
: Solaris
: AIX
: Linux
: Windows

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

VMware
NetWare

: VMware
: NetWare

-middleware NotSpecified | VCS | TrueCluster

Specify the Middleware.
NotSpecified
VCS
TruCluster

: not specified
: VCS
: Tru Cluster

When specifying per host group (For AMS2000)

-UniqueExtendedCOPY enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Extended COPY Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
disable : Disables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
-UniqueWriteSame enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Write Same Mode effective or ineffective,
enable: Enables the Unique Write Same Mode
disable: Disables the Unique Write Same Mode
Note: -platform and -middleware option and each host group option can also be
specified at
the same time.

Example
The following example displays the host group options of an array
9500.
% auhgopt -unit 9500 -refer
Port 0A, Group 0
Host connection mode 1 = standard
Host connection mode 2
SPC-2 Mode = OFF
Same Node Name Mode = OFF
Tru Cluster Connection Mode = OFF
Path Switch Mode(Active/Passive Group) = OFF
Path Switch Mode(Active/Passive) = OFF
Path Switch Mode(Active/Active) = OFF
Port-ID No Report Mode = OFF
Port-ID Conversion Mode = OFF
No_RSV_Conf Mode = OFF
ftServer Connection Mode 2 = OFF
SRC Read Command Reject Mode = OFF
UA(06/2A00) suppress Mode = OFF
HISUP Mode = OFF
CCHS Mode = OFF
HP Connection Mode 2 = OFF
Product ID DF400 Mode = OFF
NACA Mode = OFF
SUN Cluster Connection Mode = OFF
Persistent RSV Cluster Mode = OFF
Target Reset (Bus Device Reset) Mode = OFF
Reserve Mode = OFF
Logical Unit Reset Mode = OFF
Third Party Process Logout Mode = OFF
Port 0B, Group 0
:
Port 1A, Group 0
:
Port 1B, Group 0
:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-211

The following example displays the host group options of an array

ams500.
% auhgopt -unit ams500 -refer
Port 0A, Group 0
Host connection mode 1 = standard
Host connection mode 2
HP-UX Mode = OFF
PSUE Read Reject Mode = OFF
UA(06/2A00) suppress Mode = OFF
NACA Mode = OFF
HISUP OFF Mode = ON
Reset Propagation Mode = OFF
Unique Reserve Mode 1 = OFF
ASL Report Mode(Active/Passive Group) = OFF
ASL Report Mode(Active/Passive) = OFF
ASL Report Mode(Active/Active) = OFF
Port-ID No Report Mode = OFF
Port-ID Conversion Mode = OFF
Tru Cluster Mode = OFF
Product Serial Response Mode = OFF
Same Node Name Mode = OFF
CCHS Mode = OFF
SPC-2 Mode = OFF
S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode = OFF
Port 0B, Group 0
:
Port 1A, Group 0
:
Port 1B, Group 0
:
%

The following example displays the host group options of an array

ams2300.
% auhgopt -unit ams2300 -refer
Port 0A, Group 0
Platform = not specified
Middleware = not specified
Host connection mode 1 = Standard Mode
Host connection mode 2
HP-UX Mode = OFF
PSUE Read Reject Mode = OFF
Mode Parameters Chnaged Notification Mode = OFF
NACA Mode = OFF
Task Management Isolation Mode = ON
Unique Reserve Mode 1 = OFF
Port-ID Conversion Mode = OFF
Tru Cluster Mode = OFF
Product Serial Response Mode = OFF
Same Node Name Mode = OFF
CCHS Mode = OFF
Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode = OFF
NOP-In Suppress Mode = OFF
S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode = OFF
Discovery CHAP Mode = OFF
Unique Extended COPY Mode = OFF
Unique Write Same Mode = OFF
DF Depletion Detail Reply Mode = OFF
Unit Attention Change Mode = OFF
Port 0B, Group

:
Port 1A, Group

3-212

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Port 1B, Group

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-213

Referencing/setting mapping information

Command name
auhgmap

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auhgmap -unit unit_name refer
When specifying host group number.
auhgmap -unit unit_name -add ctl_no port_no group_no hlu lu
auhgmap -unit unit_name -chg ctl_no port_no group_no hlu lu
auhgmap -unit unit_name -rm ctl_no port_no group_no hlu lu
When specifying host group number or name.
auhgmap -unit unit_name -add ctl_no port_no
-gno group_no | -gname group_name -hlu hlu -lu lu
auhgmap -unit unit_name -chg ctl_no port_no
-gno group_no | -gname group_name -hlu hlu -lu lu
auhgmap -unit unit_name -rm ctl_no port_no
-gno group_no | -gname group_name -hlu hlu -lu lu
auhgmap -unit unit_name -MappingMode on | off
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auhgmap -unit unit_name -availablelist ctl_no port_no
-gno group_no | -gname group_name -hlu | -lu

Description
This command sets mapping information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the mapping information to be
referenced or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the mapping information.
-MappingMode on | off
Specifies whether to set the Mapping mode effective or ineffective.
on : Enables the Mapping mode
off: Disables the Mapping mode
-availablelist ctl_no port_no
A list of LUNs or H-LUNs, each of which is eligible for the mapping is
displayed within the specified controller number, a port number, and a host
group.
-hlu
Specify when displaying a list of H-LUNs, each of which is eligible for the
mapping.
-lu
Specify when displaying a list of LUNs, each of which is eligible for the
mapping.
When specifying host group number

3-214

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-add ctl_no port_no group_no hlu lu

Adds the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
group_no: Host Group number
hlu : LU number recognized by the host
lu
: LU number of the array unit
-chg ctl_no port_no group_no hlu lu
Changes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
group_no: Host Group number
hlu : LU number recognized by the host
lu
: LU number of the array unit
-rm ctl_no port_no group_no hlu lu
Deletes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
group_no: Host Group number
hlu : LU number recognized by the host
lu
: LU number of the array unit
When specifying host group number or host group name
-add ctl_no port_no
Adds the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-chg ctl_no port_no
Changes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-rm ctl_no port_no
Deletes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-gno group_no
Specify a host group number.
group_no: Host group number
-gname group_name
Specify a host group name.
group_name: Host group name
(Less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic
characters, numerals, and the following symbols) can be used
(until AMS or WMS, 16 characters).
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))

-hlu hlu
Specify a LUN to be recognized by a host.
-lu lu
Specify an internal LUN of the disk array subsystem.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-215

Example
The following example displays mapping information of
an array 9500.
% auhgmap -unit 9500 -refer
Mapping Mode = ON
Port Group H-LUN LUN
0A
0
0 0
0A
0
1 1
0A
0
2 2
0A
0
3 3
0B
0
0 0
0B
0
1 1
0B
0
2 2
0B
0
3 3
1A
0
0 0
1A
0
1 1
1A
0
2 2
1A
0
3 3
1B
0
0 0
1B
0
1 1
1B
0
2 2
1B
0
3 3
%

Referencing/registration/changing/deleting a host group

Command name
auhgdef

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auhgdef -unit unit_name refer
auhgdef -unit unit_name add
ctl_no port_no [ -gno group_no ] -gname group_name
auhgdef -unit unit_name chg
ctl_no port_no
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-newgname group_name
auhgdef -unit unit_name rm
ctl_no port_no
-gno group_no ... | -gname group_name ...
auhgdef -unit unit_name init
ctl_no port_no

Description
This command performs a reference of a list, new registration, name
change, or deletion of the host group(s).

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference, register, change, or
delete the host group(s).
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays a list of the host groups which have been registered and whose host

3-216

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

group security has been allocated to valid ports.

-add ctl_no port_no
Registers the host groups, which are permitted to access the specified port,
and their names. It is not allowed to register them in the host groups, which
have been registered, in overwriting manner.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-chg ctl_no port_no
Changes the host group name that has been registered in the specified port.
Specify the object host group using a host group number or host group name.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-rm ctl_no port_no
Deletes the host group registered in the specified port. Specify the object
host group using a host group number or host group name. The two or more host
groups can be specified. However, the two methods of specification cannot be
used at the same time. Incidentally, the Host Group 0 cannot be deleted.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-init ctl_no port_no
Initializes the Host Group 0 of the specified port.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H)
-gno group_no ...
When the -add option is specified:
Specify a host group number to be registered.
Only a single host group number can be specified.
Besides, the specification for the host group number can be omitted.
When the specification is omitted, the least one of unregistered host group
numbers is assigned.
When the -chg option is specified:
Specify a number of the host group whose name is to be changed.
Only a single host group number can be specified.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify a host group number to be deleted.
One or more host group number(s) can be specified.
Incidentally, the Host Group 0 cannot be deleted.
Single specification : Specifying a single host group number.
Example: -gno 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple host group numbers.
Example: -gno 1 2 3 4 5 8
-gno 1-5 8
When specifying the range using a hyphen ("-"), undefined host group number
cannot be included within the range to be specified.
group_no: host group number (0 to 127)
-gname group_name ...
When the -add option is specified:
Specify a host group name to be registered.
Only a single host group name can be specified.
When the -chg option is specified:
Specify a host group name to be changed.
Only a single host group name can be specified.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify a host group name to be deleted.
One or more host group name can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single host group name.
Example: -gname solaris
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple host group name.
Example: -gname irix01 solaris win001
group_name: host group name (See Note 1)
-newgname group_name
Specify a host group name to be validated after the change when the -chg option
is specified.
group_name: host group name (See Note 1)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-217

Note 1: Less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols) can be used (until AMS or WMS, 16 characters).
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))

Example
The following example displays host group information of an array
ams500.
% auhgdef -unit ams500 -refer
Port 0A
Group Host Group Name
0 HG0A-000
Port 0B
Group Host Group Name
0 HG0B-000
Port 1A
Group Host Group Name
0 HG1A-000
Port 1B
Group Host Group Name
0 HG1B-000
%

File output of host group information

Command name
auhgout

Format
9500V
auhgout

-unit unit_name -file file_name

Description
This command outputs the contents of the setting for the host group information
set in the array in a specified file, in a text format.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit whose host group information are to be output
into the file.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-file file_name
Specify the name the file (path) to output the host group information.

Example
The following example outputs the host group information of the
array 9500a1 in file: hgprm.txt into the directory where Storage
Navigator Modular 2 is installed.
% auhgout -unit 9500a1 -file hgprm.txt
Password:
%

3-218

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The format of the output file consists of the following items. The
outline of the layout of the output file is shown in the following
output.
Configuration Information list
DF Name: 9500
Date: 2009/11/19 16:12:59
Firmware Revision: 065B/F
Array Unit Type: 9500V
Serial Number: 65000026
----CommonInformation---MappingMode = Off
---- CTL0 -------PortA -------PortOption---Reset/LIP Mode (Signal) = OFF
Reset/LIP Mode (Process) = OFF
LIP Port All Reset Mode = OFF
Read Frame Min 128 Byte Mode = OFF
----HostGroupList-------HostGroupInformation---HostGroupNumber = 0
HostGroupName = G000

----HostSystemConfiguration---Platform = not specified

Alternate Path = not specified
Failover = not specified
Additional Parameters
None
----HostGroupOption---Host Connection Mode 1 = Standard Mode
Host Connection Mmode 2
SPC-2 Mode = OFF
Same Node Name Mode = OFF
Tru Cluster Connection Mode = OFF
Path Switch Mode (Active/Passive Group) = OFF

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-219

Path Switch Mode (Active/Passive) = OFF

Path Switch Mode (Active/Active) = OFF
Port-ID No Report Mode = OFF
Port-ID Conversion Mode = OFF
No_RSV_Conf Mode = OFF
ftServer Connection Mode 2 = OFF
SRC Read Command Reject Mode = OFF
UA(06/2A00) suppress Mode = OFF
HISUP Mode = OFF
CCHS Mode = OFF
HP Connection Mode 2 = OFF
Product ID DF400 Mode = OFF
NACA Mode = OFF
SUN Cluster Connection Mode = OFF
Persistent RSV Cluster Mode = OFF
Target Reset (Bus Device Reset) Mode = OFF
Reserve Mode = OFF
Logical Unit Reset Mode = OFF
Third Party Process Logout Mode = OFF

----LuMapping---H-LUN LUN
--HostGroupInformationEnd
--HostGroupListEnd

---LUNManagement Information --Security = ON

----PermissionList-----PermissionListEnd

Setting the host group information with a file

Command name
auhgset

3-220

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Format
9500V
auhgset

-unit unit_name -file file_name

[ -portop ] [ -opt ] [ -map ] [ -wwn ]

Description
This command sets the host group information (port option, host
group option, mapping information, and host information) described
in the file to the array. All information is set up when input
classification is omitted.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit to be set with the host group information
for the file.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-file file_name
Specify the name of the file (path) to input the host group information.
-portop
Specify when setting up the port option.
-opt
Specify when setting up the host group option.
-map
Specify when setting up the mapping information.
-wwn
Specify when setting up the host information.

Example
The following example sets array 9500a1 according to the host group
information described in text file: hgprm.txt.
% auhgset -unit 9500a1 -file hgprm.txt
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the port and host group information?
(y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the subsystem or th
e host group from the host.
Before setting, stop access to the subsystem or the host group from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The port and host group information has been set successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-221

Target information
This section covers the following commands related to targets:

3-222

Referencing/setting iSCSI target information on page 3-223

Referencing/setting the initiator information on page 3-226

Referencing/setting iSCSI target options on page 3-229

Referencing/setting iSCSI target mapping information on page

3-241

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting iSCSI target information

Command name
autargetdef

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
autargetdef -unit unit_name refer
autargetdef

-unit unit_name -add ctl_no port_no

autargetdef

-unit unit_name -chg ctl_no port_no

autargetdef

-unit unit_name -rm ctl_no port_no

-tno target_no ... | -talias target_alias ...

autargetdef

-unit unit_name -init ctl_no port_no

Description
This command references or sets the iSCSI target information.

NOTE: At the Windows 98 MS-DOS prompt, the input buffer is up to 128

characters by default. Use the options, -inamefile and -tuserfile, when a long
iSCSI name or target user name is specified. The first line of the specified file
is set for iSCSI name or target user name, and the second line and the following
are invalid.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the target
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the target information.
-add ctl_no port_no
Adds the target information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-chg ctl_no port_no
Changes the target information.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-223

ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)

port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-rm ctl_no port_no
Deletes the target information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-init ctl_no port_no
Initializes the Target 0.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-tno target_no
When the -add option is specified:
Specify the target number.
When the specification is omitted, Navigator assigns the minimum number.
When the -chg option is specified:
Specify the target number.
target_no: Target number
-tno target_no ...
Specify the target number.
Single or multiple target numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single target number.
Example: -tno 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple target numbers.
Example: -tno 1 2 3 4 5 8
-tno 1-5 8
target_no: Target number
-talias target_alias
Specify the target alias.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
target_alias: Target alias (See Note 1)
-talias target_alias ...
Specify the target alias.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
Single or multiple target aliases can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single target alias.
Example: -talias solaris
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple target aliases.
Example: -talias irix01 solaris win001
target_alias: Target alias (See Note 1)
-iname target_iscsi_name
Specify the target iSCSI name.
target_iscsi_name: Target iSCSI name (See Note 2)
-inamefile file_name
Specify the file (path) name when setting the target iSCSI name using a file.
file_name: File (path) name
-authmethod CHAP | None | CHAP None
Specify the authentication method.
CHAP: The hosts (as initiators) must with CHAP authentication.
None: The hosts (as initiators) must without CHAP authentication
None: If the hosts (as initiators) required with CHAP authentication,
the authentication is done. (Same as none CHAP)
-mutual enable | disable
Specify whether to set the mutual effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the mutual.
disable: Disables the mutual.

3-224

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-tuser target_user_name
Specify the target user name.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
target_user_name: Target user name (See Note 3)
-tuserfile file_name
Specify the file (path) name when setting the target user name using a file.
file_name: File (path) name
-newtalias target_alias
Specify the target alias to be changed.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
target_alias: Target alias (See Note 1)
-tsecret
Specify this option when changing Secret of the target. (See Note 4)

Note 1: For target alias, less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters

(alphabetic characters, numerals, and the following symbols) can be
used.
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))
Note 2: Specify the iSCSI name of iqn format or eui format. For iSCSI
name, less than or equal to 223 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters,
period (.), hyphen (-), and colon (:)) can be used.
Note 3: For target user name, less than or equal to 256 ASCII characters
(alphabetic characters and the following symbols) can be used.
(.,-,+,@,_,=,:,/,[,],~,(space))
Note 4: For Secret, 12 to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters and
the following symbols) can be used.
(.,-,+,@,_,=,:,/,[,],~,(space))

Example
The following example displays the target information of an array
sms100.
% autargetdef -unit sms100 -refer
Port 0A
Target
Method
CHAP Algorithm Authentic
ation
000:T000
CHAP,None
MD5
Disable
User Name : --iSCSI Name : iqn.1994-04.jp.co.hitachi:rsd.d8a.t.00026.0a000
Port 0B
:
Port 1A
:
Port 1B
:
%

The following example displays the target information of an array

AMS2300.
% autargetdef -unit AMS2300 -refer
Port 0A
Authentication
Mutual
Target
Method
CHAP Algorithm
Authentication
000:T000 CHAP,None MD5
Disable
User Name
: --iSCSI Name : iqn.1994-04.jp.co.hitachi:rsd.d8a.t.00007.0a000
001:win001
None

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-225

User Name
: --iSCSI Name : iqn.ams2300-1
Port 0B
Authentication
Target
Method
CHAP Algorithm
:
:
%

Mutual
Authentication

Referencing/setting the initiator information

Command name
autargetini

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
autargetini -unit unit_name refer
[ ctl_no port_no -tno target_no | -talias target_alias ]
[ ctl_no port_no -login ]
autargetini -unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no
-tgs on | off
When adding initiator:
autarget.ini -unit unit name -add-ctl_no port_no
[-tno target_no | -talias target_alias
[-iname initiator_iscsi_name | -inamefile file_name
[-ininame initiiator_nickname
autargetini -unit unit_name -add ctl_no port_no
-tno target_no | -talias target_alias
-iname initiator_iscsi_name | -inamefile file_name ]
-ininame initiator_nickname ]
When added initiator is assigned to author target.
autargetini -unit unit_name -chg ctl_no port_no
-iname initiator_iscsi_name | -inamefile file_name |
-ininame initiator_nickname
[ -newiname new_iscsi_name | -newinamefile file_name ]
[ -newininame new_initiator_nickname ]
autargetini -unit unit_name -rm ctl_no port_no
-tno target_no | -talias target_alias
-iname initiator_iscsi_name | -inamefile file_name |
-ininame initiator_nickname
autargetini -unit unit_name -availablelist ctl_no port_no
-tno target_no | -talias target_alias

Description
This command references or sets the initiator information.

NOTE: At the Windows 98 MS-DOS Prompt, the input buffer is

up to 128 characters by default. Use the option, -inamefile or newinamefile, when a long iSCSI name is specified. The first
line of the specified file is set for iSCSI name, and the second line
and the following are invalid.

3-226

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the initiator
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer [ ctl_no port_no ]
References the initiator information.
The initiator information list is sorted by the iSCSI name.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-set ctl_no port_no
Sets the target security.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-add ctl_no port_no
Sets the initiator information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-chg ctl_no port_no
Changes the initiator information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-rm ctl_no port_no
Deletes the initiator information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-availablelist ctl_no port_no
Displays the eligible initiator information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no: Port number (A, B, E, F)
-tno target_no
Specify the target number.
target_no: Target number
-talias target_alias
Specify the target alias.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
target_alias: Target alias (See Note 1)
-login
Specify this option when displaying initiator information that is logged in on
the specified port.
-tgs on | off
Specify whether to validate or invalidate the target security.
on : Enables the target security.
off: Disables the target security.
-iname initiator_iscsi_name
Specify the initiator iSCSI name.
iscsi_name: iSCSI name (See Note 2)
-inamefile file_name
Specify the file (path) name when setting the initiator iSCSI name using a file.
file_name: File (path) name

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-227

-ininame initiator_nickname
Specify the initiator name (Nickname).
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
initiator_nickname: initiator name (See Note 3)
-newiname new_initiator_iscsi_nickname
Specify the initiator ISCSI name to be changed.
new_initiator_iscsi_name: initiator iSCSI name (See Note 2)
-newinamefile file_name
Specify the file (path) name when changing the initator iSCSI name using a file.
file_name: File (path) name
-newininame new_initiator_nickname
Specify the initiator name (Nickname) to be changed.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
new_initiator_nickname: initiator name (See Note 3)

Note 1: For target alias, less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters

(alphabetic characters, numerals, and the following symbols) can be
used.
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))
Note 2: Specify the iSCSI name of iqn format or eui format. For iSCSI
name, less than or equal to 223 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters,
period (.), hyphen (-), and colon (:)) can be used.
Note 3: For initiator name, less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters
(alphabetic characters, numerals, and the following symbols) can be
used.
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))

Example
The following example displays the initiator information of an array
ams500.
% autargetini -unit ams500 -refer
Port 0A Target Security ON
Detected Initiator
iSCSI Name
iqn.2005-08.jp.co.hitachi:111.xxx.x.xxxxx.xx.xxx
:
Assigned Initiator
Target
Name
iSCSI Name
000:T000 windows-00001 iqn.2005-08.jp.co.hitachi:444.xxx.x.xxxxx.xx.xxx
:
Assignable Initiator
iSCSI Name
iqn.2005-08.jp.co.hitachi:555.xxx.x.xxxxx.xx.xxx
:
Port 0B Target Security OFF
:
Port 1A Target Security OFF
:
Port 1B Target Security OFF
:
%

3-228

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting iSCSI target options

Command name
autargetopt

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
autargetopt -unit unit_name refer
AMS, WMS
When specifying per target option.
autargetopt -unit unit_name set
[ -HostConnection ctl_no port_no target_no
standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack ]
[ -HP
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -PSUEReadReject ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -UASuppress
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -NACA
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -HISUPOff
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -ResetPropagation ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -UniqueReserve1 ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -ASLReportAPG ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -ASLReportAP
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -ASLReportAA
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -PIDNoRep
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -PIDConv
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -TruCluster
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SerialResponse ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SameNodeName ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -CCHS
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SPC2
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SvolDisableAdvance ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]

When specifying per target.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-229

]
]

disable ]

[ -TruCluster
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SerialResponse
ctl_no port_no target_no enable |

disable ]
disable ]
disable ]
| disable ]
disable ]
| disable ]

[ -SameNodeName

ctl_no port_no target_no enable |

[ -CCHS
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -InquirySerial
ctl_no port_no target_no enable |
[ -NOPInSuppress

ctl_no port_no target_no enable |

[ -SvolDisableAdvance
[ -DiscoveryCHAP

ctl_no port_no target_no enable

ctl_no port_no target_no enable |

[ -ReportFullPortalList ctl_no_port_no_target_no_enable
[ -UAChange

enable | disable

When specifying per target.

-unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no

AMS2000, DF850
When specifying per target option.
autargetopt -unit unit_name set
[ -HostConnection
ctl_no port_no target_no
standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack ]
[ -HP
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -PSUEReadReject ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -ModeParamChanged ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
]
[ -NACA
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -TaskIsolation
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -UniqueReserve1 ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -PIDConv
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -TruCluster
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SerialResponse ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SameNodeName
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -CCHS
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -InquirySerial
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -NOPInSuppress
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -SvolDisableAdvance
ctl_no port_no target_no enable
| disable ]
[ -DiscoveryCHAP
ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]
[ -UniqueExtendedCOPY ctl_no port_no target_no enable |
disable ]
[ -UniqueWriteSame
ctl_no port_no target_no enable |
disable ]
[ -ReportFullPortalListctl_no port_no target_no enable |
disable ]
[ -DPDepletionReply
ctl_no port_no target_no enable |
disable ]

3-230

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

[ -UAChange

ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable ]

When specifying per target.

autargetopt -unit unit_name set ctl no port no
-tno target no }-talias target alias
[ -HostConnection
ctl_no port_no target_no
standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack ]
[ -HP enable | disable ]
[ -PSUEReadReject enable | disable ]
[ -ModeParamChanged enable | disable ]
[ -NACA enable | disable ]
[ -TaskIsolation enable | disable ]
[ -UniqueReserve1 enable | disable ]
[ -PIDConv enable | disable ]
[ -TruCluster enable | disable ]
[ -SerialResponse enable | disable ]
[ -SameNodeName enable | disable ]
[ -CCHS enable | disable ]
[ -InquirySerial enable | disable ]
[ -NOPInSuppress enable | disable ]
[ -SvolDisableAdvance enable | disable ]
[ -DiscoveryCHAP enable | disable ]
[ -UniqueExtendedCOPY enable | disable ]
[ -UniqueWriteSame enable | disable ]
[ -ReportFullPortalList enable | disable ]
[ -DPDepletionReply enable | disable ]
[ -UAChange enable | disable ]
When specifying simple setting option
autargetopt -unit unit_name -set ctl_no port_no
-tno target_no | -talias target_alias
-platform NotSpecified | HP | Solaris | AIX | Linux |
Windows | VMware |
-middleware NotSpecified | VCS | TruCluster

Description
This command references or sets the iSCSI target options.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit in which the target options are to be
referenced or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the target options.
When specifying per option (For AMS, WMS, SMS, and AMS2000)
-set

Sets the target options.

-HostConnection ctl_no port_no target_no standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack

Specify the mode to be emulated.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
target_no: Target number
standard : Open system emulation mode
OpenVMS : Open VMS mode
TRESPASS : TRESPASS mode
WolfPack : WolfPack mode
-HP ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HP-UX Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-231

enable : Enables the HP-UX Mode.

disable : Disables the HP-UX Mode.
-PSUEReadReject ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the PSUE Read Reject Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
disable : Disables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
-NACA ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NACA mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the NACA Mode.
disable : Disables the NACA Mode.
-UniqueReserve1 ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Reserve Mode 1 effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
disable : Disables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
-PIDConv ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID Conversion mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
-TruCluster ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Tru Cluster Connection mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
disable : Disables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
-SerialResponse ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Product Serial Response Mode effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Product Serial Response Mode.
disable : Disables the Product Serial Response Mode.
-SameNodeName ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Same Node Name mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Same Node Name mode.
disable : Disables the Same Node Name mode.
-CCHS ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the CCHS convert mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the CCHS convert mode.
disable : Disables the CCHS convert mode.
-SvolDisableAdvance ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).

3-232

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).

target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
disable : Disables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
When specifying per option (For AMS and WMS)
-UASuppress ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether or not to suppress a unit attention (06/2A00).
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Suppress the unit attention.
disable : Does not suppress the unit attention.
-HISUPOff ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HISUP OFF Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the HISUP OFF Mode.
disable : Disables the HISUP OFF Mode.
-ResetPropagation ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Reset Propagation Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Reset Propagation Mode.
disable : Disables the Reset Propagation Mode.
-ASLReportAPG ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
-ASLReportAP ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
-ASLReportAA ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active) effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
-PIDNoRep ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID No Report mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Port-ID No Report mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID No Report mode.
-SPC2 ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SPC-2 Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B).

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-233

target_no: Target number.

enable : Enables the SPC-2 Mode.
disable : Disables the SPC-2 Mode.
When specifying per option (For SMS and AMS2000)
-ModeParamChanged ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode effective
or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.
disable : Disables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.
-TaskIsolation ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Task Management Isolation Mode effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
disable : Disables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
-InquirySerial ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode effective or
ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
disable : Disables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
-NOPInSuppress ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NOP-In Suppress Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
disable : Disables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
-DiscoveryCHAP tl_no_port_no target no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Discovery CHAP Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Discovery CHAP Mode.
disable : Disables the Discovery CHAP Mode.

-platform NotSpecified | HP | Solaris | AIX | Linux | Windows | VMware | NetWare

Specify the Platform.
NotSpecified: not specified
HP
: HP-UX
Solaris : Solaris
AIX
: AIX
Linux : Linux
Windows : Windows
VMware : VMware
NetWare : NetWare
-middleware NotSpecified | VCS | TruCluster
Specify the Middleware.
NotSpecified: not specified
VCS
: VCS
TruCluster : Tru Cluster
When specifying per target (For AMS2000 only)
-UniqueExtendedCOPY ctl_no port_no target no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Extended COPY Momde effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).

3-234

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

target_no: Target number.

enable : Enables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
disable : Disables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
-UniqueWriteSame ctl_no port_no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Write Same Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Target number.
enable : Enables the Unique Write Same Mode.
disable : Disables the Unique Write Same Mode.
-set ctl_no port_no
Sets the target options.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
-tno target_no
Specify the target number.
target_no: Target number
-talias target_alias
Specify the target alias.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
target_alias: Target alias (See Note 1)
-HostConnection standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack
Specify the mode to be emulated.
standard: Open system emulation mode
OpenVMS : Open VMS mode
TRESPASS: TRESPASS mode
WolfPack: WolfPack mode
-HP enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HP-UX Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the HP-UX Mode.
disable : Disables the HP-UX Mode.
-PSUEReadReject enable | disable
Specify whether to set the PSUE Read Reject Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
disable : Disables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
-NACA enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NACA mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the NACA mode.
disable : Disables the NACA mode.
-ResetPropagation enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Reset Propagation Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Reset Propagation Mode.
disable : Disables the Reset Propagation Mode.
-UniqueReserve1 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Reserve Mode 1 effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
disable : Disables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
-PIDConv enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID Conversion mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
-TruCluster enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Tru Cluster Connection mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
disable : Disables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-235

-SerialResponse enable | disable

Specify whether to set the Product Serial Response Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Product Serial Response Mode.
disable : Disables the Product Serial Response Mode.
-SameNodeName enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Same Node Name mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Same Node Name mode.
disable : Disables the Same Node Name mode.
-CCHS enable | disable
Specify whether to set the CCHS convert mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the CCHS convert mode.
disable : Disables the CCHS convert mode.
-SvolDisableAdvance enable | disable
Specify whether to set the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
disable : Disables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
When specifying per target (For AMS and WMS)
-UASuppress enable | disable
Specify whether or not to suppress a unit attention (06/2A00).
enable : Suppress the unit attention.
disable : Does not suppress the unit attention.
-HISUPOff enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HISUP OFF Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the HISUP OFF Mode.
disable : Disables the HISUP OFF Mode.
-ASLReportAPG enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).
-ASLReportAP enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive)
effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
-ASLReportAA enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active) effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
-PIDNoRep enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID No Report mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Port-ID No Report mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID No Report mode.
-SPC2 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the SPC-2 Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the SPC-2 Mode.
disable : Disables the SPC-2 Mode.
When specifying per target (For SMS and AMS2000)
-ModeParamChanged enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode effective
or ineffective.

3-236

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

enable : Enables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.

disable : Disables the Mode Parameters Changed Notification Mode.
-TaskIsolation enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Task Management Isolation Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
disable : Disables the Task Management Isolation Mode.
-InquirySerial enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
disable : Disables the Inquiry Serial Number Conversion Mode.
-NOPInSuppress enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NOP-In Suppress Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
disable : Disables the NOP-In Suppress Mode.
-Discovery/CHAP enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Discovery CHAP Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Discovery CHAP Mode.
disable : Disables the Discovery CHAP Mode.
-ReportFullPortalList ctl_no port no target_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Report (iSCSI Full Portal List Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
target_no: Traget number.
enable : Enables the Report iSCSI Full Portal List Mode.
disable : Disables the Report iSCSI Full Portal List Mode.
-UAChange ctl_no port_no group_no enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unit Attention Change Mode effective or ineffective.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1).
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F).
group_no: Host group number.
enable : Enables the Unit Attention Change Mode.
disable : Disables the Unit Attention Change Mode.
When specifying per target (AMS2000 only)
-UniqueExtendedCOPY enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Extended COPY Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
disable : Disables the Unique Extended COPY Mode.
-UniqueWriteSame enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Write Same Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Unique Write Same Mode.
disable : Disables the Unique Write Same Mode.

When specifying per target (For AMS, WMS, SMS and AMS2000)
-set ctl_no port_no
Sets the target options.
ctl_no
port_no

: Controller number (0, 1).

: Port number (A, B, E, F).

-tno target_no
Specify the target number.
target_no: Target number
-talias target_alias
Specify the target alias.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-237

target_alias: Target alias (See Note 1)

-HostConnection standard | OpenVMS | TRESPASS | WolfPack
Specify the mode to be emulated.
standard:
OpenVMS :
TRESPASS:
WolfPack:

Open system emulation mode

Open VMS mode
TRESPASS mode
WolfPack mode

-HP enable | disable

Specify whether to set the HP-UX Mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the HP-UX Mode.
disable : Disables the HP-UX Mode.
-PSUEReadReject enable | disable
Specify whether to set the PSUE Read Reject Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
disable : Disables the PSUE Read Reject Mode.
-NACA enable | disable
Specify whether to set the NACA mode effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the NACA mode.
disable : Disables the NACA mode.
-UniqueReserve1 enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Unique Reserve Mode 1 effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
disable : Disables the Unique Reserve Mode 1.
-PIDConv enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID Conversion mode effective
or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
disable : Disables the Port-ID Conversion mode.
-TruCluster enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Tru Cluster Connection mode effective
or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
disable : Disables the Tru Cluster Connection mode.
-SerialResponse enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Product Serial Response Mode effective
or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Product Serial Response Mode.
disable : Disables the Product Serial Response Mode.
-SameNodeName enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Same Node Name mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the Same Node Name mode.
disable : Disables the Same Node Name mode.
-CCHS enable | disable
Specify whether to set the CCHS convert mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the CCHS convert mode.
disable : Disables the CCHS convert mode.
-SvolDisableAdvance enable | disable
Specify whether to set the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode effective
or ineffective.
enable : Enables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
disable : Disables the S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode.
When specifying per target (For AMS and WMS)

3-238

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-UASuppress enable | disable

Specify whether or not to suppress a unit attention (06/2A00).
enable : Suppress the unit attention.
disable : Does not suppress the unit attention.
-HISUPOff enable | disable
Specify whether to set the HISUP OFF Mode effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the HISUP OFF Mode.
disable : Disables the HISUP OFF Mode.
-ResetPropagation enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Reset Propagation Mode effective
or ineffective.
enable : Enables the Reset Propagation Mode.
disable : Disables the Reset Propagation Mode.
-ASLReportAPG enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive
Group) effective or
ineffective.

Group).

enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive Group).

disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive

-ASLReportAP enable | disable

Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive)
effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Passive).
-ASLReportAA enable | disable
Specify whether to set the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active)
effective or
ineffective.
enable : Enables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
disable : Disables the ASL Report Mode (Active/Active).
-PIDNoRep enable | disable
Specify whether to set the Port-ID No Report mode effective
or ineffective.

Note 1: For target alias, less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters,
numerals, and the following symbols) can be used.
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))
Note 2: -platform and -middleware option and each target group optoin can also be specified
at the same time.

Example
The following example displays the target options of an array
ams500.
% autargetopt -unit ams500 -refer
Port 0A Target 000:T000
Host Connection Mode 1 = Standard Mode
Host Connection Mode 2
HP-UX Mode = OFF
PSUE Read Reject Mode = OFF
UA(06/2A00) suppress Mode = OFF
NACA Mode = OFF
HISUP OFF Mode = ON

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-239

Reset Propagation Mode = OFF

Unique Reserve Mode 1 = OFF
ASL Report Mode(Active/Passive Group) = OFF
ASL Report Mode(Active/Passive) = OFF
ASL Report Mode(Active/Active) = OFF
Port-ID No Report Mode = OFF
Port-ID Conversion Mode = OFF
Tru Cluster Mode = OFF
Product Serial Response Mode = OFF
Same Node Name Mode = OFF
CCHS Mode = OFF
SPC-2 Mode = OFF
S-VOL Disable Advanced Mode = OFF
Port 0B Target 000:T000
:
:
Port 1A Target 000:T000
:
:
Port 1B Target 000:T000
:
:
%

3-240

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting iSCSI target mapping information

Command name
autargetmap

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
autargetmap -unit unit_name refer
When specifying target number.
autargetmap -unit unit_name -add ctl_no port_no target_no hlu lu
autargetmap

-unit unit_name -chg ctl_no port_no target_no hlu lu

autargetmap

-unit unit_name -rm

ctl_no port_no target_no hlu lu

When specifying target number or target alias.

autargetmap -unit unit_name -add ctl_no port_no
-tno target_no | -talias target_alias -hlu hlu -lu lu
autargetmap

-unit unit_name -chg ctl_no port_no

-tno target_no | -talias target_alias -hlu hlu -lu lu

autargetmap

-unit unit_name -rm ctl_no port_no

-tno target_no | -talias target_alias -hlu hlu -lu lu

autargetmap

-unit unit_name -MappingMode on | off

autargetmap

-unit unit_name -availablelist ctl_no port_no

-tno target_no | -talias target_alias -hlu | -lu

Description
This command references or sets the iSCSI target mapping
information.

NOTE: At the Windows 98 MS-DOS prompt, the input buffer is up to 128

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit in which the mapping information to be
referenced or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the mapping information.
-MappingMode on | off
Specifies whether to set the Mapping mode effective or ineffective.
on : Enables the Mapping mode

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-241

off: Disables the Mapping mode

-availablelist ctl_no port_no
A list of LUNs or H-LUNs, each of which is eligible for the mapping is
displayed within the specified controller number, a port number, and a target.

-hlu
-lu

ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)

port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
Specify when displaying a list of H-LUNs, each of which is eligible for the
mapping.
Specify when displaying a list of LUNs, each of which is eligible for the
mapping.

When specifying target number

-add ctl_no port_no target_no hlu lu
Adds the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
target_no: Target number
hlu
: LU number recognized by the host
lu
: LU number of the array unit
-chg ctl_no port_no target_no hlu lu
Changes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
target_no: Target number
hlu
: LU number recognized by the host
lu
: LU number of the array unit
-rm ctl_no port_no target_no hlu lu
Deletes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
target_no: Target number
hlu
: LU number recognized by the host
lu
: LU number of the array unit
When specifying target number or target alias
-add ctl_no port_no
Adds the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
-chg ctl_no port_no
Changes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
-rm ctl_no port_no
Deletes the mapping information.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
port_no : Port number (A, B, E, F)
-tno target_no
Specify the target number.
target_no: Target number
-talias target_alias
Specify the target alias.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
Cannot specify spaces only.
target_alias: Target alias (See Note 1)
-hlu hlu
Specify a LUN to be recognized by a host.
-lu lu
Specify an internal LUN of the disk array subsystem.

3-242

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Note 1: For target alias, less than or equal to 32 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters,
numerals, and the following symbols) can be used.
(!,#,$,%,&,',+,-,.,=,@,^,_,{,},~,(,),[,],(space))
Note 2: -platform and -middleware options and each target option can also be specified at the
same time.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-243

Example
The following example displays mapping information of an array
ams500.
% autargetmap -unit ams500 -refer
Mapping Mode = ON
Port Target
H-LUN LUN
0A 000:T000
0 0
0A 000:T000
1 100
:
0B 000:T000
0 0
0B 000:T000
1 100
:
%

NNC parameters
This section covers the following commands related to NNC and MAS
parameters:

Referencing/setting NNC LAN information on page 3-245

Displaying/setting NAS system volume on page 3-247

Referencing/setting NAS user volume on page 3-250

Referencing/shutdown/booting/rebooting NNC on page 3-252

Figure 3-10 shows an example of a connection of the host computer,

in which Storage Navigator Modular 2 is installed, and AMS/WMS
array to which the NNC option has been added.
Switch

CTL1 LAN

Workstation
CTL0 LAN
nnc1

LAN

nnc0

LAN

Array Unit
(dual system)

NTP Server

LAN
10BaseT/100BaseT twisted pair cable

Figure 3-10: Example of host computer connection

3-244

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting NNC LAN information

Command name
aunnclan

Format
AMS, WMS
aunnclan -unit unit_name refer
aunnclan -unit unit_name -set -nnc nnc_no
[ -addr inet_addr ]
[ -mask netmask ]
[ -mtu num ]
[ -nego auto | 100mh | 100mf | 1000m ]

Description
This command references or sets the NNC LAN information.

NOTE: A cluster becomes a stop state when you change an IP address or

subnet mask.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the NNC LAN
information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the NNC LAN information.
-set
Sets the NNC LAN information.
-nnc nnc_no
Specify the NNC number.
-addr inet_addr
Specify the IP addresses.
-mask netmask
Specify the subnet masks.
-mtu num
Specify the MTU.
-nego auto | 100mh | 100mf | 1000m
Specify the negotiations.
auto : The disk array unit makes the decision automatically.
100mh: 100 Mbps/Half
100mf: 100 Mbps/Full
1000m: 1000 Mbps/Full

Example
The following example displays the NNC LAN information of an array
ams500.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-245

% aunnclan -unit ams500 -refer

Password:
Current
NNC IP Address
Subnet Mask
MTU Negotiation
Result
0 125.0.9.98
255.255.255.0 16100 Auto
Normal
2 125.0.9.99
255.255.255.0 16100 Auto
Normal
Setting
NNC IP Address
Subnet Mask
MTU Negotiation
0 125.0.9.98
255.255.255.0 16100 Auto
2 125.0.9.99
255.255.255.0 16100 Auto
%

The following example sets the NNC LAN information of an array

ams500.
% aunnclan -unit ams500 -set -nnc 0 -addr 192.168.100.100 mtu 16000
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the LAN information of management NNC port?
(y/n [n]): y
This process may affect the providing service of cluster system.
Please note: When the service is provided in management network interface, the s
ervice is deleted.
When setting completes, the clustering is stopped. Please contact the system adm
inistrator.
Do you want to continue the processing? (y/n [n]): y
The LAN information of management NNC port has been set successfully.
%

3-246

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Displaying/setting NAS system volume

Command name
aunassyslu

Format
AMS, WMS
aunassyslu

-unit unit_name refer

When connecting NNCtype1.

aunassyslu -unit unit_name -set -nnc nnc_no
[ -sys0 lun ] [ -sys1 lun ] [ -dump0 lun ] [ -dump1 lun ]
[ -cmddev lun ] [ -dumpwk lun ] [ -syscom lun ]
[ -backup lun ] [ -backup2 lun ]
aunassyslu

-unit unit_name -rm -nnc nnc_no

[ -sys0 ] [ -sys1 ] [ -dump0 ] [ -dump1 ]
[ -cmddev ] [ -dumpwk ] [ -syscom ]
[ -backup ] [ -backup2 ]

aunassyslu

-unit unit_name -availablelist -nnc nnc_no

When connecting NNCtype2.

aunassyslu -unit unit_name -set -nnc nnc_no
[ -sys0 lun ] [ -sys1 lun ] [ -dump0 lun ] [ -dump1 lun ]
[ -cmddev lun ] [ -cmddev2 lun ] [ -syscom lun ]
[ -backup lun ] [ -backup2 lun ]
aunassyslu

-unit unit_name -rm -nnc nnc_no

[ -sys0 ] [ -sys1 ] [ -dump0 ] [ -dump1 ]
[ -cmddev ] [ -cmddev2 ] [ -syscom ]
[ -backup ] [ -backup2 ]

aunassyslu

-unit unit_name -availablelist -nnc nnc_no

Description
This command references or sets the NAS system LU.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the NAS system
LU.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the NAS system LU.
-set
Sets the NAS system LU.
-rm
Releases the NAS system LU.
-availablelist
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the NAS system LU.
-nnc nnc_no
Specify the NNC numbers separating them with a slash (/).
Example: -nnc 0/2
-sys0 lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to the system disk(CTL0).
-sys1 lun

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-247

Specify an LU number to be assigned to the system disk(CTL1).

-dump0 lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to the volume(CTL0) for storing a dump.
-dump1 lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to the volume(CTL1) for storing a dump.
-cmddev lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to the command device.
-cmddev2 lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to the command device (Secondary).
-dumpwk lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to the work area for storing a result of
the dump edition.
-syscom lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to the common volume of the NAS system.
-backup lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to a volume for backing up the common
volume.
-backup2 lun
Specify an LU number to be assigned to a volume for backing up 2 the common
volume.
-sys0
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the system disk (CTL0).
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the system disk (CTL0).
-sys1
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the system disk (CTL1).
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the system disk (CTL1).
-dump0
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the volume (CTL0) for storing a dump.
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the volume (CTL0) for storing a
dump.
-dump1
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the volume (CTL1) for storing a dump.
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the volume (CTL1) for storing a
dump.
-cmddev
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the command device.
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the command device.
-cmddev2
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the command device (Secondary).
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the command device (Secondary).
-dumpwk
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the work area for storing a result of the dump edition.
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the work area for storing a
result of the dump edition.
-syscom
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases the common volume of the NAS system.
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the common volume of the NAS
system.

3-248

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-backup
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases a volume for backing up the common volume.
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to a volume for backing up the
common volume.
-backup2
When the -rm option is specified:
Releases a volume for backing up 2 the common volume.
When the -availablelist option is specified:
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to a volume for backing up 2 the
common volume.

Examples
The following example displays the NAS system LU of an array
ams500.
% aunassyslu -unit ams500 -refer
NNC0/2
System Disk(CTL0)
:0
System Disk(CTL1)
: 100
Volume for Dump(CTL0)
:1
Volume for Dump(CTL1)
: 101
Command Device
:5
Working Area for Dump
:6
System Common Volume
:8
Backup Volume for Common
:9
Backup Volume for Common 2
: 10
%

The following example sets the NAS system LU of an array ams500.

% aunassyslu -unit ams500 -set -nnc 0/2 -sys0 0 -dump0 1 -sys1 100 -dump1 101 -cmddev 5
-dumpwk 6 -syscom 8 -backup 9 -backup2 10
Password:
Are you sure you want to set the system LU? (y/n [n]): y
The system LU has been set successfully.
%

The following example displays the NAS system LU of an array

ams500.
% aunassyslu -unit ams500 -availablelist -nnc 0/2 -sys0
Password:
Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity RAID Group RAID Level D-CTL C-CTL Type Status
0 11.0 Gbyte
0 5( 4D+1P) 0 0 FC Normal
22 20.0 Gbyte
0 5( 4D+1P) 0 0 FC Normal
:
:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-249

Referencing/setting NAS user volume

Command name
aunasuserlu

Format
AMS, WMS
aunasuserlu

-unit unit_name refer

aunasuserlu

-unit unit_name -add -nnc nnc_no hlu lu

aunasuserlu

-unit unit_name -chg -nnc nnc_no hlu lu

aunasuserlu

-unit unit_name -rm -nnc nnc_no hlu lu

aunasuserlu

-unit unit_name -availablelist -nnc nnc_no -hlu | -lu

Description
This command references or sets the NAS user LU.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set the NAS user
LU.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Displays the NAS user LU.
-add
Sets the NAS user LU.
-chg
Changes the NAS user LU.
-rm
Deletes the NAS user LU.
-availablelist
Displays a list of H-LUNs or LUNs that can be assigned to the NAS user LU.
-nnc nnc_no hlu lu
When the -add option is specified:
Specify the H-LUN and LU to be set.
When the -chg option is specified:
Specify the H-LUN and LU to be changed.
When the -rm option is specified:
Specify the H-LUN and LU to be deleted.
nnc_no: Specify the NNC numbers separating them with a slash (/).
Example: -nnc 0/2
hlu : Specify a LUN to be recognized by a host.
lu : Specify an internal LUN of the disk array subsystem.
-nnc nnc_no
Specify the NNC numbers.

-hlu
-lu

nnc_no: Specify the NNC numbers separating them with a slash (/).
Example: -nnc 0/2
Displays a list of H-LUNs that can be assigned to the NAS user LU.
Displays a list of LUNs that can be assigned to the NAS user LU.

Examples
The following example displays the NAS user LU of an array ams500.

3-250

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

% aunasuserlu -unit ams500 -refer

NNC0/2
H-LUN LUN
0 20
0 21
:
%

The following example sets the NAS user LU of an array ams500.

% aunasuserlu -unit ams500 -add -nnc 0/2 0 100
Password:
Are you sure you want to add the user LU?
(y/n [n]): y
The user LU has been set successfully.
%

The following example changes the NAS user LU of an array ams500.

% aunasuserlu -unit ams500 -chg -nnc 0/2 0 100
Password:
Are you sure you want to change the user LU?
(y/n [n]): y
The user LU has been changed successfully.
%

The following example deletes the NAS user LU of an array ams500.

% aunasuserlu -unit ams500 -rm -nnc 0/2 0 100
Password:
Are you sure you want to release the user LU?
(y/n [n]): y
The user LU has been released successfully.
%

The following example displays the NAS host LU of an array ams500.

% aunasuserlu -unit ams500 -availablelist -nnc 0/2 -hlu
Password:
Available H-LUN
2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
:
248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255
%

The following example displays the NAS LU of an array ams500.

% aunasuserlu -unit ams500 -availablelist -nnc 0/2 -lu
Password:
Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity RAID Group RAID Level D-CTL C-CTL Type Status
22 20.0 Gbyte
0 5( 4D+1P) 0 0 FC Normal
:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-251

Referencing/shutdown/booting/rebooting NNC
Command name
aunnc

Format
AMS, WMS
aunnc -unit unit_name refer
aunnc

-unit unit_name -shutdown -nnc nnc_no

aunnc

-unit unit_name -boot -nnc nnc_no

aunnc

-unit unit_name -reboot -nnc nnc_no

Description
This command references the status of the NNC or Shutdown/
Booting/Rebooting the NNC.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference the status of the NNC
or shutdown/booting/rebooting the NNC.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the status of the NNC.
-shutdown
Shut downs the NNC.
-boot
Boots the NNC.
-reboot
Reboots the NNC.
-nnc nnc_no
Specify the NNC number.

3-252

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples
The following example displays the status of the NNC of an array
ams500.
% aunnc -unit ams500 -refer
NNC Status
0 ACTIVE
2 WARN
%

Table 3-17: Status of NNC

Status

Description

ACTIVE

NAS OS is active and the Node is in operation.

BOOT

NAS OS is in boot process.

DISUSE

Controller is blocked.

DOWN

NAS OS has abnormally stopped.

DUMP

A NAS Dump is being collected.

HUNGUP

NAS OS is hung-up.

INACTIVE

NAS OS is in operation and the Node is stopped.

INST

NAS OS is in installation process.

NEW

NAS OS is not installed.

SHUTDOWN

NAS OS is in shutdown process.

STOP

NAS OS is normally stopped.

WARN

NAS Manager is not installed, or NAS OS is in operation

and the status of the Node is unknown.
a

NOTE: When you shutdown or reboot the NNC, just after the array powers
ON or cluster stars from the NAS Manager, you must shutdown or reboot
the NNC after the following confirmation
The cluster status is ACTIVE, and the resource group status is
Online or Offline.
When shutting down or rebooting the NNC and the NNC is not in the
above situation, it is possible that the cluster setting and resource
group setting cannot be execute normally.
(Example: When executing the cluster stop from the NAS Manager
that is connected to the NNC, which has not shut down or rebooted
the NNC, it is possible that the cluster stop is not finished.) In this
case, reboot the NNC, which has not shut down or rebooted the NNC
from Storage Navigator Modular 2.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-253

The following example shut downs the NNC of an array ams500.

% aunnc -unit ams500 -shutdown -nnc 0
Password:
Are you sure want to shut down the NNC0?
(y/n [n]): y
Please confirm the status of the cluster and resource group after the cluster is
starting.
If you execute this operation when the cluster and resource group are not availa
ble, it is possible to not set the cluster and resource group after that.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
While NAS OS is active, this setting may affect the provided service.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
After the clustering, this setting may affect the provided service.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The shutdown of NNC0 has been required.
%

There is no difference between boot and reboot operations.

Do not specify anything for the boot option.
The following example boots the NNC of an array ams500.
% aunnc -unit ams500 -boot -nnc 0
Password:
Are you sure want to boot the NNC0?
(y/n [n]): y
The boot of NNC0 has been required.
%

The following example reboots the NNC of an array ams500.

% aunnc -unit ams500 -reboot -nnc 0
Password:
Are you sure want to reboot the NNC0?
(y/n [n]): y
Please confirm the status of the cluster and resource group after the cluster is
starting.
If you execute this operation when the cluster and resource group are not availa
ble, it is possible to not set the cluster and resource group after that.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
While NAS OS is active, this setting may affect the provided service.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
After the clustering, this setting may affect the provided service.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The reboot of NNC0 has been required.
%

3-254

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Monitoring errors
This section covers the following commands related to monitoring
errors:

Setting the starting of the application on page 3-256

Monitoring errors on page 3-257

Referencing/setting the monitoring error options on page 3-264

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-255

Setting the starting of the application

Command name
auextprog

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auextprog -refer
auextprog

-set command

auextprog

-test

Description
This command sets up an external program that is executed when an
error is detected while monitoring errors.

Options
-refer
Displays (references) the external program setup.
-set command
Sets up an external program that is executed when an error is detected while
monitoring errors.
-test
Starts an external program specified by the -set option.

Examples
The following example sets up the application go to be executed.
% auextprog -set go
%

The following example displays the application setup to be executed.

% auextprog -refer
Application Name : go
%

3-256

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Monitoring errors
Command name
auerroralert

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000,DF850
auerroralert [ -time uptime ] [ -prog every | once ] [ -nodisp ]
[ -item [ alert ] [dpconsumed ] ]

Description
This command monitors an array subject to monitoring (an array
registered by specifying the -watch option) for errors. While
monitoring the errors, the word Executing indicating that the
monitoring is in execution, and the information on failures that are
detected by the error monitor are displayed. The contents of failure
information displayed are the same as those of messages output to
a log file. The word Executing indicating that the monitoring is in
execution is displayed repeatedly, and the time for which monitoring
is in execution is updated and will be displayed on the same line.
To stop monitoring for errors, forcibly terminate the process (e.g.
press the Ctl + c keys).
In the case of the AMS/WMS, a failure that occurs in a different part
is treated as a different failure though the model of the part is the
same.
Error monitoring starts the monitoring from the status at the time of
the start. When error monitoring is restarted, the status of the
previous error monitoring is not retained.
The target OS of the event log output is Windows, and target array
unit of the event log output is AMS2000/DF850.

Options
-time uptime
Specify the time interval at which to monitor the errors. Specify the value in
the range of 1 to 720 minutes. If omitted, the error is monitored only once.
-prog every | once
Executes an external program when an error is detected.every: After error monitoring
is started, a specified application executes when an error is detected. If the same error is
detected while
monitoring errors, the application is no longer started from thesecond detection
onward.
once : After error monitoring is started, a specified application executed when an error
is
detected for the first time. If errors are detected continuously, the application will not
start. After the specified application executes the first time, in order to start the application
again when an
error is detected, terminate the error monitoring and then restart again.
-nodisp
A screen display of the monitoring result is suppressed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-257

-eventlog
Specify this option when outputting or testing the event log.
The target OS of the event log output is Windows, and target array unit of the
event log output is AMS2000.
-item [ alert ] [ dpconsumed ]
Specify the item to monitor.
When the specification is omitted, it monitors the failure information.
alert
: It monitors the failure information.
dpconsumed : It monitors the capacity status of DP pool.
. The target array unit is AMS2000.
-test
Tests the output event log.

Example
The following example monitors errors at an interval of 10 minutes.
During error monitoring, a battery failure was detected in an array
9500a1.
% auerroralert -time 1
Mon, May 01 10:10:00 2002 Executing.
Mon, May 01 10:30:00 2002 /9500a1/ARRAY Battery Alarm.
Mon, May 01 10:40:00 2002 Executing.

When a failure is detected in the array and error monitoring is

executed, the function outputs the failure information to a log file.
When you want to test an event log on Windows, specify the -test
and -eventlog options.
% auerroralert -test -eventlog
Thu, Aug 05 15:28:45 2011/(TEST)/ARRAY Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 Event
log test message.
Confirm test log in Event Viewer.

The log file is output with file name: errlog.txt and in a text file
format, onto a path setup by the STONAVM_HOME environmental
variable. The file format is shown in the following example.

3-258

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The output size of a log file is up to 520 k bytes. When the log
information exceeds the limit, the log file is renamed to
errlog.txt.pre and a log file errlog.txt is newly created.
The string --- end --- comes at the end of log information output.
If the log information surpasses its limit again, the existing log file
errlog.txt is replaced witherrlog.pre.txt and then a new log file
errlog.txt is created again.
NOTE: The failure detection time is a time of the clock on a personal computer
or Server/Workstation in which Storage Navigator Modular 2 has been installed.
The log information to be output reports the failure part using a
message text. The format of message text is shown below.
Day, Mon.dd hh:mm:ss yyyy/DF name/message text
Day: Day of the week

hh:mm:ss: Hours, minutes, and seconds

Mon: Month

yyyy: Year

dd: Date

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-259

The following table details message text and meaning for the HUS
100.

Figure 3-11: Message Text and Meaning for the HUS 100
No.

Message text

Meaning of message

Errlog.txt
Output

ARRAY Alert Started.

ARRAY Drive Detached.

ARRAY Detached Drive Position
Unit No.X HDU No.Y.
ARRAY Drive Detached.
Position Unit No.X HDU No.Y.
ARRAY Battery Alarm. Position
Battery No.X.
ARRAY Fan Alarm. CONTROLLER
No.X Fan No.X.
ARRAY CONTROLLER Detached.
Position CONTROLLER No.X.

Error/
1100

A battery voltage error

occurred.
A CTU fan failure occurred.

A controller blockade
occurred. (This occurs only
in the dual controller
configuration.)
An AC power supply error
occurs.

A cache failure occurred.

A backup circuit failure
occurred.
An enclosure error occurs.

O
O

A path blockade occurred.

A host connector error
occurs.

O
O

The array unit entered the

warning state.
An interface board
blockade occurred.

ARRAY Hitachi Storage

Navigator Modular 2 Interface
error recovered.
ARRAY Pool Consumed Capacity
Early Alert Pool No.XX

A failure occurred in the

connection with the array
unit.
A power OFF or a failure
occurred in the array unit.
A failure recovered in the
connection with the array
unit.
A DP pool early alert
occurred.

ARRAY Pool Consumed Capacity

Depletion Alert Pool No.XX

19
20

3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

16
17

3-260

ARRAY AC Power Supply Failure.

Position Unit No.X AC Power
No.X.
ARRAY Cache Memory Alarm.
ARRAY Cache Backup Circuit
Alarm.
ARRAY ENC Alarm. Position Unit
No.X ENC No.X.
ARRAY Path Alarm.
ARRAY Host Connector Alarm.
Position CONTROLLER No.X
Host Connector No.X.
ARRAY Warning.
ARRAY Interface Board Alarm.
Position CONTROLLER No.X
Interface Board No.Y.
ARRAY Hitachi Storage
Navigator Modular 2 Interface
error occurred.

The error monitoring is

started.
A drive blockade occurred.
(The blocked drive is
indicated with a set of a
Unit No. and an HDU No.)

Event
Type/
Output
ID

Error/
1800
O

A DP pool depletion alert

occurred.

ARRAY Pool Consumed Capacity

Over Pool No.XX

A DP pool depletion
occurred.

ARRAY I/F Module Alarm.

An I/F module failure

occurred.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Information
1800

Inform
ation
5101
Inform
ation
5102
Warni
ng
5103
Error/
1100

ARRAY CONTROLLER Detached

(Related Parts Alarm). Position
CONTROLLER No.X X

ARRAY Side Card Alarm.

A controller blockade
occurred by related parts.
(This occurs only in the
dual controller
configuration.)
A side card failure
occurred.

Inform
ation/
3100

Error/
1100

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-261

The following table details message text and meaning for the AMS
2000.

Table 3-18: Message text and meaning (AMS2000/DF850)

No.

Message text

Meaning of message

Errlog.txt
Output

ARRAY Alert Started.

ARRAY Drive Detached. ARRAY

Detached Drive Position Unit
No.X HDU No.Y.
ARRAY Drive Detached. Position
Unit No.X HDU No.Y.
ARRAY Battery Alarm. Position
Battery No.X.
ARRAY Additional Battery
Alarm. Position Battery No.X.
ARRAY Fan Alarm. Position Unit
No.X Fan No.X.
ARRAY CONTROLLER Detached.
Position CONTROLLER No.X.

3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

ARRAY AC Power Supply Failure.

Position Unit No.X AC Power
No.X.
ARRAY DC Power Supply Failure.
Position Unit No.X DC Power
No.X.
ARRAY Cache Memory Alarm.
ARRAY Cache Backup Circuit
Alarm.
ARRAY ENC Alarm. Position Unit
No.X ENC No.X.
ARRAY SENC Alarm. Position
Unit No.X SENC No.X.
ARRAY Path Alarm.
ARRAY Host Connector Alarm.
Position CONTROLLER No.X Host
Connector No.X.
ARRAY Warning.

ARRAY Hitachi Storage Navigator

Modular 2 Interface error
occurred.

ARRAY Interface Board Alarm.

Position CONTROLLER No.X
Interface Board No.Y.
ARRAY Hitachi Storage Navigator
Modular 2 Interface error
recovered.
ARRAY Hitachi Storage Navigator
Modular 2 log test message.

19
20
21

3-262

ARRAY Pool Consumed Capacity

Early Alert Pool No. XX

The error monitoring is

started.
A drive blockade occurred.
(The blocked drive is
indicated with a set of a
Unit No. and an HDU No.)

Event
Type/
Output
ID

Error/
1100

A DC power supply error

occurs.

A cache failure occurred.

A backup circuit failure
occurred.
An enclosure error occurs.

O
O

An SENC error occurred.

A path blockade occurred.

A host connector error
occurs.

O
O

The array unit entered the

warning state.
A failure occurred in the
connection with the array
unit. A power OFF or a
failure occurred in the
array unit.
An interface board
blockade occurred.

Error/
1800

Error/
1100

A failure recovered in the

connection with the array
unit.
For test of event log
outputting. Array name is
TEST.
A DP pool early alert
occurred.

Inform
ation/
1800
Inform
ation/
9900
Inform
ation/
5101

A battery voltage error

occurred.
An additional battery
voltage error occurred.
A fan failure occurred.
A controller blockade
occurred. (This occurs only
in the dual controller
configuration.)
An AC power supply error
occurs.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-18: Message text and meaning (AMS2000/DF850)

ARRAY Pool Consumed Capacity

Depletion Alert Pool No. XX

A DP pool depletion alert

occurred.

ARRAY Pool Consumed Capacity

Over Pool No. XX

A DP pool depletion
occurred

Inform
ation/
5102
Error/
5103

NOTE: No. 21 to No. 23 is output when Dynamic Provisioning is installed and

set to the early alert, depletion alert, and notification alert Enable command
options during creation of a DP pool.
The following table details message texts and meaning for the SMS
100.

Table 3-19: Message text and meaning (SMS100)

No.

Message text

Meaning of message
The error monitoring is started.
The array unit entered the warning state.
A failure occurred in the connection with the array unit.

5
6

ARRAY Alert Started.

ARRAY Warning.
ARRAY Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2
Interface error occurred.
ARRAY replacement is requested (Original
Array).
ARRAY replacement is requested (New Array).
Repair HDU insertion is requested (1st time).

Repair HDU insertion is requested (2nd time).

Repair HDU insertion is requested (3rd time).

1
2
3
4

A power OFF or a failure occurred in the array unit.

Exchange request of Unit 0 occurred.
Exchange request of Unit 1 occurred.
First time mount request of repair slot drive occurred.
Second time mount request of repair slot drive
occurred
Third time mount request of repair slot drive occurred.

The following table detials message text and meaning for the AMS/
WMS.

Table 3-20: Message text and meaning (AMS/WMS)

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Message text

Meaning of message

ARRAY Alert Started.

ARRAY FC Drive Detached. ARRAY
Detached FC Drive Position Unit No.X HDU
No.Y.
ARRAY SATA Drive Detached. ARRAY
Detached SATA Drive Position Unit No. X
HDU No. Y
ARRAY Battery Alarm. Position Battery
No.X.
ARRAY Fan Alarm. Position Unit No.X Fan
No.X.
ARRAY CONTROLLER Detached. Position
CONTROLLER No.X.
ARRAY AC Power Supply Failure. Position
Unit No.X AC Power No.X.
ARRAY Cache Memory Alarm.
ARRAY Cache Backup Circuit Alarm.
ARRAY ENC Alarm. Position Unit No.X ENC
No.X.
ARRAY SENC Alarm. Position Unit No.X
SENC No.X.
ARRAY Loop Alarm.
ARRAY Path Alarm.
ARRAY Host Connector Alarm. Position
CONTROLLER No.X Host Connector No.X.
ARRAY Warning.

The error monitoring is started.

An FC drive blockade occurred. (The blocked drive
is indicated with a set of a Unit No. and an HDU No.)
A SATA drive blockade occurred. (The blocked
drive is indicated with a set of a Unit No. and an
HDU No.)
A battery voltage error occurred.
A fan failure occurred.
A controller blockade occurred. (This occurs only
in the dual controller configuration.)
An AC power supply error occurs.
A cache failure occurred.
A backup circuit failure occurred.
An enclosure error occurs.
An SENC error occurred.
A loop error occurs.
A path blockade occurred.
A host connector error occurs.
The array unit entered the warning state.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-263

Table 3-20: Message text and meaning (AMS/WMS)

ARRAY Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular

2 Interface error occurred.

17
18

ARRAY NNC Detached. Position NNC No.X.

ARRAY NNC Warning. Position NNC No.X.

A failure occurred in the connection with the array

unit. A power OFF or a failure occurred in the array
unit.
An NNC blockade occurred.
An NNC partical blockade occurred.

The following table details message text and meaning for the 9500V.

Table 3-21: Message text and meaning (9500V)

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Message text
ARRAY Alert Started.
ARRAY FC Drive Detached. ARRAY Detached
FC Drive Position Unit No.X HDU No.Y.
ARRAY SATA Drive Detached. ARRAY
Detached SATA Drive Position Unit No. X HDU
No. Y.
ARRAY DC Power Supply Failure.
ARRAY Battery Alarm.
ARRAY Fan Alarm.

ARRAY CONTROLLER Detached.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

ARRAY AC Power Supply Failure.

ARRAY Cache Memory Alarm.
ARRAY Cache Backup Circuit Alarm.
ARRAY ENC Alarm.
ARRAY SENC Alarm.
ARRAY Loop Alarm.
ARRAY Path Alarm.
ARRAY Warning.
ARRAY Storage Navigator Modular Interface
error occurred.

Meaning of message
The error monitoring is started.
An FC drive blockade occurred. (The blocked drive is
indicated with a set of a Unit No. and an HDU No.)
A SATA drive blockade occurred. (The blocked drive is
indicated with a set of a Unit No. and an HDU No.)
A DC power supply error occurs.
A battery voltage error occurred.
A fan failure occurred.
A controller blockade occurred. (This occurs only in the
dual controller configuration.)
An AC power supply error occurs.
A cache failure occurred.
A backup circuit failure occurred.
An enclosure error occurs.
An SENC error occurred.
A loop error occurs.
A path blockade occurred.
The array unit entered the warning state.
A failure occurred in the connection with the array unit.
A power OFF or a failure occurred in the array unit.

Referencing/setting the monitoring error options

Command name
auerralertopt

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auerralertopt -refer account
When the monitoring account is not set or changed.
auerralertopt -set -account enable
-uid user_id | -uidfile file_name | -askuid
[ -passwdfile file_name ]
When setting the monitoring account to enable.
auerralertopt -set -account enable
When setting the monitoring account to disable.
auerralertopt -set -account disable
auerralertopt

-test -account [ -unit unit_name ... ]

Description
This command references or sets the monitoring error options.

Options
-refer
Displays the monitoring error options.
-set

3-264

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-test

Sets the monitoring error options.

Tests the monitoring error options.

-account
When the -refer option is specified:
Displays the monitoring account information.
When the -test option is specified:
Authentication tests by the monitoring account.
-account enable | disable
Specify whether to set the monitoring account effective or ineffective.
enable : Enables the monitoring account.
disable: Disables the monitoring account.
-uid user_id
Specify the user ID.
user_id: User ID (See Note 1)
-uidfile file_name
Specify the file(path) name when setting the user ID using a file.
file_name: File (path) name
-askuid
Specify this option when inputting the user ID for a request.
-passwdfile file_name
Specify the file(path) name when setting the password using a file.
file_name: File (path) name
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to test.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed. If omitted, all array unit subject to monitoring will be tested.
Single or multiple array unit names can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single array unit name.
Example: -unit ams2000a1
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple array unit names.
Example: -unit ams2000a1 ams2000a2
Note 1: For User ID, less than or equal to 256 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters,
numerals, and the following symbols) can be used.
(!,#,$,%,&,',*,+,-,.,/,=,?,@,^,_,`,{,|,},~,(space))

Examples
The following example displays the monitoring errors account
information.
% auerralertopt refer account
Monitoring Account : Enable
USER id : user-acc
%

The following example sets the monitoring errors account

information.
% auerralertopt set account uid User001
Are you sure you want to set the account for monitoring unit? (y/n [n]): y
Please input the password.
Password :
The account for monitoring unit has been set successfully.
%

The following example tests the monitoring errors account

information.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-265

% auerralertopt test account

Unit Name
ams500
9500
ams500m
%

3-266

Type Result
AMS500 OK
9500V OK
AMS500 OK

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Tuning parameters
This section covers the following commands related to tuning
parameters:

Referencing/setting system tuning parameters on page 3-268

Referencing/setting volume tuning parameters on page 3-271

Referencing/setting prefetch tuning parameters on page 3-272

Referencing/setting multi-stream tuning parameters on page 3274

Referencing/setting volume ownership tuning parameters on

page 3-276

Setting/deleting the account information for scripts on page 3277

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-267

Referencing/setting system tuning parameters

Command name
ausystuning

Format
9500V
ausystuning -unit unit_name refer
When setting the Multi Streaming
ausystuning -unit unit_name set
[ -mspfcount num ]
[ -msnextpf on | off ]
[ -mspfsize 64 | 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024 | 2048 | 3072 |
4096 | 5120 | 6144 | 7168 | 8192 | 9216 | 10240 ]
ausystuning -unit unit_name -default MultiStreaming
When setting the other configurations
ausystuning -unit unit_name set
[ -dtystart num ]
[ -dtystop num ]
[ -rndbufsize0 enable | disable ]
[ -rndbuf num ]
ausystuning -unit unit_name default
AMS, WMS
ausystuning -unit unit_name refer
ausystuning -unit unit_name set
[ -dtystart num ]
[ -dtystop num ]
[ -cachecontrol FIFO | LRU ]
[ -detailedtrace on | off ]
ausystuning -unit unit_name -default

SMS, AMS2000, DF850

ausystuning -unit unit_name refer
ausystuning

ausystuning

-unit unit_name set

[ -dtystart num ]
[ -dtystop num ]
[ -cachecontrol FIFO | LRU ]
[ -detailedtrace on | off ]
[ -loadbalancing enable | disable ]
[ -loadbalancingtime 3 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60 | 120 | 180 ]
[ -dtynumlimit enable | disable ]
[ -loadreductionchigonf enable | disable ]
-unit unit_name -default

Description
This command refers to or sets the system tuning parameters.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit to which the system tuning parameters is
referred or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the system tuning parameters that has been set and reserved.

3-268

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-set

Sets the system tuning parameters.

-mspfcount num
Specify the condition to make a pre-fetch in the multi-streaming (1 to 10).
The setting can be made only when the Multiple Stream Mode is validated.
-msnextsize on | off
Specify the time when the next pre-fetch of the multi-streaming is to be made.
The setting can be made only when the Multiple Stream Mode is validated.
on : Starts the next pre-fetch when the reading is done up to the specified
percentage.
off: The next pre-fetch is not started as long as a read hit is made.
-mspfsize 64 | 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024 | 2048 | 3072 | 4096 | 5120 | 6144 | 7168 | 8192
| 9216 | 10240
Specify an amount of data to be pre-fetched in the multi-streaming.
The setting can be made only when the Multiple Stream Mode is validated.
-dtystart num
Specify an occasion to de-stage dirty data. (0 to 50)
-dtystop num
Specify an occasion to stop the de-staging of dirty data. (0 to 50)
-rndbufsize0 enable | disable
Set whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the random simple
buffer size as 0%.
enable : Enables the specification of the random simple buffer size as 0%.
disable: Disables the specification of the random simple buffer size as 0%.
-rndbuf num
Specify a size of the random simplified buffer. (0 to 100)
When specifying this option, the disk array subsystem must be restarted in
order to validate the setting.
-cachecontrol FIFO | LRU
Specify a cache control mode.
FIFO: First-in First-out
LRU : Least Recently Used
-detailedtrace on | off
Specify whether to set the detailed trace mode effective or ineffective.
on : Enables the detailed trace mode.
off: Disables the detailed trace mode.
-loadbalancing enable | disable
Set whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the load balancing.
enable : Enables the specification of the load balancing
disable: Disables the specification of the load balancing
-loadbalancingtime 3 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60 | 120 | 180
Specify the load balancing monitoring time (minutes).
-default MultiStreaming
Return the parameter for tuning the performance of multi-streaming to the
default value. The setting can be made only when the Multiple Stream Mode is
validated.
-default
Returns the parameters for performance tuning to their default value.
-dtynumlimit enable | disable
Set whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the dirty data flush number limit
enable: Enables the specification of the dirty data flush number limit.
disable: Disables the specification of the dirty data flush number limit.
-loadreductionchgconf enable | disable
Set whether to validate or invalidatethe specification of the load reduction for changing
configuration mode.
mode.

enable: Enables the specification of the load reduction for changing configuration

disable: Disables the specification of the load reduction for changing configuration
mode.i

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-269

Note: Validation or invalidation of the Multiple Stream Mode is set with the online system
parameter (auonsysprm) or the system parameter (ausysparam). (DF600)

Examples
The following example displays the system tuning parameters of an
array 9500a1.
% ausystuning -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
Dirty Data Opportunity [%] : 10
Dirty Data Stop Opportunity [%] : 0
Specifying Random Simple Buffer Size 0%
Current Value : disable
New Value : disable
Random Simple Buffer Size [%]
Current Value : 0
New Value : 0
%

The following example displays the system tuning parameters of an

array ams500a1.
% ausystuning -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Dirty Data Opportunity [%]
: 10
Dirty Data Stop Opportunity [%] : 0
Cache Control Mode
: FIFO
Detailed Trace Mode
: ON
%

The following example displays the system tuning parameters of an

array ams2300a1.
% ausystuning -unit ams2300a1 -refer
Dirty Data Opportunity [%]
Dirty Data Stop Opportunity [%]
Cache Control Mode
Detailed Trace Mode
Load Balancing
Load Balancing Monitoring Time [min.]
Dirty Data Flush Number Limit
Load Reduction for Changing Configuration Mode
%

3-270

: 10
:0
: FIFO
: ON
: Enable
:3
: Disable
: Disable

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting volume tuning parameters

Command name
aulutuning

Format
9500V
aulutuning

-unit unit_name refer

aulutuning

-unit unit_name -set -lu lun ...

-pfdata disable | num

aulutuning

-unit unit_name -default [ -lu lun ]

Description
This command refers to or sets the LU tuning parameters.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit to which the LU tuning parameters is referred
or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the LU tuning parameters.
-set
Sets the LU tuning parameters.
-default
Returns the parameter for tuning the performance to the default value.
-lu lun ...
Specify number(s) of LU(s) for which to be set the LU tuning parameters. One or
more LU number(s) can be specified. However, only a single logical unit can be
specified when the -default has been specified.
Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single LU number.
Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8
-pfdata disable | num
Specify the time to start the pre-fetch.
disable: The pre-fetch is not started.
num : Specify the condition to start the next pre-fetch, that is,
a percentage of data to be pre-fetched that has been read
(0 to 100).

Example
The following example displays the logical unit tuning parameters of
an array 9500a1.
% aulutuning -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
LU 0
Prefetch Starting Opportunity [%] : 50
LU 1
Prefetch Starting Opportunity [%] : 50

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-271

:
:
%

Referencing/setting prefetch tuning parameters

Command name
autuningprefetch

Format
AMS, WMS
autuningprefetch

-unit unit_name refer

When the multi stream of LU is effective.

autuningprefetch -unit unit_name set
[ -seqcount num ]
[ -fixedsize num ]
[ -basesize num ]
[ -lu lun ... ]
When the multi stream of LU is ineffective.
autuningprefetch -unit unit_name set
[ -multistreamread enable | disable ]
[ -multistreamwrite enable | disable ]
[ -multistreamnext on | off ]
[ -seqcount num ]
[ -criteria fixed | base ]
[ -size num -lu lun ... ]
autuningprefetch

-unit unit_name -default

Description
This command refers to or sets the performance tuning parameters
(enable/disable of the multi-stream mode (read/write), decided
sequential number, criteria for the pre-fetch, and size of data to be
pre-fetched per logical unit).

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit to which the performance tuning parameters
is referred or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the performance tuning parameters.
-set
Sets the performance tuning parameters.
-default
Returns the performance tuning parameters to the default value.
-multistreamread enable | disable
Sets whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the multi-stream
read.
enable : Enables the specification of the multi-stream read.
disable: Disables the specification of the multi-stream read.
-multistreamwrite enable | disable
Sets whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the multi-stream
write.
enable : Enables the specification of the multi-stream write.
disable: Disables the specification of the multi-stream write.

3-272

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-multistreamnext on | off
Specify whether or not to do the following pre-fetch in the multi-stream mode.
The specification can be made only when the multi-stream mode (read) is valid.
on : When a reading is done up to the preset extent out of the data prefetched, the following pre-fetch is done.
off: No pre-fetch is done as long as the pre-fetched data makes a hit.
-seqcount num
Specify the decided sequential number (0 to 10).
-criteria fixed | base
Specify the criteria for the pre-fetch.
fixed: Use the fixed size of data to be pre-fetched as the criteria.
base : Use the base size of data to be pre-fetched as the criteria.
The specification can be made only when the multi-stream mode (read)
is invalid.
-size num
Specify the size of data to be pre-fetched for an LU (1 to 65535 [KB]).
Specify the fixed size of data to be pre-fetched when the pre-fetch criteria is
fixed or the basic size of data to be pre-fetched when the criteria is base.
-lu lun ...
Specify a number of an LU.
Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single LU number.
Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8
-fixedsize num
Specify the fixed size of pre-fetched data (1 to 65535 [KB]).
-basesize num
Specify the base size of pre-fetched data (1 to 65535 [KB]).

Example
The following example displays the pre-fetch tuning parameters of
an array ams500a1.
% autuningprefetch -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Count of Judgment Sequential : 2
Prefetch Size
LUN Fixed Base RAID Level
0 256KB 128KB 5( 4D+1P)
:
:
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-273

Referencing/setting multi-stream tuning parameters

Command name
autuningmultistream

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
autuningmultistream -unit unit_name refer
AMS, WMS
autuningmultistream

SMS, AMS2000, DF850

autuningmultistream

-unit unit_name set

AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850

autuningmultistream -unit unit_name -default

Description
This command refers to or sets the multi stream tuning parameters
(enable/disable of the read/write mode, following pre-fetch, and
criteria for the pre-fetch).

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit to which the multi stream tuning parameters
is referred or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
References the multi stream tuning parameters.
-set
Sets the multi stream tuning parameters.
-default
Returns the multi stream tuning parameters to the default value.
-scope system | lu
Specify the scope.
system: system
lu : logical unit

-lu lun ...

Specify a number of an LU.
Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Single specification

: Specifying a single LU number.

Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8

3-274

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-read enable | disable

Sets whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the
read mode.
enable : Enables the specification of the read mode.
disable: Disables the specification of the read mode.
-write enable | disable
Sets whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the
write mode.
enable : Enables the specification of the write mode.
disable: Disables the specification of the write mode.
-readwrite enable | disable
Sets whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the
read/write mode.
When the read/write mode is invalid, the mode is the read mode.
enable : Enables the specification of the read/write mode.
disable: Disables the specification of the read/write mode.
-next enable | disable
Specify whether or not to do the following pre-fetch.
When the scope is the system:
The specification can be made only when the read mode is valid.
When the scope is the logical unit:
The specification can be made only when the read mode of all
specified LU is
valid.
of the data

enable : When a reading is done up to the preset extent out

pre-fetched, the following pre-fetch is done.

disable: No pre-fetch is done as long as the pre-fetched
data makes a hit.
-criteria fixed | base
Specify the criteria for the pre-fetch.
criteria.
criteria.
is invalid.
of all

fixed: Use the fixed size of data to be pre-fetched as the

base : Use the base size of data to be pre-fetched as the
When the scope is the system:
The specification can be made only when the read mode
When the scope is the logical unit:
The specification can be made only when the read mode
specified LU is invalid.

-seqcount num
Specify the decided sequential number (0 to 10).
-fixedsize num
Specify the fixed size of pre-fetched data (1 to 65535 [KB]).
-basesize num
Specify the base size of pre-fetched data (1 to 65535 [KB]).

Example
The following example displays the multi-stream tuning parameters
of an array ams500a1.
% autuningmultistream -unit ams500a1 -refer
Password:
Scope : System
Mode/Prefetch Information
LUN Mode
Prefetch Next Prefetch Criteria
ALL Normal
Disable
Base
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-275

Referencing/setting volume ownership tuning parameters

Command name
autuningluown

Format
SMS, AMS2000, DF850
autuningluown -unit unit_name refer [ -lu lun ... ]
autuningluown -unit unit_name set -lu lun
ctl0 | -ctl1[ -coreX | -coreY ]

Description
This command references or sets the LU ownership tuning
parameters.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to reference or set
the LU
ownership tuning parameters.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using
alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)",
"@",or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of
the character string
is removed.
-refer
References the LU ownership tuning parameters.
-set
Sets the LU ownership tuning parameters.
-lu lun ...
Specify an LU number.
Single or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Single specification

: Specifying a single LU number.

Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple LU numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8
-ctl0 | -ctl1
Specify the controller.
coreX | -ctl1
Specify this ption when changing the core.

Examples
The following example displays the logical unit ownership tuning
parameters of an array sms100a1.
% autuningluown -unit sms100a1 -refer
LU CTL Core RAID Group DP Pool Cache Partition Type
0 0 N/A
0
N/A
0 SAS
1 0 N/A
0
N/A
0 SAS
2 1 N/A
0
N/A
1 SAS
%

3-276

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following example sets the logical unit ownership tuning

parameters of an array sms100a1.
% autuningluown -unit sms100a1 set lu 0 ctl0
Are you sure you want to set the LU ownership?
(y/n [n]): y
The LU ownership has been set successfully.
%

Setting/deleting the account information for scripts

Command name
auaccountenv

Format
AMS, WMS, SMS, AMS2000, DF850
auaccountenv -set -uid user_id | -uidfile file_name | -askuid
[ -passwdfile file_name ]
[ -authentication [ -unit unit_name ... ] ]
auaccountenv

-rm

Description
This command set deletes or tests the account information for the
registered storage system unit.

Options
-set
-rm
-test

Sets the account information.

Deletes the account information.
Tests the account information.

-uid user_id
Specify the user ID.
user_id: User ID (See Note 1)
-uidfile file_name
Specify the file(path) name when setting the user ID using a file.
file_name: file (path) name
-askuid
Specify this option when inputting the user ID for a request.
-passwdfile file_name
Specify the file (path) name when setting the password using a file.
file_name: file (path) name
-authentication
Tests the account informatoin for the registered array unit.
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit for which to test.
Space in front and in the rear of the character string is removed.
If omitted, all array unit subject to registering will be tested.
Single or multiple array unit names can be specified.
Single specification

Multiple specification

Specifying a single array unit name.

Example: -unit ams2000a1
Specifying multiple array unit names.
Example: -unit ams2000a1 ams2000a2

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-277

Note 1: For User ID, less than or equal to 256 ASCII characters (alphabetic characters,
numerals, and the following symbols) can be used. (!,#,$,%,&,',*,+,-,.,/
,=,?,@,^,_,`,{,|,},~,(space))

When executing this command for an array whose Account

Authentication function is valid, the input request at the time of the
command execution can make the input unnecessary by executing
this command. However, to make the input unnecessary, it is
required to set the STONAVM_ACT environment variable to on
before actually executing the command with the prerequisite that
this command is executed.

NOTE: There are the characters that cannot be used in the command line.
When using !, #, $, &, , *, ?, `, {, |, or ~ for the uid
option, set the file by using the uidfile option. When !, #, $, &, , *,
?, `, {, |, or ~ is used for the uid option, the command may
terminate abnormally or the illegal user ID may be set.

Examples
The following example sets the account information.
% auaccountenv set uid User001
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
Please input password.
Password:
The account information has been set successfully.
%

The following example sets the account information using the

password file.
% auaccountenv set uid User001 passwdfile pass.txt
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
The account information has been set successfully.
Are you sure you want to delete the password file? (y/n [n]): y
The password file has been deleted successfully.
%

The following example sets the account information specifying the

storage system unit.
% auaccountenv set uid User001 authentication -unit sms100a1
Are you sure you want to test the account information? [y/n] [n]: y
Please input password.
Password:
Unit Name:
Result
sms100a1
Failed(DMEC0022)
09: The Account Authentication is done lock or disable.
Are you sure you want to set the account information? [y/n [n]]: y
The account information has been set successfully.
%

The following example deletes the account information.

% auaccountenv rm
Are you sure you want to delete the account information? (y/n [n]): y
The account information has been deleted successfully.
%

3-278

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following example tests the account information specifying the

storage system unit.
% auaccountenv test authentication -unit sms1000a1
Are you sure you want to test for account information? (y/n [n]): y
Unit Name:
Result
sms100a1
Failed(DMEC0022)
09: The Account Authentication is done lock or disable.
%

Miscellaneous commands
This section covers miscellaneous commands for the following topics:

Displaying statistical information on page 3-281

Outputting performance information file on page 3-282

Referencing/setting the collection state of performance statistics

on page 3-305

Downloading/updating firmware on page 3-308

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-279

Setting a password in administration mode

Command name
aupasswd

Format
9500V, AMS, WMS
aupasswd

Description
This command sets a new password used in administration mode to
execute administration commands. This command also changes
passwords.
The administration commands are used when operating the 9500V
and AMS/WMS.
When setting a new password, enter the new password twice. When
changing the password, enter an already-set password and then
enter a new password.
Specify the password in less than or equal to 12 characters using
alphanumeric characters or the following symbols. (!,#,$,%,&,,*,+,,.,/,=,?,@,^,_,`,{,|,~,",(,),
, ,:,;,<,>,[,\,])

Examples
The following example sets a new password used in administration
mode.
% aupasswd
New password: (Enters a password to be set newly.)
Retype new password: (Enters the same password as above.)
%

The following example changes a password used in administration

mode.
% aupasswd
Old password: (Enters an already-set password.)
New password: (Enters a new password.)
Retype new password: (Enters the same password as above.)
%

3-280

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Displaying statistical information

Command name
austatistics

Format
9500V
austatistics

-unit unit_name -memory | -drive

AMS, WMS
austatistics

-unit unit_name

Description
This command displays the statistical information that has been
accumulated in the array. The following items will be displayed.
-

Controller use condition

Number of host commands received

Command execution condition

Cache load condition

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the statistical information is to be
displayed.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-memory | -drive
Specify the location of the statistical information to be displayed.
-memory: The statistical information (the current information) in the
current memory will be displayed.
-drive : The statistical information stored in the system drive (the
information at the time of activating the array unit) will be
displayed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-281

Example
The following example displays the statistical information of an array
9500a1.
% austatistics -unit 9500a1 -memory
Controller
Array Time
Controller Acting Time (Integrated) [minute(s)] :
4676
Controller Acting Time (Work)
[m second] : 256969390
CTL0
Power On Times :
22
CTL1
Power On Times :
22
Host Commands
CTL LU
READ
WRITE
0
0
2677
3261
0
1
2752
2835
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 511
0
0
Execution
Reads
Writes
Sequential Sequential Prefetch Write Through
CTL LU Cache Hits Cache Hits Reads
Writes
Stagings Operation
0
0
1067
2904
384
424 31229
0
0
1
969
2651
387
386 30291
0
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Cache Load
Number of Inflow Threshold Reached
CTL0 :
0
CTL1 :
0
%

Outputting performance information file

Command name
auperform

Format
9500V
auperform -unit unit_name -manual [ -cat ] [ -lu lun ... ]
[ -path path_name ]
auperform -unit unit_name -manual pfmstatis
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ]
[ -rginfo [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ -luinfo [ lun ... ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ]
[ -processorinfo ]
[ -driveinfo [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -driveoprinfo [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -backendinfo [ path_no.loop_no ... ] ]
[ -path path_name ]
auperform -unit unit_name -auto time [ -count n ] [ -cat ] [ -lu lun ... ]
[ -path path_name ]
auperform -unit unit_name -auto time pfmstatis
[ -count n ]
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ]
[ -rginfo [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ -luinfo [ lun ... ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ]
[ -processorinfo ]
[ -driveinfo [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]

3-282

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

[ -driveoprinfo [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]

[ -backendinfo [ path_no.loop_no ... ] ]
[ -path path_name ]
AMS, WMS
auperform -unit unit_name -manual pfmstatis
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ... ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ -luinfo ctl_no [ lun ... ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no.loop_no ... ] ]
[ -path path_name ]

auperform -unit unit_name -auto time pfmstatis

[ -count n ]
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ... ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ -luinfo ctl_no [ lun ... ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no.loop_no ... ] ]
[ -path path_name ]
SMS
auperform -unit unit_name -manual pfmstatis
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ... ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ -luinfo ctl_no [ lun ... ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no ... ] ]
[ -path path_name ]
auperform -unit unit_name -auto time pfmstatis
[ -count n ]
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ... ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ -luinfo ctl_no [ lun ... ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ] ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no ... ] ]
[ -path path_name ]
AMS2000
auperform unit unit_name manual pfmstatis
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ] ]
[ -dppoolinfo ctl_no [ rg_no . ] ]
[ -luninfo ctl_no [ lun ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no ] ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ] ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no ]
[ -path path_name ]

auperform unit unit name auto time pfmstatis

[ -count n ]
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ] ]

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-283

[ -dppoolinfo ctl_no [ pool_no ] ]

[ -luinfo ctl_no [ lun ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ] ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no ] ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ]
[ -driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no ] ]
[ -path path_name ]
HUS100
auperform unit unit_name manual pfmstatis
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ] ]
[ -dppoolinfo ctl_no [ rg_no . ] ]
[ -luninfo ctl_no [ lun ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no [ core ] ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ] ]
[ -driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ] ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no ]
[ -mngareainfo ctl_no [ core ]
[ [ -mngrginfo [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ [ -mngdppoolinfo [ pool_no ... ] ]
[ [ -mngdmluinfo ] ] ]
[ -path path_name ]
auperform unit unit name auto time pfmstatis
[ -count n ]
[ -cat ]
[ -portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ] ]
[ -rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ] ]
[ -dppoolinfo ctl_no [ pool_no ] ]
[ -luinfo ctl_no [ lun ] ]
[ -cacheinfo ctl_no ] ]
[ -processorinfo ctl_no [ core ] ]
[ -driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ]
[ -driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ]
[ -backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no ] ]
[ -mngareainfo ctl_no [ core ]
[ [ -mngrginfo [ rg_no ... ] ]
[ [ -mngdppoolinfo [ pool_no ... ] ]
[ [ -mngdmluinfo ] ] ]
[ -path path_name ]

Description
This command acquires the command operational condition and
performance statistics information in an array, and outputs their
respective information in a text-file format into the current or
specified directory. When displaying an output file, a warning
message may be reported depending on the editor. However, the
contents will be displayed correctly.
The following information will be acquired:
When the -pfmstatis option is absent:

3-284

Number of Read commands received (Read CMD Count)

Number of the cache-hit Read commands received within the

Read command (Read CMD Hit Count)

Rate of cache-hitting within the received Read command (Rate/

Read Hit)

Number of Write commands received (Write CMD Count)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Number Write commands that had been cache-hit within the

received Write command (Write CMD Hit Count)

Rate of cache-hitting within the received Write command (Rate/

Write Hit)

When the -pfmstatis option is present:

In addition to the six above information, the following performance
statistics information is acquired.

Received number of Read/Write commands per second (IO Rate)

Received number of Read commands per second (Read Rate)

Received number of Write commands per second (Write Rate)

Transfer size of Read/Write commands per second (Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Read commands per second (Read Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Write commands per second (Write Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Read commands (Read Trans. Size)

Transfer size of Write commands (Write Trans. Size)

Rate of cache usage capacity within the cache capacity (Cache

Write Pending Rate)

Number of Online Verify commands per second (Online Verify

Rate)

Number of Online Verify commands (Online Verify CMD Count)

Operation rate of the processor (Usage)

Operation rate of the drive (HDU Operating Rate)

Tag count (Tag Count)

Clean cache usage rate (Cache Clean Queue Usage Rate)

Middle cache usage rate (Cache Middle Queue Usage Rate)

Physical cache usage rate (Cache Physical Queue Usage Rate)

Total cache usage rate (Cache Total Queue Usage Rate)

Received number of Initiator Control commands per second (CTL

CMD IO Rate)

Received number of Initiator Data commands per second (Data

CMD IO Rate)

Transfer size of Initiator Control commands per second (CTL

CMD Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Initiator Data commands per second (Data CMD

Trans. Rate)

Response time of Initiator Control commands (CTL CMD Time)

Response time of Initiator Data commands (Data CMD Time)

Max response time of Initiator Control commands (CTL CMD Max

Time)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-285

3-286

Max response time of Initiator Data commands (Data CMD Max

Time)

Received number of Initiator Control commands (CTL CMD

Count)

Received number of Initiator Data commands (Data CMD Count)

Transfer size of Initiator Control commands (CTL CMD Trans.

Size)

Transfer size of Initiator Data commands (Data CMD Trans. Size)

Average Tag Count (Average Tag Count)

Total Tag Count (Total Tag Count)

Read Tag Count (Read Tag Count)

Write Tag Count (Write Tag Count)

Average Total Tag Count (Average Total Tag Count)

Average Read Tag Count (Average Read Tag Count)

Average Write Tag Count (Average Write Tag Count)

Timeout error count (TimeoutError Count)

Read/Write commands hit information (Read/Write CMD Hit)

Read/Write commands miss information (Read/Write CMD Miss)

Read/Write commands job information (Read/Write CMD Job)

Unload time (Unload Time)

Received number of Random Read/Write commands per second

(Random IO Rate)

Received number of Random Read commands per second

(Random Read Rate)

Received number of Random Write commands per scond

(Random Write Rate)

Transfer size of Random Read/Write commands per second

(Random Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Random Read commands per second (Random

Read Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Random Write commands per second (Random

Write Trans. Rate)

Received number of Rand Read commands (Random Read CMD

Count)

Received number of Random Write commands (Random Write

CMD Count)

Transfer size of Random Read commands (Random Read Trans.

Size)

Transfer size of Random Write commands (Random Write Trans.

Size)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Received number of Sequential Read/Write commands per

second (Sequential IO Rate)

Received number of Sequential Read commands per second

(Sequential Read Rate)

Received number of Sequential Write commands per second

(Sequential Write Rate)

Transfer size of Sequential Read/Write commands per second

(Sequential Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Sequential Read commands per second

(Sequential Read Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of Sequential Write commands per second

(Sequential Write Trans. Rate)

Received number of Sequential Read commands (Sequential

Read CMD Count)

Received number of Sequential Write commands (Sequential

Write CMD Count)

Transfer size of Sequential Read commands (Sequential Read

Trans. Size)

Transfer size of Sequential Write commands (Sequential Write

Trans. Size)

Received number of XCOPY commands per second (XCOPY Rate)

Received number of XCOPY Read commands per second (XCOPY

Read Rate)

Received number of XCOPY Write commands per second (XCOPY

Write Rate)

Transfer size of XCOPY Read commands per second (XCOPY

Read Trans. Rate)

Transfer size of XCOPY Write commands per second (XCOPY

Write Trans. Rate)

Response time of XCOPY commands (XCOPY Time)

Max response time of XCOPY commands (XCOPY Max Time)

Total tag count (Total Tag Count) (See Note 1)

Read/Write tag count (Read/Write Tag Count)

Total average tag count (Total Average Tag Count)(See Note 1)

Read/Write average tag count (Read?Write Average Tag Count)

Rate of cache-hitting within the management area (Cache Hit

Rate)

Access count of management area (Access Count)

The output file names are as follows:

When the -pfmstatis option is absent:
When the -cat option is present:

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-287

pfms.txt for a single configuration

pfmd.txt for a dual configuration

When the -cat option is absent:

For acquiring manually: pfmsXXXXX.txt for a single

configuration, and pfmdXXXXX.txt for a dual configuration

For acquiring automatically: pfmsXXXXX.txt for a single

configuration, and pfmdXXXXX.txt for a dual configuration

(XXXXX is a number from 00000 to 19999.)

When the -pfmstatis option is present:

When the -cat option is present: pfm.txt
When the -cat option is absent:

For acquiring manually: pfmXXXXX.txt

For acquiring automatically: pfmXXXXX.txt

(XXXXX is a number from 00000 to 19999.)

NOTE: The tag count and the total tag count output are the same value. The
average tag count and the total average tag count output are the same value.
NOTE: All information it output to the files at once if the pfmstatis option is
specified, without the following options:
-portinfo
-rginfo
-dppoolinfo
-luinfo
-cacheinfo
-processorinfo
-driveinfo
-driveoprinfo
-backendinfo
-tapelibraryinfo
-mngareainfo

The data size varies in proportion to the number of times of the output is
specified.
Required disk capacity: The following data size x the number of times the output
is specified.
AMS2500: 25.1 MB, AMS2300: 24.9 MB, AMS2100/AMS2010: 12.5 MB,
AMS1000: 16.5 MB, AMS500: 8.26 MB, AMS200/WMS100: 2.11 MB, 9580V:
3.92 MB, 9500V: 1.07 MB, HUS 150: 24.7 MB, HUS 130 23.9 MB, HUS110: 12.0
MB

3-288

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

All information it output to the files at once if the pfmstatis option

is specified, without the following options:

-portinfo

-rginfo

-dppoolinfo

-luinfo

-cacheinfo

-processorinfo

-driveinfo

-driveoprinfo

-backendinfo

-tapelibraryinfo

-mngareainfo

The data size varies in proportion to the number of times of the

output is specified. The required disk capacity is the following data
size x the number of times the output is specified.

AMS2500: 25.1 MB

AMS2300: 24.9 MB

AMS2100/AMS2010: 12.5 MB

AMS1000: 16.5 MB

AMS500: 8.26 MB

AMS200/WMS100: 2.11 MB

9580V: 3.92 MB

9500V: 1.07 MB

When the -mngareainfo option is issued without the -mngrginfo,

-mngdppoolinfo, and -mngdmuinfo options, the console displays
all the management area information of RAID group, DP pool, DMLU

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit in which the performance information is to be
acquired.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-manual
Acquires the performance information manually.
-auto time
Automatically acquires the performance information at specified interval of
time (1 to 1439 minutes).
-count n
If automatically acquisition is specified, specify the number of times to

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-289

-cat

repeat the acquisition (1 to 20000).

Specify this option when outputting files making them concatenated as one file.

-path path_name
Specify the directory in which the performance information is to be acquired.
If omitted, the information is outputted into the current directory.
-pfmstatis
Specify this option when outputting the performance statistics information.
9500V only:
-lu lun ...
When outputting performance information of an optional logical unit, specify
the logical unit number to be output.
When doing that, enter the logical unit number using numerals or a hyphen(s)
(-). If the specification is omitted, the information about all logical units
is output.
Single or multiple logical unit numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single logical unit number.
Example: -lu 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple logical unit numbers.
Example: -lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8
-portinfo
Specify this option when outputting the performance statistics information of
port.
-rginfo [ rg_no ... ]
When outputting performance statistics information of RAID group, specify the
RAID group number to be output.
When doing that, enter the RAID group number using numerals or hyphen(s) (-).
If the specification of RAID group number is omitted, the information about all
RAID group is output.
Single or multiple RAID group numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single RAID group number.
Example: -rginfo 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple RAID group numbers.
Example: -rginfo 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-rginfo 0-5 8
-luinfo [ lun ... ]
When outputting performance statistics information of logical unit, specify the
logical unit number to be output.
When doing that, enter the logical unit number using numerals or a hyphen(s)
(-). If the specification of logical unit number is omitted, the information
about all logical units is output.
Single or multiple logical unit numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single logical unit number.
Example: -luinfo 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple logical unit numbers.
Example: -luinfo 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-luinfo 0-5 8
-cacheinfo
Specify this option when outputting the performance statistics information of
cache.
-processorinfo
Specify this option when outputting the performance statistics information of
processor.
-driveinfo [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ]
When outputting statistical information on the drive performance, specify the
Unit number and HDU number punctuating them with a period.
When doing that, enter the Unit number and HDU number using numerals or
hyphen(s) (-).
If the specification of Unit number and HDU number is omitted, the information
about all the drives is output.
Single or multiple Unit numbers and HDU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single drive number.
Example: -driveinfo 1.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple drives numbers.
Example: -driveinfo 1.0 2.3 3.1

3-290

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-driveinfo 1.0-2.2 2.8

-driveoprinfo [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ]
When outputting statistical information on the drive operation performance,
specify the Unit number and HDU number punctuating them with a period.
When doing that, enter the Unit number and HDU number using numerals or
hyphen(s) (-). If the specification of Unit number and HDU number is omitted,
the information about all the drives operation is output.
Single or multiple Unit numbers and HDU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single drive number.
Example: -driveoprinfo 1.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple drives numbers.
Example: -driveoprinfo 1.0 2.3 3.1
-driveoprinfo 1.0-2.2 2.8
-backendinfo [ path_no.loop_no ... ]
When outputting statistical information on the back-end performance, specify
the path number and loop number punctuating them with a period.
When doing that, enter the path number and loop number using numerals or
hyphen(s) (-). If the specification of path number and loop number is omitted,
the information about all the back-end is output.
Single or multiple path numbers and loop numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single path number and loop number.
Example: -backendinfo 0.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple path numbers and loop number.
Example: -backendinfo 0.0 1.0
-backendinfo 0.0-1.0
For AMS, WMS, SMS, and AMS2000:
-portinfo ctl_no [ port_no ... ]
Specify this option when outputting the performance statistics information of
port. If the specification of port number is omitted, the information about all
ports is output.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
-rginfo ctl_no [ rg_no ... ]
When outputting performance statistics information of RAID group, specify the
RAID group number to be output.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
When doing that, enter the RAID group number using numerals or hyphen(s) (-).
If the specification of RAID group number is omitted, the nformation about all
defined RAID group is output.
Single or multiple RAID group numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single RAID group number.
Example: -rginfo 0 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple RAID group numbers.
Example: -rginfo 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-rginfo 0 0-5 8
-luinfo ctl_no [ lun ... ]
When outputting performance statistics information of logical unit, specify the
logical unit number to be output.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
When doing that, enter the logical unit number using numerals or a hyphen(s)
(-). If the specification of logical unit number is omitted, the information
about all defined logical units is output.
Single or multiple logical unit numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single logical unit number.
Example: -luinfo 0 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple logical unit numbers.
Example: -luinfo 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-luinfo 0 0-5 8
-cacheinfo ctl_no
Specify this option when outputting the performance statistics information of
cache.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
-processorinfo ctl_no

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-291

Specify this option when outputting the performance statistics information of

processor.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
-driveinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ]
When outputting statistical information on the drive performance, specify the
Unit number and HDU number punctuating them with a period.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
When doing that, enter the Unit number and HDU number using numerals or
hyphen(s) (-). If the specification of Unit number and HDU number is omitted,
the information about all the drives is output.
Single or multiple Unit numbers and HDU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single drive number.
Example: -driveinfo 0 1.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple drives numbers.
Example: -driveinfo 0 1.0 2.3 3.1
-driveinfo 0 1.0-2.2 2.8
-driveoprinfo ctl_no [ unit_no.hdu_no ... ]
When outputting statistical information on the drive operation performance,
specify the Unit number and HDU number punctuating them with a period.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
When doing that, enter the Unit number and HDU number using numerals or
hyphen(s) (-). If the specification of Unit number and HDU number is omitted,
the information about all the drives operation is output.
Single or multiple Unit numbers and HDU numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single drive number.
Example: -driveoprinfo 0 1.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple drives numbers.
Example: -driveoprinfo 0 1.0 2.3 3.1
-driveoprinfo 0 1.0-2.2 2.8
For AMS and WMS:
-backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no.loop_no ... ]
When outputting statistical information on the back-end performance, specify
the path number and loop number punctuating them with a period.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
When doing that, enter the path number and loop number using numerals or
hyphen(s) (-). If the specification of path number and loop number is omitted,
the information about all the back-end is output.
Single or multiple path numbers and loop numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single path number and loop number.
Example: -backendinfo 0 0.0
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple path numbers and loop numbers.
Example: -backendinfo 0 0.0 1.0
-backendinfo 0 0.0-1.0
For SMS and AMS2000:
-backendinfo ctl_no [ path_no ... ]
When outputting statistical information on the back-end performance, specify
the path number.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
When doing that, enter the path number using numerals or hyphen(s) (-).
If the specification of path number is omitted, the information about all the
back-end is output.
Single or multiple path numbers can be specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single path number.
Example: -backendinfo 0 1
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple path numbers.
Example: -backendinfo 0 0 1
-backendinfo 0 0-1

3-292

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The tag count and the total tag count output a same avalue. The average
tag count and the total average tag count output the same value.
When the -pfmstatics option is present and the -portinfo, -rginfo, dppoolinfo, -luinfo, -cacheinfo, -processorinfo, -driveinfo, driveoprinfo, -backendinfo, tapelibraryinfo, and -mngareainfo
options are absent, all the information of port, logical unit, cache, RAID
group, processor, drive, drive operation, back-end, tape library,
management area areoutputted. (For AMS, WMS, and SMS, defined RAID
group and logical unit are outputted. For AMS2000, defined RAID group, DP
pool and logical unit are outputted.)
For AMS2000:
-dppoolinfo ctl_no [ pool_no ... ]
When outputting performance statistics information of DP
pool,specify the DP pool number to
be output.
ctl_no : Controller number (0, 1)
When doing that, enter the DP pool number using numerals or hyphen(s) ().If the specification of DP pool number is omitted, the information about all
defined DP pool is output. Single or multiple DP pool numbers can be
specified.
Single specification : Specifying a single DP pool number.
Example: -dppoolinfo 3
Multiple specification: Specifying multiple DP pool numbers.
Example: -dppoolinfo 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-dppoolinfo 0-5 8
When the -pfmstatics option is present and the -portinfo, -rginfo, -dppoolinfo, luinfo, -cacheinfo, -processorinfo, -driveinfo, -driveoprinfo, and -backendinfo options
are absent, all the information of port, logical unit, cache, RAID group, processor,
drive, drive operation, back-end is outputted. (For AMS, WMS and SMS, defined RAID
group and logical unit are outputted. For AMS2000, defined RAID group, DP pool and
logical unit are outputted.)

Example
The following example acquires the performance information of an array
ams500a1 only once at an interval of 10 minutes.
% auperform -unit ams500a1 -auto 10 count 1 pfmstatis
Day yy mm hh:mm:ss yyyy Start
Day yy mm hh:mm:ss yyyy Output File Name : pfm00000.txt Output Count : 1/1Turn..

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-293

.
The performance statistics information file(s) have been outputted successfully.
%

3-294

No.: Output number

Information getting time: Time and date information is

obtained

LU: Logical unit number

CTL: Controller number

Read CMD Count: Number of received Read commands

Read CMD Hit Count: Number of cache-hit Read commands to

received Read commands

Rate: Rate (%) of cache-hit Read commands to received Read

commands

Write CMD Count: Number of received Write commands

Write CMD Hit Count: Number of cache-hit Write commands

to received Write commands

Rate: Rate (%) of cache-hit Write commands to received Write

commands

Total: Entire controller

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-295

Generally, when the array is structured so that the load on each controller and the load on each disk are leveled, its performance is improved. The higher the cache-hit rate, the higher the performance becomes.

3-296

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

No.: Output number

Information getting time: Time and date information is

acquired

CTL: Controller number

Port: Port number

IO Rate (IOPS): Number of Read/Write commands received

per second

Read Rate (IOPS): Number of Read commands received per

second

Write Rate (IOPS): Number of Write commands received per

second

Read Hit (%): Rate of the number of the Read commands,

which could cache-hitting, out of the Read commands received
in the specified period

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-297

3-298

Write Hit (%): Rate of the number of the Write commands,

which could write data immediately to the cache, out of the
Write commands received in the specified period

Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Read/Write commands

per second

Read Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Read commands

per second

Write Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Write commands

per second

Read CMD Count: Received number of Read commands

Write CMD Count: Received number of Write command

Read CMD Hit Count: Number of the Read commands that had
been cache-hit

Write CMD Hit Count: Number of the Write commands, which

could write data immediately to the cache

Read Trans. Size (MB): Transfer size of Read commands

Write Trans. Size (MB): Transfer size of Write commands

CTL CMD IO Rate (IOPS):Received number of Initiator Control

commands per second (acquired local side only)

CTL CMD Trans. Rate (KB/S):Transfer size of Initiator Control

commands per second (acquired local side only)

CTL CMD Count: Number of Initiator Control commands

(acquired local side only)

CTL CMD Trans. Size (KB): Transfer size of Initiator Control

commands (acquired local side only)

CTL CMD Time (microsec.): Response time of Initiator Control

commands

CTL CMD Max Time (microsec.): Max response time of

Initiator Control commands

Data CMD IO Rate (IOPS): Received number of Initiator Data

commands per second (acquired local side only)

Data CMD Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Initiator Data

commands per second (acquired local side only)

Data CMD Count: Number of Initiator Data commands

(acquired local side only)

Data CMD Trans. Size (MB): Transfer size of Initiator Data

commands (acquired local side only)

Data CMD Time (microsec.): Response time of Initiator Data

commands

Data CMD Max Time (microsec.): Max response time of

Initiator Data commands

Timeout Error Count: Timeout error count

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Random IO Rate (IOPS): Received number of Random Read/

Write commands per second

Random Read Rate (IOPS): Received number of Random

Read commands per second

Random Write Rate (IOPS): Received number of Random

Write commands per second

Random Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Random Read/

Write commands per second

Random Read Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Random

Read commands per second

Random Write Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Random

Write commands per second

Random Read CMD Count: Received number of Random Read

commands

Random Write CMD Count: Received number of Random Write

commands

Random Read Trans. Size (MB): Transfer size of Random

Read commands

Random Write Trans. Size (MB): Transfer size of Random

Write commands

Sequential IO Rate (IOPS): Received number of Sequential

Read/Write commands per second

Sequential Read Rate (IOPS): Received number of Sequential

Read commands per second

Sequential Write Rate (IOPS): Received number of

Sequential Write commands per second

Sequential Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of Sequential

Read/Write commands per second

Sequential Read Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of

Sequential Read commands per second

Sequential Write Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of

Sequential Write commands per second

Sequential Read CMD Count: Received number of Sequential

Read commands

Sequential Write CMD Count: Received number of Sequential

Write commands

Sequential Read Trans. Size (MB): Transfer size of Sequential

Read commands

Sequential Write Trans. Size (MB): Transfer size of

Sequential Write commands

XCOPY Rate (IOPS): Received number of XCOPY commands

per second

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-299

3-300

XCOPY Read Rate (IOPS): Received number of XCOPY Read

commands per second

XCOPY Write Rate (IOPS): Received number of XCOPY Write

commands per second

XCOPY Read Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of XCOPY

Read commands per second

XCOPY Write Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of XCOPY

Write commands per second

XCOPY Time (microsec.): Response time of XCOPY commands

XCOPY Max Time (microsec.): Max response time of XCOPY

commands

RG: RAID group number

LU: Logical unit number

Read CMD Hit Count2: Number of the Hit Read Special Path
commands out of the read commands that made cache hits

Read CMD Hit Time(microsec.): The average response time

of the Hit Read Special Path command

Read CMD Hit Max Time(microsec.): The maximum

response time of the Hit Read Special Path command

Write CMD Hit Count2: Number of the Write Special Path

commands out of the Write commands, which could write data
immediately to the cache

Write CMD Hit Time(microsec.): The average response time

of the Write Special Path command

Write CMD Hit Max Time(microsec.): The maximum

response time of the Write Special Path command

Read CMD Miss Count: The number of the Miss Read Special
Path commands out of the Read commands that made no cache
hits

Read CMD Miss Time(microsec.): The average response time

of the Miss Read Special Path command

Read CMD Miss Max Time(microsec.): The maximum

response time of the Miss Read Special Path command

Write CMD Miss Count: The number of the Random Write

Special Path commands that could complete the high-speed
process up to the parity generation that is an extended process
of the Write command

Write CMD Miss Time(microsec.): The average response

time of the Random Write Special Path command

Write CMD Miss Max Time(microsec.): The maximum

response time of the Random Write Special Path command

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Read CMD Job Count: The number of the Read commands that
could not perform the high-speed process

Read CMD Job Time(microsec.): The average response time

of the Read command job

Read CMD Job Max Time(microsec.): The maximum

response time of the Read command job

XCOPY Read Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of XCOPY

Read commands per second.

XCOPY Write Trans. Rate (MB/S): Transfer size of XCOPY

Write commands per second.

XCOPY time (microsec.): Response time of XCOPY commands.

XCOPY Max Time (microsec.): Max response time of XCOPY

commands.

Write CMD Job Count: The number of the Write commands

that could not perform the high-speed process

Write CMD Job Time(microsec.): The average response time

of the Write command job

Write CMD Job Max Time(microsec.): The maximum

response time of the Write command job

Read Hit Delay CMD Count(<300ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is less than 300 ms, out of the
Hit Read Special Path commands

Read Hit Delay CMD Count(300-499ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 300 ms to 499
ms, out of the Hit Read Special Path commands

Read Hit Delay CMD Count(500-999ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 500 ms to 999
ms, out of the Hit Read Special Path commands

Read Hit Delay CMD Count(1000ms-): The number of

commands, whose response time is 1000 ms or more, out of the
Hit Read Special Path commands

Write Hit Delay CMD Count(<300ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is less than 300 ms, out of the
Write Special Path commands

Write Hit Delay CMD Count(300-499ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 300 ms to 499
ms, out of the Write Special Path commands

Write Hit Delay CMD Count(500-999ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 500 ms to 999
ms, out of the Write Special Path commands

Write Hit Delay CMD Count(1000ms-): The number of

commands, whose response time is 1000 ms or more, out of the
Write Special Path commands

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-301

3-302

Read Miss Delay CMD Count(<300ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is less than 300 ms, out of the
Miss Read Special Path commands

Read Miss Delay CMD Count(300-499ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 300 ms to 499
ms, out of the Miss Read Special Path commands

Read Miss Delay CMD Count(500-999ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 500 ms to 999
ms, out of the Miss Read Special Path commands

Read Miss Delay CMD Count(1000ms-): The number of

commands, whose response time is 1000 ms or more, out of the
Miss Read Special Path commands

Write Miss Delay CMD Count(<300ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is less than 300 ms, out of the
Random Write Special Path commands

Write Miss Delay CMD Count(300-499ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 300 ms to 499
ms, out of the Random Write Special Path commands

Write Miss Delay CMD Count(500-999ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 500 ms to 999
ms, out of the Random Write Special Path commands

Write Miss Delay CMD Count(1000ms-): The number of

commands, whose response time is 1000 ms or more, out of the
Random Write Special Path commands

Read Job Delay CMD Count(<300ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is less than 300 ms, out of the
Read command job

Read Job Delay CMD Count(300-499ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 300 ms to 499
ms, out of the Read command job

Read Job Delay CMD Count(500-999ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 500 ms to 999
ms, out of the Read command job

Read Job Delay CMD Count(1000ms-): The number of

commands, whose response time is 1000 ms or more, out of the
Read command job

Write Job Delay CMD Count(<300ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is less than 300 ms, out of the
Write command job

Write Job Delay CMD Count(300-499ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 300 ms to 499
ms, out of the Write command job

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Write Job Delay CMD Count(500-999ms): The number of

commands, whose response time is in a range of 500 ms to 999
ms, out of the Write command job

Write Job Delay CMD Count(1000ms-): The number of

commands, whose response time is 1000 ms or more, out of the
Write command job

Total Tag Count: Total tag count

Read Tag Count: Read tag count

Write Tag Count: Write tag count

Average Total Tag Count: Average total tag count

Average Read Tag Count: Average read tag count

Average Write Tag Count: Average write tag count

Tag Count: The maximum number of tags in the specified

period

Cache Write Pending Rate (%): Rate of cache usage capacity

(middle+physical) within the cache capacity

Cache Clean Queue Usage Rate (%): Rate of clean cache

usage

Cache Middle Queue Usage Rate (%): Rate of middle cache

usage

Cache Physical Queue Usage Rate (%): Rate of physical

cache usage

Cache Total Queue Usage Rate (%): Rate of total cache

usage

Partition: Partition number

Usage (%): Operation rate of the processor

Host-Cache Bus Usage Rate (%): The use rate of the bus
between the host and the cache

Drive-Cache Bus Usage Rate (%): The use rate of the bus
between the drive and the cache

Processor-Cache Bus Usage Rate (%): The use rate of the

bus between the processor and the cache

Cache (DRR) Bus Usage Rate (%): The use rate of the bus
between the parity generation circuit (DRR) and the cache

Dual Bus Usage Rate (%): The use rate of the bus between
the controllers

Total Bus Usage Rate (%): The total use rate of the cache
bus

Unit: Unit number

HDU: HDU number

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-303

3-304

Online Verify. Rate (IOPS): Number of Online Verify

commands per second

Online Verify CMD Count: Number of Online Verify commands

Operating Rate (%): Operation rate of the drive

Tag Count: Number of Tag

Unload Time (min.): Unload time of the drive

Path: Path number

Cache Hit Rate (%): Rate of cache-hitting within the

management area

Access Count: Access count of the management area

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Referencing/setting the collection state of performance statistics

Command name
aupfmstatiscfg

Description
This command refers to or sets the collection state of performance
statistics information.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of the array unit to which the collection state of performance
statistics information is referred or set.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-refer
Refers to the collection state of performance statistics information.
-set
Sets the collection state of performance statistics information.
-port start | stop
Specify whether to start or stop collection of information for port.
start: Starts collecting information for port.
stop : Stops collecting information for port.
-rglu start | stop

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-305

Specify whether to start or stop collection of information for RAID group and
Logical Unit.
start: Starts collecting information for RAID group and Logical Unit.
stop : Stops collecting information for RAID group and Logical Unit.
-cache start | stop
Specify whether to start or stop collection of information for cache.
start: Starts collecting information for cache.
stop : Stops collecting information for cache.
-processor start | stop
Specify whether to start or stop collection of information for processor.
start: Starts collecting information for processor.
stop : Stops collecting information for processor.
-drive start | stop
Specify whether to start or stop collection of information for drives.
start: Starts collecting information for drives.
stop : Stops collecting information for drives.
-driveopr start | stop
Specify whether to start or stop collection of information for drive operatings.
start: Starts collecting information for drive operatings.
stop : Stops collecting information for drive operatings.
-backend start | stop
Specify whether to start or stop collection of information for back-end.
start: Starts collecting information for back-end.
stop : Stops collecting information for back-end.

Examples
The following example displays the collection state of performance
statistics information of an array 9500a1.
% aupfmstatiscfg -unit 9500a1 -refer
Password:
Port Information
: Stop
RAID Group/Logical Unit Information : Stop
Cache Information
: Stop
Processor Information
: Stop
Drive Information
: Stop
Drive Operating Information
: Stop
Back-end Information
: Stop
%

The following example illustrates starting the capacity of cache and

usage rate, then stopping it.
% aupfmstatiscfg -unit 9500a1 -set -cache start
Password:
When performance statistics is collected, access from the host is influenced.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The collection state of performance statistics information has been set success
fully.
%
% aupfmstatiscfg -unit 9500a1 -set -cache stop
Password:
The collection state of performance statistics information has been set success
fully.
%

The following example displays the collection state of performance

statistics information for array unit hus110a1.
% aupfmstatiscfg -unit hus110a1 -refer
Port Information
: Start
RAID Group/DP Pool/Logical Unit Information : Start
Cache Information
: Start

3-306

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Processor Information
Drive Information
Drive Operating Information
Back-end Information
Management Area Information
%

:
:
:
:
:

Start
Start
Start
Start
Start

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-307

Downloading/updating firmware
Command name
aumicro

Format
9500V
aumicro

-unit unit_name -read -fpath disk01

aumicro

-unit unit_name -read -path disk01 disk02 disk03 ...

aumicro

-revision

aumicro

-unit unit_name -download -time time -check on | off

aumicro

-unit unit_name -change -ctl0 | -ctl1

aumicro

-clean

AMS, WMS
aumicro

-unit unit_name -read -fpath micro_path

aumicro

-unit unit_name downloadrev

aumicro

-revision

aumicro

-unit unit_name -download -time time -check on | off

aumicro

-unit unit_name -change -ctl0 | -ctl1

aumicro

-clean

SMS, AMS2000, DF850

aumicro -unit unit_name -auto -fpath micro_path
[ -time time ] [ -check on | off ] [ -cpuloadchk on | off ]
aumicro

-unit unit_name -read -fpath micro_path

aumicro

-unit unit_name downloadrev

aumicro

-revision

aumicro

-unit unit_name -download -time time -check on | off

aumicro

-unit unit_name change [ -cpuloadchk on | off ]

aumicro

-clean

Description
This command downloads a firmware into the array. Additionally, it
updates the current firmware with a downloaded firmware.

Options
-unit unit_name
Specify the name of an array unit whose firmware to download and update.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ". (period)", "@",
or " (space)". Space in front and in the rear of the character string is
removed.
-read
Reads a firmware onto the Navigator.
-path disk01 disk02 disk03 ...
Specify sequentially the path names to individual directories in which each
file of a firmware to be downloaded is stored.
-fpath disk01
Specify the path name of the directory which stored a disk 01 file of firmware

3-308

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

to download.
-fpath micro_path
Specify the path name of the directory which stored a file of firmware to
download.
-revision
Displays the revision of a firmware which has been read onto the Navigator.
-download
Downloads a firmware into an array unit.
-time time
Specify the time interval (0 to 60 seconds) at which to download a firmware.
When the -auto option is specified:
If the specification is omitted, the interval time is 3 seconds.
-check on | off
Specify whether or not to check the revision of a firmware.
When the -auto option is specified:
If the specification is omitted, checking the revision.
-downloadrev
Displays the revision of a firmware which has been downloaded into an array
unit.
-change
Updates a firmware.
-ctl0 | -ctl1
Specify the controller whose firmware is to be updated.
-clean
Deletes the firmware which has been read onto the Navigator.
-auto
Reads, download and update a firmware.
-cpuloadchk on | off
Specify whether to check the CPU loading or not.
When the -auto or -change option is specified:
If the specification is omitted, not checking the CPU loading.

Note: The time interval can be specified from 0 second, however, values
over 3 seconds are recommended if execution is carried out while ON.

Examples
The following example downloads the firmwares into an array 9500h
and afterward performs the firmwares updating.
This example checks the revision of the firmwares of an array 9500h
when downloading it.
% aurev -unit 9500h
Serial Number : 01234567
Firmware Revision : 1654
%

This example first reads in the firmwares to be downloaded. The

firmwares are stored in several floppy disks or CD-R. This example
shows that the contents of the floppy disk are stored in directories
disk01, disk02, disk03, disk04, disk05, and disk06.
% aumicro -unit 9500h -read -fpath C:\Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI\micro
\disk01
Password:
Are you sure you want to read the firmware?
(y/n [n]): y
Reading the file ended normally.
%

This example checks the revision of the read-in firmwares.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-309

% aumicro -revision
Password:
New Revision : 1654
%

This example downloads the read-in firmwares into an array 9500h.

It sets the time interval to 3 seconds, and specifies the checking of
the firmwares revision. While downloading, the number of files that
are already downloaded: mmm, and the total number of files to be
downloaded: nnn are will be displayed.
% aumicro -unit 9500h -download -time 3 -check on
Password:
Are you sure you want to download the firmware to the subsystem?
(y/n [n]): y
When firmware update starts, the controller stops accepting any access from
the host until the update completes.
If you press the 'y' key, access from the host will be again possible right afte
r you press the return key on the message that will be displayed when update is
completed.
If you press the 'n' key, access from the host will be possible as soon as the f
irmware update completes and pressing the return key on the message will have no
action. (y/n [n]): n
9500h: mmm/nnn done.
The download has completed.
%

NOTE: When the AMS/WMS array is used connecting to the NAS, make sure
the fail over of a NAS unit and stop NAS OS of the NAS unit connected to the
controller for which a firmware is updated, before updating firmware.
If you update a firmware, during a period from an issue of a power down
instruction to the completion of the power down when Power Saving, which is a
priced option of the array, is used together, the power down may fail because
the array receives a command from a host immediately after the array
restarts. When the power down fails, execute the power down again. Check
that the power down instruction has not been issued or has been completed
(no RAID in the Power Saving Status of Normal (Command Monitoring)
exists) before update a firmware.
This example updates the current firmwares with the downloaded
firmwares. Updating takes place in the order of controller 0 and then
controller 1.
% aumicro -unit 9500h -change -ctl0
Password:
It updates the firmware of Controller 0.
This process will cause controller to stop communicating with all attached Hosts
.
Are you sure? (y/n [n]): y
Now updating the firmware. Start Time MM:MM:SS Time Required 2 15min.
The access from the host will be accepted if you press the return key and if you
have pressed the option 'y' key on the message that was displayed in download.
If you have pressed the 'n' key on the message, the controller is already accept
ing accesses from host and pressing the return key will have no action.
The firmware is updated successfully.
%
% aumicro -unit 9500h -change -ctl1
Password:
It updates the firmware of Controller 1.
This process will cause controller to stop communicating with all attached Hosts
.
Are you sure? (y/n [n]): y
Now updating the firmware. Start Time MM:MM:SS Time Required 2 15min.

3-310

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The access from the host will be accepted if you press the return key and if you
have pressed the option 'y' key on the message that was displayed in download.
If you have pressed the 'n' key on the message, the controller is already accept
ing accesses from host and pressing the return key will have no action.
The firmware is updated successfully.
%

NOTE: It may take time for an array to respond, depending on the condition of
the array. If the array does not respond after 15 minutes or more, check the
condition of the array. When downloading and updating the firmwares have
completed, the read-in firmwares in Storage Navigator Modular 2 is be removed.
% aumicro -clean
Password:
Are you sure you want to delete the firmware?
(y/n [n]): y
%

NOTE: When the firmwares are updated, if the firmware of only one of the
controllers is updated, the array is placed in a warning state. When the firmware
of the other controller is updated, the array recovers from the warning state.
When updating the firmwares, update the firmwares for both controllers.If the
firmwares are read during the firmwares download, errors will occur during the
download processing. When you read firmwares, perform after the download.

Examples of using commands

This section provides several examples of how to use the CLI
commands.
The following is an example of how to configure RAID and set up a
logical unit after connecting to a storage system.
The following is an example of how to set up a RAID and logical unit
after connecting to an array.
1. Register an SMS100 array with a dual configuration by unit name
SMS100. The connection interface is LAN connection for both
controllers.
% auunitadd -unit SMS100 -LAN -ctl0 125.0.9.98 -ctl1 125.0.9.99
Unit SMS100 has been registered.
%

2. Check whether the registration has completed.

% auunitref
Name
Group
Type Construction Connection Type Error Monitoring Communication Type IP Ad
dress/Host Name/Device Name
SMS100
SMS100 Dual
TCP/IP(LAN) Enable
Non-secure
125.0.9.98 125.0.9.99
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-311

3. Check whether the RAID has been configured.

% aurgref -unit SMS100 -t
RAID RAID Parity
Group Level Groups Type Total Capacity Free Capacity Priority Status Resconstruction
Progress
0
6 (9D+2P 1
SAS 1.3 TB
1.3 TB (100%)RAID Group Expansion
Normal N/A
%

4. Add LU 100 (size 1 GB).

% auluadd -unit SMS100 -lu 100 -rg 0 -size 1g
Are you sure you want to set the logical unit? (y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been set successfully.
The format was started.
%

5. Check whether the logical unit has been configured.

% auluref -unit SMS100 -g
Stripe RAID DP RAID
LU
Capacity
Size Group Pool Level
Type Status
100
1.0 GB
256KB
0 N/A 6( 9D+2P) SAS Normal
%

CLI Commands for Local Replication

This section covers the following commands related to local
replication parameters:

Display pair and pool information on page 3-312

Display volumes available for use in pairs on page 3-315

Display or define the SnapShot volume (V-VOL) on page 3-316

Display or set up the data pool on page 3-318

Create pairs on page 3-319

Split pairs on page 3-322

Resynchronize pairs on page 3-324

Restore pairs on page 3-325

Delete pairs on page 3-327

Edit pairs on page 3-328

Monitor pair statusevent wait on page 3-330

CLI, CCI commands for local-replication on page 3-336

Display pair and pool information

Command name
aureplicationlocal -refer

3-312

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Description
The -refer option displays the specified pairs or all the pairs in the
group.

Syntax

To display pair information in a list:

aureplicationlocal

To display pair information in detail for each pair, include the

-detail option:
aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name refer [si] [-ss]

[ -pvol lun ] [ -svol lun ]

-unit unit_name refer detail

-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

To display pair information in detail for a specified P-VOL and SVOL.:

aureplicationlocal -unit unit_name refer detail
-pvol lun svol lun

To display the pool list used by a pair:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name refer -poolinfo

To display the split time and the characters string added at the
time of the split:
aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name refer -splitinfo

Options

Table 3-22: Options for aureplicationlocal -refer

Option

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Must 64 characters or fewer,

with alphanumeric and special symbols - (minus), _
(underline), . (period), @, or (space). A space in front
and back of the character string is removed.

-refer

Displays the pair information.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage pair.

-ss

Specify for SnapShot pair.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the ShadowImage S-VOL

or SnapShot V-VOL.

-detail

Specify to display detailed pair information.

-splitinfo

Specify to display split information.

-poolinfo

Specify to display pool information.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name (see note).

-gno group_no

Specify the group number.

-gname group_name

Specify the group name (see note).)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-313

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Examples

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 refer

Pair Name
LUN Pair LUN
Copy Type
Group
SI_LU0001_LU0002
1
2
ShadowImage ---:Ungrouped
SI_LU0003_LU0004
3
4
ShadowImage ---:Ungrouped
SS_LU0005_LU0015
5
15
SnapShot
---:Ungrouped
SS_LU0006_LU0016
6
16
SnapShot
---:Ungrouped
%

% aureplicationlocal
Pair Name
LUN
Pair LUN
Capacity
Status
Copy Type
Group
Data Pool
Data Pool Usage Rate
Split Time
Split String
:
Copy Pace
%

Status
Paired(100%)
Paired(100%)
Split(100%)
Paired(100%)

-unit array1 refer -detail -pvol 1 -svol 2

: SI_LU0001_LU0002
: 1
: 2
: 1.0 GB
: Paired(100%)
: ShadowImage
: ---:Ungrouped
: N/A
: N/A
: --: Normal

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 -refer -splitinfo ss

Pair Name

LUN

SS_LU0005_LU0015
SS_LU0006_LU0016
%

3-314

Pair LUN
6

Split Time
2011/09/11 18:06:47
16 ---

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Split String
backupdata1

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 -refer -poolinfo ss

Pair Name
LUN Pair LUN
DP Pool
SS_LU0005_LU0015 5
15 00%
SS_LU0006_LU0016 6
16
1 0%
%

Data Pool Usage Rate

Display volumes available for use in pairs

Command name
aureplicationlocal -availablelist

Description
The availablelist option displays a list of volumes that are
available for use in a pair.

Syntax
To display a list of available P-VOLs or S-VOLs:
aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name availablelist

-si | -ss
-pvol lun | -svol lun

Options
Table 3-23: Options for aureplicationlocal -availablelist
Option

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in fewer than
or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period),
@, or (space). Space in front and back of the character
string is removed

-availablelist

Displays a list of the volumes that can be used in a pair.

-si

Specify for a ShadowImage pair.

-ss

Specify for a SnapShot pair.

-pvol lun

Specify to display the luns available for use as a P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify to indicate luns available for use as an S-VOL.

-unit unit_name

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-315

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 -availablelist -si

Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity RAID Group DP Pool RAID Level Type
1
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P) SAS
2
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P) SAS
3
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P) SAS
4
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P) SAS
5
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P) SAS
6
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P) SAS
%

pvol
Status
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal

Display or define the SnapShot volume (V-VOL)

Command name
aureplicationvvol

Description
Use the aureplicationvvol command to display SnapShot logical
unit (V-VOL) information, or to set up the V-VOL.

Syntax

To display SnapShot logical units in a list:

aureplicationvvol

To create a new SnapShot logical unit:

aureplicationvvol

-unit unit_name -add [ -lu lun ]

-size num[ m | g | t ]

To delete a SnapShot logical unit:

aureplicationvvol

3-316

-unit unit_name refer [ -m | -g | -t |

-auto ]

-unit unit_name -rm -lu lun

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Options

Table 3-24: Options for aureplicationvvol

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-refer

Displays the SnapShot logical unit (V-VOL).

-add

Creates the SnapShot logical unit (V-VOL).

-rm

Deletes the SnapShot logical unit (V-VOL).

-lu lun

Specify the logical unit number to be used or deleted. When

this options is omitted when create SnapShot logical unit,
Navigator 2 wil assigned the lowest number of the available
LUNs.

-size num[ m | g | t ]

Specify the capacity of SnapShot logical unit.

When specifying the capacity in MB, add "m" or "M" to the
command option.
When specifying the capacity in GB, add "g" or "G" to the
command option.
When specifying the capacity in TB, add "t" or "T" to the
command option.

-m | -g | -t | -auto

Specify the capacity unit. When this option is omitted, the

capacity is expressed in blocks.
-m: MB
-g: GB
-t: TB
-auto: If the capacity is 1 TB or more, it is displayed in TB.
If 1 GB or more and fewer than 1 TB, it is displayed in GB.
If fewer than 1 GB, it is displayed in GB.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aureplicationvvol -unit Array1 -add -lu 20 -size 1g

Are you sure you want to create the SnapShot logical unit 20?
(y/n [n]): y
The SnapShot logical unit has been successfully created.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-317

Display or set up the data pool

Command name
aupool

Description
Use the aupool command to display data pool or available LU
information, to create or delete a data pool, add LUs to a data pool,
or delete a data pool.

Syntax

To display current data pool information:

aupool

-unit unit_name -refer [ -poolno pool_no ]

To display logical units that are available for use in a data pool:
aupool

-unit unit_name -availablelist -poolno pool_no

To add a logical unit to a data pool, or to create a data pool:

aupool

-unit unit_name -add -poolno pool_no -lu lun ...

To delete a data pool:

aupool

-unit unit_name -rm -poolno pool_no

To change the threshold value:

aupool

-unit unit_name -chg -poolno pool_no -thres num

Options

Table 3-25: Options for aupool

Options

3-318

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the name of the array unit. Specify the name in

fewer than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols "- (minus)", "_ (underline)", ".
(period)", "@", or " (space)". Space in front and back of the
character string is removed.

-refer

Displays data pool information.

-add

Adds an LU to the data pool.

-rm

Deletes the LU from the data pool.

-chg

Changes the threshold of the data pool usage rate.

-poolno pool_no

Specify the data pool number.

-availablelist

Displays a list of LU numbers available for use in a data pool.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-25: Options for aupool (Continued)

Options

Description

-lu lun ...

Specify the LU number to be added to the data pool. Single

or multiple LU numbers can be specified.
Examples:
-lu 3
-lu 0 1 2 3 4 5 8
-lu 0-5 8

-thres num

Specify the threshold percentage for data pool usage rate.

70-percent is the default.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example
% aupool -unit Array1 refer
Data Pool : 0
Data Pool Usage Rate: 0% (0.0/10240.0 MB)
Threshold
: 70%
Usage Status
: Normal
LUN Capacity
RAID Group DP Pool RAID Level Type Status
100 10.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P)
SAS Normal
%

Create pairs
Command name
aureplicationlocal -create

Description
Use the aureplicationlocal create command to create a pair.

Syntax

ShadowImage
-

To create a pair that is not in a group:

aureplicationlocal
pair_name ]

-unit unit_name -create si

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -noread ]
[ -nocopy ]

To create a new group and create a pair belonging to the

group:
aureplicationlocal
pair_name ]

-unit unit_name -create si

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-319

-gno group_no
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -noread ]
[ -nocopy ]

To create a pair and add the pair to an existing group:

aureplicationlocal
pair_name ]

-unit unit_name -create si

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -noread ]
[ -nocopy ]

SnapShot
-

To create a pair that is not in a group:

aureplicationlocal
pair_name ]

-unit unit_name -create ss

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname
[ -localpoolno pool_no ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -compsplit ]

To create a new group and create a pair belonging to the

group:
aureplicationlocal
pair_name ]

-unit unit_name -create ss

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname
-gno group_no
[ -localpoolno pool_no ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]

To create a pair and add the pair to an existing group:

aureplicationlocal
pair_name ]

-unit unit_name -create ss

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -localpoolno pool_no ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]

Options

Table 3-26: Options for aureplicationlocal -create

Options

3-320

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in fewer than or
equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters, special
symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period), @, or
(space). Space in front and back of the character string is
removed.

-create

Specify this option to create pairs.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage.

-ss

Specify for SnapShot.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-26: Options for aureplicationlocal -create (Continued)

Options

Description

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name (see note). When this option is omitted,
Navigator 2 adds the following name.
ShadowImage pair: SI_LUXXXX_LUYYYY
SnapShot pair: SS_LUXXXX_LUYYYY
XXXX: Logical unit number of the P-VOL (4 digits with 0)
YYYY: Logical unit number of the S-VOL (4 digits with 0)

-localpoolno pool_no

Specify the data pool number when creating a SnapShot pair. If

this option is omitted, Navigator 2 uses the lowest available
number.

-gno group_no

Use when creating pair that belongs to the specified group. When
the specified group does not exist, a new group is created.

-gname group_name

Use when creating a pair and adding to the specified group.

When the specified group already exists, created pairs are added
to the specified group (see note).

-pace prior | normal | slow Specify the copy pace at the time of initial copy or when restoring
a copy. When this option is omitted, Navigator 2 sets Normal.
prior: Fast
normal: Medium
slow: Slow
-compsplit

Specify to split a pair automatically, immediately after pair

creation.

-noread

Specify to make the S-VOL unavailable for reads after pair

creation. This option is for ShadowImage only.

-nocopy

Specify when not copying from the S-VOL to the P-VOL after the
pair creation.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 create si pvol 100 svol 200

-pairname PAIR_SI_010 gno 1
Are you sure you want to create pair PAIR_SI_010?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair has been created successfully.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-321

Split pairs
Command name
aureplicationlocal -split

Description
The aureplicationlocal split command is used to split a pair or
all pairs in the group.

Syntax

ShadowImage
-

To split a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationlocal

To split a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name -split si

-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -force ]
[ -splitstr split_str ]

SnapShot
-

To split a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name -split ss

-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -splitstr split_str ]

To split a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name -split ss

-pvol lun -svol lun
[ -splitstr split_str ]

To split the pairs in a group:

aureplicationlocal

3-322

-unit unit_name -split si

-pvol lun -svol lun
[ -force ]
[ -splitstr split_str ]

To split the pairs in a group:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name -split si

-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -force ]
[ -splitstr split_str ]

-unit unit_name -split ss

-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -splitstr split_str ]

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Options

Table 3-27: Options for aureplicationlocal -split

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

The array unit name. Specify the name in fewer than

or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols - (minus), _
(underline), . (period), @, or (space). Space in
front and back of the character string is removed.

-split

Specify to split pairs.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage pairs.

-ss

Specify for SnapShot pairs.

-pvol lun

The logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

The logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

The name of the pair to be split (see note).

-gno group_no

Use to split pairs in the specified group. When the pair

name is not specified, all pairs in the group are split.

-gname group_name

Use to split pairs in the specified group. When the pair

name is not specified, all pairs in the group are split
(see note).

-force

Use to split pairs forcibly. This option is for

ShadowImage only.

-splitstr split_str

Adds the specified character string to a pair and splits

it. This option cannot be specified together with the force option.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 split ss pairname

PAIR_SS_010
-gname CTG1 -splitstr ABCDEF
Are you sure you want to split pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The split of pair has been required.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-323

Resynchronize pairs
Command name
aureplicationlocal -resync

Description
The aureplicationlocal resync option is used to resynchronize
the specified pair, or pairs in a group.

Syntax

To resynchronize a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name resync

si | -ss
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

To resynchronize a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name resync

si | -ss
-pvol lun -svol lun

To resynchronize the pairs in a group:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name resync

si | -ss
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

Options

Table 3-28: Options for aureplicationlocal -resync

Option

3-324

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in fewer

than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols - (minus), _ (underline), .
(period), @, or (space). Space in front and back of the
character string is removed.

-resync

Use to resynchronize pairs.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage pairs.

-ss

Specify for SnapShot pair.s

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name. When this option is omitted, all pairs
in the specified group are resynchronized (see note).

-gno group_no

Resynchronize pairs in the specified group. When the pair

name is not specified, all pairs in the specified group are
resynchronized.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-28: Options for aureplicationlocal -resync (Continued)

Option

Description

-gname group_name

Resynchronize pairs in the specified group. When the pair

name is not specified, all pairs in the specified group are
resynchronized (see note).

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0:

Example

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 resync si pairname PAIR_SI_010 -gname CTG1

Are you sure you want to re-synchronize pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The re-synchronizing of pair has been required.
%

Restore pairs
Command name
aureplicationlocal -restore

Description
The aureplicationlocal restore option is used to restore the
specified pair or pairs in the group.

Syntax

To restore a pair for the specified pair name:

aureplicationlocal

To restore a pair for the specified P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name restore

si | -ss
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-unit unit_name restore
si | -ss
-pvol lun -svol lun

To restore all pair in a group:

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-325

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name restore

si | -ss
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

Options

Table 3-29: Options for aureplicationlocal -restore

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-restore

Use to restore pairs.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage pairs.

-ss

Specify for SnapShot pair.s

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name. When this option is omitted, all pairs
in the specified group are restored (see note).

-gno group_no

Restore pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is

not specified, all pairs in the specified group are restored.

-gname group_name

Restore pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is

not specified, all pairs in the specified group are restored
(see note).

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0:

Example

% aureplicationlocal -unit Array1 restore ss pvol 10 svol 100

Are you sure you want to restore pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The restoring of pair has been required.
%

3-326

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Delete pairs
Command name
aureplicationlocal -simplex

Description
The aureplicationlocal simplex option is used to delete the
specified pair or pairs in a group.

Syntax

To delete a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name simplex

si | -ss
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

To delete a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name simplex

si | -ss
-pvol lun -svol lun

To delete all pair in a group:

aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name simplex

si | -ss
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

Options

Table 3-30: Options for aureplicationlocal -simplex

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name that delete pairs.

Specify the name in fewer than or equal to 64 characters
using alphanumeric characters, special symbols - (minus),
_ (underline), . (period), @, or (space). Space in
front and back of the character string is removed.

-simplex

Release pairs.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage pairs.

-ss

Specify forthe SnapShot pairs.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name. When this option is omitted, all pairs
in the specified group are deleted (see note).

-gno group_no

Specify the group number. If the pair name is not specified,

all pairs in the specified group are deleted.

-gname group_name

Specify the group name. If the pair name is not specified, all
pairs in the specified group are deleted (see note).

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-327

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0:

Example

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 simplex ss pairname PAIR_SS_010 -gname CTG1

Are you sure you want to release pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair has been released successfully.
%

Edit pairs
Command name
aureplicationlocal -chg

Description
The aureplicationlocal chg option is used to change the group
name, pair name, or copy pace.

Syntax

To change a group name:

aureplicationlocal

To change a pair name or copy pace by specifying the pair

name:
aureplicationlocal

-unit unit_name chg

-si | -ss
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -newpairname new_pair_name ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]

To change the pair name or the copy pace by specifying the PVOL and S-VOL:
aureplicationlocal

3-328

-unit unit_name chg

-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-newgname new_group_name

-unit unit_name chg

-si | -ss
-pvol lun -svol lun

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

[ -newpairname new_pair_name ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]

Options

Table 3-31: Options for aureplicationlocal -chg

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-chg

Changes the group information or pair information.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage pairs.

-ss

Specify for SnapShot pairs.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the current pair name (see note).

-gno group_no

Specify the group number.

-gname group_name

Specify the current group name. *

-pace prior | normal | slow

Changes the copy pace.

prior: Fast
normal: Medium
slow: Slow

-newgname new_group_name

Changes the group name to the new name. **

-newpairname new_pair_name

Changes the pair name to the new name (see note).

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0:

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-329

Example

% aureplicationlocal -unit array1 chg pvol 20 svol 200 newpairname PAIR_SI_010

Are you sure you want to change pair information?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair information has been changed successfully.
%

Monitor pair statusevent wait

This command is used to monitor pair status for local and remote
replication.

Command name
aureplicationmon -evwait

Description
The aureplicationmon -evwait command instructs the system to
display the pair status when it becomes the status that was specified
in the command, for the specified pair or pairs in the group. It is also
used to displays the current pair status.

Syntax

Displays the specified status for the pairs in the group.

Displays the specified status for the specified P-VOL and S-VOL
aureplicationmon -unit unit_name evwait
-si | -ss | -tc | -tce
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-st [ simplex ] [ sync ] [ paired ]
[ split ] [ failure ] [ takeover ]
-pvol | -svol
[ -timeout time ]

Displays current status for the specified group:

aureplicationmon unit unit_name evwait
-si | -ss | -tc | -tce
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

3-330

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-waitmode recovery | backup

-nowait

Waits until the pair status becomes the specified status for the
pairs in the group.
aureplicationmon -unit unit_name evwait
-si | -ss | -tc | -tce
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-st [ simplex ] [ sync ] [ paired ] [ split ]
[ failure ] [ takeover ] [ splitpending ]
-waitmode recovery | backup
[ -timeout time ]

Waits until the pair status becomes the specified status.

To get the current status of the specified group:

To get the current status of the specified pair:

aureplicationmon unit unit_name evwait
-si | -ss | -tc | -tce
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-nowait
aureplicationmon unit unit_name evwait
-si | -ss | -tc | -tce
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-nowait

Options

Table 3-32: Options for aureplicationmon -evwait

Options
-unit unit_name

Description
Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in fewer than
or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period),
@, or (space). Space in front and back of the character
string is removed.

-evwait

Waits for the specified status or gets the current status.

-si

Specify for ShadowImage pairs.

-ss

Specify for SnapShot pairs.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-331

Table 3-32: Options for aureplicationmon -evwait

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pair.

-tce

Specify for the TCE pair.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name (see note).

-gno group_no

Specify the group number (see note)

-gname group_name

Specify the group name (see note)

-st [ simplex ] [ sync ] [ paired Specify the pair status that you want to wait for.
] [ split ] [ failure ] [ takeover ]
-waitmode
recovery | backup

Specify the mode that defines the status of a group in which

the specified pair status is desired.
recovery: For disaster recovery.
backup: For backup use.
See the waitmode discussion following the note.

-pvol

Specify monitoring target to P-VOL

-svol

Specify monitoring target to S-VOL

-nowait

Gets the current status of the pair or the group.

-timeout time

Specify time-out time. When this option is omitted, the

time-out time set 3 seconds.
time = time-out time (0 to 180)

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be fewer than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols:%,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,]. When specifying a pair name
that doesn't belong to a group, use Ungrouped in the group name.
The following tables list group status for various features when the
pair status is mixed in the group.
On waitmode: Table 3-36 and Table 3-37 show how the pair status
that is returned depends on the waitmode value, when the statuses
differ for multiple pairs in a group.
For example, if a pair whose status is Split and another pair whose
status is Paired exist in the same group, the pair status of the group
(returned value) varies, depending on the value for waitmode. The
pair status is Split when waitmode is recovery, and it is Paired when
waitmode is backup.
If you want to wait for all pairs to be Paired, specify recovery for
waitmode. In this mode, all other statuses have higher priority than
Paired.
Or, if you want to wait for the pair statuses of all the pair to be Split,
specify backup for waitmode. In this mode, all other statuses have
higher priority than Split.

3-332

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-33: Group Status

Priorities for Recovery
Waitmode
(ShadowImage/SnapShot)
Priority

Pair Status

Synchronizing

Failure

Split

Threshold Over

Paired

Simplex

Table 3-34: Group Status

Priorities for Backup Waitmode
(ShadowImage/SnapShot)
Priority

Pair Status

Synchronizing

Failure

Paired

Threshold Over

Split

Simplex

Table 3-35: ShadowImage/SnapShot

Priority

Pair Status

Synchronizing

Failure

Split Pending

Split

Threshold Over

Paired Internally Synchronizing

Paired

Simplex

ShadowImage/SnapShot
Priority
1

Pair Status
Synchronizing

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-333

Failure

Paired

Paired Internally Synchronizing

Threshold Over

Split Pending

Split

Simplex

Table 3-36: Group Status Priorities for Recovery Waitmode

(ShadowImage/SnapShot)
Priority

(TrueCopy /TCE)

Pair Status

Priority

Pair Status

Synchronizing

Failure

Split

Inconsistent

Threshold Over

Pool Full

Paired

Split

Simplex

Busy

Takeover

Paired

Simplex

Table 3-37: Group Status Priorities for Backup Waitmode

(ShadowImage/SnapShot)
Priority

(TrueCopy/TCE)

Pair Status

Priority
1

Pair Status

Synchronizing

Failure

Paired

Inconsistent

Threshold Over

Paired

Split

Pool Full

Simplex

Busy

Takeover

Split

Simplex

Table 3-38:
Table 3-39: TrueCopy/TCE Recovery Mode
Priority

3-334

Pair Status

Synchronizing

Failure

Inconsistent

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Pool Full

Split

Busy

Takeover

Paired

Simplex

Table 3-40: TrueCopy/TCE Backup Mode

Priority

Pair Status

Synchronizing

Failure

Inconsistent

Paired

Pool Full

Busy

Takeover

Split

Simplex

Returned values
The following values are returned corresponding to the pair status
when the command execution is completed. If you specify the
nowait option, the P-VOL status is returned.

Table 3-41: Returned Values for -evwait

Monitoring
Volume

Status

Returned Value

P-VOL or S-VOL

Simplex

P-VOL

Synchronizing

Reverse Synchronizing

Paired

Split

Failure

Threshold Over

Pool Full

Inconsistent

Busy

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-335

Table 3-41: Returned Values for -evwait

S-VOL

Synchronizing

Paired

Split

Failure

Takeover

Pool Full

Inconsistent

Busy

Example

% aureplicationmon -unit array1 -evwait -si -pairname SI_LU0001_LU0002

gname Ungrouped -st paired pvol
Paired Status Monitoring...
Status has been changed to Paired.
%

CLI, CCI commands for local-replication

Table 3-42: CLI, CCI Commands for Remote Repl.

Description

CLI Command

CCI Command

Display pair information

aureplicationlocal -refer

pairdisplay

Create pairs

aureplicationlocal -create

paircreate

Split pairs

aureplicationlocal -split

pairsplit

Resynchronize pairs

aureplicationlocal -resync

pairresync

Restore pairs

aureplicationlocal -restore

pairresync -restore

Delete pairs

aureplicationlocal -simplex

pairsplit -S

Event wait

aureplicationmon -evwait

pairevtwait

CLI Commands for Remote Replication

3-336

This section covers the following commands related to remote

replication parameters:

Display pair and pool information on page 3-337

Display volumes available for use in pairs on page 3-340

Remote pathdisplay, define, delete, repair on page 3-341

Display remote path information on page 3-341

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Define the remote path on page 3-344

Delete remote path target (CHAP secret) on page 3-347

Reconstruct the remote path on page 3-348

Delete the remote path on page 3-349

Create pairs on page 4-336

Split pairs on page 3-356

Resynchronize pairs on page 3-358

Swap pairs on page 3-360

Delete pairs on page 3-361

Edit pairs on page 3-363

CLI, CCI commands for remote-replication on page 4-345

Display pair and pool information

Command name
aureplicationremote -refer

Description
The aureplicationremote -refer command displays the specified
pairs or all the pairs in the group.

Syntax

To display pair information in a list:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name refer [tc][-tce]
[-tce]
[ -pvol lun ] [ -svol lun ]

To display pair information in detail for each pair, include the

-detail option:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name refer detail

-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

To display pair information in detail for a specified P-VOL and SVOL:

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name refer detail

-pvol lun svol lun

To display the DP pool list that the pair used, specify as shown
below:
aureplicationremote -unit unit_name -refer -dppoolinfo

To display the pool list that a pair uses, specify as shown:

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name refer -poolinfo

To display the group information of the pair, specify as shown

below:

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-337

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name refer -groupinfo

Options

Table 3-43: Options for aureplicationremote -refer

Option

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Must be less than or equal to

64 characters using alphanumeric characters, special
symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period), @, or
(space). Space in front and back of the character string is
removed.

-refer

Displays the pair information.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TrueCopy Extended Distance pairs.

-tce

Specify when displaying the TCE pair.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the S-VOL or SnapShot

Logical Unit (V-VOL).

-detail

Specify for detailed pair information.

-poolinfo

Specify for pool information.

-dppoolinfo

Specify when displaying the DP pool information.

-groupinfo

Specify when displaying the group information of TCE pair.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name (see note).

-gno group_no

Specify the group number.

-gname group_name

Specify the group name (see note).)

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be less than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols:%,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,]. When specifying a pair name
that doesn't belong to a group, use Ungrouped in the group name.

Returned values

3-338

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Examples

% aureplicationremote unit localarray refer pair name Local LUN Attribute

Remote LUN Status
Copy Type Group Name
TC_LU0000_LU0000
0 P-VOL 0 Paired(100
%)
TrueCopy
---:Ungrouped
TC_LU0001_LU0001
1
P-VOL 1 Paired(100
%)
TrueCopy
---:Ungrouped
%

Example using -pairname option

% aureplicationremote unit localarray refer detail pairname
TCE_LU0000_LU0000
-gno 0
Pair Name
: TCE_LU0000_LU0000
Local Information
LUN
: 0
Attribute
: P-VOL
DP Pool
Replication Data : 0
Management Area : 0
Remote Information
Array ID
: 91200007
Path Name
: N/A
LUN
: 0
Capacity
: 50.0 GB
Status
: Paired(100%)
Copy Type
: TrueCopy Extended Distance
Group
: 0:TCE_Group1
Consistency Time
: N/A
Difference Size
: 0.0 MB
Copy Pace
: Prior
Fence Level
: N/A
Previous Cycle Time : 0 sec.
%

Example using -dppoolinfo option

% aureplicationremote unit localarray refer dppoolinfo
Pair name
Local LUN Attribute
Remote LUN
Pool
DP Pool Usage Rate
TCE_LU0000_LU0000
0 P-VOL
0
0
10%
%

Example using -groupinfo

% aureplicationremote unit localarray refer groupinfo
Group CTL Lapsed Time Difference Size[MB] Transfer Rate[KB/s]
Transfer Completion
0:TCE_Group1 0 00:00:25
0
200
00:00:30
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-339

Display volumes available for use in pairs

Command name
aureplicationremote -availablelist

Description
The aureplicationremote -availablelist command displays a list
of volumes that are available for use in a pair.

Syntax
To display a list of available P-VOLs or S-VOLs:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name availablelist

-tc | -tce| -tce
-pvol

Options

Table 3-44: Options for aureplicationremote -availablelist

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in less than
or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period),
@, or (space). Space in front and back of the character
string is removed

-availablelist

Displays volumes available for use in pairs.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-pvol

Specify when displaying volumes for a P-VOL.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example
% aureplicationremote -unit array1 -availablelist -tc
pvol
Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity RAID Group DP Pool RAID Level Type Status
1
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P)
SAS Normal
2
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P)
SAS Normal
3
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P)
SAS Normal
4
1.0 GB
0
N/A
6( 4D+2P)
SAS Normal
%

3-340

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Remote pathdisplay, define, delete, repair

This section provides the commands for displaying, defining,
deleting, and repairing the remote path, and defining and deleting
the remote path target (CHAP Secret)

Display remote path information

Command name
aurmtpath -refer

Description
The aurmtpath -refer command displays remote path information.

Syntax
aurmtpath

-unit unit_name refer

Options

Table 3-45: Options for aurmtpath -refer

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-refer

Displays path information.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-341

Examples
For Fibre Channel
% aurmtpath unit array1 refer
Initiator Information
Local Information
Array ID
: 90000002
Distributed Mode : N/A
Path Information
Interface Type
Remote Array ID
Remote Path Name
Bandwidth [0.1 Mbps]
iSCSI CHAP Secret

Path
0
1

Status
Normal
Normal

:
:
:
:
:

FC
91222345
Array_91222345
15
N/A

Local
0A
1A

Remote
N/A
N/A

Remote Port
IP Address
N/A
N/A

For IPv4 iSCSI array model

3-342

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

TCP Port No. of

Remote Port
N/A
N/A

% aurmtpath unit array1 refer

Initiator Information
Local Information
Array ID
: 90000002
Distributed Mode : N/A
Path Information
Interface Type
Remote Array ID
Remote Path Name
Bandwidth [0.1 Mbps]
iSCSI CHAP Secret

Path
0
1

:
:
:
:
:

iSCSI
90022345
Array_90022345
15
Disable

Status
Normal
Normal

Local
0A
1A

Remote
N/A
N/A

Remote Port
IP Address
192.168.0.201
192.168.0.209

TCP Port No. of

Remote Port
3260
3260

Target Information
Local Array ID : 90000002
%

For IPv6 iSCSI:

For iSCSI array model:
% aurmtpath unit array1 refer
Initiator Information
Local Information
Array ID
: 91200002
Distributed Mode : N/A
Path Information
Interface Type
Remote Array ID
Remote Path Name
Bandwidth [0.1 Mbps]
iSCSI CHAP Secret

:
:
:
:
:

iSCSI
91222345
Array_91222345
40000
Enable

Remote Port
TCP Port No.of
Path Status Local Remote IP Address
Remote Port
0
Normal 0E
N/A ffe0:ffe0:ffe0::ffff ffe0:ffe0:ffe0::ffff
25000
1
Normal 1E
N/A ffe0:ffe0:ffe0::ffff ffe0:ffe0:ffe0::ffff
25000
Target Information
Local Array ID : 91200002
%

For fibre channel

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-343

% aurmtpath unit array1 refer

Initiator Information
Local Information
Array ID
: 90000002
Distributed Mode : N/A
Path Information
Interface Type
Remote Array ID
Remote Path Name
Bandwidth [0.1 Mbps]
iSCSI CHAP Secret

Path
Status
0 Normal
1
Normal

:
:
:
:
:

FC
90022345
Array_90022345
15
N/A

Local
0A
1A

Remote Port
Remote
IP Address
0A
192.168.0.201
1B
192.168.0.209

TCP Port No. of

Remote Port
N/A
N/A

Define the remote path

Command name
aurmtpath -set

Description
Use the aurmtpath -set command to define the remote path or
change the bandwidth.

Syntax

For fibre channel:

aurmtpath

3-344

-unit unit_name set

-remote array_id | -remotename remote_path_name
-path0 0A | 0B | 0C | 0D | 0E | 0F | 0G | 0H
0A | 0B | 0C | 0D | 0E | 0F | 0G | 0H |
1A | 1B | 1C | 1D | 1E | 1F | 1G | 1H
-path1 1A | 1B | 1C | 1D | 0E | 0F | 0G | 0H
0A | 0B | 0C | 0D | 0E | 0F | 0G | 0H |
1A | 1B | 1C | 1D | 1E | 1F | 1G | 1H |
-band bandwidth
-unit unit_name set
-remote array_id
-path0 0A | 0B

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

0A | 0B | 1A | 1B
-path1 1A | 1B
0A | 0B | 1A | 1B
-band bandwidth

For iSCSI:
aurmtpath

-unit unit_name set -initiator

-remote array_id [ -remotename remote_path_name ]
-path0 0A | 0B
-path0_addr inet_addr
[ -path0_tcpportnum port_num ]
-path1 1A | 1B
-path1_addr inet_addr
[ -path1_tcpportnum port_num ]
-secret enable | disable
-band bandwidth
aurmtpath -unit unit_name set -initiator
-remote array_id
-path0 0A | 0B
-path0_addr inet_addr
[ -path0_tcpportnum port_num ]
-path1 1A | 1B
-path1_addr inet_addr
[ -path1_tcpportnum port_num ]
-secret enable | disable
-band bandwidth

To change the bandwidth or remote path name:

aurmtpath

-unit unit_name set

-remote array_id | -remotename remote_path_name
[ -band bandwidth ]
[ -newremotename new_remote_path_name ]
-unit unit_name set
-remote array_id
-band bandwidth

To set the array mode:

aurmtpath

-unit unit_name -set

[ -distributedmode hub | edge ]

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-345

Options

Table 3-46: Options for aurmtpath -set

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in less than or equal
to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters, special symbols (minus), _ (underline), . (period), @, or (space). Space in
front and back of the character string is removed.

-set

Sets the remote path information.

-remote array_id

Specify the remote array ID.

-remotename remote_path_name

Specify the remote path name. When the specification is omitted,

the following name adds. Array_xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx: Remote array ID
remote_path_name: Remote path name (See Note 2)

-path0 local_path remote_path

Specify the local path 0 port number and remote path 0 port
number.

-path1 local_path remote_path

Specify the local path 1 port number and remote path 1 port
number.

-initiator

Specify when setting the initiator information.

-path0 0A | 0B | 0E | 0F

Specify the path 0 information for iSCSI.

-path0_addr inet_addr

Specify the IP address of path 0 for iSCSI.

inet_addr: IP address

-path0_tcpportnum port_num

Specify the path 0 port number for TCP/IP communication. If this

option is omitted, the port number sets to 3260.
port_num: Port number

-path1 1A | 1B | 1E | 1F

Specify the path 1 information for iSCSI.

-path1_addr inet_addr

Specify the IP address of path 1 for iSCSI.

inet_addr: IP address

-path1_tcpportnum port_num

Specify the path 1 port number for TCP/IP communication. If this

option is omitted, the port number sets to 3260.
port_num: Port number

-secret enable | disable

Specify whether to set the Secret input to enable or disable.

-band bandwidth

Specify the line band of per 0.1 Mbps. For example, to set
bandwidth to 0.1 Mbps, specify 1; to set bandwidth to 1.5 Mbps,
specify 15, to set bandwidth to 20 Mbps, specify 200.
bandwidth: Line band.

-newremotename
new_remote_path_name

Specify the changed remote path name.

new_remote_path_name: Remote path name (See Note 2)

-distributedmode hub | edge

Specify whether to set the Distributed mode.

hub: hub array
edge: edge array

3-346

For example if you want to set the bandwidth to 0.1 Mbps,

specify 1 (the bandwidth to 1.5 Mbps, specify 15, the bandwidth
to 20 Mbps, specify 200).

For Remote Path Name, less than or equal to 32 ASCII

characters (alphabetic characters, numerals, and the following
symbols) can be used (%,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,]). The following
character string cannot be used. (N/A,---)

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Examples
For iSCSI

% aurmtpath unit array1 set initiator remote 9000000281000121

path0 0B path0_addr 192.168.0.201 path1 1B path1_addr 192.168.0.209
-secret disable -band 15
Are you sure you want to set the remote path information?
(y/n [n]): y
The remote path information has been set successfully.
%

For fibre channel

% aurmtpath unit array1 set remote 90000002 path0 0A 0A path1 1A 1A -band 15

Are you sure you want to set the remote path information?
(y/n [n]): y
The remote path information has been set successfully.
%
% aurmtpath unit array1 set remote 81000002 path0 0A 0A path1 1A 1A
-band 15
Are you sure you want to set the remote path information?
(y/n [n]): y
The remote path information has been set successfully.
%

Delete remote path target (CHAP secret)

This command is for iSCSI only.

Command name
aurmtpath -target

Description
The aurmtpath -target command defines or deletes the CHAP
secret.

Syntax

To set the CHAP secret:

aurmtpath

-unit unit_name set target

-local array_id
-secret

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-347

To delete the CHAP secret:

aurmtpath

-unit unit_name rm [ -target ]

-remote array_id | -remotename remote_path_name

Options

Table 3-47: Options for aurmtpath -target

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-set

Sets the remote path information.

-target

Specify this option to set or delete target information.

-local array_id

Specify the local array ID of target information.

-secret

Sets the CHAP Secret.

-rm

Deletes the remote path.

-remote array_id

Specify the remote array ID.

-remotename remote_path_name

Specify the remote path name.

remote_path_name: Remote path name

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aurmtpath unit array1 set target local 9002234581000121

secret
Are you sure you want to set the remote path information?
(y/n [n]): y
Please input Path 0 Secret.
Path 0 Secret:
Re-enter Path 0 Secret:
Please input Path 1 Secret.
Path 1 Secret:
Re-enter Path 1 Secret:
The remote path information has been set successfully.
%

Reconstruct the remote path

Command name
aurmtpath -reconst

3-348

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Description
The aurmtpath -reconst command reconstructs the remote path.

Syntax
aurmtpath -unit unit_name reconst -remote array_id |
-remotename remote_path_name -path0 | -path1

Options

Table 3-48: Options for aurmtpath -reconst

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-reconst

Reconstructs the remote path.

-remote array_id

Specify the remote array ID.

-remotename
remote_path_name

Specify the remote path name.

remote_path_name: Remote path name

-path0 | -path1

Specify the path to reconstruct.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aurmtpath unit array1 reconst remote 9000000281000121

path1
Are you sure you want to reconstruct the remote path?
(y/n [n]): y
The reconstruction of remote path has been required.
Please check Status as refer option.
%

Delete the remote path

Command name
aurmtpath -rm

Description
The aurmtpath -rm command deletes the remote path.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-349

Syntax
aurmtpath -unit unit_name rm -remote array_id | -remotename
remote_path_name

Options

Table 3-49: Options for aurmtpath -rm

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-rm

Deletes the remote path.

-remote array_id

Specify the remote array ID.

-remotename
remote_path_name

Specify the remote path name.

remote_path_name: Remote path name

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aurmtpath unit array1 rm remote 9000000281000121

Are you sure you want to delete the remote path information?
(y/n [n]): y
The remote path information has been deleted successfully.
%

3-350

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Display or define TrueCopy options

The following sections provide commands for displaying and defining
TrueCopy-related options. These options are Cycle Time and the
Cycle Over report.

Display TrueCopy options

Command name
autruecopyopt -refer

Description
Use the autruecopyopt -refer option to display TrueCopy options:
Cycle Time and the Cycle Over Report (accessed with SNMP).

Syntax
autruecopyopt

-unit unit_name -refer

Options

Table 3-50: Options for autruecopyopt -refer

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-refer

Causes TrueCopy option information to display.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example
% autruecopyopt unit array1 refer
Cycle Time[sec.]
Cycle Over Report

:
300
: Disable

Command name
autruecopyopt -set

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-351

Description
Use the autruecopyopt -set option to define Cycle Time and Cycle
Over report.

Format

To define the cycle time:

autruecopyopt -unit unit_name set cycletime time

To enable or disable the Cycle Over Report:

autruecopyopt -unit unit_name set cycleoverreport enable | disable

To set the Remote Replication Write Control mode:

autruecopyopt -unit unit_name -set -writecontrolmode enable | disable

Options

Table 3-51: Options for autruecopyopt -set

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name that will be set the TrueCopy
option information. Specify the name in less than or equal
to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters, special
symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period), @, or
(space). Space in front and back of the character string is
removed.

-set

Sets the TrueCopy option information.

-cycletime time

Specify the cycle time.

time: cycle time in seconds.

-cycleoverreport
enable | disable

Sets whether to enable or disable the cycle over report.

-writecontrolmode
enable | disable

Set whether to validate or invalidate the specification of the

remote write control mode.
enable. Enables the specification of the remote
replication with control mode.
disable. Disables the specification of the remote
replication write control mode.

Returned values

3-352

Normal termination: 0.

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example

% autruecopyopt unit array1 set cycletime 300 cycleoverreport enable

Are you sure you want to set the TrueCopy options?
(y/n [n]): y
The TrueCopy options have been set successfully.
%

Creating pairs
Command name
aureplicationremote -create

Description
The create option is created a pair. Specify a P-VOL as a local array volume
and an S-VOL as a remote array volume.

Syntax
TrueCopy:
When creating a pair that doesn't belong to any group:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name create tc

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname pair_name ]
-remote array_id | -remotename_remote_path_name
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -fencelvl never | data ]
[ -nocopy ]

When create a new group and create a pair that belong to created group:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name create tc

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname pair_name ]
-gno group_no
-remote array_id | -remotename_remote_path_name
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -fencelvl never | data ]
[ -nocopy ]

When create a pair and add the pair to already created group:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name create tc

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname pair_name ]
-gname group_name
-remote array_id | -remotename_remote_path_name
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -fencelvl never | data ]
[ -nocopy ]

TCE:
When create a new group and create a pair that belong to created group:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name create tce

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname pair_name ]
-gno group_no
-remote array_id | -remotename_remote_path_name
[ -localrepdppoolno pool_no

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-353

-localmngdppoolno pool_no
-remoterepdppoolno pool_no
-remotemngdppoolno pool_no ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -nocopy ]

When create a pair and add the pair to already created group:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name create tce

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname pair_name ]
-gname group_name
-remote array_id | -remotename_remote_path_name
[ -localrepdppoolno pool_no
-localmngdppoolno pool_no
-remoterepdppoolno pool_no
-remotemngdppoolno pool_no ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -nocopy ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -fencelvl never | data ]
[ -nocopy ]

TCE
-

To create a new group and create a pair belonging to the

group:

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name create tce

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname pair_name ]
-gno group_no
-remote array_id
[ -localpoolno pool_no ]
-remotepoolno pool_no
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -nocopy ]

To create a pair and add the pair to an existing group:

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name create tce

-pvol lun -svol lun [ -pairname pair_name ]
-gname group_name
-remote array_id
[ -localpoolno pool_no ]
-remotepoolno pool_no
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]
[ -nocopy ]

Options

Table 3-52: Options for aureplicationremote -create

Options

3-354

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in less than or
equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters, special
symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period), @, or
(space). Space in front and back of the character string is
removed.

-create

Specify this option to create pairs.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-52: Options for aureplicationremote -create (Continued)

Options

Description

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-tce

Specify for creating the TCE pair.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name (see note). When this option is omitted,
Navigator 2 adds the following name.
TrueCopy pair: TC_LUXXXX_LUYYYY
TCE: TCE_LUXXXX_LUYYYY
TCE pair: TCE_LUXXXX_LUYYYY
XXXX: Logical unit number of the P-VOL (4 digits with 0)
YYYY: Logical unit number of the S-VOL (4 digits with 0)

-gno group_no

Creates pair(s) in the specified group. When the group does not
exist, a new group is created.

-gname group_name

Creates a pair and add the specified group. When the specified
group already exists, created pairs add to the specified group see
note).

-remote array_id

Specify the remote array ID.

-pace prior | normal | slow Specify the copy pace at the time of initial copy or restore copy.
When this option is omitted, Navigator 2 sets Normal.
prior: Fast
normal: Medium
slow: Slow
-fencelvl never | data

Specify the fence level when creating a TrueCopy pair. When this
option is omitted, Navigator 2 sets never.

-nocopy

Specify when not copying from the P-VOL to the S-VOL after the
pair creation.

-localrepdppoolno pool_no

Specify the replication data DP pool number of the local array.

pool_no: DP pool number

-localmngdppoolno
pool_no

Specify the management area DP pool number of the local array.

pool_no: DP pool number

-remoterepdppoolno
pool_no

Specify the replication data DP pool number of the remote array.

pool_no: DP pool number.

-remoteemngdppoolno
pool_no

Specify the management area DP pool number of the remote

array.
pool_no: DP pool number

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-355

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aureplicationremote -unit localarray create tce pvol 0 svol 0

gno 0 remote 90000002 remotepoolno 0N/A
Are you sure you want to create pair TCE_LU0000_LU0000?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair has been created successfully.
%

Split pairs
Command name
aureplicationremote -split

Description
The aureplicationremote split option is used to split the
specified pair or all pairs in the group.
For TCE, when you split a pair, the data that is exclusive to the local
side is copied when the pair split operation is performed to make the
S-VOL data identical to the P-VOL data. Therefore, before the pair
status changes to the Split state, the command displays the current
command status. After splitting a pair, use the aureplicationmon
-evtwait command to direct the aureplicationremote -split
command to wait for the pair status to change to the Split status.

Syntax

To split a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name -split -tc | tc | tcem
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -svolrw r | rw ]

To split a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name -split -tc | tc | tcem
-locallun pvol
-localvol lun -remotevol lun
-remote array_id |
-remotename_remote_path_name

To split the pairs in a group:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name -split -tc | tc | tcem

3-356

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

-gno group_no | -gname group_name

[ -svolrw r | rw ]

When the attribute of the local volume is the S-VOL:

To split a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name -split -tc | tc | tcee
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-svolstatusaction forcedtakeover |
recovertakeover]

To split a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name -split -tc | tc | tcee
-locallun pvol
-localvol lun -remotevol lun
-remote array_id |
-remotename_remote_path_name
-svolstatusaction forcedtakeover |
recovertakeover]

To split the pairs in a group:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name -split -tc | tc | tcee
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-svolstatusaction forcedtakeover |
recovertakeover]

Options

Table 3-53: Options for aureplicationremote -split

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

-split

Specify this option to split pairs.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify a pair name pair (see note).

-gno group_no

Splits pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is not
specified, all pairs in the specified group are split.

-gname group_name

Splits pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is not
specified, all pairs in the specified group are split (see note).

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-357

Table 3-53: Options for aureplicationremote -split

-remote array_id

Specify the array ID of the remote array.

-svolrw r | rw

Specify the access limit to the S-VOL after pair split. When
this option is omitted, Navigator 2 sets rw.
r: Read only
rw: Read/Write

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be less than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols:%,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,].

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example

% aureplicationremote -unit localarray split tc pairname TC_LU0000_LU0000

gname TC_Group1
Are you sure you want to split pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair has been split successfully.
%

Resynchronize pairs
Command name
aureplicationremote -resync

Description
The aureplicationremote resync option is used to resynchronize
the specified pair, or pairs in a group.

Syntax

To resynchronize a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationremote

To resynchronize a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationremote

3-358

-unit unit_name resync

-tc | -tce | tce
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-unit unit_name resync
-tc | -tce | tce
-pvol lun -svol lun
-remote array_id

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

To resynchronize the pairs in a group:

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name resync

-tc | -tce | tce
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

Options

Table 3-54: Options for aureplicationremote -resync

Option

Description

-unit unit_name

-resync

Specify to resynchronize pairs.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-tce

Specify when resynchronizing the TCE pair.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name. When this option is omitted, all

pairs in the specified group are resynchronized (see note).

-gno group_no

Resynchronize pairs in the specified group. When the pair

name is not specified, all pairs in the specified group are
resynchronized.

-gname group_name

Resynchronize pairs in the specified group. When the pair

name is not specified, all pairs in the specified group are
resynchronized (see note).

-remote array_id

Specyfy the remote array ID.

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be less than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols: %,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,].

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0Example:

Example

% aureplicationremote -unit localarray resync adr pairname

TC_LU0000_LU0000 gname TC_Group1
Are you sure you want to re-synchronize pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The re-synchronizing of pair has been required.
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-359

Swap pairs
Command name
aureplicationremote -swaps

Description
The aureplicationremote swaps option is used to swap a pair or
pairs in the group.

Syntax

To swap a pair for the specified pair name:

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name swaps tc

-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

To swap a pair for the specified S-VOL:

aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name swaps tc

-svol lun

To swap the pairs in a group:

aureplicationremote -unit unit_name swaps tc | -tce | tce
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

Options

Table 3-55: Options for aureplicationremote -swaps

Options

3-360

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the remote array unit name. Specify the name in

less than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols - (minus), _ (underline), .
(period), @, or (space). Space in front and back of the
character string is removed.

-swaps

Specify to swaps pairs.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name. When this option is omitted, all pairs
which belong to the specified group are swapped (see note).

-gno group_no

Restore pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is

not specified, all pairs in the specified group are swapped.

-gname group_name

Restore pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is

not specified, all pairs in the specified group are swapped
(see note).

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number of the S-VOL.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be less than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols:%,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,].

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0Example:

Example

% aureplicationremote -unit remotearray swaps adr -gno 0

gname TC_Group1
Are you sure you want to swap pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The swap of pair has been required.
%

Delete pairs
Command name
aureplicationremote -simplex

Description
The aureplicationremote simplex option is used to delete the
specified pair or pairs in a group.
For TCE, when deleting a pair, when you delete a pair, the data on the
local side is copied when the delete operation is performed to make
the S-VOL data identical with the P-VOL data. Therefore, before the
pair status changes to the Simplex state, the command displays the
current status. After deleting a pair, use the aureplicationmon evtwait command to direct the status to change to Simplex.
For TCE, before the pair status changes to Simplex, the local
differential data is copied to the S-VOL, making it identical with the
P-VOL. To display status when it becomes Simplex, use the
aureplicationmon evtwait command (see Monitor pair statusevent
wait on page 1-23).
There may be cases when pair status at the remote array does not
change to Simplex because of failure in the remote path. You can
confirm S-VOL status after the P-VOL changes to Simplex. When
executing the -simplex option on the remote array, the S-VOL is
deleted forcibly.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-361

When executing the -simplex option on the remote array before

executing it on the local array, the S-VOL status changes to Simplex,
but data consistency in the S-VOL is not guaranteed.

Syntax

To delete a pair by specifying the pair name:

aureplicationremote
-tce

-unit unit_name simplex tc | tce |

-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name

To delete a pair by specifying the P-VOL and S-VOL:

aureplicationremote
tce

-unit unit_name simplex tc | -tce |

-locallun pvol | svol
-remote array_id

To delete the pairs in a group:

aureplicationremote
tce

-unit unit_name simplex tc | -tce |

-gno group_no | -gname group_name

3-362

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Options

Table 3-56: Options for aureplicationremote -simplex

Options

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the local array unit name. Specify the name in less
than or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric
characters, special symbols - (minus), _ (underline), .
(period), @, or (space). Space in front and back of the
character string is removed.

-simplex

Specify to release pairs.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-locallun pvol | svol

Specify whether the local lu is the P-VOL or S-VOL.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name. When this option is omitted, all pairs
in the specified group are deleted (see note).

-gno group_no

Delete pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is

not specified, all pairs in the specified group are deleted.

-gname group_name

Delete pairs in the specified group. When the pair name is

not specified, all pairs in the specified group are deleted (see
note).

-remote array id

Specify the remote array ID.

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be less than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols: %,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,].

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0Example:

Example

% aureplicationremote -unit localarray simplex tc pairname TC_LU0000_LU0000

gname TC_Group1
Are you sure you want to release pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair has been released successfully.
%

Edit pairs
Command name
aureplicationremote -chg

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-363

Description
The aureplicationremote chg option is used to change the group
name, pair name, or copy pace.

Syntax

To change a group name:

aureplicationremote

To change a pair name or copy pace by specifying the pair

name:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name chg

-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-newgname new_group_name

-unit unit_name chg tc | -tce | tce

-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
[ -newpairname new_pair_name ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]

To change the pair name or the copy pace by specifying the PVOL and S-VOL:
aureplicationremote

-unit unit_name chg tc | -tce | tce

-locallun pvol | svol
-pvol lun -svol lun
-remote array_id
[ -newpairname new_pair_name ]
[ -pace prior | normal | slow ]

Options

Table 3-57: Options for aureplicationremote -chg

Options

3-364

Description

-unit unit_name

-chg

Changes group or pair information.

-tc

Specify for TrueCopy pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-tce

Specify for TCE pairs.

-locallun pvol | svol

Specify whether the local lu is the P-VOL or S-VOL.

-pvol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the P-VOL.

-svol lun

Specify the logical unit number to be the S-VOL.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name (see note).

-gno group_no

Changes the pair information in the specified group.

-gname group_name

Changes the pair information in the specified group. *

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-57: Options for aureplicationremote -chg (Continued)

Options

Description

-pace prior | normal | slow

Changes the copy pace.

prior: Fast
normal: Medium
slow: Slow

-newgname new_group_name

Changes the group name to the specified new name. **

-newpairname new_pair_name

Changes the pair name to the specified new name (see

note).

-remote array id

Specify the remote array ID.

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be less than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols:%,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,].
* When specifying a pair name that doesn't belong to a group, use
Ungrouped in the group name.
** For a new group name, do not specify Ungrouped. An error occurs if it
is specified at the time of creation.

Returned values

Normal termination: 0

Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example
% aureplicationremote -unit localarray chg tc locallun
pvol pvol 0 svol 0
-remote 9000000281000002 newpairname
NEW_PAIR_NAME
Are you sure you want to change pair information?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair information has been changed successfully.
%

Monitor pair statussynchronous wait

This command is used with TCE only. It is used to check whether data
written to the P-VOL is reflected in the S-VOL immediately after the
command.
For the event waiting command, for all remote and local replication
systems, see Monitor pair statusevent wait on page 1-23

Command name
aureplicationmon -syncwait

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-365

Description
The aureplicationmon -syncwait command instructs the TCE
system to display whether or not data written to the P-VOL in the
specified pair or group is reflected in the S-VOL. When this command
is executed, the sequence number (Q-marker) on the local array is
immediately compared to the sequence number on the remote array,
then at regular intervals. Because the sequence number is updated
for each group, you can check whether the S-VOL data has been
updated or not by executing the command specifying a group when
all the pairs in the target group are in the Paired status.

Syntax

To check whether data written to the P-VOL in the specified

group is reflected in the S-VOL:
aureplicationmon -unit unit_name syncwait tce
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-wait -timeout time
[ -pvolsequence sequence_no ]

To check whether data written to the P-VOL in the specified pair

is reflected in the S-VOL:
aureplicationmon -unit unit_name syncwait tce
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-wait -timeout time
[ -pvolsequence sequence_no ]

To display the latest sequence number of the P-VOL in the

specified group.
aureplicationmon -unit unit_name syncwait tce
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-nowait

To display the latest sequence number of the P-VOL in the

specified pair.
aureplicationmon -unit unit_name syncwait tce
-pairname pair_name
-gno group_no | -gname group_name
-nowait

Options

Table 3-58: Options for aureplicationmon -syncwait

Options
-unit unit_name

3-366

Description
Specify the array unit name. Specify the name in less than
or equal to 64 characters using alphanumeric characters,
special symbols - (minus), _ (underline), . (period),
@, or (space). Space in front and back of the character
string is removed.

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table 3-58: Options for aureplicationmon -syncwait

-syncwait

Checks if the write is reflected in the S-VOL immediately

after the command, or gets the current sequence number of
the P-VOL.

-tce

Specify for TCE.

-pairname pair_name

Specify the pair name (see note).

-gno group_no

Specify the group number (see note)

-gname group_name

Specify the group name (see note)

-nowait

Gets the current status of the pair or the group (see Table 359).

-timeout time

Specify time-out time. When this option is omitted, the timeout time set 3 seconds.
time = time-out time (0 to 180)

-pvolsequence sequence_no

Waits for the write data to the P-VOL with the specified
sequence number to be updated to the S-VOL. The sequence
number can be obtained with -nowait option. This option is
used to confirm that Write data is updated to the S-VOL.
When this option is omitted, the sequence number of the PVOL at the time the command is used.

NOTE: A pair name and group name must be less than or equal to 31
ASCII characters consisting of alphabetic characters, numerals, and the
following symbols:%,*,+,-,.,/,=,@,_,:,[,].

Returned values
Table 3-59: Return Values for the -nowait Parameter
Returned
Values

Status

Description

When the -nowait

option is specified

NOWAIT

Successfully obtained the

current sequence number of
the P-VOL.

When the -nowait

option is not specified

DONE

Write data to the P-VOL has

been updated to the S-VOL.

TIMEOUT

A timeout has occurred.

BROKEN

Out of synchronization
because of splitting pair,
failure, etc.

CHANGED

The pair has been

resynchronized.

Example
% aureplicationmon unit array1 syncwait tce gno 0 wait timeout 180
Monitoring...
Status has been changed to DONE.
Number of process queue : 976
P-VOL sequence No.
: 59652
%

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-367

Referencing/setting TrueCopy option

Referencing the TrueCopy option
Command name
autruecopyopt -refer

Format
autruecopyopt

-unit unit_name -refer

Description
The -refer option is displays for the TrueCopy option information.

Options
Options

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name that will be display the

TrueCopy option information.
Specify the name in less than or equal to 64 characters
using alphanumeric characters, special symbols (minus), _ (underline), . (period), @, or
(space). Space in front and in the rear of the
character string is removed.

-refer

Displays the TrueCopy option information.

Returned values
Normal termination: 0
Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example:
% autruecopyopt unit array1 refer
Cycle Time[sec.]
Cycle Over Report
%

: 300
: Disable

Setting the TrueCopy option

Command name
autruecopyopt -set

Format
To set the cycle time:

3-368

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

autruecopyopt

-unit unit_name set cycletime time

To set the cycle over report:

autruecopyopt -unit unit_name set cycleoverreport enable | disable

Description
The -set option sets the TrueCopy option.

Options
Options

Description

-unit unit_name

Specify the array unit name that will be set the

-set

Sets the TrueCopy option information.

-cycletime time

Specify the cycle time.

time: cycle time (second)

-cycleoverreport
enable | disable

Sets whether to validate or invalidate the

specification of the cycle over report.
enable: Enables the specification of the cycle over
report
disable: Disables the specification of the cycle over
report

Returned values
Normal termination: 0
Abnormal termination: Other than 0

Example:
% autruecopyopt unit array1 set cycletime 300 cycleoverreport
enable
Are you sure you want to set the TrueCopy options? (y/n [n]): y
The TrueCopy options have been set successfully.
%

CLI, CCI commands for remote-replication

Table 3-60: Comparison with CCI Commands

Description

CLI Command

CCI Command

Display pair information

aureplicationremote -refer

pairdisplay

Create pairs

aureplicationremote -create

paircreate

Split pairs

aureplicationremote -split

pairsplit

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-369

Table 3-60: Comparison with CCI Commands

3-370

Resynchronize pairs

aureplicationremote -resync

pairresync

Swap pairs

aureplicationremote -swaps

pairresync -swaps

Delete pairs

aureplicationremote -simplex

pairsplit -S

Synchronous wait

aureplicationmon -syncwait

pairsynctwait

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3-371

3-372

CLI command list

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

4
HDP CLI operations
This chapter provides procedures for performing Dynamic
Provisioning operations from the command line using Navigator 2
Command Line Interface.
The following topics are covered in this chapter:

Installing Dynamic Provisioning

Managing DP pools from the command line
Managing DP-VOLs from the command line
Managing DP pool information
Optimizing DP

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Installing Dynamic Provisioning

Observe the following guidelines:

Before installing or uninstalling Dynamic Provisioning, verify that the

array is operating normally. If a failure such as a controller blockade
has occurred, installation or un-installation cannot be performed.

Confirm that the cache partition information is initialized as shown in

Appendix A, Installing Dynamic Provisioning when Cache Partition
Manager is used when Dynamic Provisioning is installed in the status
where Cache Partition Manager is already in use.

A key code or key file is required to install Dynamic Provisioning.

Dynamic Provisioning can be installed with or without rebooting the array.

Installing Dynamic Provisioning without rebooting

To install Dynamic Provisioning without rebooting
1. From the command prompt, register the DF850 storage system in which
Dynamic Provisioning is to be installed, and then connect to the array.
2. Issue the auopt command to install Dynamic Provisioning. An example
is shown below.
Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to unlock the option? (y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reconfigure memory or reboot the
subsystem.
Are you sure you want to start reconfigure memory? (y/n [n]): y
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array will occur.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
Memory reconfiguring started successfully.
%

3. Issue the auopt command to confirm whether Dynamic Provisioning has

been installed. An example is shown below.
Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
D_PROVISIONING
Permanent --Enable
Reconfiguring(10%)
%

Dynamic Provisioning has been installed and Status is Enable. Confirm the
Reconfigure Memory Status is Reconfiguring(nn%) or Normal.

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

4. When the Reconfigure Memory Status is Reconfiguring(nn%),

wait awhile, then perform step 3, and confirm the Reconfigure
Memory Status changes to Normal.
5. When the Reconfigure Memory Status is Failed(Code01:Timeout), perform step 2.
Code-01 occurs when the access from the host is frequent or the amount
of the unwritten data in the cache memory is large.
6. When the Reconfigure Memory Status is Failed(Code-02: Failure
of Reconfigure Memory), perform the following reconfigure memory
operation.
Code-02 occurs when the drive restoration processing starts in the
background.
Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -reconfigurememory start
Are you sure you want to start reconfigure memory? (y/n [n]): y
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array will occur.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
Memory reconfiguring started successfully.
%

7. When the Reconfigure Memory Status is Failed(Code-04:Failure of

Reconfigure Memory), perform the following reboot operation.
Code-03 occurs when the copy of the management information in the
cache memory fails.
Example:
% aureboot -unit array-name
Do you want to restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 6 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

8. When the Reconfigure Memory Status is Failed(Code-03: Failure

of Reconfigure Memory), contact the Support Center.

Installation of Dynamic Provisioning is now complete.

Installing Dynamic Provisioning and rebooting the array

If Dynamic Provisioning is installed, uninstalled, or changed during a after
issuing a spin-down instruction using the Power Savings option, the spin
down may fail. If spin-down fails, execute the spin-down again. Check that
the spin-down instruction has not been issued or has been completed (no
RAID group in the Power Saving Status of Normal (Command Monitoring)
exists) before installing, uninstalling, or changing Dynamic Provisioning.
When you install, uninstall, enable, or disable Dynamic Provisioning when a
array is used on the remote side of TrueCopy or TrueCopy Extended, the
following conditions occur with the restart of the array.

Both paths of TrueCopy or TrueCopy Extended are blocked. When a

path is blocked, a TRAP occurs that notifies the SNMP Agent Support
Function. The TrueCopy or TrueCopy Extended path recovers from the
blockade automatically after the array restarts.

If the pair status of TrueCopy or TrueCopy Extended is Paired or

Synchronizing, it changes to Failure. When you restart the array,
install, uninstall, enable, or disable Dynamic Provisioning after
changing the pair status of TrueCopy or TrueCopy Extended to Split.

If the NAS unit is connected to the array. have the drive array administrator
check whether the NAS unit is connected and NAS service is operational.
Ask the NAS unit administrator to check whether a failure has occurred by
checking the NAS administration software. In case of a failure, execute the
maintenance operation together with the NAS maintenance personal.
If the NAS unit is connected, ask the NAS unit administrator for termination
of NAS OS and planned shutdown of the NAS unit. After completing this
operation, ask the NAS unit administrator to reboot the NAS unit.
After rebooting, have the NAS unit administrator refer to Recovering from
FC path errors in the Hitachi NAS Manager User's Guide and check the
status of the Fibre Channel (FC) path and to recover the FC path if it is in a
failure status.
If there are personnel for the NAS unit maintenance, ask the NAS unit
maintenance personnel to reboot the NAS unit.
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which Dynamic
Provisioning is to be installed, and then connect to the array.
2. Issue the auopt command to install Dynamic Provisioning. The example
is shown below.

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to unlock the option? (y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reconfigure memory or reboot the
subsystem.
Are you sure you want to start reconfigure memory? (y/n [n]): n
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 6 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

3. Issue the auopt command to confirm whether Dynamic Provisioning has

been installed. The example is shown below.
Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
D_PROVISIONING
Permanent --Enable
Normal
%

Dynamic Provisioning is installed and the status is Enable. Installation of

Dynamic Provisioning is now complete.

Uninstalling Dynamic Provisioning

To uninstall Dynamic Provisioning, the key code provided with the optional
feature is required. Once uninstalled, Dynamic Provisioning cannot be used
(locked) until it is again installed using the key code or key file.
The following conditions must be satisfied in order to uninstall Dynamic
Provisioning.

When the DP-VOL is mapped, the mapping information must be

released.

All the DP-VOLs must be deleted.

All the DP pools for Dynamic Provisioning must be deleted.

Dynamic Provisioning can be uninstalled with or without requiring the array

to be rebooted.

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Uninstalling without rebooting

3. Issue the auopt command to confirm whether Dynamic Provisioning has

been uninstalled. The example is shown below.
Example:

% auopt -unit array-name -refer

DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%
Uninstalling Dynamic Provisioning is now complete.

Uninstalling and rebooting the array

1. From the command prompt, register the array in which Dynamic
Provisioning is to be uninstalled, and then connect to the array.
2. Issue the auopt command to uninstall Dynamic Provisioning. The
example is shown below.
Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to lock the option? (y/n [n]): y
The option is locked.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reconfigure memory or reboot the
subsystem.
Are you sure you want to start reconfigure memory? (y/n [n]): n
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting begins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause both Remote
Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 6 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3. Issue the auopt command to confirm whether Dynamic Provisioning has

been uninstalled. The example is shown below.
Example:

% auopt -unit array-name -refer

DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%
Uninstalling Dynamic Provisioning is now complete.

Enabling or disabling Dynamic Provisioning

Dynamic Provisioning can be enabled or disabled when it is installed. You
can enable or disable Dynamic Provisioning with or without booting the
array.
Prerequisites for disabling Dynamic Provisioning

When the DP-VOL is mapped, release the mapping information.

Delete all the DP-VOLs (see Deleting a DP-VOL from a DP pool on page
4-14).

Delete all the DP pools for Dynamic Provisioning (see Deleting a DP

pool on page 4-11).

To enable or disable Dynamic Provisioning without rebooting

1. From the command prompt, register the DF850 storage system in which
the status of the feature is to be changed, and then connect to the array.
2. Issue the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable). The
following is an example of changing the status from enable to disable.
To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after the -st
option.
Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -option D_PROVISIONING -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option? (y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reconfigure memory or reboot the
subsystem.
Are you sure you want to start reconfigure memory? (y/n [n]): y
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array will occur.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
Memory reconfiguring started successfully.
%

3. Issue the auopt command to confirm whether the status has been
changed. An example is shown below.

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option NameType
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
D_PROVISIONINGPermanent --Disable
Reconfiguring(10%)
%

Enabling or disabling Dynamic Provisioning is now complete.

To enable or disable Dynamic Provisioning with rebooting the array
1. From the command prompt, register the DF850 storage system in which
the status of the feature is to be changed, and then connect to the array.
2. Issue the auopt command to change the status from enable to disable.
The following is an example of changing the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the -st option.
Example:

% auopt -unit array-name -option D_PROVISIONING -st disable

Are you sure you want to disable the option? (y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reconfigure memory or reboot the
subsystem.
Are you sure you want to start reconfigure memory? (y/n [n]): n
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 6 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

3. Issue the auopt command to confirm whether the status has been
changed. An example is shown below.
Example:
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option NameType
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
D_PROVISIONINGPermanent --Disable
Normal
%

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Enabling or disabling Dynamic Provisioning is now complete.

Managing DP pools from the command line

The audppool command operates DP pool. To refer the audppool
command and its options, type audppool -help or auman audppool at
the command prompt.
This section discusses the following topics:

Creating a new DP pool

Changing DP pool thresholds

Deleting a DP pool

Reinitializing a DP pool

Adding DP pool capacity

Creating a new DP pool

The time to create DP pools depends on the number and capacity of the DP
pools to be created, the number and capacity of the HDUs to be added to
the DP pool, etc. When creating many DP pools or adding HDUs of large
capacity to the DP pool, it may take a long time to complete all the
processing.
To create a DP pool
1. From the command prompt, issue the audppool command to create a
DP pool using these settings:
-

Registered array name: DF850XS

DP pool number: 0

RAID level: 6

Combination: 6D+2P

HDU type: SAS

HDU capacity: 300 GB

HDU selection method: Auto

HDU number (drive count; Specify as Combination of pools

concerned x 1"): 8

DP pool consumed capacity alert: Default settings

Over-provisioning threshold: Default settings

Stripe size: 64 kB (if omitting this option, the stripe size is set to
256 kB)

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example:
% audppool -unit HUS110 -add -dppoolno 0 -RAID6 -combination 6:2 -type SAS
-drvcapa 300 -drive auto -drivecount 8 -notification enable -stripesize 64
The drive will be selected automatically.
Are you sure you want to set a DP pool? (y/n [n]): y
The DP pool has been set successfully.
%

2. Issue the audppool command to confirm the created DP pool.

Example of outputting items:
% audppool -unit HUS110 -refer -t
DP
RAID
Stripe
Pool Level Total Capacity Consumed Capacity Type Status Reconstruction Progress Size
0
6( 6D+2P)
1.0 TB
0.0 TB SAS Normal N/A
64KB
%

Creating a DP pool is now complete. You can create a DP-VOL.

Changing DP pool thresholds

After creating a DP pool, the only DP pool attributes that can be changed
are the threshold values.
To change DP pool thresholds
1. From the command prompt, issue the audppool command to change
the DP pool attributes using these settings:
-

Registered array name: HUS110

DP pool number: 0

Depletion Alert: 50%

Example:
% audppool -unit HUS110 -chg -dppoolno 0 -depletion_alert 50
Are you sure you want to change the DP pool attribute? (y/n [n]): y
DP pool attribute changed successfully.
%

410

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

2. Issue the audppool command to confirm the DP pool attribute.

Example:

% audppool -unit DF850XS -refer -detail -dppoolno 0 -t

DP Pool : 0
RAID Level
: 6(6D+2P)
Page Size
: 32MB
Stripe Size
: 64KB
Type
: SAS
Status
: Normal
Reconstruction Progress : N/A
Total Capacity
: 8.0 TB
Consumed Capacity
: 2.0 TB
Needing Preparation Capacity : 0.0 TB
DP Pool Consumed Capacity Alert
Early Alert
: 40%
Depletion Alert
: 50%
Notifications Active : Enable
Over Provisioning Threshold
Warning
: 100%
Limit
: 130%
Notifications Active : Enable
Defined LU Count
:0
Drive Configuration
DP RAID Group Unit HDU Type Capacity Status
0( 6D+2P)
0 0 SAS 300GB
Standby
0( 6D+2P)
0 1 SAS 300GB
Standby
:
:
Logical Unit
Consumed
Stripe
C
ache
PairCache
LU
Capacity
Capacity
Consumed % Size
artition
Partition Status

Deleting a DP pool
Usually only one DP pool is deleted in normal practice. However, it is
possible to delete multiple DP pools at the same time, if needed.

NOTE: Before deleting a DP pool, delete all the DP-VOLs defined to the DP
pool (see Deleting a DP-VOL from a DP pool on page 4-14).
To delete a DP pool
1. From the command prompt, issue the audppool command to delete a
DP pool using these settings. To delete two or more DP pools, enter a
space between a pool number.
-

Registered array name: DF850XS

DP pool number: 2

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

411

Example:
% audppool -unit HUS110 -rm -dppoolno 2
Are you sure you want to delete the specified DP pool(s)? (y/n [n]): y
The DP pool 2 has been deleted.
DP pool(s) have been deleted successfully.
%

Reinitializing a DP pool
You can recover a DP pool to reset the DP pool after a failure. This is an
abnormal operation and should be performed with care. Before attempting
to recover a DP pool, you should back up all important data and stop host
access to the DF850 storage system.
If the DP-VOL is blocked due to an HDU failure, recover the HDU in which
the failure occurs. If the status of the DP-VOL is Unformat, perform the LU
format.
To recover a DP pool
1. From the command prompt, issue the audppool command to reinitialize
a DP pool using these settings:
-

Registered array name: DF850XS

DP pool number: 2

Example:

% audppool -unit HUS110 -recover -dppoolno 2

Confirm DP pool reinitialization.
If you reinitialize the DP pool, you will not be able to recover your data.
Please backup all important data before performing this operation.
When you reinitialize a DP pool, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applications
that use this array may terminate unexpectedly. Please make sure to stop the
host access to the array before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to reinitialize the specified DP pool? (y/n [n]): y
Start the DP pool reinitialization.
%

2. From the command prompt, issue the auluref command to confirm the
DP-VOL status. Use the following settings:
-

-Registered array name: DF850XS

Example:

% auluref -unit HUS110 -g

Stripe RAID
DP RAID
LU
Capacity Size Group Pool Level
Type
0
100.0 GB 256KB
0
N/A 5( 4D+1P) SAS
1000
500.0 GB 256KB N/A
0 6( 6D+2P) SAS
%

412

Number
of Paths Status
0 Normal
0 Unformat

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

3. From the command prompt, specify an LU whose status is displayed as

Unformat, and issue the auformat command to format the LU. Use the
following settings:
-

-Registered array name: HUS110

-Unformatted LU: 1000

Example:
% auformat -unit HUS110 -lu 1000
Are you sure you want to format the logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
The format was started.
%

Adding DP pool capacity

You can grow DP pool capacity by adding DP RAID groups to the DP pool.
The total amount of capacity of the DP RAID groups registered in the DP
pool is the capacity of that DP pool. Monitor the free capacity of the usable
DP pool, and grow the DP pool as needed.
To add DP pool capacity
From the command prompt, issue the audppool command to add DP pool
capacity using these settings:

Registered array name: DF850XS

DP pool number: 2

Adding HDU number (drive count; specify as Combination of pools

concerned x 1): 8

Example:
% audppool -unit HUS110 -chgsize -dppoolno 2 -drivecount 8
Are you sure you want to add the capacity of DP pool? (y/n [n]): y
The capacity of DP pool has been added successfully.
%

4. To optimize the DP pool when adding DP pool capacity, specify the

-dpoptimize option in the audppool command.
Example:
% audppool -unit HUS110 -chgsize -dppoolno 2 -drivecount 8 -dpoptimize
Are you sure you want to add the capacity of DP pool? (y/n [n]): y
DP optimization (rebalancing) automatically executes for all logical units in
this DP pool after capacity is added.
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array occurs.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The capacity of DP pool has been added successfully.
%

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

413

Managing DP-VOLs from the command line

Use the auluadd, auluref, auludel, and aulusizechg commands to
operate the DP-VOL. To refer to the commands and their options, at the
command prompt, type command name -help or auman command name.
This section discusses the following topics:

Creating a DP-VOL

Deleting a DP-VOL from a DP pool

Changing DP-VOL capacity

Creating a DP-VOL
To create a DP-VOL
1. From the command prompt, issue the auluadd command to create a
DP-VOL using these settings:
-

Registered array name: DF850XS

DP pool number: 0

DP-VOL capacity: 500 GB

LUN: 1000

Example:
% auluadd -unit HUS110 -lu 1000 -size 500g -dppoolno 0
Are you sure you want to set the logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been set successfully.
%

2. Issue the auluref command to confirm the DP-VOL is created.

Example:
% auluref -unit HUS110 -g
Stripe RAID
DP
LU
Capacity
Size
Group
1000
500.0 GB
256KB N/A
%

RAID
Pool
0

Level
6( 6D+2P)

Type
SAS

Status
Normal

Deleting a DP-VOL from a DP pool

By deleting a DP-VOL from a DP pool, the DP pool area that the DP-VOL was
using is released, increasing the free capacity of the DP pool. The areas
assigned to the DP-VOL are also formatted.
To delete a DP-VOL
From the command prompt, issue the auludel command using the
following settings:

414

Registered array name: DF850XS

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

LUN: 1000

Example:
% auludel -unit HUS110 -lu 1000
The specified logical unit(s) will be deleted.
The specified logical unit(s) have already been formatted.
Are you sure you want to delete the specified logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
If you delete the logical unit(s), you will not be able to recover your data, Please make
sure to perform backup of all important data before this operation.
When you delete your logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or
applications that use this subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to
stop host access to the subsystem before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to delete the specified logical unit(s)? (y/n [n]): y
The specified logical unit(s) will be deleted.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The logical unit 1000 has been deleted.
The logical unit(s) have been deleted successfully.
%

Changing DP-VOL capacity

You can increase or decrease the capacity of the DP-VOL in which the DF850
storage system is operational. The procedure to change the capacity of the
DP-VOL is the same as for changing capacity for a normal LU.
To change the DP-VOL capacity
1. From the command prompt, issue the auluchgsize command using
these settings:
-

Registered array name: HUS110

LUN: 1000

New size: 1 TB:

Example:
% auluchgsize -unit HUS100 -lu 1000 -size 1t
Are you sure you want to grow the logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been grown successfully.
%

2. To optimize the DP pool when reducing DP-VOL capacity, specify the

-dpoptimize option in the auluchgsize command.

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

415

Example:
% auluchgsize -unit HUS110 -lu 1000 -size 500g -dpoptimize
Are you sure you want to shrink the logical unit? (y/n [n]): y
DP optimization automatically executes for this logical unit after reducing
(shrinking) logical unit capacity.
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array occurs.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
If you shrink the logical unit, you will not be able to recover your data for the
reduction. Please make sure to perform backup of all important data before this
operation.
When you shrink the logical unit, the data becomes unusable. Systems or applications
that use this array will terminate abnormally. Please make sure to stop the host access
to the array before performing this operation.
Are you sure you want to shrink the logical unit? (y/n [n]): y
The specified logical unit will be shrunk.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The logical unit has been shrunk successfully.
%

3. Issue the auluref command to confirm the DP-VOL has been grown or
shrunk.
Example:
% auluref -unit HUS110 -g
Stripe
LU
Capacity
Size
1000 1024.0 GB
256KB

RAID
Group
N/A

DP
Pool
0

RAID
Level
Type
6( 6D+2P) SAS

Status
Normal

Managing DP pool information

The audptrend command operates the DP pool trend information. To refer
to the command and its options, at the command, type audptrend -help
or auman audptrend.
This section discusses the following topics:

Viewing DP pool trend information

Saving DP pool trend information to a file

Viewing DP pool trend information

To view the DP pool trend information
From the command prompt, issue the audptrend command using these
settings:

416

Registered array name: HC110

DP pool number: 0

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example:

% audptrend -unit DF850XS -refer -dppoolno 0

DP Pool : 0
Total
Consumed
Date
Capacity Capacity
2009/03/15
63.9 TB
4095 GB
2009/03/14
63.9 TB
4095 GB

Saving DP pool trend information to a file

To output the DP pool trend information to a file
From the command prompt, issue the audptrend command using these
settings:

Registered array name: HC110

Array serial number: 90001234

Output destination: C:\tmp

Example:

% audptrend -unit HC110 -export -path C:\tmp

The trend of DP pool will be output to the file.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The trend of DP pool has been outputted to the file.
Output File Name : 90001234 DPPool LU_20090316072440.CSV
Output File Name : 90001234_DPPool_Total_20090316072440.CSV
Output File Name : 90001234 DPPool_Consumed_20090316072440.CSV
%

When you specify the prefix for the CSV file (in this example, the prefix
characters are trend201006):
% audptrend -unit HC110 -export -path C:\tmp -prefix trend201006
The trend of DP pool will be output to the file.
Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n [n]): y
The trend of DP pool has been outputted to the file.
Output File Name : trend201006_90000026_DPPool_LU_20100413104807.CSV
Output File Name : trend201006_90000026_DPPool_Total_20100413104807.CSV
Output File Name : trend201006_90000026_DPPool_Consumed_20100413104807.CSV
%

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

417

Optimizing DP
The audpoptimize command performs the DP pool optimization. To refer
the command and its options, type audpoptimize -help or auman
audpoptimize at the command prompt.
This section discusses the following topics:

Canceling DP optimization

Checking the progress of DP optimization

Changing optimization priority

Optimizing the DP pool

To optimize the DP pool
1. From the command prompt, issue the audpoptimize command using
these settings:
-

Registered array name: DF850XS

DP-VOLs LUN: 2 and 3

Example:
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -start -lu 2 3
Are you sure you want to start the DP optimization? (y/n [n]): y
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array will occur.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The DP optimization started successfully.

2. To reclaim the zero page, issue the audpoptimize command adding the
-zeropagereclaim option.
Example:
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -start -lu 2 3 -zeropagereclaim
Are you sure you want to start the DP optimization? (y/n [n]): y
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array will occur.
The Zero Page Reclaim option results in DP pool optimization taking longer to process.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The DP optimization started successfully.
%

3. To optimize all DP-VOLs, issue the audpoptimize command adding the

-allindppool option. If you specify the normal LU, a command error
occurs.

418

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Example:
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -start -lu 2 3 -allindppool
Are you sure you want to start the DP optimization? (y/n [n]): y
While in progress, performance degradation of host I/Os to the array will occur.
Optimization processing will occur for all logical units in DP pools including the
specified logical units.
LUN DP Pool
2
0
3
0
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The DP optimization started successfully.

Canceling DP optimization
To cancel the DP optimization
1. From the command prompt, issue the audpoptimize command adding
the -cancel option.
Example:
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -cancel -lu 2 3
Are you sure you want to cancel the DP optimization? (y/n [n]): y
The DP optimization has been canceled successfully.

Checking the progress of DP optimization

To check the progress of DP optimization
1. From the command prompt, issue the audpoptimize command adding
the -refer option.
Example:
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -refer
Priority : DP Optimization
DP Capacity Mode
Current
: Maximum Capacity
User Setting : Maximum Capacity
DP RAID
Total
Consumed Reclaimable
Accelerated Wide Full
LUN Pool Level
Capacity Capacity Capacity Status Striping Mode
Capacity
Mode
2
0 6( 8D+2P) 2.0 TB
8.0 GB
0.0 MB Normal Disable
Disable
3
0 6( 8D+2P) 1.0 TB 512.0 GB
0.0 MB Normal Disable
Disable
%

Changing optimization priority

To change optimization priority
1. From the command prompt, issue the audpoptimize command adding
the -chg and -priority options.

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

419

Example:
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -chg -priority host
Are you sure you want to change the priority of DP optimization? (y/n [n]): y
The DP optimization option results in performance degradation of host I/Os to the
array while DP optimization is in progress.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The priority of DP optimization has been changed successfully.
%

Changing provisioning attributes

1. From the command prompt, execute the audpoptimize command adding
the -chg and -widestriping options.
Example:
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -chg -lu 0 -widestriping enable
Are you sure you want to change the Provisioning attributes? (y/n
[n]): y
The Provisioning attributes has been changed successfully.
%

To optimize after changing the attributes, adding the -dpoptimize options.

% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -chg -lu 0 -widestriping enable -dpoptimize

Are you sure you want to change the Provisioning attributes? (y/n [n]): y
The Provisioning attributes has been changed successfully.
%

To change the full capacity attributes, execute the audpoptimize

command adding the -chg and -fullcapacity options.
% audpoptimize -unit HC110 -chg -lu 0 -fullcapacity enable
Are you sure you want to change the Provisioning attributes? (y/n [n]): y
The Provisioning attributes has been changed successfully.
%

420

HDP CLI operations

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A
CLI-based storage feature
tasks
This appendix describes some basic CLI-based tasks that may be
performed when using your storage features and includes the
following topics:

Storage management features overview

Storage features support
Installing the storage features
Account Authentication
Enabling/disabling
Modifying the account information
Audit Logging
Cache Partition
Cache Residency Manager
Data Retention Utility
LUN Manager (Fibre Channel)
Modular Volume Migration
SNMP Agent Support Function

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Storage management features overview

The storage features described in this appendix may be pre-installed and
enabled, pre-installed and disabled, or require installation and enabling by
providing a license key for that specific feature. These storage features may
also be referred to as Program Products in related Hitachi Data Systems
documentation. In most cases, you are required to enter the license key to
activate the feature you want to use. This task is usually performed only
once.
Depending on the options provided with your purchase, some of these
features are provided at no charge while others may require an additional
license fee to activate. Contact your sales representative if you have any
questions on the storage features provided with your system.

NOTE: Some storage features described in this appendix may not be

available for your product or product version. Please contact your sales
representative for specific storage feature availability.

Storage features support

This chapter provides information on supported and enabled storage
features for SMS 100. Note that not all features listed may be available for
your system. Contact your sales representative for specific storage feature
information.

Installing the storage features

Refer to the following sections on the specific CLI commands required to
activate (or uninstall) the storage feature you want. Note that some
selected features require a license key to enable.

NOTE: Some storage features described in this appendix may not be

available for your product or product version. Please contact your sales
representative for specific storage feature availability. See also the
previous section regarding feature support.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Account Authentication
NOTE: Account Authentication cannot be enabled simultaneously with the
Password Protection feature. You must disable Password Protection before
enabling Account Authentication.
This section describes operation procedures for Account Authentication
using the CLI of Storage Navigator Modular 2. The following sections are
included:

Installing Account Authentication

Uninstalling Account Authentication

Displaying the account information

Adding account information

Changing password of the owner account information

Changing the log in valid term

Setting the warning banner

Changing the Advanced Security Mode

Forcibly logging out

Logging in

Setting/deleting the account information corresponding to the Script

Installing Account Authentication

The following instructions describe how to install Account Authentication,
using the CLI version of Storage Navigator Modular 2:
NOTE: Account Authentication cannot be used with Password Protection at
the same time. When installing Account Authentication, Password
Protection must be uninstalled or disabled.
1. From the command prompt, register the disk array in which Account
Authentication is to be installed, and then connect to the disk array.
2. Execute the auopt command to install Account Authentication. The
example is shown below.
% auopt -unit disk array-name -lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is installed successfully.
%

3. Execute the auopt command to confirm that Account Authentication has

been installed. The example is shown below. Enter root for User ID and
storage for Password. See the note below.
% auopt -unit disk array-name refer
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password:

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Option NameType
Term
Status
ACCOUNTPermanent --Enable
%

NOTE: Because the initial password of a built-in account can be assumed

easily, be sure to change it after the installation. Also, when a password
of a built-in account is lost, it cannot be returned to the initial password.
Therefore, take enough care to manage the password of the built-in
account.

Uninstalling Account Authentication

Follow the instructions below to uninstall Account Authentication. When it is
uninstalled, Account Authentication is not available (locked) until it is
installed by the key code or key file.

To uninstall Account Authentication, the key code provided with the

Account Authentication feature is required.

Follow the instructions below to uninstall Account Authentication.

NOTE: The un-installation can be operated only with the account assigned
to the role of an Account Administrator (View and Modify). When the uninstallation is executed, all the accounts that have been logged in excluding
the own account are forced into log out. The un-installation cannot be
executed when the forced log out of all users is not completed. After the
un-installation is executed, all the account information excluding the initial
password of the built-in account is deleted.
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
uninstall Account Authentication.
2. Execute the auopt command to uninstall Account Authentication. The
example is shown below.
% auopt -unit disk array-name -lock on -keycode manual-attached-keycode
User ID: root
Password:
Are you sure you want to de-install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is de-installed successfully.

3. Execute the auopt command to confirm whether Account Authentication

has been uninstalled. The example is shown below.
% auopt unit disk array-name refer
DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Uninstalling Account Authentication is now complete.

Enabling/disabling
Account Authentication feature can be set to Disable or Enable depending
on the conditions in which the feature has been installed.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following paragraphs describe a CLI procedure for setting the feature to
Disable or Enable while Account Authentication feature stays in an installed
state.
NOTE: Setting the function to disable or enable can be operated only with
the account assigned to the role of an Account Administrator (View and
Modify). When the function to disable or enable is executed, all the
accounts that have been logged in excluding the own account are forced
into log out. The un-installation cannot be executed when the forced log out
of all users is not completed.
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
set Account Authentication.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable).
3. The following is an example of changing the status from enable to
disable. If you want to change the status from disable to enable, enter
enable after the st option.
% auopt unit disk array-name option ACCOUNT st disable
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password:
Are you sure you want to disable the option? (y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
%

4. Execute the auopt command to confirm whether the status has been
changed. The example is shown below.
% auopt -unit disk array-name -refer
Option NameType
Term
Status
ACCOUNTPermanent --Disable
%

Enabling or disabling Account Authentication is now complete.

Displaying the account information

To display the account information:
NOTE: This operation can be operated only with the account assigned to
the role of an Account Administrator (View and Modify) or an Account
Administrator (View Only).
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
display account information.
2. Execute the auaccount command to display account authentication
information. The example is shown below.
% auaccount unit disk array-name refer
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
User ID: root
Account Type: Built-in
Account Enable/Disable: Enable
Session Count: 1
Update Permission: Allowed
Role: Account Administrator (View and Modify)

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

User ID: User001

Account Type: Public
Account Enable/Disable: Disable
Session Count: 0
Update Permission: --Role: Storage Administrator (View and Modify)
%

Adding account information

To add the account information:
NOTE: This operation can be operated only with the account assigned to
the role of an Account Administrator (View and Modify). Immediately after
the installation of the Account Authentication function, log in with the
built-in account and add the account information.
When adding the account information, it is required to register an
optional user ID and a password. It is recommended to register character
strings that are hard to be assumed as the user ID and the password.
It is prescribed in the standard ISO/IEC 17799 (BS 7799) to avoid to use
the following character strings as far as possible because they are especially
easy to be assumed.
Built_in_user, Admin, Administrator, Administrators, root, Authentication,
Authentications, Guest, Guests, Anyone, Everyone, System, Maintenance,
Developer, and Supervisor.

NOTE: It is recommended that a user who uses an account should log in

and change the password immediately after creation of the account (that
is because it is possible that an account creator remembers the initial
password and logs in illegally).
When monitoring the failure via Storage Navigator Modular 2, because the
failure monitoring cannot be applied to the disk array that is a target of
the Account Authentication unless it is logged in, register the common
user ID and the password for the monitoring to be used at the time of the
failure monitoring. It is required to create the user ID and the password
for the failure monitoring beforehand for each of the disk array for which
the Account Authentication has been validated.

1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
add account information.
2. Execute the auaccount command to add the account authentication
information. The example is shown below.
% auaccount unit disk array-name add uid User001 account disable rolepattern 000001
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Assigned role
Storage Administrator (View and Modify)
Are you sure you want to add the account?
(y/n [n]): y
Please input password.
Password: User001-password
Re-enter Password: User001-password
The account has been added.
%

The role pattern value (-rolepattern) is as follows.

100000: Audit Log Administrator (View Only)
010000: Audit Log Administrator (View and Modify)
001000: Account Administrator (View Only)
000100: Account Administrator (View and Modify)
000010: Storage Administrator (View Only)
000001: Storage Administrator (View and Modify)

Example: When the role pattern is assigned Account Administrator

(View and Modify) and Storage Administrator (View and Modify),
specify 000101.

NOTE: When using !, #, $, &, , *, ?, `, {, |, or ~ for

the uid option, set the file by using the uidfile option. When !, #, $,
&, , *, ?, `, {, |, or ~ is used for the uid option, the
command may terminate abnormally or the illegal user ID may be set.

Modifying the account information

You can modify the following information:

Password

Role assignment

Account enable/disable

This operation can be operated only with the account assigned to the role
of an Account Administrator (View and Modify).
The procedure for modifying the account information to be explained here
can be executed for an account of the other user. The own account
information cannot be modified. However, the built-in account can modify
the own account information.
The account information that has been modified is applied to the following
log in of the account concerned.
The public account cannot modify the built-in account information.
Either user ID of the public account and the built-in account cannot be
changed.
When using !, #, $, &, , *, ?, `, {, |, or ~ for the uid
option, set the file by using the uidfile option.
To modify the account information:
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
modify account information.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

2. Execute the auaccount command to modify the account authentication

information. The example is shown below.
% auaccount unit disk array-name chg uid User001 account enable rolepattern 000101
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Assigned role before a change
Storage Administrator (View and Modify)
Assigned role after a change
Storage Administrator (View and Modify)
Account Administrator (View and Modify)
Are you sure you want to change the account?
(y/n [n]): y
The account information has been changed.
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Deleting the account information

To delete the account information:
NOTE: When using !, #, $, &, , *, ?, `, {, |, or ~ for
the uid option, set the file by using the uidfile option.
This operation can be operated only with the account assigned to the role
of an Account Administrator (View and Modify).
The own and built-in account information cannot be deleted. When a user
account that has been logged in is deleted, the user is immediately forced
into log out.
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
delete account information.
2. Execute the auaccount command to delete the account authentication
information. The example is shown below.
% auaccount unit disk array-name rm uid User001
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to delete [User001]?
(y/n [n]): y
If you will delete the logged in user account, user is logged out. Do you want t
o continue processing?
(y/n [n]): y
The account has been deleted.
%

Changing password of the owner account information

To change the password is as follows.
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
change account information.
2. Execute the auaccount command to change the owner password. The
example is shown below.
% auaccount unit disk array-name chgownpwd
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to change the password?
(y/n [n]): y
Please input password.
Old Password: old-root-password
New Password: new-root-password
Re-enter Password: new-root-password
The password has been changed.
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Changing the log in valid term

This operation can be operated only with the account assigned to the role
of an Account Administrator (View and Modify) or an Account Administrator
(View Only). To change the log in valid term:
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
change the log in valid term.
2. Execute the auaccount command to change the log in valid term. The
example is shown below.
% auaccountopt unit disk array-name set timeout 20
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to set the account option?
(y/n [n]): y
The account option has been set successfully.
%

Setting the warning banner

The warning banner set here is registered in the disk array independently
of the Storage Navigator Modular 2 GUI.
To set a warning banner:
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
set a warning banner.
2. Execute the auaccountopt command to set a warning banner. The
example is shown below.
% auaccountopt unit disk array-name set bannerfile c:\banner.txt
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to set the account option?
(y/n [n]): y
The account option has been set successfully.
%
% auaccountopt unit disk array-name refer
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Banner : Valid
Warning Notice!
This is a {Company Name Here} computer system, which may be accessed and used
only for authorized {Company Name Here} business by authorized personnel. Un
authorized access or use of this computer system may subject violators to cri
minal, civil, and/or administrative action.
All information on this computer system may be intercepted, recorded, read, c
opied, and disclosed by and to authorized personnel for official purposes, in
cluding criminal investigations. Such information includes sensitive data enc
rypted to comply with confidentiality and privacy requirements. Access or use
of this computer system by any person, whether authorized or unauthorized, c
onstitutes consent to these terms. There is no right of privacy in this syste
m.
%

A10

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Changing the Advanced Security Mode

To change the Advanced Security Mode:
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
change the Advanced Security Mode.
2. Execute the auaccountopt command to change the Advanced Security
Mode. The example is shown below.
% auaccountopt unit disk array-name set advancedsecuritymode enable
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to set the account option? (y/n [n]): y
The account option has been set successfully.
%

Setting an external authentication server

The external authentication server is set. You can set the external
authentication server that supports the RADIUS protocol to the external
authentication server to be set here.
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
set an external authentication server.
2. Execute the auexternalauth command to set an external authentication
server. The example is shown below.
For the port number of the external authentication server, 1821 is
generally used.
% auexternalauth unit disk array-name set user_auth RADIUS
-srv1_addr external authentication server IP address
-srv1_portnum external authentication server port number
-srv1_auth_protocol PAP
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to set the external authentication server?
(y/n [n]): y
Please input shared secret of server 1.
Shared Secret: shared-secret
Re-enter Shared Secret: shared-secret
The external authentication server has been set successfully.
%

Note the following two limitations for setting an external authentication

server:

When using the RADIUS server as the external authentication server,

the user ID can be no more than 253 characters. The password can be
no more than 128 characters. Since there is a case where the user ID
length and the password length may differ depending on the external
authentication server, check the specifications of the external
authentication server to be used in advance.

When using the external authentication server to authenticate users, if

the communication with the external authentication server fails, you
cannot log in to the server. Make sure the communication connection to
the external authentication server is active before attempting to
configure it.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A11

Changing the external authentication server

To change the setting of the external authentication server:
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
change the setting of the external authentication server.
2. Execute the auexternalauth command to change the setting of the
external authentication server. The example is shown below.
% auexternalauth unit disk array-name chg user_auth RADIUS
-srv1_addr external authentication server IP address
-srv1_portnum external authentication server port number
-srv1_auth_protocol PAP
-srv1_sharedsecret
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to change the external authentication server?
(y/n [n]): y
Please input shared secret of server 1.
Shared Secret: shared-secret
Re-enter Shared Secret: shared-secret
The external authentication server has been changed successfully.
%

Deleting the external authentication server

To delete the setting of the external authentication server:
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
delete the setting of the external authentication server.
2. Execute the
3. auexternalauth command to delete the setting of the external
authentication server. The example is shown below.
% auexternalauth unit disk array-name rm srv1
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to delete the external authentication server?
(y/n [n]): y
The external authentication server has been deleted successfully.
%

Forcibly logging out

The forced logout forcibly logs out other users except the built-in account
that logs in the disk array.
When a failure occurs in the controller of the disk array during a log in of an
account, a session ID being logged in may remain in the disk array.
Therefore, when a controller failure occurs, log out by force all the accounts
with the remaining session IDs among the accounts to which the roles of
the Account Administrator (View and Modify) are assigned. The account
that has been forced into log out becomes invalid. The account concerned
cannot be logged in again unless the account is validated using the account
to which the Account Administrator (View and Modify) role is assigned.
When using !, #, $, &, , *, ?, `, {, |, or ~ for the uid
option, set the file by using the uidfile option.

A12

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which you will
forcibly log out.
2. Execute the auaccount command to log out forcibly. The example is
shown below.
% auaccount unit disk array-name forcelogout uid User001
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to force logout of [User001]?
(y/n [n]): y
When the user is using the array, the user cannot continue the operation.
The account is disabled and cannot login from the next time.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The force logout of [User001] has been completed.
%

Logging in
When a log in cannot be performed following the procedure explained in this
appendix although the account has been registered, contact a user who
manages the account of the Account Administrator (View and Modify) role.
(It is possible that the user ID or password is incorrect or the account has
been invalidated through a forced log out.)
1. For example, you specify the aurgref command, disk array requires
User ID and its password, enter User ID and its password. See following
example.
% aurgref unit disk array-name
The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: User001
Password: User001-password
RAID
RAID Parity
Group Level Groups Type Total Capacity Free Capacity Reconstruction
Priority
Status
Progress
0 6( 9D+2P)1
SATA 8635318272 blocks 8614305792 block( 9
9.8%) RAID Group Expansion Normal
N/A
%

Changing Advanced Security Mode

When you change the Advanced Security Mode, the following information
will be deleted or initialized:

All logged-in sessions. The logged-in account will log out.

All public accounts registered to the storage system.

The roles and password of the built-in account.

You can only change Advanced Security Mode using a built-in account.
To change Advanced Security Mode
1. From the command prompt, connect to the storage system to which you
will change the Advanced Security Mode.
2. Execute the auccountopt command to change the Advanced Security
Mode.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A13

% auaccountopt unit disk array-name set timeout 20

The Account Authentication is enabled. Please login.
User ID: root
Password: root-password
Are you sure you want to set the account option? (y/n [n]): y
The account option has been set successfully.
%

A14

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Setting/deleting the account information corresponding to the

Script
When using !, #, $, &, , *, ?, `, {, |, or ~ for the uid
option, set the file by using the uidfile option. When !, #, $, &, ,
*, ?, `, {, |, or ~ is used for the uid option, the command may
terminate abnormally or the illegal user ID may be set.
1. From the command prompt, connect to the disk array in which the
account information is to be set or delete.
2. Execute the auaccountenv command to set or delete the account
information. The example is shown below.
% auaccountenv set uid User001
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
Please input password.
Password: User001-password
The account information has been set successfully.
%
% auaccountenv rm
Are you sure you want to delete the account information? (y/n [n]): y
The account information has been deleted successfully.
%

3. Set Storage Navigator Modular 2 environment variable. By setting the

environment variable here, the script operation that uses the set
account information becomes possible.

When making it valid by the limitation in the script to be executed,

it is defined at the head of the script.

When Account Authentication is Enabled:

STONAVM_ACT=on

The input request for the user ID and password of Account Authentication
is executed with the user ID and password set with the auaccountenv
command by setting the STONAVM_ACT environment variable to on.
STONAVM_RSP_PASS=on

All the input requests for checking a command are responded with y by
setting the STONAVM_RSP_PASS environment variable to on.

For Windows
% set STONAVM_ACT=on
% set STONAVM_RSP_PASS=on

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A15

For Red Hat Linux and UNIX (C shell)

% setenv STONAVM_ACT=on
% setenv STONAVM_RSP_PASS=on

When Acccount Authentication is Disabled:

STONAVM_RSP_PASS=on

All the input requests for checking a command are responded with y by
setting the STONAVM_RSP_PASS environment variable to on.

For Windows:
% set STONAVM_RSP_PASS=on

For Red Hat Linux and UNIX (C shell):

% setenv STONAVM_RSP_PASS=on

Confirming account information for other arrays

In addition, you can confirm whether account information which was set by
using the auaccountenv command can be used for some arrays. A series of
sample steps shows how you can perform this task.
The first step sets account information using the auaccountenv command.
% auaccountenv set uid User001 -authentication -unit Array1
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
Please input password.
Password: User001-password
Unit Name
Result
Array1
Succeed
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
The account information has been set successfully.
%

The second step specifies selected storage systems, Array1 and Array2.
% auaccountenv set uid User001 -authentication -unit Array1 Array2
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
Please input password.
Password: User001-password
Unit Name
Result
Array1
Succeed
Array2
Succeed
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
The account information has been set successfully.
%

The following step assumes you did not specify a storage system. Then
confirm account information for all storage systems registered with
Navigator 2.
% auaccountenv set uid User001 -authentication
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
Please input password.
Password: User001-password
Unit Name
Result
Array1
Succeed
Array2
Succeed

A16

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Array3
Succeed
Are you sure you want to set the account information? (y/n [n]): y
The account information has been set successfully.
%

The following step assumes you configured account information for

specified storage systems.
% auaccountenv -test -authentication -unit Array1
Are you sure you want to test for account information? (y/n [n]): y
Unit Name
Result
Array1
Succeed
%

The following step assumes you specified storage systems, Array1 and
Array2.
% auaccountenv -test -authentication -unit Array1 Array2
Are you sure you want to test for account information? (y/n [n]): y
Unit Name
Result
Array1
Succeed
Array2
Succeed

When you do not specify a storage system, you can confirm the lack of an
entity for all storage systems registered with Navigator 2 as show in the
following step.
% auaccountenv -test -authentication
Are you sure you want to test for account information? (y/n [n]): y
Unit Name
Result
Array1
Succeed
Array2
Succeed
Array3
Succeed
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A17

Audit Logging
This section describes operation procedures for Audit Logging using the CLI
of Storage Navigator Modular 2. The following sections are included:

Installing

Enabling/disabling

Setting the Syslog server information

Exporting the internal logged data

Initializing the internal logged data

Audit Log format and ouput code information

Audit log setting example

Installing
Audit Logging feature is usually not selected (locked); to make it available,
you must install Audit Logging feature and make its functions selectable
(unlocked). To install this function, the key code or key file provided
with the optional feature is required.
Follow the instructions below to install Audit Logging feature. Audit Logging
is installed and uninstalled using Storage Navigator Modular 2.
NOTE: Installing, uninstalling, enabling, and disabling of Audit Logging
feature are set for each disk array. Before installing and uninstalling, make
sure that the disk array is in normal operating condition. If a failure such
as a controller blockade has occurred, installation and un-installation
operations cannot be performed.

The following instructions describe how to install Audit Logging, using the
CLI version of Storage Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the disk array in which you will
install Audit Logging feature. Connect to the disk array.
2. Install the optional feature by using the following:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock off -licensefile license_file_path\license_file_name
No. Option Name
1 Audit Logging
Please specify the number of the option to unlock.
When you unlock the two or more options, partition the numbers, which are given
in the list, with the space(s). When you unlock all options, input 'all'. Input
'q', then break.
The number of the option to unlock. (number/all/q [all]): 1
Are you sure you want to unlock the option?
(y/n [n]): y

A18

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Option Name

Result

Audit Logging

Unlock

The process was completed.

% auopt -unit disk array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
AUDIT-LOGGING Permanent --Enable
N/A

Audit Logging is installed and the status is Enable. Installation of Audit

Logging is now complete.

Uninstalling
Follow the instructions below to uninstall Audit Logging. When it is
uninstalled, Audit Logging is not available (locked) until it is installed by the
key code or key file.
To uninstall Audit Logging, the key code provided with the Audit Logging
feature is required.
Follow the instructions below to uninstall Audit Logging.
1. From the command prompt, connect the disk array in which you will
uninstall Audit Logging feature.
2. Uninstall the optional features by using the following:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode 48 chracters key code
Are you sure you want to lock the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is locked.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Enabling/disabling
Audit Logging feature can be set to Disable or Enable depending on the
conditions in which the feature has been installed.
The following paragraphs describe a CLI procedure for setting the feature to
Disable or Enable while Audit Logging feature stays in an installed state.
1. From the command prompt, connect the disk array in which you will
change the status of Audit Logging feature.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable) of
Audit Logging feature.
The following is an example of how to change the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the st option.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A19

% auopt -unit array-name -option AUDIT-LOGGING -st disable

Are you sure you want to disable the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
%

3. Execute the auopt command to verify that Audit Logging feature status
has changed.
% auopt -unit disk array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
PASSWD-PROTECT Permanent --Enable
N/A
SNMP-AGENT
Permanent --Enable
N/A
LUN-MANAGER
Permanent --Enable
N/A
PFM-MONITOR
Permanent --Enable
N/A
AUDIT-LOGGING Permanent --Disable
N/A
ACCOUNT
Permanent --Disable
N/A

Setting the Syslog server information

When Account Authentication is valid, you can only operate an account with
an Audit Log Administrator (View and Modify) role is assigned. The CLI
operation to set the Syslog server information with Storage Navigator
Modular 2 is as follows.
1. From the command prompt, connect the disk array in which you want to
set Syslog server information.
2. Execute the audit log command to specify the Syslog server information
with an IP address of syslog server 1: 192.168.100.100
% auauditlog -unit array-name -set -syslogsrv enable srv1addr
192.168.100.100 -srv2 disable
Are you sure you want to set the audit logging information?
(y/n [n]): y
The audit logging information has been set successfully.
%

3. Specify as follows when checking the information to be displayed.

% auauditlog -unit disk array-name -refer
Syslog Server Transfer : Enable
Server
IP Address
1
Enable
192.168.100.100
2
Disable 0.0.0.0
Internal Log : Enable
%

Exporting the internal logged data

When Account Authentication is valid, you can only operate an account with
an Audit Log Administrator (View and Modify) role is assigned. The CLI
operation to output the internal logged data with Storage Navigator Modular
2 is as follows.
% auauditlog -unit disk array-name -export
The internal log is exported to audit\syslog_91100100.txt.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The export of internal log may affect the host access. In some cases,
performanc
e deterioration or time-out occurs.

A20

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y

The internal log has been exported successfully.
%

Initializing the internal logged data

When Account Authentication is valid, you can only operate with an account
that has an Audit Log Administrator (View and Modify) role assigned to it.
The CLI operation to initialize the internal logged data with Storage
Navigator Modular 2 is as follows.
% auauditlog -unit disk array-name -init
Are you sure you want to initialize the internal log? (y/n [n]): y
If you initialize the internal log, all logs will be deleted. You cannot
recover
the deleted internal log. Please export internal log before this operation.
Are you sure you want to initialize the internal log? (y/n [n]): y
The internal log will be initialized.
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
The internal log has been initialized successfully.
%
Miscellaneious Audit Logging Feature Information

When the log stored inside the disk array is initialized, all the logs stored
are deleted. When the log is initialized, it cannot be restored. When the log
stored inside the disk array is valide, it cannot be innitialized. Make the log
stored inside the disk array invalid, and then initialize it.
The following sections provide additional details on the Audit Logging
storage feature.

Audit Log format and ouput code information

The log format of Audit Logging conforms to the format used in the Hitachi
storage security products.

Log data output:

14 Nov 22 11:10:42 192.168.100.10 Storage: CELFSS,1,123456,,2005-11-22T11:10:40.0+0900,Storage,

192.168.100.10,Authentication,Success,uid=Hitachi_storage_admin,DF800:850012345,,,,,,

from=192.168.100.200,,to=192.168.100.10,2000,,,,3EB70100 Account User Login

The following table provides information how the audit log output is
organized:

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A21

Table A-1: Audit Log Output Items

No. Item

Priority

Explanation

PRI

Priority

The priority is output by the following formula.

Priority = 8 Facility + Severity
Facility is 1 (fixed).
3: Error (indicating that the operation has ended abnormally)
4: Warning (indicating that the operation has partly ended abnormally)
6: Informational (indicating that the operation has ended normally)
For example, 14 is output for priority when severity is
informational.

Header Date, time

The date and time is output in the format of MMM DD hh:mm:ss (MMM: month,
DD: day, hh: hour, mm: minute and ss: second).

Note: When output the date in the format of DD,

the date is output after a blank if the date is 1 digit.
Example: 1 is output for the 1st.
3

The IP address is output.

Program
(process)
name

The program (process) name that created log message is

output as Storage.

MSG/
TAG

MSG/
Common
Conten specification
ts
identificatio
n
MSG/
information
Conten
of Hitachi
ts
storage
security

A22

Detected
location

The common specification identification character is

output as CELFSS.
The revision number of the common specification
document is output as 1.

Message
MSG/
Conten identificatio
ts
n
information

The serial number of the syslog header information is output.

Note: When the disk array is rebooted, the sequential
numbers to be output and those that have been output
before the reboot wil be out of order. Be careful that
orders of the sequential numbers and logs that are output
do not match.

MSG/
Conten
ts

Message ID (not output because it is not used)

MSG/
Date, time,
Conten time
ts
difference

The date, time and the time difference between UTC (Coordinated Universal
Time) is output in the format of YYYY-MM-DD-Thh:mm:ss.0 hh:mm (YYYY:
year, MM: month, DD: day, hh: hour, mm: minute, ss.0: second, hh: hours of the
time difference and mm: minute of the time difference)
+00:00 is output when there is no time difference
between UTC, such as 20011-1226T:23:06:58.0+00:00.
Note: The output format for second ss.0 indicates that
it is output to one decimal place.

MSG/
Detection
Conten entity
ts

The detection entity identification character is output as

Storage.

MSG/
Detected
Conten location
ts

The IP address is output.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-1: Audit Log Output Items (Continued)

No. Item

Priority

Explanation

MSG/
Type of audit The category name of the event is output. The category name and the example
Conten event
of the event are described below.
ts
StartStop: Disk array power on or disk array power off
Authentication: Success/failure of authentication of the
accounting function
AccessControl: An operation outside the authority of the
role (The rejection is collected as a piece of log data) and
exporting audit logged data
ConfigurationAccess: Setting operations

MSG/
Result of the
Conten audit event
ts

The result of the audit event is output as follows.

Success: The event has ended successfully.
Failed: The event has ended abnormally.
Occurred: Occurrence of an audit event

MSG/
Subject
Conten identificatio
n
ts
information

The log is output with a prefix added corresponding to the

audit event. The prefix is uid=, wwn=, iSN=, or
system.
uid=: Denotes user ID (by management I/F event).
wwn=: Denotes World Wide Name (by Fibre event)
iSN=: Denotes iSCSI Name (by iSCSI event)
system: Denotes disk array (by disk array event)
When Account Authentication is invalid or uninstalled,
only a prefix is output.

MSG/
Hardware
Conten identificatio
ts
n
information

The ID (DF850) to identify the model name of the product

and the serial number divided by a colon (:), is output.

MSG/
Generated
Conten location
ts
information

Not output because it is not used.

MSG/
Related
Conten information
ts

The location identification name (not output because it is

not used)

MSG/
Conten
ts

FQDN (not output because it is not used)

MSG/
Conten
ts

Redundant identification information (not output because

it is not used)

MSG/
Agent
Conten information
ts

Not output because it is not used.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A23

Table A-1: Audit Log Output Items (Continued)

No. Item

A24

Priority

Explanation

MSG/
Detailed
Conten information
ts

Host which sent the request

MSG/
Conten
ts

Port which sent the request (not output because it is not

used).

MSG/
Conten
ts

Host which the request is sent to

MSG/
Conten
ts

Port which the request is sent to

MSG/
Conten
ts

Collective operation identification number (not output

because it is not used)

Reserve #1 (not output because it is not used)

Reserve #2 (not output because it is not used)

A highly readable sentence is output, which shows details, an object and

parameters of the management operation, and a reason why the event is
audited. For more information, refer to the following section.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Audit Log entry information

This section provides details on the codes and other information used in the
audit log entries.
A message that is output in the detailed information in #28 of the previous
section table is shown below. Note the following:

The shaded parts are items to be operated by the service personnel.

There are some items (which are annotated in the explanations in) of
which no parameter is output on the specific conditions. In this case,
the symbol # is output. Conditions of this symbol are described as an
explanation of the note at the end of the following table.

For the parameters that a user does not specify, 0 (zero) may be the
output value. Also, values that were specified before may be the
output.

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details

Code

Message

Explanation

310001 Create LU[1] AssignedSize=2Blocks Type=*3

00
AcceleratedWideStripingMode=*4
FullCapacityMode=*5

Creating a logical unit

*1 LU number
*2 Assigned size
[Optional character
string|Rest of]
*3 Type [RG|DP]
*4 Accelerated wide
striping mode (Note 13)
[Enable | Disable]
*5 Full Capacity Mode
(Note 13) [Enable |
Disable]

310002 Delete LU[1] Type=2

Deleting a logical unit

*1 LU number
*2 Type [RG|DP]

310003 Grow LU[1] AssignMode=2

00
NewAssignedSize=*3Blocks Type=*4

Growing a logical unit

*1 LU number
*2 Method to set
[Manual|Auto]
*3 Capacity [Optional
character string|Rest of]
*4 Type [RG|DP]

310004 Shrink LU[1] NewAssignedSize=2Blocks

00
Type=*3 OptimizingDP=*4

Shrinking a logical unit

*1 LU number
*2 Capacity [Optional
character string]
*3 Type [RG|DP]
*4 Optimizing of the DP
pool [Yes | No]

310005 Add DMLU Capacity[*1]

00
NewAllocatedSize=*2BlocksRG=*3

Adding a DMLU capacity

*1 LU number
*2 Capacity [Optional
character string]
*3 RAID group number

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A25

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A26

Message

Explanation

320001 Set Drive Maintenance: Function=*1 <Location

00
Unit[*2] HDU[*3]>

Setting of maintenance
function of drive
*1 Maintenance function
of drive
[Detach|DataReconstru
ction|
CopyBack|DynamicSpar
ing|
SystemCopy
*2 Unit number
*3 HDU number

350001 Set Auto Detach Condition:

00
<WarningInfo OCCUR=*1 RECV=*2 STAT=*3
Mode=*4>
<OnlineVerifyTest=*5 SkipVerify=*6
CacheVerify=*7>
<DriveResponseDiagnosis=*8 SATA=*9
Response=*10times>
<SATA WriteandCompare=*11 Mode=*12>

Setting of warning
report mode to the host
*1 Report occurrence of
warning to the host
[Enable|Disable]
*2 Report recovery of
warning to the host
[Enable|Disable]
*3 Report over of
statistics threshold to
the host
[Enable|Disable]
*4 Warning Information
Report Mode
[Port|LogicalUnit]
Setting of verify
*5 Online Verify Test
[Enable|Disable]
*6 Skip Verify [ON|OFF]
*7 Online Cache Verify
[Enable|Disable]
Setting of Drive
Response Diagnosis
*8 Drive Response
Diagnosis (Note 1)
[Disable|Enable(Output
Message
only)|Enable(Output
Message and Dynamic
Sparing)]
*9 SATA Drive Diagnosis
(Note 1) [ON|OFF]
*10 Diagnosis Criterion
(Difference in response
time of each drive)
(Note 1) [1.5|2|4|8]
*11 SATA Write &
Compare
[Enable|Disable]
*12 SATA Write &
Compare Mode
[Full|Normal]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

360001 Set Restore Options: Mode1=1 Mode2=2

00
Time=*3*10ms Size=*4*128blocks Sparing=*5
Operation=*6

Setting of drive
restoration options
*1 Drive Restoration
Mode
[Background|Interleave
(Normal)|Interleave(Pri
or)]
*2 Drive Restoration
[Manual|Auto]
*3 Interval Time
*4 Processing Unit Size
*5 Dynamic Sparing
[Execute(Read/Write &
Online
Verify)|Execute(Read/
Write)|
DoNotExecute]
*6 Spare Drive
Operation Mode
[Variable|Fixed]

3A0001 Create RAID Group[*1]

Definition a RAID group

*1 RAID group number

3A0002 Delete RAID Group[*1]

Deleting the RAID group

*1 RAID group number

3A0003 Delete All RAID Groups

Deleting the all RAID

group

3B0001 Set Threshold/LAN:

Setting the threshold
00
ThresholdErrors Mech[*1/*2] R/W[*3/*4] Drive I/ value for preventive
F[*5/*6] CTL[*7/*8] SCSI_I/F[*9/*10]
maintenance
*1 Recovered
mechanical errors
*2 Un-recovered
mechanical errors
*3 Recovered Read/
Write errors
*4 Un-recovered Read/
Write errors
*5 Recovered Drive I/F
errors
*6 Un-recovered Drive
I/F errors
*7 Recovered Controller
hard errors
*8 Un-recovered
Controller hard errors
*9 Recovered SCSI I/F
errors
*10 Un-recovered SCSI
I/F errors
3C0001 Modify Cache Residency settings: <CTL0=*1
00
LU[*2]> <CTL1=*1 LU[*2]>

Setting a Cache
Residency LU
*1 Residency Mode
[Enable|Disable]
*2 LU number (Note 2)

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A27

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A28

Message

Explanation

3E0301 Set Boot Options: Startup=1 Delay=2

00
Detach=*3 VendorID=*4 ProductID=*5 ROM=*6
RAM=*7

Setting the Boot Options

*1 System Startup
Attribute
[SingleMode|DualActive
Mode]
*2 Delay Planned
Shutdown time
*3 Drive Detach Mode
[Enable|Disable]
*4 Vendor ID
*5 Product ID
*6 ROM Micro program
Version
*7 RAM Micro program
Version

3E0601 Set SNMP Information

Setting the SNMP

information

3E0C01 Login (Password Protection)

Logged in with Password

Protection user ID

3E0C02 Logout (Password Protection)

Log out already logged

in with Password
Protection user ID

3E0C03 Reset UserID (Password Protection)

Clearing logged in status

with Password
Protection user ID

3E0C04 Register UserID (Password Protection)

Registering a Password
Protection user ID

3E0C05 Delete UserID (Password Protection)

Deleting the Password

Protection user ID

3E1101 Set Spare Drives: Unit[1] HDU[2]

Setting the spare drives

*1 Unit number
*2 HDU number

3E1102 Release Spare Drives: Unit[1] HDU[2]

Releasing the spare

drives
*1 Unit number
*2 HDU number

3E1301 Set RTC [20YY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss]

Setting a RTC
information (YY: year,
MM: month, DD: day,
hh: hour, mm: minute,
ss: second)

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E1B01 Create Local Pair: CopyType=ShadowImage

00
PairName=*1 P-VOL=*2
S-VOL=*3 GroupNumber=*4 CopyPace=*5
Mode=*6 SecondaryNoRead=*7

ShadowImage pair
creating (Note 3)
*1 Pair name
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 CTG number
*5 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*6 Copy mode
[CopySkip|InitialCopy]
*7 S-VOL read mode
[Read|NoRead]

3E1B02 Create Local Pair: CopyType=SnapShot

00
PairName=*1 P-VOL=*2
S-VOL=*3 GroupNumber=*4
DPPool=Replication[*5]/Management[*6]
CopyPace=*7

SnapShot pair creating

(Note 3)
*1 Pair name
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 CTG number
*5 DP pool number for
replication data
[Optional character
string|AUTO]
*6 DP pool number for
management area
[Optional character
string|AUTO]
*7 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]

3E1B03 Create Remote Pair: CopyType=TrueCopy

00
PairName=*1 P-VOL=*2
S-VOL=*3 RemoteArraySerialNumber=*4
GroupNumber=*5 CopyPace=*6 Mode=*7
FenceLevel=*8

TrueCopy pair creating

(Note 3)
*1 Pair name
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 Remote array serial
number
*5 CTG number
*6 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*7 Copy mode
[CopySkip|InitialCopy]
*8 Fence level
[Never|Data]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A29

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A30

Message

Explanation

3E1B04 Create Remote Pair:

00
CopyType=TrueCopyExtendedDistance
PairName=*1 P-VOL=*2 S-VOL=*3
RemoteArraySerialNumber=*4 GroupNumber=*5
LocalDPPool=Replication[*6]/Management[*7]
RemoteDPPool=Replication[*8]/Management[*9]
RemoteDataPool=*10 CopyPace=*11 Mode=*12

TrueCopy Extended
Distance pair creating
(Note 3)
*1 Pair name
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 Remote array serial
number
*5 CTG number
*6 Local DP pool number
for replication data
[Optional character
string | AUTO]
*7 Local DP pool number
for management area
[Optional character
string|AUTO]
*8 Remote DP pool
number for oreplication
data [Optional character
string [AUTO](Note 16)
*9 Remote DP pool
number for
management area
[Optional character
string |AUTO](Note 16)
*8 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*9 Copy mode
[CopySkip|InitialCopy]
*10 Remote data pool
number (Note 17)
*11 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*12 Copy mode
[CopySkip|InitialCopy]

3E1B05 1: CopyType=ShadowImage P-VOL=2 S00

VOL=*3 GroupNumber=*4 CopyPace=*5
Mode=*6

ShadowImage resynchronize/
restore a pair
*1 Operation mode
[Resync Local
Pair|Restore Local Pair]
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 CTG number
*5 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*6 Mode [Normal|Quick]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E1B06 1: CopyType=SnapShot PairName=2 P-VOL=*3

00
S-VOL=*4 GroupNumber=*5 CopyPace=*6

SnapShot resynchronize/restore
a pair
*1 Operation mode
[Resync Local
Pair|Restore Local Pair]
*2 Pair name
*3 P-VOL number
*4 S-VOL number
*5 CTG number
[Optional character
string\Ungrouped]
*6 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]

3E1B07 1: CopyType=TrueCopy P-VOL=2 S-VOL=*3

00
RemoteArraySerialNumber=*4 GroupNumber=#
CopyPace=*5 SyncCTGMode=*6

TrueCopy
resynchronize/restore a
pair
*1 Operation mode
[Resync Remote
Pair|Resync-SWAP
Remote Pair]
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 Remote array serial
number
*5 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*6 Sync CTG mode
[NoSyncCTG|SyncCTG]

3E1B08 *1: CopyType=TrueCopyExtendedDistance PTrueCopy Extended

00
VOL=*2 S-VOL=*3 RemoteArraySerialNumber=*4 Distance resynchronize/
GroupNumber=*# CopyPace=*5 ResumeUnit=*6 restore a pair
*1 Operation mode
[Resync Remote
Pair|Resync-SWAP
Remote Pair]
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 Remote array serial
number
*5 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*6 Resume scope
[Group|Volume]
3E1C01 Split Local Pair: CopyType=ShadowImage P00
VOL=*1 S-VOL=*2 SuspendUnit=*3
Discription=*4 Mode=*5

Split a ShadowImage
pair
*1 P-VOL number
*2 S-VOL number
*3 Suspend scope
[Group|Volume]
*4 Character string for
split
*5 Split status
[Normal|Forcing|Quick]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A31

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E1C02 Split Local Pair: CopyType=SnapShot

00
PairName=*1 P-VOL=*2 S-VOL=*3
GroupNumber=*4 SuspendUnit=*5
Discription=*6

Split a SnapShot pair

*1 Pair
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 CTG number
[Optional character
string | ungrouped]
*5 Suspend scope
[Group|Volume]
*6 Character string for
split

3E1C03 Split Remote Pair: CopyType=TrueCopy P-VOL=*1 Split a TrueCopy pair

00
S-VOL=*2 RemoteArraySerialNumber=*3
*1 P-VOL number
SuspendUnit=*4 S-VOLAccessibility=*5 Mode=*6 *2 S-VOL number
*3 Remote array serial
number
*4 Split scope
[Group|Volume]
*5 S-VOL accessibility
[ReadOnly|Read/Write]
*6 Split status
[Normal|Forcing]

A32

3E1C04 Split Remote Pair:

00
CopyType=TrueCopyExtendedDistance P-VOL=*1
S-VOL=*2 RemoteArraySerialNumber=*3
SuspendUnit=*4
S-VOLAccessibility=*5 Mode=*6

Split a TrueCopy
Extended Distance pair
*1 P-VOL number
*2 S-VOL number
*3 Remote array serial
number
*4 Split scope
[Group|Volume]
*5 S-VOL accessibility
[ReadOnly|Read/Write]
*6 Split status
[Normal|Forcing]

3E1C05 Split after Create Local Pair:

00
CopyType=ShadowImage PairName=*1
P-VOL=*2 S-VOL=*3 CopyPace=*4
SecondaryNoRead=*5 Mode=*6

Split after
ShadowImage pair
crating
*1 Pair name
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*5 S-VOL accessibility
[Read|NoRead]
*6 Mode [NormalQuick]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E1C06 Split after Create Local Pair: CopyType=SnapShot

00
PairName=*1
P-VOL=*2 S-VOL=*3 CopyPace=*4
DPPool=Replication[*5]/Management[*6]

Split after SnapShot pair

crating
*1 Pair name
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]
*5 DP pool number for
replication data
[Optional character
string|AUTO]
*6 DP pool number for
management area
[Optional character
string|AUTO]

3E1D01 Delete Pair: CopyType=1 P-VOL=2 S00

VOL=*3PairName=*4 GroupNumber=*5

Deleting a pair
(ShadowImage/
SnapShot)
*1 Copy class
[ShadowImage|SnapSh
ot]
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number
*4 Pair name
*5 CTG number
[Optional character
string|Ungrouped]

3E1D02 Delete Pair: CopyType=TrueCopy

00
RequestDevices=*1 RequestTarget=*2 P-VOL=*3
S-VOL=*4 RemoteArraySerialNumber=*5

Deleting a TrueCopy pair

*1 Request devices
[M-VOL|R-VOL]
*2 Request target
[LU|Group]
*3 P-VOL number
*4 S-VOL number
*5 Remote array serial
number
M-VOL means P-VOL
and S-VOL
R-VOL means S-VOL

3E1D03 Delete Pair:

00
CopyType=TrueCopyExtendedDistance
RequestDevices=*1 RequestTarget=*2 P-VOL=*3
S-VOL=*4 RemoteArraySerialNumber=*5

Deleting a TrueCopy
Extended Distance pair
*1 Request devices
[M-VOL|R-VOL]
*2 Request target
[LU|Group]
*3 P-VOL number
*4 S-VOL number
*5 Remote array serial
number
M-VOL means P-VOL
and S-VOL
R-VOL means S-VOL

3E2001 Set Command Devices LU[*1]

Setting a Command
Devices
*1 LU number

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A33

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A34

Message

Explanation

3E2002 Release Command Devices LU[*1]

Releasing the Command

Devices
*1 LU number

3E2003 Set RAID Manager Protect for Command Devices

00
LU[*1]

Setting the RAID

Manager Protect
function
*1 LU number

3E2201 Unify MainLU[1] and SubLU[2]

Unifying LUs (Note 3)

*1 MainLU number
*2 SubLU number

3E2202 Separate SubLU from MainLU[*1]

Separating all unified

LUs
*1 MainLU number

3E2203 Separate SubLU[1] from MainLU[2] (Last LU

00
Separation)

Separating the last LU

from the unified LU
(Note 4)
*1 SubLU number
*2 MainLU number

3E2401 Set Remote Path: SerialNumber=*1

00
Bandwidth=*2Mbps RemotePathName=*3 <Path0
LocalPort*4 RemotePort*5> <Path1 LocalPort*6
RemotePort*7>

Setting a remote path

information of
TrueCopy/TrueCopy
Extended Distance (FC)
*1 Remote array serial
number
*2 Bandwidth
*3 Remote path name
*4 Local port number of
path 0
*5 Remote port number
of path 0
*6 Local port number of
path 1
*7 Remote port number
of path 1

3E2402 Delete Remote Path: SerialNumber=*1

Deleting the remote

path information
*1 Remote array serial
number

3E2403 Recover Remote Path: Path=1 SerialNumber=2

Recovery the remote

path
*1 Path number [0|1]
*2 Remote array serial
number

3E2405 Set Remote Path: SerialNumber=*1

00
Bandwidth=*2Mbps RemotePathName=*3

Changing the bandwidth

and remote path name
of the remote path
*1 Remote array serial
number
*2 Bandwidth
*3 Remote path name

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E2406 Set Remote Path: SerialNumber=*1

00
Bandwidth=*2Mbps Secret=*3
RemotePathName=*4 <Path0 LocalPort*5
RemoteIP=*6 RemoteLanPort*7> <Path1
LocalPort*8 RemoteIP=*9 RemoteLanPort*10>

Setting a remote path

information of
TrueCopy/TrueCopy
Extended (iSCSI)
*1 Remote array serial
number
*2 Bandwidth
*3 Setting of secret
[Enable|Disable]
*4 Remote path name
*5 Local port number of
path 0
*6 Remote IP address of
path 0
*7 Remote port number
of path 0
*8 Local port number of
path 1
*9 Remote IP address of
path 1
*10 Remote port
number of path 1

3E2407 Set Distributed Mode: *1

Setting a Distributed
mode of TrueCopy/
TrueCopy Extended
Distance
*1 Distributed mode

3E3501 Set Host Group

Setting a host group

information

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A35

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E3901 Set System Parameter P/LAN P Port Number:

00
WN=*1 URES=*2 AUREC=*3 WTHR=*4
SHAD_IO=*5 CACHEXE=*6 DETACH=*7
DETACH_TH=*8 BAT CH=*9 OP_FAIL=*10
Title=*11 C0_WV=*12 C1_WV=*13
C0_NonSP=*14 C1_NonSP=*15
C0_NonSPNum=*16 C1_NonSPNum=*17
C0_SPNum=*18 C1_SPNum=*19

A36

Setting the system

parameters online
*1 Turbo LU Warning
[ON|OFF]
*2 Write Unique
Response Mode
[ON|OFF]
*3 Auto Reconstruction
Mode [ON|OFF]
*4 Forced Write Through
Mode [ON|OFF]
*5 ShadowImage I/O
Switch Mode [ON|OFF]
*6 Synchronize Cache
Execution Mode
[ON|OFF]
*7 Drive Detach Mode
[ON|OFF]
*8 Lower Drive Detach
Threshold Mode
[ON|OFF]
*9 Battery Charging
Write Command[Write
Through|Write Back]
*10 Operation if the
Processor failures
Occurs [ResetTheFault|
ShutdownTheSystem]
*11 Web Title
*12 CTL0 Write & Verify
Execution Mode (Note
5) [ON|OFF]
*13 CTL1 Write & Verify
Execution Mode
[ON|OFF]
Setting a LAN port
number
*14 CTL0 (LAN normal
port open/close status)
[Enable|Disable]
*15 CTL1 (LAN normal
port open/close status)
[Enable|Disable] (Note
5)
*16 CTL0 (LAN normal
port number)
*17 CTL1 (LAN normal
port number) (Note 5)
*18 CTL0 (LAN secure
port number)
*19 CTL0 (LAN secure
port number) (Note 5)

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E3A01 Set Tuning Parameter(System): Opportunity=*1%

00
StopOpportunity=*2% Cache=*3 Trace=*4
LoadBalancing=*5 MonitoringPeriod=*6minutes
DirtyDataFlushNumberLimit=*7
LoadReductionforChgCnf=*8

Setting the system

tuning parameters
*1 Dirty Data
Opportunity
*2 Dirty Data Stop
Opportunity
*3 Cache Control Mode
[FIFO|LRU]
*4 Detailed Trace Mode
[ON|OFF]
*5 Load balancing
[ON|OFF]
*6 Load balancing
monitoring time
*8 Load Reduction for
Changing Configuration
Model[Enable | Disable]

3E3A02 Default Tuning Parameter(System)

Default setting of the

system tuning
parameters

3E3D01 Set Data Pool: Pool=1 Threshold=2% LU[*3]

Setting a Data Pool

threshold (Note 3)
*1 Pool number
*2 Threshold value
*3 LU number

3E3D02 Delete All LUs from Data Pool: Pool=*1

Deleting the all LUs from

Data Pool
*1 Pool number

3E3E01 Set SnapShot Logical Units LU[1]: size[2]

Creating SnapShot
logical unit of P-VOL
*1 LU number
*2 Capacity (unit:
blocks)

3E3E02 Delete SnapShot Logical Units LU[*1]

Deleting SnapShot
logical unit of P-VOL
*1 LU number

3E3F01 Set Data Retention: LU[1] Attribute=2 S00

VOL=*3 Term=*4day(s)

Setting the access level

of LU
*1 LU number
*2 Access level
(attribute) [Read/
Write|ReadOnly|Protect
]
*3 S-VOL
[Enable|Disable]
*4 Retention term
(infinite: -)

3E3F02 Set Data Retention: ExpirationLock=*1

Setting the Expiration

Lock
*1 Expiration lock
[ON|OFF]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A37

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E4101 Set Performance Statistics: Port=*1

00
RG_DP_LU=*2 Cache=*3 Processor=*4 Drive=*5
Drive_OP=*6 Backend=*7 Manage=*8

Setting the collection of

3E4601 Format LU[*1]

Formatting of a LU
*1 LU number

3E4602 Set Format Mode: Priority=1 FormatData=2

Setting the format mode

*1 Format priority mode
(Note 8)
[Normal|Host|Format]
*2 Format data (Note
8) [Default]

3E4801 Change SATA Options: SMART=*1 Threshold=*2% Setting the SATA drive
00
options
*1 SMART function
[Enable|Disable]
*2 Threshold of reassign
mount (Note 6)

A38

3E4901 Set SATA Restore

00
Options:CorrectionCopyMagnification=*time(s)

Setting the SATA drive

restore options
*1 Correction copy
mount

3E4A01 Set Remote Path(System Upgrade):

00
SerialNumber=*1

Setting a remote array

serial number of
TrueCopy or TCE
*1 Remote array serial
number

3E4B01 Start Parity Correction: LU[*1]

Specifying starting of
parity correction
*1 LU number

3E4B02 Skip Parity Correction: LU[*1]

Specifying skip of parity

correction
*1 LU number

3E4B03 Cancel Parity Correction: LU[*1]

Specifying stop of parity

correction
*1 LU number

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E5201 Change LU Mapping Guard

Changing of the
mapping guard setting

3E5501 Install: 1 UserRegistrationWizard=2

Installing the priced

option
*1 The priced option
name (Note 19)
*2 User Registration
Wizard [Start|NotStart]

3E5502 De-install: *1
00

Uninstalling the priced

option
*1 The priced option
name (Note 19)

3E5503 Enable: 1 UserRegistrationWizard=2

Validation of a priced
option
*1 The priced option
name
*2 User Registration
Wizard [Start|NotStart]

3E5504 Disable: *1
00

Invalidation of a priced
option
*1 The priced option
name

3E5505 Reconfigure Memory

Specifying the memory

reconfiguring

3E5506 Cancel Reconfigure

Canceling the memory

reconfiguring

3E5701 Automatic Download Mode: ENCMicro= *1

00
DriveFirmware=*2 PowerInterlockMode=*3

Setting of the options

*1 ENC Micro
[Enable|Disable]
*2 Drive Firmware
[Enable|Disable]
*3 Power Interlock Mode
[Standard|Remote|UPS
1|UPS2|UPS3]

3E6201 Set DM-LU: LU[*1]

Setting the DM-LU

*1 LU number

3E6202 Release DM-LU: LU[*1]

Releasing the DM-LU

*1 LU number

3E6301 Set Cache Partition

Registering the Cache

Partition information

3E6401 Assign Cache Partition LU

Registering the LU to the

Cache Partition
assignment

3E6C01 Default Tuning Parameter(Multi Stream/Prefetch)

Default setting of the

multi stream tuning
parameters

3E6C02 Set Tuning Parameter(Multi Stream/Prefetch)

Setting the multi stream

tuning parameters

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A39

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A40

Message

Explanation

3E7101 Set Maintenance LAN: CTL0 IPv4=1 IPv6=2

Setting the IP address of

maintenance port
*1 IPv4 address
*2 IPv6 add

3E7501 Set LAN:

00
<CTL0 ObtainAdd=*1 IPv4=*2 Subnet=*3
Gateway=*4 | ObtainAdd=*5 IPv6=*6 Subnet=*7
Gateway=*8 | Negotiation=*9>
<CTL1 ObtainAdd=*1 IPv4=*2 Subnet=*3
Gateway=*4 | ObtainAdd=*5 IPv6=*6 Subnet=*7
Gateway=*8 | Negotiation=*9>
AUTO_CHNG=*10

Setting the LAN

information of user's
management port
(Note 7)
*1 Setting method of
IPv4 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*2 IPv4 address
*3 Subnet mask
*4 IPv4 default gateway
address
*5 Setting method of
IPv6 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*6 IPv6 address
*7 Subnet prefix
*8 IPv6 default gateway
address
*9 Negotiation mode
[Auto|10Mbps/
Half|10Mbps/Full|
100Mbps/
Half|100Mbps/Full|
1Gbps/Full]
*10 Maintenance port IP
address automatic
change mode
[Enable|Disable]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E7601 Set LAN Information:

Setting the LAN

information of user's
management port by
the constitution file
(Note 7)
*1 Setting method of
IPv4 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*2 IPv4 address
*3 Subnet mask
*4 IPv4 default gateway
address
*5 Setting method of
IPv6 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*6 IPv6 address
*7 Subnet prefix
*8 IPv6 default gateway
address
*9 Negotiation mode
[Auto|10Mbps/
Half|10Mbps/Full|
100Mbps/
Half|100Mbps/Full|
1Gbps/Full]
*10 Maintenance port IP
address automatic
change mode
[Enable|Disable]

3E8301 Change Host Group Security/WWN information

Setting the host group

security mode enable or
disable/setting the WWN
information.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A41

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A42

Message

Explanation

3E8D01 Set iSCSI Port:Set iSCSI Port: Port *1 <IPv4:

00
IP=*2 Subnet=*3 Gateway=*4> <IPv6 *5: Link
IP=*6 Global IP1=*7 IP2=*8 Gateway=*9>
Port=*10 *11sec MTU=*12bytes VLAN=*13
H_Digest=*14 D_Digest=*15

Setting the LAN

information of iSCSI
ports
*1 Port number
[0A|0B|0E|0F|1A|1B|1E
|1F]
*2 IPv4 address
*3 IPv4 subnet mask
*4 IPv4 default gateway
address
*5 IPv6 flag
[Enabled|Disabled]
*6 IPv6 link local
address
(Note 18)
*7 IPv6 address 1 (Note
18)
*8 IPv6 address 2 (Note
18)
*9 IPv6 default gateway
address (Note 18)
*10 Port number of TCP/
IP
*11 Keep Alive time
*12 MTU (Maximum
Transmission Unit)
[1500|4500|9000]
*13 VLAN ID (Note 1)
*14 Header Digest
[Enabled|Disabled]
*15 Data Digest
[Enabled|Disabled]

3E8E01 Change CHAP User Settings: Port*1

Setting the iSCSI CHAP

User information
*1 Port number
[0A|0B|1A|1B]

3E9001 Set Target Information(iSCSI): Port*1

Setting the iSCSI target

information
*1 Port number
[0A|0B|1A|1B]

3E9101 Set iSNS Server:

00
<Port0A Server=*1 IP=*2 Port=*3> <Port0B
Server=*1 IP=*2 Port=*3> <Port1A Server=*1
IP=*2 Port=*3> <Port1B Server=*1 IP=*2
Port=*3>

Setting the iSNS server

information (Note 12)
*1 Whether to use the
iSNS server or not
[ON|OFF]
*2 IP address (Note 9)
*3 Port number of TCP/
IP (Note 9)

3E9201 Send Ping

Sending ping

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3E9301 Set Initiator Information(iSCSI): Port*1

Setting the iSCSI

initiator information
*1 Port number
[0A|0B|0E|0F|1A|1B|1E
|1F]

3E9401 Modify Port Options

Setting the port options

by the constitution file

3E9501 Set LU Mapping

Setting the mapping

information of LUs or
batch setting the
mapping information of
LUs per port (by the
constitution file)

3E9701 Start Volume Migration: P-VOL[1] S-VOL[2]

00
CopyPace=*3

Starting Volume
Migration (Note 3)
*1 P-VOL number
*2 S-VOL number
*3 Copy pace
[Prior|Normal|Slow]

3E9702 Cancel Volume Migration: P-VOL[1] S-VOL[2]

Terminating Volume
Migration
*1 P-VOL number
*2 S-VOL number

3E9703 Split the Pair(Volume Migration): P-VOL[*1] S00

VOL[*2]

Releasing a pair of
Volume Migration
*1 P-VOL number
*2 S-VOL number

3E9704 Change Copy Pace for Volume Migration:

00
CopyPace=*1 P-VOL[*2]
S-VOL[*3]

Changing a copy pace

*1 Copy pace
[Prior|Normal|Slow]
*2 P-VOL number
*3 S-VOL number

3E9801 1 Reserve LU for Volume Migration: LU[2]

Defining or releasing
reserved LU for Volume
Migration
*1 [Add|Delete]
*2 Reserved LU number

3E9901 Execute LRC Check

Specifying starting of
LRC check

3E9902 Cancel LRC Check

Specifying stopping of
LRC check

3EB001 Set TimeZone=[1] DaylightSaving=2 NTP1=*3

00
NTP2=*4

Setting the time zone

and NTP server
*1 Time zone
*2 Daylight saving
[Enable|Disable]
*3 NTP server 1
[optional character
string]
*4 NTP server 2
[optional character
string]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A43

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A44

Message

Explanation

3EB201 Set Audit Log Options: Transfer=*1

00
Server1_IP=*2 Server2_IP=*3 Internal=*4

Setting the Audit

Logging options
*1 Whether to transfer
to the syslog server or
not [ON|OFF]
*2 IP address of syslog
server 1 (Note 9)
*3 IP address of syslog
server 2 (Note 9, 10)
*4 Internal log
[Enable|Disable]

3EB301 Export Internal Log (*1 file(s) completed)

Exporting the Audit

logged files
*1 Exported logged files
number

3EB401 Initialize Internal Log

Initializing the Audit

logged data

3EB501 Set Account Authentication Parameters:

00
SessionTimeout=*1

Setting the session time

out (unit: minutes)
*1
[20|25|30|35|40|45|50
|55|60|70|80|90|100|1
10|120|1DAY|OFF]

3EB601 *1 User Account

Setting the Account

Authentication
information
*1 [Add|Delete|Modify]

3EB701 Login (Account Authentication)

Logged in as Account
Authentication user ID

3EB702 Logout (Account Authentication)

Log out already logged

in as Account
Authentication user ID

3EB703 Force Logout of*1 (Account Authentication)

Forced log out already

logged in as Account
Authentication user ID
*1 Forced log out user
ID

3EB704 Start HSNM2 Alert Monitoring

Starting error
monitoring

3EB704 Start HSNM2 Script

Starting script

3EB704 Start HSNM2 Script

Finish script

3EBB01 Spin Up RAID Group[*1]

Setting spin up
*1 RAID group number

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3EBB02 Spin Down RAID Group[1] Mode=2

00
IOMonitoringTime=*3

Setting spin down

*1 RAID group number
*2 Detailed setting of
spin down [Spindown
Only|Traypoweroff]
*3 IO monitoring time
[Optional character
string]

3EBC01 Start to Install Tray

Starting adding a tray

3EBD0
100

Setting an LU ownership
*1 LUN for to be change
a ownership
*2 Destination controller
for to be change a
ownership
CTL[CTL0|CTL1]
*3 Destination core for
to be change a
ownership [MP0|MP1]

Set LU Ownership: LUN=1 CTL=2 Core=*3

3EBE01 Enable Locate: Unit0-Unit7[1] Unit8-Unit9[2]

Specifying LED turning

on (HUS110)
*1 Information Unit 0 to
Unit 7
*2 information Unit 8 to
Unit 9
Displaying 0 or 1
corresponding bit per 8
trays
0: OFF 1: ON

3EBE02 Enable Locate: Unit0-Unit7[1] Unit8-Unit15[2]

00
Unit16-Unit19[*3]

Specifying LED turning

on (HUS130)
*1 Information Unit 0 to
Unit 7
*2 Information Unit 8 to
Unit 15
*3 information Unit 16
to Unit 19
Displaying 0 or 1
corresponding bit per 8
trays
0: OFF 1: ON

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A45

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3EBE03 Enable Locate: CTU[1] Unit0-Unit7[2] Unit800

Unit15[*3] Unit16-Unit23[*4] Unit24-Unit31[*5]
Unit32-Unit39[*6] Unit40-Unit47[*7] Unit48Unit55[*8] Unit56-Unit63[*9] Unit64-Unit71[*10]
Unit72-Unit79[*11

A46

Specifying LED turning

on (DF850MH)
*1 Information CTU
*2 Information Unit 0 to
Unit 7
*3 Information Unit 8 to
Unit 15
*4 Information Unit 16
to Unit 23
*5 Information Unit 24
to Unit 31
*6 Information Unit 32
to Unit 39
*7 Information Unit 40
to Unit 47
*8 Information Unit 48
to Unit 55
*9 Information Unit 56
to Unit 63
*10 Information Unit 64
to Unit 71
*11 Information Unit 72
to Unit 79
Displaying 0 or 1
corresponding bit per 8
trays
0: OFF 1: ON

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3EBF01 Set E-Mail Alerts: MailServerAddress=*1

00
DomainName=*2 FromAddress=*3
SendToAddress1=*4:*5 SendToAddress2=*6:*7
SendToAddress3=*8:*9
SendToAddress4=*10:*11 ReplyToAddress=*12
MailAdditionalInformation=*13

Setting E-Mail alerts

*1 Mail server IP
address
*2 Mail server domain
name
*3 E-Mail sender
address
*4 E-Mail sender
classification 1
[TO|BCC]
*5 E-Mail receiver
address 1
*6 E-Mail sender
classification 2
[TO|BCC]
*7 E-Mail receiver
address 2
*8 E-Mail sender
classification 3
[TO|BCC]
*9 E-Mail receiver
address 3
*10 E-Mail sender
classification 4
[TO|BCC]
*11 E-Mail receiver
address 4
*12 E-Mail return
address
*13 E-Mail additional
information

3EBF02 Set E-Mail Alerts: *1

Setting E-Mail alerts

*1 Setting E-Mail alerts
function [Enable E-Mail
Alerts|Disable E-Mail
Alerts|Initialize
Parameters]

3EBF03 Send Test Mail From *1

Sending a test E-Mail

alerts
*1: Controller number
[CTL0|CTL1]

3EC101 Set TrueCopy Options: CycleTime=*1sec

00
Message=*2
Queuing-InhibitingTime=*3msec

Setting of TrueCopy
options
*1 Cycle time
*2 Cycle over message
[Enable|Disable]
*3 Inhibiting time of
queuing

3EC102 Initialize TrueCopy Options

Initializing the setting

options of TrueCopy

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A47

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A48

Message

Explanation

3EC701 Set CTG Information: CopyType=1 CTGNo=2

00
CTGName=*3

Setting CTG definition

information
*1 Copy type
[LocalReplication|Remot
eReplication]
*2 CTG number
*3 CTG name

3EC901 Set Pair Information: CopyType=1 P-VOL=2 S00

VOL=*3 PairName=*4 CopyPace=*5
GroupNumber=*6 LUNassign=*7

Setting a pair definition

3ECB01 Replacement of Array: Mode=1 CopyPace=2

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3ECB02 Replacement of Array: Mode=ChangeAccessPath

00
Target=*1 <CTL0 ObtainAdd=*2 IPv4=*3
Subnet=*4 Gateway=*5 | ObtainAdd=*6 IPv6=*7
Subnet=*8 Gateway=*9 | Negotiation=*10>
<CTL1 ObtainAdd=*2 IPv4=*3 Subnet=*4
Gateway=*5 | ObtainAdd=*6 IPv6=*7 Subnet=*8
Gateway=*9 | Negotiation=*10>
AUTO_CHNG=*11

Auto migration
(changing the access
path): Outputs together
with 3ECB0300.
*1 Target array [Old]
*2 Setting method of
IPv4 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*3 IPv4 address
*4 Subnet mask
*5 Default gateway
address
*6 Setting method of
IPv6 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*7 IPv6 address
*8 Subnet prefix
*9 Default gateway
address
*10 Negotiation mode
[Auto|10Mbps/
Half|10Mbps/Full|
100Mbps/
Half|100Mbps/Full|
1Gbps/Full]
*11 Maintenance port IP
address automatic
change mode
[Enable|Disable]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A49

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A50

Message

Explanation

3ECB03 Replacement of Array: Mode=ChangeAccessPath

Auto migration
(changing the access
path): Outputs together
with 3ECB0200.
*1 Target array [New]
*2 Setting method of
IPv4 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*3 IPv4 address
*4 Subnet mask
*5 Default gateway
address
*6 Setting method of
IPv6 address
[DHCP|Manual]
*7 IPv6 address
*8 Subnet prefix
*9 Default gateway
address
*10 Negotiation mode
[Auto|10Mbps/
Half|10Mbps/Full|
100Mbps/
Half|100Mbps/Full|
1Gbps/Full]
*11 Maintenance port IP
address automatic
change mode
[Enable|Disable]

3ECD0
100

Setting a banner
*1 Warning banner
[Enable|Disable]

Set Warning Banner=*1

3ECE01 Set Battery Valid Number=*1

Setting a valid battery

number
*1 Valid battery number
[1|2|3|4|5|6]

3ED001 1 iSCSI Remote Path: SerialNumber=2

Setting a remote path

information of
TrueCopy|TrueCopy
Extended Distance
(iSCSI)
*1 Operation
[Set|Delete]
*2 Remote array serial
number

3ED201 Change User Certificate and PrivateKey

Updating the SSL user

certificate

3ED301 Expand RG: RG=1, AddDrives=Unit[2]HDU[*3]

Expansion of RAID
group
*1 RAID group number
*2 Unit number
*3 HDU number

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3ED302 Change Priority of RG Expansion: Priority=*1

Changing of RAID group

expansion priority
*1 Priority
[HostAccess|RGExpansi
on]

3ED303 Remove Instruction of RG Expansion: RG=*1

00
Mode=*2

Termination of RAID
group expansion
*1 RAID group number
*2 Method to terminate
[Normal|Return To
Original RG
Forcibly|Forced
Termination]

3ED501 Replacement of Array: Mode=ConnectNewArray

00
SerialNumber=*1 <Path0A IP=*2 Port=*3>
<Path0B IP=*4 Port=*5> <Path1A IP=*6
Port=*7> <Path1B IP=*8 Port=*9>

Auto migration
(connection new array)
*1 Remote array serial
number
*2 IP address
*3 TCP port number
*4 IP address
*5 TCP port number
*6 IP address
*7 TCP port number
*8 IP address
*9 TCP port number

3ED502 Replacement of Array: Mode=CopyPace

00
CopyPace=*1

Auto migration
(changing copy pace)
*1 Copy pace
[Fast|Medium|Slow]

3ED503 Replacement of Array:

00
Mode=ResetMigrationStatus

Auto migration (reset

migration status)

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A51

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

A52

Message

Explanation

3ED601 Create DP_Pool: DP_Pool[1] DP_RG[2]

00
RAIDLevel=*3(*4)
<ConsumedCapacityAlert: EarlyAlert=*3%
Depletion=*4% Notification=*5>
<OverProvisioningThreshold: Warning=*6%
Limit=*7% Notification=*8>
<ReplicationThreshold Depletion=*9%
DataRelease=*10%>

Creating of DP pool
*1 DP pool number
[Optional character
string]
*2 DP RAID group
number [Optional
character string|AUTO]
*3 Early alert of
consumed capacity
[Optional character
string]
*4 Depletion alert of
consumed capacity
[Optional character
string]
*5 Threshold over
notification of consumed
capacity alert [Enable |
Disable]
*6 Warning of over
provisioning [Optional
character string]
*7 Limit of over
provisioning [Optional
character string]
*8 Limit alert
notification of over
provisioning
[Enable|Disable]
*9 Replication Depletion
Alert Threshold
[Optional character
string]
*10 Replication Data
Release Threshold
[Optional character
string]

3ED602 Expand DP_Pool: DP_Pool[1] DP_RG[2]

00
AddDrives=Unit[*3]HDU[*4] OptimizingDP=*5

Expansion of DP pool
*1 DP pool number
[Optional character
string]
*2 DP RAID group
number [Optional
character string]
*3 Adding drives unit
number
*4 Adding drives HDU
number
*5 Optimizing of the DP
pool [Yes|No]

3ED603 Delete DP_Pool: DP_Pool[*1]

Deleting of DP pool
*1 DP pool number
[Optional character
string]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3ED604 Change DP_Pool: DP_Pool[*1]

00
<ConsumedCapacityAlert: EarlyAlert=*2%
Depletion=*3%>
Notification=*4><OverProvisioningThreshold:
Warning=*5% Limit=*6%>
OverProvisioningNotice=*7>

Changing of DP pool
*1 DP pool number
[Optional character
string]
*2 Early alert of
consumed capacity
[Optional character
string]
*3 Depletion alert of
consumed capacity
[Optional character
string]
*4 Threshold over
notification of consumed
capacity alert
[Enable|Disable]
*5 Warning of over
provisioning [Optional
character string]
*6 Limit of over
provisioning [Optional
character string]
*7 Limit alert
notification of over
provisioning
[Enable|Disable]

3ED605 Restore DP_Pool: DP_Pool[*1]

Restore DP pool
*1 DP pool number
[Optional character
string]

3EDA0
100

Optimize DP_Pool: AllLUsInTheDP_Pool=*1

OptimizingDP=*2 ReclaimingZeroPages=*3
LU[*4]

Optimizing of the DP
pool
*1 Batch specifying of
the DP pool optimizing
[Yes | No]
*2 Optimizing of the DP
pool [Yes | No]
*3 Executing of 0 data
deleting [Yes | No]
*4 LU number [Optional
character string]

3EDA0
200

Cancel the Optimization of DP_Pool:

AlllLUsinTheDP_Pool=*1 LU[*2]

Cancellation of the DP
pool optimizing
*1 Batch specifying of
cancellation of the DP
pool optimizing [Yes |
No]
*2 LU number [Optional
character string]

3EDA0
300

Change the Priority of DP Optimization: *1

Changing a priority of
the DP pool optimizing
*1 Priority [Optimization
| Host Access|Normal]

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A53

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

A54

Code

Message

Explanation

3EDA0
400

Change Provisioning Attribute

AcceleratedWideStripingMode=*1
OptimizingDP=*2 FullCapacityMode=*3

Changing an attribute of
the DP pool LU (Note
14)
*1 Accelerated wide
striping mode
[Enable|Disable]
*2 DP pool LU
optimizing [Yes|No]
*3 Full Capacity Mode
[Enable | Disable]

3EDE01 Release the SCSI Reservation: LU[*1]

Release the reservation

LU forcibly
*1 LU number [Optional
character string]

3EE001 Set Port Error Count: <ResetCounter=*1>

00
<Threshold Port0A=*2 Port08=*2. Port0D=*2
Port0F=*2 Port0G=*2 Portrt0H=*2 Port 1A=*2
Port1B=*2 Port1C=*2 Port1D=*2 Port1E=*2
Port1F=*2 Port1G=*2 Port1H=*2>

Setting of capture port

error count
*1 The port number that
is reset the report
counter.
*2 The report counter
threshold value
[Optional character
string]

3EE101 Back Up Master Authentication Key

Back up Master
Authentication Key for
the Self-Encrypting
Drive

3EE102 Restore Master Authentication Key

Restore Master
Authentication Key for
the Self-Encrypting
Drive

3EE103 Refresh Authentication Keys

Refresh Master
Authentication Key and
Authentication Keys for
the Self-Encrypting
Drive

3EE301 1 I/F Module/Board <Location CTL[2] Slot/

00
Board[*3]>

I/F module board

detach/add/remove
information (Note 20)
*1 Operation
[Detach|Prepare
adding|Start
adding[Remove]
*2 Controller number
*3 Slot number

3EE501 Change SSD Options: Threshold=*1%

Setting the SSD options

*1 Threshold of
Endurance

3F0101 Configuration failed: Inappropriate parameters

Configuration failed for

inappropriate
parameters

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Table A-2: Audit Log Entry Details (Continued)

Code

Message

Explanation

3F0201 Configuration failed: The Option[*1] is Disable or

00
De-installed

Configuration failed for

the priced option is
disable or uninstalled
(Note 11)
*1 The priced option
name

3F0301 Configuration failed: Temporary/Emergency

00
Key[*1] expired

Configuration failed for

the temporary or
emergency key is
expired (Note 11)
*1 The priced option
name

410401 Session Timeout: *1

Session timeout occurs

of the already logged in
with Account
Authentication user ID
*1 User ID

410901 Reference/Modification failed: Authentication

00
authority is insufficient

Referencing or
modification failed for
Authentication authority
is insufficient

510101 Start Online Microprogram Download

Starting the firmware

downloading online

510102 Start Online Microprogram Update: CTL*1

Starting the firmware

updating online
*1 Controller number

510201 Start ENC Microprogram Download

Starting ENC firmware

downloading online

510202 Start ENC Microprogram Update: ENC*1

Starting ENC firmware

updating online
*1 ENC number

510301 System Reboot

Rebooting after the

system configuration

510302 Release Reboot Wait Condition: CTL*1

Releasing reboot wait

condition
*1 Controller number

520101 System Shutdown (Reboot Request)

Reboot request from

Navigator 2

710101 Subsystem is Ready

Array is ready

710201 PS OFF
00

Array power off

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A55

Notes on the above table:

Note 1: If this is Disable, # is the output.
Note 2: When the *1 is Disable, # is the output.
Note 3: When the controller, which received the command, does not have
the ownership of the LU, two or more logs of Failed may be collected in
Result of the audit event of COMMENT part in MSG until the switching
of the ownership is completed internally. Usually, it is retried in the upper
application, and finally the log of Success is collected.
Note 4: When the MainLU value is invalid, # is the output for the SubLU.
Note 5: If there is only one CTL, # is the output.
Note 6: When the *6 is Disable, # is the output.
Note 7: If there is only one CTL, # is the output for all the parameters on
the CTL1 side.
Note 8: If only one parameter is set, # is the output for the other one.
Note 9: When the *1 is OFF, # is the output.
Note 10: When the *1 is ON and the server 2 is not set, # is the output.
Note 11: Maximum three abbreviations of the priced options may be
output. This shows that all or any of the priced options are the targets.
Note 12: The unmounted Fibre/iSCSI port, # is the output.
Note 13: When the *3 is RG, # is the output.
Note 14: When this is not changed, # is the output.
Note 16: When remote array is AMS/WMS series or AMS 2000 series, #
is the output.
Note 17: When remote array is HUS100 series, # is the output.
Note 18: When the *5 is Disable, # is the output.
Note 19: When the result of the audit event is Failed, fourteen # is the
output.
Note 20: When the *1 is Remove, # is output to *2. When the *1 is
Prepare adding or Start adding, # is output on both *2 and *3.

A56

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Audit log setting example

This section provides a procedure for setting Audit Logging where the
external Syslog server receives the log sent from the disk array. This
procedure is uses a setup under the syslogd of Linux (Fedora Core and so
forth).
NOTE: For the procedure for installing syslogd, refer to a manual
of each OS. Since the procedure for setting the Syslog server
depends on a user environment, it may be different from the one
described here.

1. Edit /etc/syslog.conf file, and specify file name to be outputting log.

(Example: output the log to /var/log/Audit_logging.log)
# Audit Logging
user.*
/var/log/Audit_logging.log

2. Set syslogd to accept log transfer from the outside.

Edit /etc/sysconfig/syslog file. Add r to SYSLOGD_OPTIONS.
# SYSLOGD_OPTIONS=-r m 0

3. Restart syslogd after setting.

# service syslog restart

Cache Partition
This section includes the following topics:

Installing

Enabling or disabling

Adding a cache partition

Assigning a cache partition

Setting a pair cache partition

Changing the cache partition owner controller

When the pair status of TrueCopy or TCE is Paired or Synchronizing, the

state is changed to Failure.
When you perform the setting, deleting, or changing of Cache Partition
Manager in the case where the array is used on the remote side of
TrueCopy or TCE, the following phenomena occur with the restart of the
array.
Both paths of TrueCopy or TCE are blocked. When a path is blocked, a TRAP
occurs, that is, a notification to the SNMP Agent Support Function. Inform
the departments concerned of the above beforehand. The path of TrueCopy
or TCE is recovered from the blockade automatically after the array is
restarted.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A57

When you restart the array necessarily, perform the setting, deleting, or
changing of Cache Partition Manager after changing the pair status of
TrueCopy or TCE to Split.
If a Cache Partition is added, deleted, or changed during a spin-down
instruction before completing the spin-down when Power Saving is
enbabled, the spin down may fail. If a spin-down fails, execute the spindown again. Check that the spin-down instruction has not been issued or
has been completed (no RAID group in the Power Saving Status of
Normal(Command Monitoring) exists) before adding, deleting, or changing
the Cache Partition.

Installing
NOTE: To make the Cache Partition Manager functions available, you
must install the Cache Partition Manager feature and make its functions
selectable (unlocked). This requires a key code or key file.
To install the Cache Partition Manager feature:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will install
the Cache Partition Manager feature and connect to the array.
2. Install the optional feature by using the following:
% auopt -unit array-name lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
CACHEPARTITIONPermanent --Enable
N/A
%

Uninstalling
The capacity of the master partition must be the default partition size. The
following conditions must be satisfied in order to uninstall Cache Partition
Manager: All the sub-partitions other than the master partition must be
deleted.
To uninstall Cache Partition Manager:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will uninstall
Cache Partition Manager, and connect to the array.
2. Uninstall the optional features by using the following:

A58

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode manual-attached-keycode

Are you sure you want to de-install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Enabling or disabling
Cache Partition Manager can be enabled or disabled without uninstalling this
function.
The following conditions must be satisfied in order to disable Cache
Partition Manager:
All the sub-partitions other than the master partition must be deleted.

The capacity of the master partition must be the default partition size.
To enable or disable Cache Partition Manager (without uninstalling this
function):
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will change
the status of the Cache Partition Manager feature and connect to the
array.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable) of
the Cache Partition Manager feature.
3. The following is an example of how to change the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the st option.
% auopt -unit array-name -option CACHEPARTITION -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Reconfigure Memory Status
CACHEPARTITION
Permanent --N/A
%

Status
Disable

Adding a cache partition

You must reboot the array for the changes to be effective. To add a cache
partition:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
Cache Partition Manager and connect to the array.
2. Execute the aucachept command to investigate the cache memory.
% aucachept -unit array-name -refer
Current Information
User Capacity[MB] ? 1000

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A59

Free Size[MB]
CTL0?
0
CTL1?
0
No. CTL
0
0
1
1

Partition Size[10MB]
50
50

Segment Size[KB]
16
16

Reserved Information
No. CTL
Partition Size[10MB]
0
0
50
1
1
50
%

Segment Size[KB]
16
16

Area sizes of the master partitions (Nos. 1 and 2) are changed to 20

respectively, because no free area is left.
% aucachept -unit array-name -chg -pt 0 -ptsize 20
The size of cache partition 0 is changed into 200MB.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The pair cache partition may be changed into "Auto". Please confirm pair cache
p
artition after reboot.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the changing, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the changing will be registered, but it will not become
eff
ective on the subsystem.
Please execute this command again without restarting, if you want to continue
setting of the cache partition.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): n
Are you sure you want to change the cache partition? (y/n [n]): y
The cache partition has been changed successfully.
Please restart the subsystem to enable the setting.
% aucachept -unit array-name -chg -pt 1 -ptsize 20
The size of cache partition 1 is changed into 200MB.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The pair cache partition may be changed into "Auto". Please confirm pair cache
partition after reboot.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the changing, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the changing will be registered, but it will not become
effective on the subsystem.
Please execute this command again without restarting, if you want to continue
setting of the cache partition.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting.
Host applications that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please
stop host access before you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
begins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both Remote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
status is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
When load balancing of tuning parameter is enabled, LU partition may move to
pair partition automatically according to state of CPU load. In order to
disable movement of pair partition, it is necessary to disable load balancing
of tuning parameter.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute?
(y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7- 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

A cache partition is added (partition size: 20, segment size: 8 kB, owner
controller: 0).
% aucachept -unit array-name -add -ptsize 20 -segsize 8 -ctl0
The reserved cache partition 2 in size 200MB is set up to CTL0.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the setting will be registered, but it will not become
effe

A60

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

ctive on the subsystem.

Please execute this command again without restarting, if you want to continue
setting of the cache partition.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting.
Host applications that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please
stop
host access before you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
begins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
When load balancing of tuning parameter is enabled, LU partition may move to
pai
r partition automatically according to state of CPU load. In order to disable
mo
vement of pair partition, it is necessary to disable load balancing of tuning
pa
rameter.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute?
(y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

Deleting a cache partition

To delete the created cache partition, it is required to move the logical unit
that has been assigned to the created cache partition to the other partition.
To delete a cache partition:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
Cache Partition Manager and connect to the array.
2. Execute the aucachept command to delete the created cache partition.
See following example.
% aucachept -unit array-name -rm -pt 2
The cache partition 2 is deleted.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The pair cache partition may be changed into "Auto". Please confirm pair cache
p
artition after reboot.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the deleting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the deleting will be registered, but it will not become
eff
ective on the subsystem.
Please execute this command again without restarting, if you want to continue
se
tting of the cache partition.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting.
Host applications that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please
stop
host access before you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
When load balancing of tuning parameter is enabled, LU partition may move to

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A61

pai
r partition automatically according to state of CPU load. In order to disable
mo
vement of pair partition, it is necessary to disable load balancing of tuning
pa
rameter.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute?
(y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

Assigning a cache partition

If you do not assign an LU to a specified cache partition, it will be assigned
to the master partition.
To assign a cache partition:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
Cache Partition Manager, and connect to the array.
2. Execute the aulucachept command to assign the cache memory. First,
verifying the status.
% aulucachept -unit array-name -refer
Cache
Pair Cache Current Cache
LUN
Partition Partition
Partition
0
0
Auto
0
1
0
Auto
0
:
:
50
0
Auto
0
:
:
%

Following shows logical unit 50 is assigned to cache partition 2.

% aulucachept -unit array-name -set -lu 50 -pt 2
Are you sure you want to assign the cache partition? (y/n [n]): y
The pair cache partition may be changed into "Auto". Please confirm pair cache
p
artition after reboot.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the setting will be registered, but it will not become
effe
ctive on the subsystem.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting.
Host applications that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please
stop
host access before you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
When load balancing of tuning parameter is enabled, LU partition may move to
pai
r partition automatically according to state of CPU load. In order to disable
mo
vement of pair partition, it is necessary to disable load balancing of tuning
pa
rameter.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute?

A62

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

(y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A63

Setting a pair cache partition

Use the pair cache partition in the Auto mode. We recommend you set the
Load Balancing to Disable when using Cache Partition Manager. However,
set the pair cache partition only when you use Cache Partition Manager
when Load Balancing is set to Enable and want to specify the partition to be
changed with Load Balancing. The owner controller must be different for the
partition to which the logical unit belongs and the pair cache partition.
To set a pair cache partition, complete the following steps:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
Cache Partition Manager and connect to the array.
2. Execute the aulucachept command to set the pair cache partition.
% aulucachept -unit array-name -set -lu 50 -pairpt auto
Are you sure you want to register the pair cache partition assignment?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair cache partition assignment has been changed successfully.
%

Changing the cache partition owner controller

To change the cache partition owner controller:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
Cache Partition Manager and connect to the array.
2. Execute the aucachept command to change the cache partition owner
controller. See following example.
% aucachept -unit array-name -chg -pt 2 -ctl1
The cache partition 2 is changed into CTL1.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The pair cache partition may be changed into "Auto". Please confirm pair cache p
artition after reboot.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the changing, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the changing will be registered, but it will not become eff
ective on the subsystem.
Please execute this command again without restarting, if you want to continue se
tting of the cache partition.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting.
Host applications that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop
host access before you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
When load balancing of tuning parameter is enabled, LU partition may move to pai
r partition automatically according to state of CPU load. In order to disable mo
vement of pair partition, it is necessary to disable load balancing of tuning pa
rameter.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute?
(y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

A64

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Cache Residency Manager

This section includes the following:

Installing

Enabling or disabling

Operations of cache residency manager

Installing
The Cache Residency Manager feature is usually not selectable (locked). To
make the Cache Residency Manager available, you must install the Cache
Residency Manager feature and make its functions selectable (unlocked).
To install this function, the key code or key file provided with the
optional feature is required.
Cache Residency Manager is installed and uninstalled using Storage
Navigator Modular 2. Before installing and uninstalling, make sure that the
array is in normal operating condition. If a failure such as a controller
blockade has occurred, installation and un-installation operations cannot be
performed.
To install the Cache Residency Manager using the CLI version of Storage
Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will install
the Cache Residency Manager feature and connect to the array.
2. Install the optional features by using the following:
Cache Partition Manager is enabled
% auopt -unit array-name lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
Cache Partition Manager is enabled. If the option using data pool will be
unlocked or enabled, the default cache partition information will be
restored.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host
applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access
before you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
begins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both Remote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
status is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Reconfigure Memory Status
CACHERESIDENCYPermanent --N/A
%

Status
Enable

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A65

Uninstalling
To uninstall Cache Residency Manager using the CLI version of Storage
Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will uninstall
Cache Residency Manager and connect to the array.
2. Lock the optional features by using the following:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to de-install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is de-installed successfully.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host
applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access
before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Enabling or disabling
Cache Residency Manager can be enabled or disabled without uninstalling
this function.
To enable or disable Cache Residency Manager (without uninstalling this
function) using the CLI version of Storage Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will change
the status of the Cache Residency Manager feature and connect to the
array.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable) of
the Cache Residency Manager feature.
The following example shows how to change the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the st option.
% auopt -unit array-name -option CACHERESIDENCY -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host
applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access
before
you restart the subsystem.

A66

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Reconfigure Memory Status
CACHERESIDENCYPermanent --N/A
%

Status
Disable

Operations of cache residency manager

You can set an LU using Storage Navigator Modular 2 by installing the Cache
Residency Manager function. The LU that is set for the Cache Residency
Manager function must be previously defined. If the LU is not defined,
define the LU (choose an LU that already exists and that you would like to
be a Cache Residency Manager LU). Confirm that the conditions required for
Cache Residency Manager operations are present before performing the
operation (refer to the Storage Navigator Modular 2 online Help.).
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
Cache Residency Manager and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auturbolu command to specify the array.
% auturbolu -unit array-name -set -ctl1_assign enable -ctl1_lu 0
Are you sure you want to set the Cache Residency information? (y/n [n]): y
In order to complete the setting, it is necessary to reboot the subsystem.
When not restarting, the setting will be registered, but it will not become
effe
ctive on the subsystem.
Do you restart the subsystem? (y/n [n]): y
Host will be unable to access the subsystem while restarting. Host
applications
that use the subsystem will terminate abnormally. Please stop host access
before
you restart the subsystem.
Also, if you are logging in, the login status will be canceled when restarting
b
egins.
When using Remote Replication, restarting the remote subsystem will cause
both R
emote Replication paths to fail.
Remote Replication pair status will be changed to "Failure(PSUE)" when pair
stat
us is "Paired(PAIR)" or "Synchronizing(COPY)". Please change Remote
Replication
pair status to "Split(PSUS)" before restart.
Do you agree with restarting? (y/n [n]): y
Are you sure you want to execute? (y/n [n]): y
Now restarting the subsystem. Start Time hh:mm:ss Time Required 7 - 25min.
The subsystem restarted successfully.
%

Specify as shown in the following example. Check the information that has
been set.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A67

% auturbolu -unit array-name -refer

Controller 0
Current Configuration
Assignment : off
LUN
:
Status
:
Reserved Configuration
Assignment : off
LUN
:
Controller 1
Current Configuration
Assignment : on
LUN
: 0
Status
: valid
Reserved Configuration
Assignment : on
LUN
: 0
%

Data Retention Utility

This section includes the following:

Installing

Enabling or disabling

Setting an attribute

Setting an S-VOL

Setting the expiration lock

Installing
The Data Retention Utility option is usually not selectable (locked). To make
this option available, you must install Data Retention Utility and make its
functions selectable (unlocked). To install this function, use the key code or
key file provided with the optional feature.
Data Retention Utility is installed and uninstalled through Storage Navigator
Modular 2 (CLI).
To install this function, the key code or key file provided with this
optional feature is required.
NOTE: Before installing/uninstalling Data Retention Utility, verify that the
array unit to be operated is functioning normally. If a failure such as a
controller blockage has occurred, installation/un-installation cannot be
performed.

To install Data Retention Utility using the CLI version of Storage Navigator
Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which the Data
Retention Utility feature is to be installed. Connect to the array.

A68

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

2. Install the optional features by executing the auopt command as

follows:
Cache Partition Manager is enabled
% auopt -unit array-name -lock off -keycode Key code
Are you sure you want to install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
When Cache Partition Manager is enabled, if the option using data pool will
be unlocked or enabled the default cache partition information will be
restored.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
DATA-RETENTIONPermanent --Enable
N/A
%

Uninstalling
When the Data Retention Utility feature is uninstalled, the Data Retention
Utility feature is not available (locked) until it is installed by the key code or
key file.

NOTE: Before installing/uninstalling Data Retention Utility, verify that the

array unit to be operated is functioning normally. If a failure such as a
controller blockage has occurred, installation/un-installation cannot be
performed.

To uninstall Data Retention Utility, use the key code provided with the
optional feature.
Data Retention Utility is installed and uninstalled through Storage Navigator
Modular 2.
To uninstall Data Retention Utility using the CLI version of Storage Navigator
Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which Data Retention
Utility is to be uninstalled, then connect to the array.
2. Uninstall the optional features by executing the auopt command as
follows:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode Key code
Are you sure you want to de-install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is de-installed successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
DMEC002015:No information displayed.
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A69

Enabling or disabling
Data Retention Utility can be set to enable or disable after installation. This
allows Data Retention Utility to be activated or deactivated without the
necessity of using the key code or key file.
NOTE: When disabling or uninstalling this Data Retention Utility feature,
LU attributes that have been set must be returned to the initial attribute
(Read/Write).
To enable/disable Data Retention Utility using the CLI version of Storage
Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array (array unit) in which the
status of the Data Retention Utility is to be changed, then connect to the
array.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable) of
the Data Retention Utility feature.
The following is an example of how to change the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the st option.
% auopt -unit array-name -option DATA-RETENTION -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
DATA-RETENTIONPermanent --Disable
N/A
%

Setting an attribute
To set an attribute:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to set
the attribute of the Data Retention Utility feature, then connect to the
array.
Execute the auluguard command to set the attribute of the Data
Retention Utility feature.
An example, in which an attribute type of the LU 1 is changed from
Read/Write (default attribute) to Read/Write Inhibition (Protected), is
shown here. Specify it as the term option on years (0 to 60) and days
(0 to 21,900).
% auluguard -unit array-name -set -lu 1 -attr Protect term 0 0
Are you sure you want to change the access level of logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the logical unit
fr
om the host.
Before setting, stop access to the logical unit from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The access level of logical unit has been successfully changed.
%

A70

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

When setting the attribute as Read Only, specify -attr Read-Only;

when setting the attribute as Read/Write, specify -attr Read Write.
2. Execute the auluguard command to confirm whether an attribute has
been set.
% auluguard -unit array-name refer
Expiration Lock = OFF
LUN Attribute
Capacity
S-VOL
0 Can't Guard
1.0 GB --1 Protect
2.0 MB Disable
2 Read/Write
2.0 MB Enable
%

Retention Term
--0 days
---

Mode
-------

LUN: LU number is displayed.

Attribute: Attribute (Read/Write, Read Only, Protect, or Can't Guard) is
displayed.
Capacity: Capacity of the LU is displayed.
S-VOL: Whether the LU can be set to S-VOL (Enable) or is inhibited
from being set to S-VOL (Disable) is displayed.
Mode: Mode (Read Capacity 0 (Zero), hiding from Inquiry Command
Mode (Zer/Inv), or un-specifying (---)) is displayed. (For reference
only.)
Retention: The length of time for retention (Unlimited or ---) is
displayed.

NOTE: When Read only or Protect is set as the attribute, S-VOL will be
disabled.

Setting an S-VOL
The following steps describe the procedure to set an S-VOL:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to set
the attribute of the Data Retention Utility feature, then connect to the
array.
2. Execute the auluguard command to set the attribute of the Data
Retention Utility feature.
3. An example in which the LU 2 is made unable to be assigned to an SVOL is shown here.
% auluguard -unit array-name -set -lu 2 -svol disable
Are you sure you want to change the access level of logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the logical unit
fr
om the host.
Before setting, stop access to the logical unit from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The access level of logical unit has been successfully changed.
%

When setting up so that it can be specified as an S-VOL, it is specified svol enable.

4. Execute the auluguard command to confirm whether an attribute has
been set. An example is shown below.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A71

% auluguard -unit array-name refer

Expiration Lock = OFF
LUN Attribute
Capacity
S-VOL
0 Can't Guard
1.0 GB --1 Read/Write
2.0 MB Disable
2 Read/Write
2.0 MB Disable
%

Retention Term
--0 days
---

Mode
-------

Setting S-VOL Disable

The following steps describe the procedure to set S-VOL Disable:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to set
the attribute of the Data Retention Utility feature, then connect to the
array.
2. Execute the auluguard command to set the attribute of the Data
Retention Utility feature.
An example in which the a volume (LU) 2 is made unable to be assigned
to an S-VOL is shown here.
% auluguard -unit array-name -set -lu 2 -svol disable
Are you sure you want to change the access level of logical unit? (y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the logical unit fr
om the host.
Before setting, stop access to the logical unit from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The access level of logical unit has been successfully changed.
%

To set up the volume to be specified as an S-VOL, specify -svol

enable.
3. Execute the auluguard command to confirm whether an attribute has
been set. An example is shown below.
% auluguard -unit array-name refer
Expiration Lock = OFF
LUN Attribute
Capacity
S-VOL
0 Can't Guard
1.0 GB --1 Read/Write
2.0 MB Disable
2 Read/Write
2.0 MB Disable
%

Retention Term
--0 days
---

Mode
-------

Changing the retention term

NOTE: Data Retention Utility cannot shorten the Retention Term.
To change the retention term:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will set the
Data Retention Utility attribute. Connect to the array.
2. Execute the auluguard command to set the Data Retention Utility
attribute.
3. The following is an example of changing the LU 1 retention term. Specify
it as the -term option on years (0 to 60) and days (0 to 21,900).

A72

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

% auluguard -unit array-name -set -lu 1 -term 0 1

Are you sure you want to change the retention term of logical unit?
(y/n [n]): y
The retention term of logical unit has been successfully changed.
%

4. Execute the auluguard command to confirm that an attribute has been

set. An example is shown below.
% auluguard -unit array-name -refer
Expiration Lock = OFF
LUN Attribute
Capacity
S-VOL
0 Can't Guard
1.0 GB --1 Protect
2.0 MB Disable
2 Read/Write
2.0 MB Disable
%

Retention Term
--1 days
---

Mode
-------

Setting the expiration lock

To set the expiration lock:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will set the
Data Retention Utility attribute. Connect to the array.
2. Execute the auluguard command to set the Data Retention Utility
attribute.
% auluguard -unit array-name -set -exlock on
Are you sure you want to set the expiration lock to ON?
(y/n [n]): y
If the expiration lock is set to ON, you cannot change access level of the
logic
al unit to Read/Write after the retention term expires. Are you sure?
(y/n [n]): y
The expiration lock has been set successfully.
%

Execute the auluguard command to confirm that an attribute has been set.
An example is shown below.
% auluguard -unit array-name -refer
Expiration Lock = ON
LUN Attribute
Capacity
S-VOL
0 Can't Guard
1.0 GB --1 Protect
2.0 MB Disable
2 Read/Write
2.0 MB Disable
%

Retention Term
--1 days
---

Mode
-------

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A73

LUN Manager (Fibre Channel)

When following the command-line examples in this appendix, be sure to
replace the parameters shown with the correct parameters for your
systems.
This section includes the following:

Installing

Enabling or disabling

Creating a host group

Setting a host group option

Setting logical units (LU mapping)

Adding WWNs

Changing a host group name

Initializing the host group 0

Changing a WWN nickname

Deleting a detected WWN

Installing
The LUN Manager option is usually not selected (locked). To make this
option available, you must install LUN Manager and make its functions
selectable (unlocked). To install this function, use the required key code or
key file provided with the optional feature.
LUN Manager is installed and uninstalled through Storage Navigator
Modular 2. Before installing and uninstalling, make sure that the array is in
normal operating condition. If a failure such as a controller blockade has
occurred, installation and un-installation operations cannot be performed.
To install the LUN Manager feature using the CLI version of Storage
Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will install
the LUN Manager feature. Connect to the array.
2. Install the optional features by executing the auopt command as
follows:
% auopt unit array-name lock off keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
LUN-MANAGERPermanent --Enable
N/A
%

A74

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Uninstalling
To uninstall LUN Manager, use the key code provided. After uninstalling LUN
Manager, the software is locked and not available until it is installed by a key
code or key file. When disabling or uninstalling LUN Manager, you must first
disable the host group security for all ports.
LUN Manager is installed and uninstalled through Storage Navigator
Modular 2.
To uninstall LUN Manager using the CLI version of Storage
Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will uninstall
the LUN Manager feature and connect to the array.
2. Uninstall the optional features by executing the auopt command as
follows:
% auopt unit array-name lock on keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to de-install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked successfully.
%

% auopt -unit array-name -refer

DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Enabling or disabling
LUN Manager can be set to enable or disable after installation. This allows
LUN Manager to be activated or deactivated without using a key code or key
file. When disabling or uninstalling this LUN Manager feature, you must
disable the host group security for all ports.
To enable/disable LUN Manager using the CLI version of Storage
Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will change
the status of the LUN Manager feature and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable) of
the LUN Manager feature.
The following is an example of how to change the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the st option.
% auopt -unit array-name -option LUN-MANAGER -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.

% auopt -unit array-name -refer

Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
LUN-MANAGER
N/A
%

Permanent ---

Disable

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A75

Adding a host group

To create a host group for each port, you must:
1. Set the host group security to enable for each port
2. Create a host group

Setting the host group security

The host group default setting is disable for each port.
To set the host group Security to be valid or invalid:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the host group security information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgwwn command to specify the array.
3. Use the following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Use off with -hgs option, when disabled LUN Manager is changed.
% auhgwwn -unit df850 -set -hgs 0 A on
Are you sure you want to enable the host group security on port0A?
(y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the port from
the h
ost.
Before setting, stop access to the port from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The security information has been set successfully.
%

Specify as shown, when the checking information has been set:

% auhgwwn unit df850 -refer
Port 0A Host Group Security
Detected WWN
Name
Assigned WWN
Name
Assignable WWN
Name
Port 0B Host Group Security
Port 1A Host Group Security
Port 1B Host Group Security

ON
Port Name
Port Name
OFF
OFF
OFF

Host Group

Port Name

Creating a host group

To create host groups for each Port:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the host group information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgdef command to specify the array.
3. Use the following settings:

A76

Array name: ams2300

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host group number: 1

Host group name: win001

% auhgdef -unit ams2300 -add 0 A -gno 1 -gname win001
Host group information has been set successfully.
%

4. Specify as shown, when setting the following information:

% auhgdef -unit ams2300 -refer
Port 0A
Group Host Group Name
0 G000
1 win001
Port 0B
Group Host Group Name
0 G000
Port 1A
Group Host Group Name
0 G000
Port 1B
Group Host Group Name
0 G000
%

Setting a host group option

To set a host group option for each host group:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the host group option information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgopt command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host group number: 1

Host Connection Mode 1: Standard

Host Connection Mode 2: HP-UX Mode

% auhgopt -unit ams2300 -set 0 A -gno 1 -HostConnection standard -HP enable
Are you sure you want to set the host group option? (y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the host group
from
the host.
Before setting, stop access to the host group from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The host group option has been set successfully.
%

Setting logical units (LU mapping)

To set Logical Units to be recognized by each host to each host
group:

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A77

1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the logical unit mapping information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the
3. auhgmap command to specify the array.
4. Use the following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host group number: 1

Logical unit to be recognized by the host: 0

Array

internal logical unit: 0

% auhgmap -unit df850 -add 0 A 1 0 0
Are you sure you want to add the mapping information?
(y/n [n]): y
The mapping information has been set successfully.
%

5. Specify as shown, when setting the following information:

% auhgmap -unit df850 -refer
Mapping mode = ON
Port Group
0A 001:win001
%

H-LUN LUN
0 0

Adding WWNs
The WWNs of HBAs are set to each host group (see following section, Adding
a WWN).
When a Port is connected to a host, WWNs of HBAs that are listed in
Detected WWN can be selected and added to the host group (see
Selecting and adding an assignable WWN on page A-79).

Adding a WWN
To add a WWN:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the WWN information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the
3. auhgwwn command to specify the array.
4. Use the following settings:

A78

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host group number: 1

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Host information (port name): 200000e069402a08

WWN nickname: win001

%auhgwwn -unit ams2300 -set -permhg 0 A 200000e069402a08 -wname win001
-gno 1
The security information has been set successfully.
%

5. Specify the following information:

% auhgwwn -unit df850 -refer
Port 0A Host Group Security
Detected WWN
Name
Assigned WWN
Name
win001
Assignable WWN
Name
Port 0B Host Group Security
Port 1A Host Group Security
Port 1B Host Group Security
%

ON
Port Name
Port Name
200000E069402A08
OFF
OFF
OFF

Host Group
001:win001

Port Name

Selecting and adding an assignable WWN

To display the Assignable WWN list and to assign the WWN on the
Assignable WWN list:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the WWN information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgwwn command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host group number: 0

% auhgwwn -unit df850 -refer -permhg 0 A -gno 0
Port 0A Host Group Security ON
Assigned WWN
Name
Port Name
Assignable WWN
Name
Port Name
10000000C9290680

Host Group

% auhgwwn -unit df850 -assign -permhg 0 A 10000000C9290680 -gno 0

The security information has been set successfully.
% auhgwwn -unit df850 -refer -permhg 0 A -gno 0
Port 0A Host Group Security ON
Assigned WWN
Name
Port Name
10000000C9290680
Assignable WWN
Name
Port Name
%

Host Group
000:G000

Changing a host group name

To change a Host Group name:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
change the host group name and connect to the array.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A79

2. Execute the auhgdef command to specify the array.

3. Use the following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host group number: 1

New host group name: win00

% auhgdef -unit df850 -chg 0 A -gno 1 -newgname win002
Are you sure you want to change the name of host group? (y/n [n]): y
Host group information has been set successfully.
%

Deleting a host group

To delete a host group:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
delete the host group and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgdef command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host group number: 1

% auhgdef -unit df850 rm 0 A gno 1
Are you sure you want to delete specified host group(s)? (y/n [n]): y
After setting, access from hosts associated with the host group will be
denied.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the host group
from
the host. Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
Host group information has been set successfully.
%

Initializing the host group 0

To initialize the Host Group 0:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
initialize the specified host group 0 and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgdef command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

A80

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

% auhgdef -unit df850 -init 0 A

Are you sure you want to initialize host group 0? (y/n [n]): y
After setting, access from hosts associated with the host group 0 will be
denied. Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the host group
from the host. Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
Host group information has been set successfully.
%

Changing a WWN nickname

To change a WWN nickname:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
change the WWN information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgwwn command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host

group number: 1

Host information (port name): 200000e069402a08

WWN nick name: winNT01

%auhgwwn -unit df850 -chg -rename 0 A 200000e069402a08 -gno 1 -newwname
winNT01
The security information has been set successfully.
%

3. Specify as shown when setting the following information:

% auhgwwn -unit df850 refer
Port 0A Host Group Security
Detected WWN
Name
Assigned WWN
Name
winNT01
Assignable WWN
Name
Port 0B Host Group Security
Port 1A Host Group Security
Port 1B Host Group Security
%

ON
Port Name
Port Name
200000E069402A08
OFF
OFF
OFF

Host Group
001:win001

Port Name

Deleting a WWN
To delete the WWN on the assigned WWN list:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
delete the WWN information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgwwn command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

Array name: df850

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A81

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host

group number: 0

Host information (port name): 200000e069402a08

% auhgwwn -unit df850 -rm -permhg 0 A 200000e069402a08 -gno 0
The security information has been set successfully.
%

3. Specify as shown when setting the following information:

% auhgwwn -unit df850 -refer -permhg 0 A -gno 0
Port 0A Host Group Security ON
Assigned WWN
Name
Port Name
Assignable WWN
Name
Port Name
200000E069402A08
%

Host Group

Deleting a detected WWN

To display and delete the detected WWN on the detected WWN list:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
delete the WWN information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auhgwwn command to specify the array.

Use the following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Host information (port name): 200000e069402a08

% auhgwwn -unit df850 -refer -login 0 A
Port 0A Host Group Security ON
Detected WWN
Name
Port Name
Linux
200000E069402A08
10000000C9290680
%
% auhgwwn -unit df850 -rm -perm 0 A 200000e069402a08
Are you sure you want to delete selected WWN? (y/n [n]): y
The security information has been set successfully.
%

A82

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

LUN Manager (iSCSI)

This section includes the following:

Creating targets

Setting the target security

Adding a target

Setting logical units

Adding an initiator

Changing target information

Deleting a target

Initializing target 000

Changing initiator information

Deleting an initiator

Adding a CHAP user

Changing CHAP user information

NOTE: When following the command-line examples in this appendix, be

sure to replace the parameters shown with the correct parameters for your
systems.

Creating targets
To create a target for each port, you must create a target:
Using LUN Manager, you must connect a port of the array to a host using
the switching-hub or connecting the host directly to the port, and then sets
a data input/output path between the host and the logical unit. This setting
specifies which host can access which logical unit.
To set a data input/output path, the hosts that are authorized to access the
logical unit must be classified as a target. That target is then set to the port.
For example, when a Windows Host (initiator iSCSI Name A) and a Linux
Host (initiator iSCSI Name B) are connected to Port A, you must create
targets of logical units to be accessed from the Windows Host (initiator
iSCSI Name A) and by the Linux Host (initiator iSCSI Name B).
Set a Target option (Host Connection Mode) to the newly created target to
confirm the setting.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A83

Setting the target security

The target security default is set to disable for each port.
To enable or disable the target security for each port:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the target security information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetini command to specify the array. Use the
following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Use off with -tgs option, when disabled LUN Manager is changed.
% autargetini -unit df850 -set 0 A -tgs on
Are you sure you want to enable the target security on port0A?
(y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access to the port from the h
ost.
Before setting, stop access to the port from the host.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The target security has been changed successfully.
%

3. Specify when the information has been set:

% autargetini -unit df850
Port 0A Target Security
Port 0B Target Security
Port 1A Target Security
Port 1B Target Security
%

-refer
ON Target Name iSCSI Name
OFF
OFF
OFF

Adding a target
To create targets for each port:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the target information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetdef command to specify the array.
3. Use the following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Target number: 1

Target 1 alias: win001

Target 1 iSCSI name: iqn.df850-1

Authentication Method: None

4. Specify the -talias option for the tail end.

% autargetdef -unit df850 -add 0 A -tno 1 -iname iqn.df850-1 -authmethod None
-talias win001
-authmethod None -talias win001
Are you sure want to add the target?

A84

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

(y/n [n]): y
The target has been added successfully.
%

5. Specify when the information has been set:

% autargetdef -unit df850 -refer
Port 0A
Target
ation
000:T000

Authentcation
Method
CHAP Algorithm
CHAP,None

MD5

User Name : --iSCSI Name : iqn.1994-04.jp.co.hitachi:rsd.d9a.t.00007.0a000

001: win001
None
--User Name : --iSCSI Name : iqn.df850-1
Port 0B
Target
ation
:
:
%

Authentication
Method
CHAP Algorithm

Mutual
Authentic
Disable

---

Mutual
Authentic

Setting logical units

The following procedure describes how to set logical units to be recognized
by each host to each target. This process is called logical unit mapping.
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the logical unit mapping information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetmap command to specify the array.
3. Use the following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Target number: 1

Logical unit to be recognized by the host: 0

Array internal logical unit: 0

% autargetmap -unit df850 -add 0 A 1 0 0
Are you sure you want to add the mapping information?
(y/n [n]): y
The mapping information has been set successfully.
%

4. Specify when the information has been set:

% autargetmap -unit df850 -refer
Mapping Mode = ON
Port Target
H-LUN
LUN
0A 001:win001 0
0
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A85

Adding an initiator
The iSCSI Name of each HBA is set to each target and is used to identify
hosts.
When a port is connected to a host, an iSCSI name of an HBA listed in
Detected Initiator can be selected and added to the target.
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the initiator information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetini command to specify the array. Use the
following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Target number: 1

Initiator name: Linux

Initiator iSCSI Name: iqn.1991-05.com

%autargetini -unit df850 -add 0 A -tno 1 -iname iqn.1991-05.com -ininame
Linux
Are you sure you want to add the initiator information?
(y/n [n]): y
The initiator information has been added successfully.
%

Changing target information

To change target information:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
change the target information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetdef command to specify the array. Use the
following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Target number: 1

New target alias: win002

% autargetdef -unit df850 -chg 0 A -tno 1 -newtalias win002
Are you sure you want to change the target information?
(y/n [n]): y
After setting except Alias, access from hosts associated with the target will
be
denied.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access from its related
hosts
to the target abnormally.
Before setting, be sure to stop access from the hosts to the target.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The target information has been changed successfully.
%

A86

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Deleting a target
To delete a target:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
delete the target and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetdef command to specify the array. Use the
following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Target number: 1
% autargetdef -unit df850 -rm 0 A -tno 1
Are you sure you want to delete the target(s)?
(y/n [n]): y
After setting, access from hosts associated with the target will be denied.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access from its related
hosts
to the target abnormally.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The target(s) have been deleted successfully.
%

Initializing target 000

To initialize Target 000:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
initialize the specified Target 0 and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetdef command to specify the array. Use the
following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A
% autargetdef -unit df850 -init 0 A
Are you sure you want to initialize target 000?
(y/n [n]): y
After setting, access from hosts associated with the target 000 will be
denied.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
When setting starts, the subsystem stops accepting access from its related
hosts
to the target abnormally.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The target 000 has been initialized successfully.
%

Changing initiator information

To change initiator information:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
change the initiator information and connect to the array.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A87

2. Execute the autargetini command to specify the array. Use the

following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Current Initiator iSCSI Name: Linux

New Initiator Initiator iSCSI Name: Linux 001

%autargetini -unit df850 -chg 0 A -iname Linux -newininame Linux001
Are you sure you want to change the initiator information?
(y/n [n]): y
The initiator information has been changed successfully.
%

Deleting an initiator
To delete an initiator:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
delete the initiator and connect to the array.
2. Execute the autargetini command to specify the array.Use the
following settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Target number: 1

Initiator iSCSI name: Linux

%autargetini -unit df850 -rm 0 A -tno 1 -iname Linux
Are you sure you want to delete the initiator information?
(y/n [n]): y
The initiator information has been deleted successfully.
%

Adding a CHAP user

To add a CHAP user:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to add
the CHAP User and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auchapuser command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

A88

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

Target number: 1

CHAP user name: mng001

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

%auchapuser -unit df850 -add 0 A -user mng001 -tno 0

Are you sure you want to add the CHAP user information?
(y/n [n]): y
Please input Secret.
Secret: authentication-password
Re-enter Secret: authentication-password
The CHAP user information has been added successfully.
%

Changing CHAP user information

To change CHAP User information:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
change the CHAP User information and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auchapuser command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

CHAP user name: mng001

Current assigned target number: 0

New assigned target number: 1

%auchapuser -unit df850 -assign 0 A -user mng001 -tno 1
Are you sure you want to assign the target(s)?
(y/n [n]): y
The target(s) have been assigned successfully.
%

Deleting CHAP user

To delete a CHAP user:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to
delete the CHAP User and connect to the array.
2. Execute the auchapuser command to specify the array. Use the following
settings:

Array name: df850

Controller: 0

Port: A

CHAP user name: mng001

%auchapuser -unit df850 -rm 0 A -user mng001
Are you sure you want to delete the CHAP user information?
(y/n [n]): y
The CHAP user information has been deleted successfully.
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A89

Modular Volume Migration

This section provides details on using the CLI for the following volume
migration tasks:

Installing

Enabling or disabling

Setting the DMLU

Setting a reserved LU

Executing Volume Migration

Changing the copy pace

Confirming Volume Migration pairs

Splitting Volume Migration Pairs

Installing
The Volume Migration feature is usually not selected (locked). To make it
available, you must install the Volume Migration feature and make its
functions selectable (unlocked). To install this function, the key code or
key file provided with the optional feature is required.
Before installing and uninstalling, make sure that the array is in normal
operating condition. If a failure such as a controller blockade has occurred,
installation and un-installation operations cannot be performed.
The following procedure describes how to install Volume Migration using
Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will install
the Volume Migration feature. Connect to the array.
2. Install the optional features by using the following:
The text in gray displays when the Cache Partition Manager is enabled.
% auopt -unit array-name -lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
When Cache Partition Manager is enabled, if the option using data pool will
be unlocked the default cache partition information will be restored.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
VOL-MIGRATION Permanent --Enable
N/A
%

Uninstalling
To uninstall Volume Migration, the key code provided with the optional
feature is required. Once uninstalled, Volume Migration cannot be used
(locked) until it is again installed using the key code or key file.

A90

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

The following conditions must be satisfied in order to uninstall Volume

Migration. All the Volume Migration pairs must have been released
(including the pair whose statuses are Completed or Error). There should be
no LUs registered as reserved LUs.
The following procedure describes how to uninstall Volume Migration, using
Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will uninstall
the Volume Migration feature. Connect to the array.
2. Uninstall the optional features by using the following:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to de-install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is de-installed successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Enabling or disabling
Volume Migration can be enabled or disabled without uninstalling this
function. The following procedure describes how to enable or disable
Volume Migration without uninstalling this function using the CLI version of
Storage Navigator Modular 2.
The following conditions must be satisfied in order to disable Volume
Migration. All of the Volume Migration pairs must have been released
(including the pair whose statuses are Completed or Error). There should be
no LUs registered as reserved LUs.
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will change
the status of the Volume Migration feature. Connect to the array.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable) of
the Volume Migration feature.
The following example shows how to change the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the st option.
% auopt -unit array-name -option VOL-MIGRATION -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
%

3. Execute the auopt command to verify that the Volume Migration feature
status has changed.
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
VOL-MIGRATIONPermanent --Disable
N/A
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A91

Setting the DMLU

The DMLU (Differential Management Logical Unit) is an exclusive logical unit
for storing the differential data during migration and is treated in the same
way as the other logical units. The DMLU must be created if it has not been
set. However, a logical unit that is set as the DMLU is not recognized by a
host (it is hidden).
Set a logical unit with a size of 10 GB minimum as the DMLU. It is
recommended that two DMLUs are set with the second one used for
mirroring.
To designate DMLUs:
1. From the command prompt, register the array on which you want to
create the DMLU and connect to that array.
2. Execute the audmlu command to create a DMLU.
This command first displays LUs that can be assigned as DMLUs and
later creates a DMLU.
% audmlu unit array-name availablelist
Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity
RAID Group DP Pool RAID Level Type
0
10.0 GB
0
N/A
5( 4D+1P) SAS
%
% audmlu unit array-name set -lu 0
Are you sure you want to set the DM-LU? (y/n [n]): y
The DM-LU has been set successfully.
%

Status
Normal

3. To release an already set DMLU, specify the rm and lu options in the

audmlu command.
% audmlu unit array-name rm -lu 0
Are you sure you want to release the DM-LU?
(y/n [n]): y
The DM-LU has been released successfully.
%

The following restrictions apply when Volume Migration, ShadowImage,

or SnapShot, TrueCopy, or TCE pairs exist, or SnapShot data pool is
defined, or the remote path of TrueCopy or TCE is defined.

A92

When two DMLUs are set, only one differential management LU

can be released.

When only one DMLU is set, the DMLU cannot be released.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Setting a reserved LU
NOTE: When the mapping mode is disabled, the host cannot access the LU
if it has been allocated to the reserved LU. Also when the mapping mode is
enabled, the host cannot access the LU if the mapped LU has been allocated
to the reserved LU.
WARNING! Systems or applications that use the specified LU may
terminate abnormally. Ensure that you stop host access to the LU
before performing this operation.

To set a reserved LU for Migration:

1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to set
a reserve LU, and then connect to the array.
2. Execute the aumvolmigration command to set a reserve LU.
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -availablelist -reservelu
Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity
RAID GroupDP Pool RAID Level Type Status
0
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
1
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
2
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
3
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
10
1.0 GB
1
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
11
1.0 GB
1
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
12
1.0 GB
1
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
13
1.0 GB
1
N/a5( 4D+1P)
SAS
Normal
%
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -add -lu 10
Are you sure you want to add the reserve LU?
(y/n [n]): y
If the mapping mode is disabled, host will be unable to access. Or if the
mapped
logical unit will be added to the reserve LU when the mapping mode is
enabled, host will be unable to access.
Systems or applications that use the specified logical unit will terminate
abnormally. Please make sure to stop host access to this logical unit before
performing this operation.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The reserve LU has been added successfully.
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A93

Deleting the reserved LU

Be careful when the host recognizes the LU that has been used by Volume
Migration. After releasing the Volume Migration pair or canceling Volume
Migration, delete the reserve LU or change the LU mapping.
To delete the reserved LU:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to
delete the reserve LU, and then connect to the array.
2. Execute the aumvolmigration command to delete the reserve LU.
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -rm -lu 10
Are you sure you want to delete the reserve LU?
(y/n [n]): y
The reserve LU has been deleted successfully.
%

Executing Volume Migration

To execute Volume Migration:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to
execute the migration, and then connect to the array.
2. Execute the aumvolmigration command to execute the migration.
3. Specify an S-VOL to be set as the reserve LU.
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -availablelist -pvol
Available Logical Units
LUN Capacity
RAID Group DP PoolRAID Level Type Status
0
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS Normal
1
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS Normal
2
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS Normal
3
1.0 GB
0
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS Normal
11
1.0 GB
1
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS Normal
12
1.0 GB
1
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS Normal
13
1.0 GB
1
N/A5( 4D+1P)
SAS Normal
%
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -create -pvol 0 -svol 10
Are you sure you want to create the pair and start the copy?
(y/n [n]): y
The copy has been started.
%

NOTE: Normal is selected for the Copy Pace in standard. If the copying
is made in Normal mode when the host I/O load is heavy, the host I/O
performance may deteriorate remarkably. Select Slow to prevent the
deterioration of the performance. Select Prior only when you want to
shorten the time to the completion of the copying in priority to the host I/
O performance in the time period when the P-VOL is rarely accessed.

4. Execute the aumvolmigration command to display the pair status.

% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -refer -pair
Pair
P-VOL S-VOL Capacity
Copy Pace Owner
Pair Status
0 10 1.0 GB Normal
AMS/WMS
Completed
%

A94

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Changing the copy pace

For the copy pace to be changed, a pair must be in the Copy or Waiting
status. Normal is selected for the Copy Pace in standard. If the copying is
made in Normal mode when the host I/O load is heavy, the host I/O
performance may deteriorate remarkably. Select Slow to prevent the
deterioration of the performance. Select Prior only when you want to
shorten the time to the completion of the copying in priority to the host I/
O performance in the time period when the P-VOL is rarely accessed.
To change the copy pace:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to
change the copy pace, and then connect to the array.
2. Execute the aumvolmigration command to change the copy pace.

% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -chg -pvol 0 -svol 10 -pace slow

Are you sure you want to change the copy pace?
(y/n [n]): y
The copy pace has been changed.
%

Confirming Volume Migration pairs

To confirm the Volume Migration pairs:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to
confirm the volume migration pairs, and then connect to the array.
2. Execute the aumvolmigration command to confirm the volume
migration pairs.
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name -refer
Reserve LU
Status
LUN Capacity
RAID Group
Reserve
10
1.0 GB
1
Pair
P-VOL
0
%

S-VOL
10

Capacity
1.0 GB

Copy Pace
Slow

DP PoolRAID Level
Type
N/A 5( 4D+1P) SAS

Owner
AMS/WMS

Pair Status
Completed

Splitting Volume Migration Pairs

A pair can be released if it is in the Completed or Error status. To release
the Volume Migration pair:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to
release the volume migration pairs, and then connect to the array.
2. Execute the aumvolmigration command to release the volume migration
pairs.
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name split pvol 0 svol 10
Are you sure you want to split the pair?
(y/n [n]): y
The pair has been split.
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A95

Canceling Volume Migration pairs

A pair can be cancelled if it is in the Copy or Waiting status. The migration
cannot be temporarily stopped or resumed once it has been executed. When
the migration is canceled and then executed again, Volume Migration copies
of all the data again.
To cancel the Volume Migration pairs:
1. From the command prompt, register the array to which you want to
cancel the volume migration pairs, and then connect to the array.
2. Execute the aumvolmigration command to cancel the volume migration
pairs.
% aumvolmigration -unit array-name cancel pvol 0 svol 10
Are you sure you want to cancel the copy?
(y/n [n]): y
The copy has been canceled.
%

Limitations of Dirty Data Flush Number

The Dirty Data Flush Number is a setting that determines whether to limit
the number of process executions for initializing, or flushing, the used or,
dirty, data in the cache to the drive at the same time. This setting is effective
when Volume Migration is enabled. If the setting is enabled in an instance
when all the LUs in the array are created in the RAID group where the SAS
drives in the DP pool are configured with RAID 1 or RAID 1+0, the Dirty
Data Flush Number is limited. Also, the Write I/O time increases.
To address these conditions, disable the Dirty Data Flush Number Limit
when using Volume Migration. When the Dirty Data Flush Number Limit is
enabled in ShadowImage, disable the setting once, and then execute
Volume Migration. After completing this task, set the Dirty Data Flush
Number Limit to Enabled again.

A96

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

SNMP Agent Support Function

This section describes the basic operation procedures for SNMP Agent
Support Function. The following sections are included:

Installing

Enabling or disabling

Registering or referencing SNMP environment information

Installing
The SNMP Agent Support Function is usually non-selectable (locked); to
make it available, you must install the SNMP Agent Support Function and
make its functions selectable (unlocked). To install this function, an option
key code or key file provided with the optional feature is required.
The SNMP Agent Support Function is installed and uninstalled using
Storage Navigator Modular 2.

NOTE: Before installing and uninstalling, make sure that the array is in
normal operating condition. If a failure such as a controller blockade has
occurred, installation and un-installation operations cannot be performed.

1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will install
the SNMP Agent Support Function feature. Connect to the array.
2. Install the optional features by using the following examples:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
SNMP-AGENTPermanent --Enable
N/A
%

Uninstalling
The following steps describe SNMP Agent Support Function un-installation
using the CLI version of Storage Navigator Modular 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will uninstall
the SNMP Agent Support Function feature. Connect to the array.
2. Uninstall the optional features by using the either of the following
examples:

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A97

% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode manual-attached-keycode

Are you sure you want to de-install the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option is de-installed successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Enabling or disabling
The SNMP Agent Support Function can be enabled or disabled without uninstallation. The following instructions describe how to enable or disable it
without un-installation using the CLI version of Storage Navigator Modular
2.
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you will change
the SNMP Agent Support Function status. Connect to the array.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable).
3. To change the status from
4. disable to enable, enter enable after the st option, and see the
following examples:
% auopt -unit array-name -option SNMP-AGENT -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option?
(y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option Name
Type
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
SNMP-AGENTPermanent --Disable
N/A
%

Registering or referencing SNMP environment information

To register an array in which you want to enable SNMP Agent Support
feature:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the SNMP Agent Support Function. Connect to the array.
2. Execute the ausnmp command to specify the array.
% ausnmp -unit array-name -set -config config.txt -name name.txt
The SNMP environment information has been set successfully.
%

To reference an array:
1. From the command prompt, register the array in which you want to set
the SNMP Agent Support Function. Connect to the array.
2. Execute the ausnmp command to specify the array.
% ausnmp -unit array-name -get -config config.txt -name name.txt
Are you sure you want to save the SNMP environment information to the file? (y/n
[n]): y
The SNMP environment information has been saved to the file successfully.
%

A98

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Fibre Channel Option

This section describes the basic operation procedures for the Fibre Channel
Option. For a full description of the Fibre Channel option, see the Hitachi
Unified Storage Users Guide. The following sections are included:

Installing

Uninstalling

Enabling or Disabling

Confirming after Installation

Installing
Fibre Channel Option feature is usually un-selectable (locked); to make it
available, you must install Fibre Channel Option feature and make its
functions selectable (unlocked). To install this function, the key code or key
file provided with the optional feature is required.
Follow the instructions below to install Fibre Channel Option feature. Fibre
Channel Option is installed and uninstalled using the CLI version of
Navigator 2.

NOTE: The following are notes to consider for installing the Fibre Channel
option:

Installing, uninstalling, enabling, and disabling of Fibre Channel Option

feature are set for each disk array.

Before installing and uninstalling, make sure that the disk array is in
normal operating condition. If a failure such as a controller blockade
has occurred, installation and un-installation operations cannot be
performed.

The following instructions describe how to install Fibre Channel Option,

using the CLI version of Navigator 2:
1. From the command prompt, register the disk array in which you will
install Fibre Channel Option feature. Connect to the disk array.
2. Install the optional feature by using the following:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock off -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to unlock the option? (y/n [n]): y
The option is unlocked.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option NameType
Term
Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
FC-OPTIONPermanent --Enable
N/A
%

The Fibre Channel Option is installed and the status is Enable.

Installation of Fibre Channel Option is now complete.

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A99

Uninstalling
Follow the instructions below to uninstall Fibre Channel Option. When it is
uninstalled, Fibre Channel Option is not available (locked) until it is
installed by the key code.
To uninstall Fibre Channel Option, the key code provided with the Fibre
Channel Option feature is required. Follow the instructions below to
uninstall Fibre Channel Option.
1. From the command prompt, connect the disk array in which you will
uninstall Fibre Channel Option feature.
2. Uninstall the optional features by using the following:
% auopt -unit array-name -lock on -keycode manual-attached-keycode
Are you sure you want to lock the option? (y/n [n]): y
When the option to lock is Fibre Channel Option, it becomes unusable from PortA to PortD.
Please make sure that Fibre Channel Cable is not connected to these ports.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The option is locked.
%
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
DMEC002015: No information displayed.
%

Enabling or Disabling
Fibre Channel Option feature can be set to Disable or Enable depending on
the conditions in which the feature has been installed. The following
paragraphs describe a CLI procedure for setting the feature to Disable or
Enable while Fibre Channel Option feature stays in an installed state.
1. From the command prompt, connect the disk array in which you will
change the status of Fibre Channel Option feature.
2. Execute the auopt command to change the status (enable or disable) of
Fibre Channel Option feature.
The following is an example of how to change the status from enable to
disable. To change the status from disable to enable, enter enable after
the st option.
% auopt -unit array-name -option FC-OPTION -st disable
Are you sure you want to disable the option? (y/n [n]): y
After you disable Fibre Channel Option, it becomes unusable from PortA to PortD.
Please make sure that Fibre Channel Cable is not connected to these ports.
Do you want to continue processing? (y/n [n]): y
The option has been set successfully.
%

3. Execute the auopt command to verify that Fibre Channel Option feature
status has changed.
% auopt -unit array-name -refer
Option NameType
Term Status
Reconfigure Memory Status
FC-OPTIONPermanent --Disable
N/A
%

A100

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Confirming after Installation

To confirm the Host Connectors status:
1. From the command prompt, connect the disk array in which you will
display the status of Host Connectors.
2. Execute the auparts command to display Host Connectors information.
The example is shown below.
% auparts unit disk array-name
Controller
CTL
Status
0
Normal
1
Normal
Cache
CTL
0
1

Slot
0
0

Capacity(MB)
4096
4096

Interface Board
CTL
Interface Board
0
1
1
1
Battery
Battery

0
1

Status
Normal
Normal

Type
Fibre Channel
Fibre Channel

Status
Normal
Normal

Host Connector
Port Status
0A Normal
0B Normal
0C Normal
0D Normal
1A Normal
1B Normal
1C Normal
1D Normal
Fan
:
:
%

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

A101

A102

CLI-based storage feature tasks

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Glossary
This glossary provides definitions of general storage networking
terms as well as specific terms related to the technology that
supports Hitachi Data Systems products. Click the letter of the
glossary section to display that page.

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary1
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

1000BASE-T
A specification for Gigabit Ethernet over copper wire. The standard
defines 1 Gbps data transfer over distances of up to 100 meters using
four pairs of Category 5 balanced copper cabling and a 5-level coding
scheme.

A
Array
A set of hard disks grouped logically together to function as one
contiguous storage space.

ATA
Advanced Technology Attachment, a disk drive implementation that
integrates the controller on the disk drive.

B
BIOS
Basic Input Output System, built-in software code that determines the
functions that a computing device can perform without accessing
programs from a disk.

Bps
Bits per second, the standard measure of data transmission speeds.

BSD syslog protocol

This protocol has been used for the transmission of event notification
messages across networks for many years. While this protocol was
originally developed on the University of California Berkeley Software
Distribution (BSD) TCP/IP system implementations, its value to
operations and management has led it to be ported to many other
operating systems as well as being embedded into many other
networked devices.

C
Cache
A temporary, high-speed storage mechanism. It is a reserved section of
main memory or an independent high-speed storage device. Two types
of caching are found in computers: memory caching and disk caching.
Memory caches are built into the architecture of microprocessors and
often computers have external cache memory. Disk caching works like

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary2
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

memory caching; however, it uses slower, conventional main memory

that on some devices is called a memory buffer.

Capacity
The amount of information (usually expressed in megabytes) that can
be stored on a disk drive. It is the measure of the potential contents of
a device; the volume it can contain or hold. In communications,
capacity refers to the maximum possible data transfer rate of a
communications channel under ideal conditions.

Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol

A security protocol that requires users to enter a secret for access.

CHAP
See Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol.

command control interface (CCI)

Hitachi's Command Control Interface software provides command line
control of Hitachi array and software operations through the use of
commands issued from a system host. Hitachis CCI also provides a
scripting function for defining multiple operations.

command line interface (CLI)

A method of interacting with an operating system or software using a
command line interpreter. With Hitachis Storage Navigator Modular
Command Line Interface, CLI is used to interact with and manage
Hitachi storage and replication systems.

D
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, allows a computer to join an IPbased network without having a pre-configured IP address. DHCP is a
protocol that assigns unique IP addresses to devices, then releases and
renews these addresses as devices leave and re-join the network.

Differential Management Logical Unit (DMLU)

The volumes used to manage differential data in a storage system. In a
TrueCopy Extended Distance system, there may be up to two DM
logical units configured per storage system. For Copy-on-Write and
ShadowImage, the DMLU is an exclusive volume used for storing data
when the array system is powered down.

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary3
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Duplex
The transmission of data in either one or two directions. Duplex modes
are full-duplex and half-duplex. Full-duplex is the simultaneous
transmission of data in two direction. For example, a telephone is a fullduplex device, because both parties can talk at once. In contrast, a
walkie-talkie is a half-duplex device because only one party can
transmit at a time.

E
Ethernet
A local area network technology based on packetized transmissions
between physical ports over a variety of electrical and optical media.

F
Fabric
The hardware that connects workstations and servers to storage
devices in a SAN. The SAN fabric enables any-server-to-any-storage
device connectivity through the use of fibre channel switching
technology.

FC
Fibre channel.

Firmware
Software embedded into a storage device. It may also be referred to as
Microcode.

Full-duplex
The concurrent transmission and the reception of data on a single link.

G
Gbps
Gigabit per second.

GUI
Graphical user interface.

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary4
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

H
HBA
Host bus adapter, a circuit board and/or integrated circuit adapter
installed in a workstation or server that provides input/output
processing and physical connectivity between a server and a storage
device. An iSCSI HBA implements the iSCSI and TCP/IP protocols in a
combination of a software storage driver and hardware.

HDD
Hard disk drive.

I
Initiator
A system component that originates an I/O command over an I/O bus
or network, such as an I/O adapters or network interface cards.

I/O
Input/output.

IP
Internet Protocol, specifies the format of packets and addressing
scheme. Most networks combine IP with a higher-level protocol called
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), which establishes a virtual
connection between a destination and a source.

IP address
An identifier for a computer or device on a TCP/IP network. Networks
using the TCP/IP protocol route messages based on the IP address of
the destination. The format of an IP address is a 32-bit numeric
address written as four numbers separated by periods. Each number
can be zero to 255 (for example, 192.168.0.200).

IP-SAN
Block-level Storage Area Networks over TCP/IP using the iSCSI
protocol.

iSCSI
Internet SCSI, an IP-based standard for connecting data storage
devices over a network and transferring data using SCSI commands
over IP networks. iSCSI enables a Storage Area Network to be
deployed in a Local Area Network.

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary5
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

iSNS
Internet Storage Name Service, a protocol that allows automated
discovery, management and configuration of iSCSI devices on a TCP/IP
network.

L
LAN
Local Area Network, a computer network that spans a relatively small
area, such as a single building or group of buildings.

LU
Logical unit.

LUN
Logical unit number.

M
Middleware
Software that connects two otherwise separate applications. For
example, a middleware product can be used to link a database system
to a Web server. Using forms, users request data from the database;
then, based on the user's requests and profile, the Web server returns
dynamic Web pages to the user.

MIB
Message Information Block.

N
NIC
Network Interface Card, an expansion board in a computer that allows
the computer to connect to a network.

NTP
Network Time Protocol, a protocol for synchronizing the clocks of
computer systems over packet-switched, variable-latency data

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary6
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

networks. NTP uses UDP port 123 as its transport layer. It is designed
particularly to resist the effects of variable latency (jitter).

P
Pool volume
A pool volume is used to store backup versions of files, archive copies
of files, and files migrated from other storage.

primary volume (P-VOL)

The storage volume in a volume pair. It is used as the source of a copy
operation. In copy operations a copy source volume is called the P-VOL
while the copy destination volume is called S-VOL (secondary volume).

R
RAID
Redundant Array of Independent Disks, a disk array in which part of the
physical storage capacity is used to store redundant information about
user data stored on the remainder of the storage capacity. The
redundant information enables regeneration of user data in the event
that one of the array's member disks or the access path to it fails.
SNIA.

RAID 6
An extension of the RAID 5 array, that allows for two simultaneous
drive failures without downtime or data loss.recovery point objective
(RPO).
After a recovery operation, the recovery point objective (RPO) is the
maximum desired time period, prior to a disaster, in which changes to
data may be lost. This measure determines up to what point in time
data should be recovered. Data changes preceding the disaster are
preserved by recovery.

S
SAN
Storage Area Network, a network of shared storage devices that
contain disks for storing data.

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary7
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

SAS
Serial Attached SCSI, an evolution of parallel SCSI into a point-to-point
serial peripheral interface in which controllers are linked directly to disk
drives. SAS delivers improved performance over traditional SCSI
because SAS enables up to 128 devices of different sizes and types to
be connected simultaneously.

SCSI
Small Computer System Interface, a parallel interface standard that
provides faster data transmission rates than standard serial and parallel
ports.

Session
A series of communications or exchanges of data between two end
points that occurs during the span of a single connection. The session
begins when the connection is established at both ends, and terminates
when the connection is ended. For some applications each session is
related to a particular port. In this document a session is the exchange
of data between groups of primary and secondary volumes.

secondary volume (S-VOL)

A replica of the primary volume (P-VOL) at the time of a backup and is
kept on a standby storage system. Recurring differential data updates
are performed to keep the data in the S-VOL consistent with data in the
P-VOL.

SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, a protocol used to receive and store
email data directly from email servers.

Software initiator
A software application initiator communicates with a target device. A
software initiator does not require specialized hardware because all
processing is done in software, using standard network adapters.

Storage Navigator Modular 2

A multi-featured scalable storage management application that is used
to configure and manage the storage functions of Hitachi arrays. Also
referred to as Navigator 2.

Subnet
In computer networks, a subnet or subnetwork is a range of logical
addresses within the address space that is assigned to an organization.
Subnetting is a hierarchical partitioning of the network address space of
an organization (and of the network nodes of an autonomous system)
into several subnets. Routers constitute borders between subnets.

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary8
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Communication to and from a subnet is mediated by one specific port

of one specific router, at least momentarily. SNIA.

Switch
A network infrastructure component to which multiple nodes attach.
Unlike hubs, switches typically have internal bandwidth that is a
multiple of link bandwidth, and the ability to rapidly switch node
connections from one to another. A typical switch can accommodate
several simultaneous full link bandwidth transmissions between
different pairs of nodes. SNIA.

T
Target
Devices that receive iSCSI requests that originate from an iSCSI
initiator.

TCP Offload Engine (TOE)

A dedicated chip or adapter that handles much of the TCP/IP processing
directly in hardware. TCP/IP transmission is inherently a CPU-intensive
operation. Therefore, using dedicated hardware that can operate in
parallel with the main processor allows for superior system
performance. Although all iSCSI HBAs have a TOE, a generic TOE only
implements TCP/IP, while an iSCSI HBA implements the iSCSI protocol
in addition to TCP/IP.

U
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
UDP is one of the core protocols of the Internet protocol suite. Using
UDP, programs on networked computers can send short messages
sometimes known as datagrams (using Datagram Sockets) to one
another.
UDP does not guarantee reliability or ordering in the way that TCP does.
Datagrams may arrive out of order, appear duplicated, or go missing
without notice. Avoiding the overhead of checking whether every
packet actually arrived makes UDP faster and more efficient, at least
for applications that do not need guaranteed delivery. Time-sensitive
applications often use UDP because dropped packets are preferable to
delayed packets. UDP's stateless nature is also useful for servers that
answer small queries from huge numbers of clients. Unlike TCP, UDP is
compatible with packet broadcast (sending to all on local network) and
multicasting (send to all subscribers).

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary9
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

W
World Wide Name (WWN)
A unique identifier for an open systems host. It consists of a 64-bit
physical address (the IEEE 48-bit format with a 12-bit extension and a
4-bit prefix). The WWN is essential for defining the SANtinel
parameters because it determines whether the open systems host is to
be allowed or denied access to a specified logical unit or a group of
logical units.

D E

G H I

K L

M N O P

Q R S T

U V W X Y Z

Glossary10
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Index
A
Account Authentication
disabling (CLI) A-4
enabling (CLI) A-4
uninstalling (CLI) A-4
Account Information
adding (CLI) A-6
account information file 3-267
adding
a Host Group (CLI) A-74
a target (CLI) A-82
CHAP user (CLI) A-86
Administration Mode 1-2
Administrative Mode
setting a password 3-270
array status
displaying 3-31
assignable WWN
selecting and adding (CLI) A-77
aucache 3-35
aucrlan command 3-46
Audit Log
disabling (CLI) A-17
enabling (CLI) A-17
installing (CLI) A-16
uninstalling (CLI) A-17
audrive command 3-33
auformat command 3-66
auformatst command 3-68
auinfomsg 3-47
auluadd command 3-62
auluref command 3-60
auparts command 3-38
aupartsopt command 3-44
aureplicationremote -create 3-340
aurev command 3-32
aurgadd command 3-54
aurgdel command 3-58
aurgexp command 3-56

aurgref command 3-52

automatic registering 3-19, 3-24
autruecopyopt -refer 3-355
autruecopyopt -set 3-355
auunitadd command 3-25
auunitaddauto command 3-24
auunitchg command 3-28
auunitdel command 3-29
auunitid command 3-48
auunitinfo 3-49
auunitref command 3-23

B
boot option 3-107

C
cache
configuration 3-35
cache configuration
displaying 3-35
Cache Residency Manager
enabling/disabling

CLI A-64
installing

CLI A-63
uninstalling

CLI A-64
changing
CHAP user (CLI) A-87
host group name (CLI) A-77
initiator (CLI) A-85
target information (CLI) A-84
WWN nick name(CLI) A-79
changing registration information 3-28
CHAP user 3-142
adding (CLI) A-86
changing (CLI) A-87
deleting (CLI) A-87
CLI A-3
adding

Index-1
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Account Information A-6

adding DP pool capacity 6-13

canceling DP optimization 6-19
changing DP pool thresholds 6-10
changing DP-VOL capacity 6-15
checking the progress of DP optimization 6-

creating a DP-VOL 6-14

Creating a new DP pool 6-9
deleting a DP pool 6-11
deleting a DP-VOL from a DP pool 6-14
disabling A-4, A-17, A-98
enabling A-4, A-17
enabling or disabling Dynamic
Provisioning 6-7
installing A-16, A-88, A-97
installing Dynamic Provisioning 6-2
managing DP pool information 6-16
managing DP pools 6-9
managing DP-VOLS 6-14
optimizing DP 6-18
optimizing the DP pool 6-18
recovering a DP pool 6-12
saving DP pool trend information to a file 6-

uninstalling A-4, A-17, A-98

viewing DP pool trend information 6-16
CLI commands vs CCIs for local repl 3-323, 4-

CLI commands vs CCIs for remote repl 3-356,

5-31

CLI operations 6-1

Commands
aupool 3-305, 4-8
aureplicationlocal -availablelist 3-302, 4-4
aureplicationlocal -chg 3-315, 4-21
aureplicationlocal -create 3-306, 4-9
aureplicationlocal -refer 3-299, 4-2
aureplicationlocal -restore 3-312, 4-17
aureplicationlocal -resync 3-311, 4-15
aureplicationlocal -simplex 3-314, 4-19
aureplicationlocal -split 3-309, 4-12
aureplicationmon -evwait 3-317, 4-23
aureplicationmon -syncwait 3-352, 5-29
aureplicationremote -availablelist 3-327, 5-

aureplicationremote -chg 3-350, 5-27

aureplicationremote -create 3-341, 5-16
aureplicationremote -refer 3-324, 5-2
aureplicationremote -resync 3-345, 5-21
aureplicationremote -simplex 3-348, 5-25
aureplicationremote -split 3-343, 5-19
aureplicationremote -swap 3-347, 5-23
aureplicationvvol 3-303, 4-6
aurmtpath -delete 3-336, 5-13
aurmtpath -reconst 3-335, 5-12
aurmtpath -refer 3-328, 5-6
aurmtpath -set 3-331, 5-8
aurmtpath -target 3-334, 5-10

autruecopyopt -refer 3-338, 5-14

commands
administration 3-19
device 3-131
displaying syntax 3-19
format 3-18
help 3-20
list 3-3
list by device type 3-10
overview 3-2
registering an array 3-22
specifications 3-16
standard 3-18
commands to display array status
aucache 3-35
aucrlan 3-46
audrive 3-33
auparts 3-38
aurev 3-32
ausupply 3-36
auunitid 3-48
auunitinfo 3-49
common parameters 3-160
component parts
displaying status 3-38
component status
battery 3-36
displaying 3-36
ENC 3-36
fan 3-36
loop 3-36
power supply 3-36
conditions
for disabling Volume Migration A-89
for uninstalling Volume Migration A-89
configuration file output and setting by file,
commands
auconstitute 3-178, 3-182
ausyspout 3-158
configuration file setting by file, commands
auconfigset 3-176
ausyspset 3-174
configuration setup, commands
auadditionalunit 3-152
auchapuser 3-142
aucmddev 3-131
audmlu 3-138
auemailalert 3-148
aufibre1 3-120
auhicopy 3-136
auhostresp 3-156
auiscsi 3-139
auisns 3-141
aulanport 3-152
aulocateled 3-150
aulupre 3-135
auonlineverify 3-129
auopt 3-124
aureboot 3-133

Index-2
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

ausnmp 3-147
auspare 3-122
ausslopt 3-155
auups 3-155
configuration, commands
auping 3-145
controller
parameters 3-163
controller ID
referencing 3-48
current IP address
displaying 3-46
Cycle Over Report 3-338, 5-14
cycle time 3-338, 5-14

D
deleting
CHAP user (CLI) A-87
detected WWN (CLI) A-80
host group (CLI) A-78
initiator (CLI) A-86
target (CLI) A-85
WWN (CLI) A-79
deleting registration information 3-29
Deleting the RAID group 3-58
detected WWN
deleting (CLI) A-80
disabling (CLI) A-4, A-17, A-98
displaying
array status 3-31
command syntax 3-19
registration information 3-23
displaying cache configuration 3-35
displaying command syntax 3-19
displaying current IP address 3-46
displaying drive configuration 3-32, 3-33
displaying equipment information 3-49
displaying firmware revision 3-32
displaying logical unit formatting progress 3-68
displaying status of components 3-36
displaying the information messages 3-47
displaying the status of component parts 3-38
DM-LU 3-138
drive
configuration 3-33
drive configuration
displaying 3-33

E
enabling (CLI) A-4, A-17, A-98
enabling/disabling LUN Manager (CLI) A-73
equipment ID
referencing 3-48
equipment information 3-49
displaying 3-49
errors, monitoring 3-249, 3-254
expanding a RAID group 3-56

F
fee-based option 3-124
fibre channel 3-120
Fibre Channel Option
disabling (CLI) A-98
installing (CLI) A-97
uninstalling (CLI) A-98
Fibre Channel Option r
enabling (CLI) A-98
firmware
revision 3-32
updating 3-295
firmware revision
displaying 3-32
formatting a logical unit 3-66

G
GUI

enabling A-98
setting

Syslog Server Information A-18

H
HDU, spare 3-122
help
commands 3-20
option, command 3-19
Hi-Copy information 3-136
Host Group
adding (CLI) A-74
host group
deleting (CLI) A-78
host group 0
initializing (CLI) A-78
host group name
changing (CLI) A-77
Host Group Option
setting (CLI) A-75
Host Group security
setting (CLI) A-74
host storage domain, commands
auhgdef 3-208
auhgmap 3-206
auhgopt 3-191
auhgout 3-210
auhgset 3-212
auhgwnn 3-186

I
information messages 3-47
displaying 3-47
initializing
host group 0 (CLI) A-78
target 000 (CLI) A-85
initiator
changing (CLI) A-85
deleting (CLI) A-86

Index-3
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

initiator information 3-218

installing 2-7
LUN Manager (CLI) A-72
Navigator 2 2-7
installing (CLI) A-16, A-88, A-97
installing Cache Residency Manager
CLI A-63
IP address 3-46
IPv6
supported platforms 2-6
iSCSI
port 3-139
target information 3-215
target mapping 3-233
target options 3-221
iSNS
information 3-141

L
LAN

referencing and setting 3-102

setting information online 3-114
logical unit
definition 1-2
formatting 3-66
formatting progress 3-68
referencing 3-60
setting 3-62
LU A-89
cache partition 3-84
change size 3-86
defaut controller 3-74
deleting 3-71
expanding 3-71
formatting 3-66
invalidating 3-78
pre-fetch information 3-135
progress of formatting 3-68
reassigning 3-79
referencing 3-60
referencing unified LU 3-75
restoring 3-80
separating LUs 3-76
setting up 3-62
unifying LUs 3-76
LUN
definition 1-2
LUN Expansion
definition 1-2
LUN Manager
enabling/disabling (CLI) A-73
installing (CLI) A-72
uninstalling (CLI) A-73

M
maintenance port 3-110
managing DP pools from the command line 6-9
managing DP-VOLs from the command line 6-14
mapping

guard 3-82
messages, information 3-47
modes
Administration Mode 1-2
Management Mode 1-2
Modular Volume Migration
installing (CLI) A-88
monitoring errors, commands
auerralertopt 3-254
auerroralert 3-249
auextprog 3-248

N
NAS
system LU 3-239
user LU 3-242
Navigator 2
about 1-2
features 1-2, 1-4
functions 1-5
modes 1-2
program products 1-4
software applications 1-4
NNC
LAN 3-237
parameters 3-236
status 3-244
NNC parameters, commands
aunassyslu 3-239
aunasuserlu 3-242
aunnc 3-244
aunnclan 3-237

O
obtaining performance information, commands
auperform 3-272
aupfmstatiscfg 3-293

P
parameters
lu ownership tuning 3-266
LU tuning 3-261
multi-stream tuning 3-264
NNC 3-236
prefetch tuning 3-262
system 3-89
tuning 3-258
parity correction online 3-81
parts options
referencing 3-44
password
setting in Administration Mode 3-270
performance file 3-272
performance statistics 3-293
ping, sending 3-145
port
option 3-104
setting TCP/IP 3-21

Index-4
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

provisioning attributes 6-20

Q
quick format option 3-69

R
RAID Group
definition 1-2
referencing 3-52
setting up 3-54
RAID group
deleting 3-58
expanding 3-56
referencing 3-52
RAID/LU
setting information 3-176
RAID/LU, commands
amapguard 3-82
auformat 3-66
auformatst 3-68
auluadd 3-62
aulucachept 3-84
auluchg 3-74
auluchgsize 3-86
aulucorrect 3-81
auludel 3-71
auluexp 3-71
auluinvalidate 3-78
aulumrg 3-76
aulureallocate 3-79
auluref 3-60
aulurestoration 3-80
aumludiv 3-76
aumluref 3-75
auquickfmtopt 3-69
aurgref 3-52
rebooting arrays 3-133
referencing controller ID 3-48
referencing equipment ID 3-48
referencing logical unit 3-60
referencing parts options 3-44
referencing RAID Group 3-52
registering an array 3-22
registration
automatic 3-24
changing 3-28
deleting 3-29
diplaying 3-23
manual 3-25
registration information
changing 3-28
deleting 3-29
RTC 3-100

S
selecting and adding assignable WWN (CLI) Asetting

Host Group Option (CLI) A-75

Host Group security (CLI) A-74
logical unit (CLI) A-83
setting up a logical unit 3-62
setting up RAID Group 3-54
snmp environment 3-147
statistical information 3-271
syntax, command 3-19
Syslog Server Information
setting (CLI) A-18
system
parameters 3-95, 3-174
parameters online 3-92
system parameter, commands
aubootopt 3-107
aulan 3-102
aumaintelan 3-110
auonlan 3-114
auonsysprm 3-92
auportop 3-104
aurtc 3-100
ausysparam 3-95
ausystemparam 3-89
autimezone 3-109
system requirements 2-2
AIX 2-4
HP-UX 2-4
IRIX 2-5
Linux 2-5
Solaris 2-4
Solaris (x86, 32 bits OS) 2-4
Windows 2-2

T
target
adding (CLI) A-82
deleting (CLI) A-85
iSCSI 3-215
target 000
initializing (CLI) A-85
target information
changing (CLI) A-84
target information, commands
autargetdef 3-215
autargetini 3-218
autargetmap 3-233
autargetopt 3-221
TCP/IP port number 3-21
setting 3-20
time zone 3-109
tuning parameters, commands
aulutuning 3-261
ausystuning 3-258
autuningluown 3-266
autuningmultistream 3-264
autuningprefetch 3-262

U
uninstalling 2-13

Index-5
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

LUN Manager (CLI) A-73

uninstalling (CLI) A-4, A-17, A-98
uninstalling Cache Residency Manager
CLI A-64
uninstalling optional features A-64
updating 2-11
Navigator 2 2-11

V
Volume Migration See Modular Volume Migration

W
WWN
deleting (CLI) A-79
WWN nick name
changing (CLI) A-79

Index-6
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Hitachi Data Systems

Corporate Headquarters
750 Central Expressway
Santa Clara, California 95050-2627
U.S.A.
www.hds.com
Regional Contact Information
Americas
+1 408 970 1000
info@hds.com
Europe, Middle East, and Africa
+44 (0)1753 618000
info.emea@hds.com
Asia Pacific
+852 3189 7900
hds.marketing.apac@hds.com

MK-91DF8276-04

Hitachi Unified Storage - Operations Gui PDF
No ratings yet
Hitachi Unified Storage - Operations Gui PDF
580 pages
Hitachi Unified Storage - Operations Gui
No ratings yet
Hitachi Unified Storage - Operations Gui
580 pages
Horcm
No ratings yet
Horcm
5 pages
Lab1 Lab2
No ratings yet
Lab1 Lab2
17 pages
Getting The Most Out of Your OSA Adapter With Z OS Communications Server
No ratings yet
Getting The Most Out of Your OSA Adapter With Z OS Communications Server
57 pages
PowerShell SSH Remoting Guide
No ratings yet
PowerShell SSH Remoting Guide
11 pages
IBM DS8900F Performance Best Practices and Monitoring
No ratings yet
IBM DS8900F Performance Best Practices and Monitoring
294 pages
CCI Host Quick Reference - SCW
No ratings yet
CCI Host Quick Reference - SCW
2 pages
HP Integrity BL860c I4, BL870c I4 & BL890c I4 Server Blade Installation Guide
No ratings yet
HP Integrity BL860c I4, BL870c I4 & BL890c I4 Server Blade Installation Guide
28 pages
Solaris To Linux Migration
No ratings yet
Solaris To Linux Migration
450 pages
CIS Amazon Linux 2023 Benchmark v1.0.0
No ratings yet
CIS Amazon Linux 2023 Benchmark v1.0.0
780 pages
AIX Basics (OS Installation, Boot Up Process and Rootvg Filesystem Structure)
No ratings yet
AIX Basics (OS Installation, Boot Up Process and Rootvg Filesystem Structure)
7 pages
Solaris Zones Clone
No ratings yet
Solaris Zones Clone
15 pages
RHEL 8 iSCSI Storage with DRBD & Pacemaker
No ratings yet
RHEL 8 iSCSI Storage with DRBD & Pacemaker
19 pages
Procedure For HORCM and RAIDCOM
No ratings yet
Procedure For HORCM and RAIDCOM
4 pages
IBM System Storage DS8000 Architecture and Implementation
No ratings yet
IBM System Storage DS8000 Architecture and Implementation
656 pages
Install Guide: Openstack Contributors
No ratings yet
Install Guide: Openstack Contributors
131 pages
IBM Enterprise Storage Server
No ratings yet
IBM Enterprise Storage Server
364 pages
Raidcom Provisioning On The VSP
No ratings yet
Raidcom Provisioning On The VSP
8 pages
IBM DS8000 Performance Monitoring and Tuning
No ratings yet
IBM DS8000 Performance Monitoring and Tuning
600 pages
NCA SlideDeck
No ratings yet
NCA SlideDeck
160 pages
AppSync 4.0 Installation and Configuration Guide PDF
No ratings yet
AppSync 4.0 Installation and Configuration Guide PDF
46 pages
Power System Firmware Update (HMC)
No ratings yet
Power System Firmware Update (HMC)
28 pages
IBM FlashSystem 5300 Redbook
No ratings yet
IBM FlashSystem 5300 Redbook
56 pages
Deep Z Functionality Right From Your Shell: Z Open Automation Utilities
No ratings yet
Deep Z Functionality Right From Your Shell: Z Open Automation Utilities
4 pages
Configuring Networker Ports With Firewall
No ratings yet
Configuring Networker Ports With Firewall
12 pages
Suse Linux Enterprise Server Ds
No ratings yet
Suse Linux Enterprise Server Ds
11 pages
SELinux and AppArmor: An Introductory Comparison
100% (2)
SELinux and AppArmor: An Introductory Comparison
6 pages
Link Aggregation For The Z/VM Virtual Switch: Brian W. Hugenbruch, CISSP Z/VM Development Team, IBM: Endicott, NY, USA
No ratings yet
Link Aggregation For The Z/VM Virtual Switch: Brian W. Hugenbruch, CISSP Z/VM Development Team, IBM: Endicott, NY, USA
51 pages
Set Up Linux On IBM System Z For Production: Front Cover
No ratings yet
Set Up Linux On IBM System Z For Production: Front Cover
190 pages
Openvms Cluster
No ratings yet
Openvms Cluster
354 pages
Linux Administration Guide
100% (1)
Linux Administration Guide
58 pages
SVC 7.2 Implementation
100% (1)
SVC 7.2 Implementation
930 pages
Hands-On With BTRFS: Course ATT1800 Lecture Manual September 6,2012
No ratings yet
Hands-On With BTRFS: Course ATT1800 Lecture Manual September 6,2012
52 pages
The Leader in Assured Content Delivery, Data Storage, and Load Balancing Presents Network Attached Storage (NAS) and Storage Area Networks (SAN)
No ratings yet
The Leader in Assured Content Delivery, Data Storage, and Load Balancing Presents Network Attached Storage (NAS) and Storage Area Networks (SAN)
16 pages
Z/VM Installation Guide
No ratings yet
Z/VM Installation Guide
24 pages
EMC VNX For File Simulator - Installation and Configuration PDF
No ratings yet
EMC VNX For File Simulator - Installation and Configuration PDF
18 pages
Connect Direct
No ratings yet
Connect Direct
128 pages
IBM DS3300 - Command Line Scripting
No ratings yet
IBM DS3300 - Command Line Scripting
548 pages
Red Hat Virtualization-4.4-Installing Red Hat Virtualization As A Standalone Manager With Local Databases-En-Us
No ratings yet
Red Hat Virtualization-4.4-Installing Red Hat Virtualization As A Standalone Manager With Local Databases-En-Us
89 pages
Unified Storage Architecture Enabling Today's Dynamic Data Center
No ratings yet
Unified Storage Architecture Enabling Today's Dynamic Data Center
14 pages
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server Security Guide
No ratings yet
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server Security Guide
472 pages
Dell EMC VPLEX CLI Reference Guide R6.2
0% (1)
Dell EMC VPLEX CLI Reference Guide R6.2
562 pages
Veritas Cluster 2.0
No ratings yet
Veritas Cluster 2.0
383 pages
Cis Ibm Aix 5.3-6.1 Benchmark v1.0.0
100% (1)
Cis Ibm Aix 5.3-6.1 Benchmark v1.0.0
240 pages
z/OS Access via TN3270, SSH, FTP
No ratings yet
z/OS Access via TN3270, SSH, FTP
16 pages
Kubernetes Platform Comparison
No ratings yet
Kubernetes Platform Comparison
18 pages
Connect Direct For Windows
No ratings yet
Connect Direct For Windows
68 pages
SymmHealthCheck Jun2003
No ratings yet
SymmHealthCheck Jun2003
27 pages
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide
No ratings yet
Hitachi Unified Storage Command Line Interface Reference Guide
688 pages
Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI Reference Guide
No ratings yet
Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 CLI Reference Guide
464 pages
Bti7800 Cli Ref Guide
No ratings yet
Bti7800 Cli Ref Guide
298 pages
Schneider Electric Battery-Management AP9922 User Guidance
No ratings yet
Schneider Electric Battery-Management AP9922 User Guidance
132 pages
Ams 2000
No ratings yet
Ams 2000
262 pages
Storageworks Msa1000
No ratings yet
Storageworks Msa1000
52 pages
All-Products Esuprt Ser Stor Net Esuprt Force10 Force10-S4820 Reference Guide2 En-Us
No ratings yet
All-Products Esuprt Ser Stor Net Esuprt Force10 Force10-S4820 Reference Guide2 En-Us
1,114 pages
Modicon: MCSESM, MCSESM-E Managed Switch User Manual Configuration
No ratings yet
Modicon: MCSESM, MCSESM-E Managed Switch User Manual Configuration
348 pages
FreeNAS 11.2 U3
No ratings yet
FreeNAS 11.2 U3
371 pages
FreeNAS 11.2
No ratings yet
FreeNAS 11.2
370 pages
Force10-S60 Reference Guide3 En-Us
No ratings yet
Force10-S60 Reference Guide3 En-Us
830 pages
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC C CCC CC CCC CCCCC CCC CCCCCCCC CCCC CCC CCC CCC CC CCCCC CCC C CCCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCC CCC C C CCCC CCC CC CC CCC C C
No ratings yet
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC C CCC CC CCC CCCCC CCC CCCCCCCC CCCC CCC CCC CCC CC CCCCC CCC C CCCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCC CCC C C CCCC CCC CC CC CCC C C
1 page
Database Vault Getting Started Guide
No ratings yet
Database Vault Getting Started Guide
56 pages
IU22 IE33 Vision 2012 SW FII
No ratings yet
IU22 IE33 Vision 2012 SW FII
42 pages
MAXSURF Resistance Quickstart TRNC02330-1-0001
No ratings yet
MAXSURF Resistance Quickstart TRNC02330-1-0001
8 pages
XD714
No ratings yet
XD714
1,003 pages
Course Outline
No ratings yet
Course Outline
1 page
Dr.ABE Material Management Guide
No ratings yet
Dr.ABE Material Management Guide
12 pages
Unwrapping Oracle PLSQL Guide
100% (1)
Unwrapping Oracle PLSQL Guide
18 pages
IBM BIOS POST Error Code List
No ratings yet
IBM BIOS POST Error Code List
4 pages
The Process: Ami Tri Cahyadi
No ratings yet
The Process: Ami Tri Cahyadi
24 pages
CSPro Version 6.0
0% (1)
CSPro Version 6.0
41 pages
Catálogo Total
No ratings yet
Catálogo Total
1 page
Org Four: Int 21H and INT 10H Programming and Macros
No ratings yet
Org Four: Int 21H and INT 10H Programming and Macros
31 pages
User'S Guide: HP Deskjet 420 Series Printer
No ratings yet
User'S Guide: HP Deskjet 420 Series Printer
24 pages
DocuCentre S2110 MM-En
No ratings yet
DocuCentre S2110 MM-En
4 pages
How To Make A Cartoon Style Cereal Box Logo in Adobe Illustrator CS3-1875802
No ratings yet
How To Make A Cartoon Style Cereal Box Logo in Adobe Illustrator CS3-1875802
23 pages
Lab 5: Plotting Seismic Wave Travel-Time Curves in Excel: Your Mission
No ratings yet
Lab 5: Plotting Seismic Wave Travel-Time Curves in Excel: Your Mission
6 pages
MQ Administration
100% (4)
MQ Administration
157 pages
How To Download and Install Windows BIG-IP Edge Client Without An Installation Package
No ratings yet
How To Download and Install Windows BIG-IP Edge Client Without An Installation Package
5 pages
Maxlinks A
No ratings yet
Maxlinks A
89 pages
Exploiting Shellshock Manually
No ratings yet
Exploiting Shellshock Manually
8 pages
Django Backend Development Course
No ratings yet
Django Backend Development Course
5 pages
q4 Module7 G9-Css-San Jacinto Nhs
No ratings yet
q4 Module7 G9-Css-San Jacinto Nhs
9 pages
Tableau 2019 User Guide
No ratings yet
Tableau 2019 User Guide
224 pages
Web Dev Course for Aspiring Developers
No ratings yet
Web Dev Course for Aspiring Developers
6 pages
Zotero Ver 6.0.36 Presentation
No ratings yet
Zotero Ver 6.0.36 Presentation
56 pages
9.3.8 Lab Exploring Nmap
No ratings yet
9.3.8 Lab Exploring Nmap
6 pages
PowerShare Products Guide
No ratings yet
PowerShare Products Guide
50 pages
Free Art
No ratings yet
Free Art
8 pages